Historie naturall and experimentall, of life and death. Or of the prolongation of life. Written in Latine by the Right Honorable Francis Lo. Verulam, Vis-count St. Alban
         Historia vitae et mortis. English
         Bacon, Francis, 1561-1626.
      
       
         
           1638
        
      
       Approx. 350 KB of XML-encoded text transcribed from 233 1-bit group-IV TIFF page images.
       
         Text Creation Partnership,
         Ann Arbor, MI ; Oxford (UK) :
         2003-01 (EEBO-TCP Phase 1).
         A01454
         STC 1158
         ESTC S100506
         99836345
         99836345
         610
         
           
            This keyboarded and encoded edition of the work described above is co-owned by the institutions providing financial support to the Early English Books Online Text Creation Partnership. This Phase I text is available for reuse, according to the terms of
             Creative Commons 0 1.0 Universal
            . The text can be copied, modified, distributed and performed, even for commercial purposes, all without asking permission.
          
        
      
       
         Early English books online.
      
       
         (EEBO-TCP ; phase 1, no. A01454)
         Transcribed from: (Early English Books Online ; image set 610)
         Images scanned from microfilm: (Early English Books, 1475-1640 ; 619:03)
      
       
         
           
             Historie naturall and experimentall, of life and death. Or of the prolongation of life. Written in Latine by the Right Honorable Francis Lo. Verulam, Vis-count St. Alban
             Historia vitae et mortis. English
             Bacon, Francis, 1561-1626.
             Bacon, Francis, 1561-1626. Instauratio magna.
             Rawley, William, 1588?-1667.
          
           [30], 395 [i.e. 435], [1] p.
           
             Printed by Iohn Haviland for William Lee, and Humphrey Mosley,
             London :
             1638.
          
           
             Translator's foreword signed: W.R., i.e. William Rawley.
             The second section of part 3 of Bacon's projected "Instauratio magna.".
             With an initial and a final imprimatur leaf.
             The last leaf is blank.
             P. 435 minsumbered 395.
             Running title reads: The historie of life and death.
             Reproduction of the original in Cambridge University Library.
          
        
      
    
     
       
         Created by converting TCP files to TEI P5 using tcp2tei.xsl, TEI @ Oxford.
         Re-processed by University of Nebraska-Lincoln and Northwestern, with changes to facilitate morpho-syntactic tagging. Gap elements of known extent have been transformed into placeholder characters or elements to simplify the filling in of gaps by user contributors.
      
       
         EEBO-TCP is a partnership between the Universities of Michigan and Oxford and the publisher ProQuest to create accurately transcribed and encoded texts based on the image sets published by ProQuest via their Early English Books Online (EEBO) database (http://eebo.chadwyck.com). The general aim of EEBO-TCP is to encode one copy (usually the first edition) of every monographic English-language title published between 1473 and 1700 available in EEBO.
         EEBO-TCP aimed to produce large quantities of textual data within the usual project restraints of time and funding, and therefore chose to create diplomatic transcriptions (as opposed to critical editions) with light-touch, mainly structural encoding based on the Text Encoding Initiative (http://www.tei-c.org).
         The EEBO-TCP project was divided into two phases. The 25,363 texts created during Phase 1 of the project have been released into the public domain as of 1 January 2015. Anyone can now take and use these texts for their own purposes, but we respectfully request that due credit and attribution is given to their original source.
         Users should be aware of the process of creating the TCP texts, and therefore of any assumptions that can be made about the data.
         Text selection was based on the New Cambridge Bibliography of English Literature (NCBEL). If an author (or for an anonymous work, the title) appears in NCBEL, then their works are eligible for inclusion. Selection was intended to range over a wide variety of subject areas, to reflect the true nature of the print record of the period. In general, first editions of a works in English were prioritized, although there are a number of works in other languages, notably Latin and Welsh, included and sometimes a second or later edition of a work was chosen if there was a compelling reason to do so.
         Image sets were sent to external keying companies for transcription and basic encoding. Quality assurance was then carried out by editorial teams in Oxford and Michigan. 5% (or 5 pages, whichever is the greater) of each text was proofread for accuracy and those which did not meet QA standards were returned to the keyers to be redone. After proofreading, the encoding was enhanced and/or corrected and characters marked as illegible were corrected where possible up to a limit of 100 instances per text. Any remaining illegibles were encoded as <gap>s. Understanding these processes should make clear that, while the overall quality of TCP data is very good, some errors will remain and some readable characters will be marked as illegible. Users should bear in mind that in all likelihood such instances will never have been looked at by a TCP editor.
         The texts were encoded and linked to page images in accordance with level 4 of the TEI in Libraries guidelines.
         Copies of the texts have been issued variously as SGML (TCP schema; ASCII text with mnemonic sdata character entities); displayable XML (TCP schema; characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or text strings within braces); or lossless XML (TEI P5, characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or TEI g elements).
         
          Keying and markup guidelines are available at the
           Text Creation Partnership web site
          .
        
      
       
         
         
      
    
     
       
         eng
      
       
         
           Life (Biology) -- Early works to 1800.
           Longevity -- Early works to 1800.
           Death (Biology) -- Early works to 1800.
        
      
    
     
        2000-00 TCP
        Assigned for keying and markup
      
        2001-09 Apex CoVantage
        Keyed and coded from ProQuest page images
      
        2002-06 Olivia Bottum
        Sampled and proofread
      
        2002-06 Olivia Bottum
        Text and markup reviewed and edited
      
        2002-07 pfs
        Batch review (QC) and XML conversion
      
    
  
   
     
       
         
         
         
         
           Imprimatur
           .
        
         
           
             
               THO.
               WYKE
            
             R.
             P.
             Episc.
             
               Lond.
            
             Cap.
             domest
             .
          
           
             
               Decemb.
               29.
               1637.
               
            
          
        
      
       
         
         
           HISTORY
           NATURALL
           
             And
          
           Experimentall
           ,
           Of
           
             Life
          
           and
           
             Death
             .
          
           OR
           Of
           the
           Prolongation
           of
           
             Life
             .
          
        
         
           Written
           in
           Latine
           by
           the
           Right
           Honorable
           FRANCIS
           Lo.
           
             Verulam
             ,
          
           Vis-Count
           St.
           ALBAN
           .
        
         
           
             LONDON
             ,
             Printed
             by
          
           Iohn
           Haviland
           for
           William
           Lee
           ,
           
             and
          
           Humphrey
           Mosley
           .
           1638.
           
        
         
      
       
         
         
           TO
           THE
           READER
           .
        
         
           I
           AM
           to
           give
           Advertisement
           ,
           that
           there
           came
           forth
           ,
           of
           late
           ,
           a
           
             Translation
          
           of
           this
           
             Booke
             ,
          
           by
           an
           unknowne
           PERSON
           ;
           Who
           
           though
           he
           wished
           well
           to
           the
           propagating
           of
           his
           
             Lordships
             Works
             ,
          
           yet
           he
           was
           altogether
           unacquainted
           with
           his
           
             Lordships
             Stile
             ,
          
           and
           
             Manner
             of
             Expressions
             ;
          
           And
           so
           published
           a
           
             Translation
             ,
          
           Lame
           ,
           and
           Defective
           ,
           in
           the
           whole
           .
           Whereupon
           ,
           I
           thought
           fit
           ,
           to
           recommend
           
           the
           same
           ,
           to
           bee
           translated
           anew
           ,
           by
           a
           more
           
             Diligent
             ,
          
           and
           
             Zealous
             Pen
             ;
          
           which
           hath
           since
           travailed
           in
           it
           :
           And
           though
           it
           stil
           comes
           short
           of
           that
           Lively
           ,
           and
           Incomparable
           Spirit
           ,
           and
           Expression
           ,
           which
           lived
           and
           died
           with
           the
           
             Authour
             ;
          
           yet
           I
           dare
           avouch
           it
           ,
           to
           
           bee
           much
           more
           warrantable
           ,
           and
           agreeable
           ,
           than
           the
           Former
           .
           It
           is
           true
           ,
           this
           
             Booke
          
           was
           not
           intended
           to
           have
           been
           published
           in
           
             English
             ;
          
           But
           seeing
           it
           hath
           beene
           ,
           alreadie
           ,
           made
           free
           of
           that
           
             Language
             ;
          
           Whatsoever
           Benefit
           ,
           or
           Delight
           ,
           may
           redound
           from
           it
           ;
           
           I
           commend
           the
           same
           to
           the
           Courteous
           ,
           and
           Judicious
           
             Reader
             .
          
        
         
           
             W.
             R.
             
          
        
      
       
         
         
           To
           the
           present
           Age
           ,
           and
           Posteritie
           ,
           GREETING
           .
        
         
           ALthough
           we
           had
           ranked
           the
           
             Historie
          
           of
           
             Life
          
           and
           
             Death
             ,
          
           as
           the
           last
           ,
           amongst
           our
           six
           
             Monethly
             Designations
             ;
          
           yet
           wee
           have
           
           thought
           fit
           ,
           in
           respect
           of
           the
           prime
           use
           thereof
           ;
           (
           In
           which
           the
           least
           Losse
           of
           Time
           ought
           to
           bee
           esteemed
           precious
           ;
           )
           to
           invert
           that
           Order
           ,
           and
           to
           send
           it
           forth
           in
           the
           second
           place
           .
           For
           we
           have
           hope
           ,
           and
           wish
           ,
           that
           it
           may
           conduce
           to
           a
           Common
           Good
           ;
           And
           that
           the
           Nobler
           sort
           of
           
             Physicians
          
           
           will
           advance
           their
           Thoughts
           ;
           And
           not
           employ
           their
           Times
           wholly
           in
           the
           Sordidnesse
           of
           Cures
           ;
           Neither
           bee
           
             Honoured
             for
             Necessitie
          
           only
           ;
           But
           that
           they
           will
           become
           Coadjutours
           and
           Jnstruments
           of
           the
           
             Divine
             omnipotence
          
           and
           
             Clemencie
             ,
          
           in
           
             Prolonging
          
           and
           
             Renewing
          
           the
           ,
           
           
             Life
          
           of
           
             Man
             ;
          
           Especially
           seeing
           we
           pre
           scribe
           it
           to
           be
           done
           by
           Safe
           ,
           and
           Convenient
           ,
           and
           Civill
           wayes
           ,
           though
           hitherto
           un-assayed
           .
           For
           though
           wee
           .
           
             Christians
          
           doe
           continually
           aspire
           ,
           and
           pant
           afterthe
           
             Land
          
           of
           
             Promise
             ;
          
           Yet
           it
           will
           bee
           a
           Token
           of
           
             Gods
          
           Favour
           towards
           us
           ,
           in
           our
           
           Journeyings
           thorow
           this
           
             worlds
             wildernes
             ,
          
           to
           have
           our
           
             Shooes
             ,
          
           and
           
             Garments
             ,
          
           (
           I
           meane
           ,
           those
           of
           our
           Fraile
           
             Bodies
          
           )
           little
           worn
           ,
           or
           impaired
           .
        
         
           
             FR.
             St.
             ALBAN
             .
          
        
      
       
         
         
         
           THE
           History
           of
           Life
           and
           Death
           .
           
             The
             Preface
             .
          
        
         
           
             IT
          
           is
           an
           ancient
           Saying
           ,
           and
           Complaint
           ;
           That
           
             Life
          
           is
           
             Short
             ,
          
           and
           
             Art
             Long.
          
           Wherefore
           ,
           it
           behoveth
           us
           ,
           who
           make
           it
           our
           chiefest
           Aime
           ,
           to
           perfect
           
             Arts
             ;
          
           to
           take
           upon
           us
           ,
           the
           Consideration
           ,
           of
           
             Prolonging
             Mans
             Life
             ;
             God
          
           
           the
           Author
           ,
           of
           all
           
             Truth
             ,
          
           and
           
             Life
             ,
          
           prospering
           our
           Endevours
           .
           For
           though
           the
           
             Life
          
           of
           
             Man
          
           bee
           nothing
           else
           ,
           but
           a
           Masse
           ,
           and
           Accumulation
           ,
           of
           Sins
           ,
           and
           Sorrowes
           ;
           And
           they
           that
           looke
           for
           an
           Eternall
           Life
           ,
           set
           but
           light
           by
           a
           Temporarie
           ;
           Yet
           the
           Continuation
           of
           workes
           of
           Charity
           ,
           ought
           not
           to
           be
           contemned
           ,
           even
           by
           us
           
             Christians
             .
          
           Besides
           ,
           the
           
             Beloved
             Disciple
          
           of
           our
           
             Lord
             ,
          
           survived
           the
           other
           Disciples
           ;
           And
           many
           of
           the
           Fathers
           of
           the
           Church
           ,
           especially
           of
           the
           Holy
           Monkes
           ,
           and
           Hermits
           ,
           were
           
           long
           liv'd
           ;
           which
           shewes
           ,
           that
           this
           Blessing
           of
           
             Long
             life
             ,
          
           so
           often
           promised
           in
           the
           old
           Law
           ,
           had
           lesse
           Abatement
           after
           our
           
             Saviours
          
           Dayes
           ,
           than
           other
           Earthly
           Blessings
           had
           .
           But
           to
           esteeme
           of
           this
           ,
           as
           the
           chiefest
           Good
           ,
           we
           are
           but
           too
           prone
           .
           Onely
           the
           Inquirie
           is
           difficult
           ,
           how
           to
           attaine
           the
           same
           ;
           And
           so
           much
           the
           rather
           ,
           because
           it
           is
           corrupted
           ,
           with
           false
           opinions
           ,
           and
           vaine
           Reports
           .
           For
           both
           ,
           those
           Things
           ,
           which
           the
           
             Vulgar
             Physitians
          
           talke
           ,
           of
           
             Radic
             all
             Moisture
             ,
          
           and
           
             Naturall
             Heat
             ,
          
           are
           but
           
           meere
           Fictions
           ;
           And
           the
           Immoderate
           praises
           〈◊〉
           
             Chymicall
             Medicines
             ,
          
           first
           puffe
           up
           with
           vain
           hopes
           ,
           and
           then
           faile
           〈◊〉
           Admirers
           .
        
         
           And
           as
           for
           that
           
             Death
             ,
          
           which
           is
           caused
           by
           Suffocation
           ,
           Putrefaction
           ,
           and
           severall
           Diseases
           ,
           wee
           speake
           not
           now
           ;
           For
           that
           pertains
           to
           an
           
             History
          
           of
           
             Physick
             ;
          
           But
           onely
           of
           that
           
             Death
          
           which
           comes
           by
           a
           totall
           Decay
           of
           the
           Body
           ,
           and
           the
           Inconcoction
           of
           old
           Age.
           Neverthelesse
           ,
           the
           last
           Act
           of
           
             Death
             ,
          
           and
           the
           very
           Extinguishing
           of
           
             Life
          
           it selfe
           ;
           
           which
           may
           so
           many
           wayes
           bee
           wrought
           ,
           outwardly
           ,
           and
           inwardly
           ;
           (
           which
           notwithstanding
           have
           ,
           as
           it
           were
           ,
           one
           common
           Porch
           ,
           before
           it
           comes
           to
           the
           point
           of
           Death
           ;
           )
           will
           bee
           pertinent
           ,
           to
           be
           inquired
           of
           in
           this
           Treatise
           ;
           But
           wee
           reserve
           that
           for
           the
           last
           place
           .
        
         
           That
           which
           may
           bee
           repaired
           by
           Degrees
           ,
           without
           a
           Totall
           waste
           of
           the
           first
           Stocke
           ,
           is
           potentially
           eternall
           ;
           As
           the
           
             Vestall
             Fire
             .
          
           Therefore
           ,
           when
           
             Physicians
             ,
          
           and
           
             Philosophers
          
           saw
           ,
           that
           Living
           Creatures
           were
           nourished
           ,
           and
           their
           
           Bodies
           repaired
           ;
           But
           that
           this
           did
           last
           only
           for
           a
           time
           ;
           And
           afterward
           came
           old
           Age
           ,
           and
           ,
           in
           the
           end
           ,
           Dissolution
           ;
           they
           sought
           
             Death
          
           in
           somewhat
           ,
           which
           could
           not
           properly
           bee
           repaired
           ;
           Supposing
           a
           
             Radical
             Moisture
          
           incapable
           of
           solid
           Reparation
           ;
           And
           which
           ,
           from
           the
           first
           infancie
           ,
           received
           a
           Spurious
           Addition
           ,
           but
           no
           true
           Reparation
           ;
           wherby
           it
           grew
           daily
           worse
           and
           worse
           ;
           And
           ,
           in
           the
           end
           ,
           brought
           the
           Bad
           ,
           to
           None
           at
           all
           .
           This
           conceit
           of
           theirs
           ,
           was
           both
           ignorant
           and
           vain
           .
           For
           all
           Things
           ,
           in
           Living
           
           Creatures
           ,
           are
           ,
           in
           their
           youth
           ,
           repaired
           entirely
           ;
           Nay
           ,
           they
           are
           ,
           for
           a
           time
           ,
           increased
           in
           Quantitie
           ,
           bettered
           in
           Qualitie
           ;
           so
           as
           the
           Matter
           of
           Reparation
           might
           be
           Eternall
           ,
           if
           the
           Manner
           of
           Reparation
           did
           not
           faile
           .
           But
           this
           is
           the
           Truth
           of
           it
           :
           There
           is
           ,
           in
           the
           Declining
           of
           Age
           ,
           an
           unequall
           Reparation
           ;
           Some
           Parts
           are
           repaired
           easily
           ,
           others
           with
           Difficultie
           ,
           and
           to
           their
           losse
           ;
           So
           as
           ,
           from
           that
           time
           ,
           the
           Bodies
           of
           Men
           begin
           to
           endure
           the
           Torment
           of
           
             Mezentius
             ;
             That
             the
             Living
             die
             in
             the
             Embraces
          
           
           
             of
             the
             Dead
             ;
          
           And
           the
           Parts
           easily
           reparable
           ,
           through
           their
           Conjunction
           with
           the
           Parts
           hardly
           reparable
           ,
           doe
           decay
           .
           For
           the
           
             Spirits
             ,
             Bloud
             ,
             Flesh
             ,
          
           and
           
             Fat
             ,
          
           are
           ,
           even
           after
           the
           Decline
           of
           yeares
           ,
           easily
           repaired
           ;
           But
           the
           Drier
           ,
           and
           more
           Porous
           parts
           ,
           (
           As
           the
           
             Membranes
             ;
          
           All
           the
           
             Tunicles
             ;
          
           The
           
             Sinewes
             ,
             Arteries
             ,
             Veines
             ,
             Bones
             ,
             Cartilages
             ;
          
           Most
           of
           the
           
             Bowels
             ;
          
           In
           a
           word
           ,
           almost
           all
           the
           
             Organicall
             parts
             ;
          
           )
           are
           hardly
           Reparable
           ,
           and
           to
           their
           losse
           .
           Now
           these
           hardly
           Reparable
           Parts
           ,
           
           when
           they
           come
           to
           doe
           their
           office
           ,
           of
           Repairing
           the
           other
           ,
           which
           are
           easily
           reparable
           ,
           finding
           themselves
           deprived
           of
           their
           wonted
           Abilitie
           ,
           and
           strength
           ,
           cease
           to
           performe
           any
           longer
           ,
           their
           proper
           Functions
           .
           By
           which
           meanes
           ,
           it
           comes
           to
           passe
           ,
           that
           in
           processe
           of
           time
           ,
           the
           whole
           tends
           to
           Dissolution
           ;
           And
           even
           those
           very
           Parts
           ,
           which
           in
           their
           owne
           nature
           ,
           are
           ,
           with
           much
           case
           ,
           Reparable
           ;
           Yet
           through
           the
           Decay
           of
           the
           Organs
           of
           Reparation
           ,
           can
           no
           more
           receive
           Reparation
           ;
           But
           decline
           and
           ,
           in
           the
           end
           ,
           utterly
           fail
           .
           
           And
           the
           cause
           of
           the
           Termination
           of
           Life
           ,
           is
           this
           For
           that
           the
           
             Spirits
             ,
          
           like
           a
           gentle
           Flame
           ,
           continually
           preying
           upon
           Bodies
           ;
           Conspiring
           with
           the
           outward
           
             Aire
             ,
          
           which
           is
           ever
           Sucking
           ,
           and
           Drying
           of
           them
           ;
           Doe
           ,
           in
           time
           ,
           destroy
           the
           whole
           Fabricke
           of
           the
           Bodie
           ;
           As
           also
           the
           particular
           Engines
           ,
           and
           Organs
           therof
           ;
           And
           make
           them
           unable
           ,
           for
           the
           worke
           ,
           of
           Reparation
           .
           These
           are
           the
           true
           wayes
           ,
           of
           
             Naturall
             Death
             ,
          
           well
           ,
           and
           faithfully
           ,
           to
           bee
           revolved
           in
           our
           Mindes
           .
           For
           He
           that
           knowes
           not
           the
           
           wayes
           of
           
             Nature
             ,
          
           how
           can
           he
           succour
           her
           ,
           or
           turne
           her
           about
           ?
        
         
           Therefore
           ,
           the
           
             Inquisition
          
           ought
           to
           bee
           two-fold
           :
           The
           one
           touching
           the
           
             Consumption
             ,
          
           or
           
             Depredation
             ,
          
           of
           the
           Body
           of
           Man
           ;
           The
           other
           ,
           touching
           the
           
             Reparation
             ,
          
           and
           
             Renovation
          
           of
           the
           same
           :
           To
           the
           end
           ,
           that
           the
           Former
           may
           ,
           as
           much
           as
           is
           possible
           ,
           be
           forbidden
           and
           restrained
           ;
           And
           the
           Latter
           ,
           comforted
           .
           The
           Former
           of
           these
           ,
           pertaines
           especially
           ,
           to
           the
           
             Spirits
             ,
          
           and
           Outward
           
             Aire
             ;
          
           By
           which
           the
           
             Depredation
             ,
          
           
           and
           Waste
           ,
           is
           committed
           ;
           The
           Latter
           ,
           to
           the
           whole
           Race
           of
           
             Alimentation
             ,
          
           or
           Nourishment
           ;
           whereby
           ,
           the
           Renovation
           ,
           or
           Restitution
           ,
           is
           made
           .
           And
           as
           for
           the
           Former
           part
           ,
           touching
           
             Consumption
             ;
          
           This
           hath
           many
           Things
           common
           ,
           with
           
             Bodies
             Inanimate
             ,
          
           or
           without
           Life
           .
           For
           such
           Things
           ,
           as
           the
           
             Native
             Spirit
             ,
          
           (
           which
           is
           in
           all
           Tangible
           Bodies
           ,
           whether
           Living
           ,
           or
           without
           Life
           ;
           )
           And
           the
           Ambient
           ,
           or
           Externall
           ,
           
             Aire
             ,
          
           worketh
           upon
           
             Bodies
             Inanimate
             ;
          
           The
           same
           it
           attempteth
           ,
           upon
           
           
             Animate
             ,
          
           or
           
             Living
             Bodies
             ;
          
           Although
           the
           
             Vitall
             Spirit
          
           super
           added
           ,
           doth
           partly
           breake
           ,
           and
           bridle
           ,
           those
           Operations
           ;
           Partly
           exalt
           ,
           and
           advance
           them
           wonderfully
           .
           For
           it
           is
           most
           manifest
           ,
           that
           
             Inanimate
             Bodies
             ,
          
           (
           most
           of
           them
           ,
           )
           will
           endure
           a
           long
           time
           ,
           without
           any
           Reparation
           ;
           But
           
             Bodies
             Animate
             ,
          
           without
           Food
           ,
           and
           Reparation
           ,
           suddenly
           fall
           ,
           and
           are
           extinguished
           ;
           As
           the
           
             Fire
          
           is
           .
           So
           then
           ,
           our
           
             Inquisition
          
           shall
           be
           double
           ;
           First
           we
           will
           consider
           the
           
             Bodie
          
           of
           
             Man
             ,
          
           as
           
             Inanimate
             ,
          
           
           and
           not
           
             Repaired
          
           by
           
             Nourishment
             ;
          
           Secondly
           ,
           as
           
             Animate
             ,
          
           and
           
             Repaired
          
           by
           
             Nourishment
             .
          
           Thus
           having
           prefaced
           these
           Things
           ,
           we
           come
           now
           to
           the
           
             Topick
          
           Places
           of
           
             Inquisition
             .
          
        
      
    
     
       
         
         
           The
           Particular
           
             Topick
             Places
             :
          
           Or
           ,
           Articles
           of
           Inquisition
           ,
           Touching
           
             Life
          
           and
           
             Death
             .
          
        
         
           1
           FIrst
           inquire
           ,
           of
           
             Nature
             Durable
             ,
          
           and
           
             Not
             Durable
             ;
          
           In
           Bodies
           
             Inanimate
             ,
          
           or
           without
           Life
           ;
           As
           also
           in
           
             Vegetables
             :
          
           But
           that
           ,
           not
           in
           a
           large
           ,
           or
           Just
           Treatise
           ;
           But
           ,
           as
           in
           a
           Briefe
           ,
           or
           Summary
           ,
           onely
           .
        
         
           2
           Also
           inquire
           diligently
           ,
           of
           
           
             Desiccation
             ,
             Arefaction
             ,
          
           and
           
             Consumption
             ,
          
           of
           Bodies
           
             Inanmate
             ;
          
           And
           of
           
             Vegetables
             ;
          
           And
           of
           the
           wayes
           ,
           and
           Processes
           by
           which
           they
           are
           done
           :
           And
           further
           of
           
             Inhibiting
             ,
          
           and
           
             De
             laying
             ,
          
           of
           
             Desiccation
             ,
             Arefaction
             ,
          
           and
           
             Consumption
             ;
          
           And
           the
           
             Conservation
          
           of
           Bodies
           ,
           in
           their
           proper
           State
           :
           And
           a
           gaine
           ,
           of
           the
           
             Inteneration
             ,
             Emellition
             ,
          
           and
           
             Recovery
          
           of
           Bodies
           to
           their
           former
           Freshnesse
           ,
           after
           they
           be
           once
           dried
           and
           withered
           .
        
         
           Neither
           need
           the
           
             Inquisition
             ,
          
           touching
           these
           Things
           ,
           to
           be
           full
           ,
           or
           exact
           ;
           seeing
           they
           pertaine
           rather
           ,
           to
           their
           proper
           
             Title
             ,
          
           of
           
             Nature
             Durable
             ;
          
           seeing
           also
           ,
           they
           are
           not
           Principals
           ,
           in
           this
           
             Inquisition
             ;
          
           But
           serve
           onely
           ,
           to
           give
           Light
           ,
           to
           the
           
           
             Prolongation
             ,
          
           and
           
             Instauration
          
           of
           
             Life
             ,
          
           in
           Living
           Creatures
           .
           In
           which
           ,
           (
           as
           was
           said
           before
           ,
           )
           the
           same
           Things
           come
           to
           passe
           ,
           but
           in
           a
           Peculiar
           manner
           .
           So
           from
           the
           
             Inquisition
          
           touching
           Bodies
           
             Inanimate
             ,
          
           and
           
             Vegetables
             ;
          
           Let
           the
           Inquisition
           passe
           on
           to
           other
           
             Living
             Creatures
             ,
          
           besides
           
             Man.
             
          
        
         
           Inquire
           ,
           touching
           the
           
             Length
             ,
          
           and
           
             Shortnesse
          
           of
           
             Life
             ,
          
           in
           
             Living
             Creatures
             ;
          
           with
           the
           due
           Circumstances
           ,
           which
           make
           most
           ,
           for
           their
           long
           ,
           or
           Short
           ,
           Lives
           .
        
         
           4
           But
           because
           the
           
             Duration
          
           of
           
             Bodies
             ,
          
           is
           twofold
           ;
           One
           in
           Identitie
           ,
           or
           the
           selfe-same
           substance
           ;
           The
           other
           ,
           by
           a
           Renovation
           ,
           or
           Reparation
           ;
           whereof
           the
           Former
           ,
           hath
           
           place
           onely
           ,
           in
           Bodies
           
             Inanimate
             ;
          
           The
           Latter
           in
           
             Vegetables
             ,
          
           and
           
             Living
             Creatures
             ;
          
           And
           is
           perfected
           by
           
             Alimentation
             ,
          
           or
           Nourishment
           ;
           Therefore
           it
           will
           be
           fit
           to
           inquire
           of
           
             Alimentation
             ;
          
           And
           of
           the
           wayes
           ,
           and
           Progresses
           thereof
           :
           Yet
           this
           ,
           not
           exactly
           ;
           (
           because
           it
           pertaines
           properly
           to
           the
           
             Titles
          
           of
           
             Assimilation
             ,
          
           and
           
             Alimentation
          
           )
           But
           as
           the
           rest
           ,
           in
           progresse
           only
           .
        
         
           From
           the
           
             Inquisition
             ,
          
           touching
           
             Living
             Creatures
             ,
          
           and
           
             Bodies
             repaired
          
           by
           
             Nourishment
             ,
          
           passe
           on
           to
           the
           
             Inquisition
          
           touching
           
             Man.
          
           And
           now
           being
           come
           to
           the
           principall
           Subject
           of
           Inquisition
           ,
           the
           
             Inquisition
          
           ought
           to
           bee
           ,
           in
           all
           points
           ,
           more
           precise
           ,
           and
           accurate
           .
        
         
         
           5
           Inquire
           ,
           touching
           the
           
             Length
             ,
          
           and
           
             Shortnesse
          
           of
           
             Life
             ,
          
           in
           
             Men
             ,
          
           according
           to
           the
           
             Ages
          
           of
           the
           
             world
             ;
          
           The
           severall
           
             Regions
             ,
             Climates
             ,
          
           and
           
             Places
             ,
          
           of
           their
           
             Nativity
             ,
          
           and
           
             Habitation
             .
          
        
         
           6
           Inquire
           ,
           touching
           the
           
             Length
             ,
          
           and
           
             Shortnesse
          
           of
           
             Life
             ,
          
           in
           
             Men
             ,
          
           according
           to
           their
           
             Races
             ,
          
           and
           
             Families
             ;
          
           As
           if
           it
           were
           a
           Thing
           Hereditary
           :
           Also
           according
           to
           their
           
             Complexions
             ,
             Constitutions
             ,
          
           and
           
             Habits
          
           of
           Body
           ;
           Their
           
             Statures
             ;
          
           The
           
             Manner
             ,
          
           and
           
             Time
             ,
          
           of
           their
           
             Growth
             ;
          
           And
           the
           
             Making
             ,
          
           and
           
             Composition
             ,
          
           of
           their
           
             Members
             .
          
        
         
           7
           Inquire
           ,
           touching
           the
           
             Length
             ,
          
           and
           
             Shortnesse
             ,
          
           of
           
             Life
             ,
          
           in
           
             Men
             ,
          
           according
           to
           the
           
             Times
          
           of
           their
           
             Nativitie
             ;
          
           But
           so
           ,
           as
           you
           omit
           ,
           for
           the
           present
           ,
           
           all
           
             Astrologicall
          
           Observations
           ,
           and
           the
           
             Figures
          
           of
           Heaven
           ,
           under
           which
           they
           were
           borne
           :
           Onely
           insist
           upon
           the
           vulgar
           ,
           and
           manifest
           Observations
           ;
           As
           ,
           whether
           they
           were
           borne
           ,
           in
           the
           Seventh
           ,
           Eighth
           ,
           Ninth
           ,
           or
           Tenth
           ,
           Moneth
           ;
           Also
           ,
           whether
           by
           Night
           ,
           or
           by
           Day
           ;
           And
           in
           what
           Moneth
           of
           the
           yeare
           ?
        
         
           8
           Inquire
           ,
           touching
           the
           
             Length
             ,
          
           and
           
             Shortnesse
             ,
          
           of
           
             Life
             ,
          
           in
           
             Men
             ,
          
           according
           to
           their
           
             Fare
             ,
             Diet
             ,
             Government
          
           of
           their
           
             Life
             ,
             Exercises
             ,
          
           and
           the
           like
           .
           For
           as
           for
           the
           
             Aire
             ,
          
           in
           which
           Men
           live
           ,
           and
           make
           their
           Abode
           ,
           we
           account
           that
           proper
           to
           be
           inquired
           of
           ,
           in
           the
           above-said
           
             Article
             ,
          
           touching
           the
           
             Places
          
           of
           their
           
             Habitation
             .
          
        
         
           9
           Inquire
           ,
           touching
           the
           
             Length
             ,
          
           and
           
             Shortnesse
          
           of
           
             Life
             ,
          
           
           in
           
             Men
             ,
          
           according
           to
           their
           
             siudies
             ;
          
           Their
           severall
           
             Courses
          
           of
           
             Life
             ;
          
           The
           
             Affections
          
           of
           the
           
             Minde
             ;
          
           And
           divers
           
             Accidents
          
           befalling
           them
           .
        
         
           10
           Inquire
           apart
           ,
           touching
           those
           
             Medicines
             ,
          
           which
           are
           thought
           ,
           to
           prolong
           
             Life
             .
          
        
         
           11
           Inquire
           ,
           touching
           the
           
             Signes
             ,
          
           and
           
             Prognosticks
             ,
          
           of
           
             Long
             ,
          
           and
           
             Short
             Life
             ;
          
           Not
           those
           which
           betoken
           
             Death
             ,
          
           at
           hand
           ;
           (
           for
           they
           belong
           to
           an
           
             Historie
          
           of
           
             Phisick
             ;
          
           )
           But
           those
           ,
           which
           are
           seene
           ,
           and
           may
           bee
           observed
           ,
           even
           in
           Health
           ;
           whether
           they
           bee
           
             Physiognomicall
          
           signes
           ,
           or
           any
           other
           .
        
         
           Hitherto
           have
           beene
           propounded
           ,
           
             Inquisitions
          
           touching
           
             Length
             ,
          
           and
           
             Shortnesse
          
           of
           
             Life
             ,
          
           besides
           the
           
             Rules
          
           of
           
             Art
             ,
          
           and
           in
           a
           
           confused
           manner
           ;
           Now
           wee
           thinke
           to
           adde
           some
           ,
           which
           shall
           be
           more
           
             Art-like
             ,
          
           And
           tending
           to
           
             Practice
             ,
          
           under
           the
           name
           of
           
             Intentions
             .
          
           Those
           
             Intentions
          
           are
           ,
           generally
           ,
           three
           :
           As
           for
           the
           particular
           Distributions
           of
           them
           ,
           we
           will
           propound
           them
           ,
           when
           wee
           come
           to
           the
           
             Inquisition
          
           it selfe
           .
           The
           three
           generall
           
             Intentions
          
           are
           ,
           Toe
           
             Forbidding
          
           of
           
             Waste
          
           and
           
             Consumption
             ;
          
           The
           
             Perfecting
          
           of
           
             Reparation
             ;
          
           And
           the
           
             Renewing
          
           of
           
             Oldnesse
             .
          
        
         
           12
           Inquire
           ,
           touching
           those
           things
           ,
           which
           
             Conserve
          
           and
           
             Exempt
          
           the
           body
           of
           man
           ,
           from
           
             Arefaction
             ,
          
           and
           
             Consumption
             ;
          
           At
           least
           ,
           which
           put
           off
           ,
           and
           protract
           the
           
           inclination
           thereunto
           .
        
         
           13
           Inquire
           ,
           touching
           those
           things
           ,
           which
           pertaine
           to
           the
           whole
           
             Processe
          
           of
           
             Alimentation
             ;
          
           (
           By
           which
           the
           body
           of
           man
           is
           repaired
           ;
           )
           that
           it
           may
           bee
           good
           ,
           and
           with
           the
           best
           improvement
           .
        
         
           14
           Inquire
           ,
           touching
           those
           things
           ,
           which
           
             purge
          
           out
           the
           old
           
             Matter
             ,
          
           and
           
             supply
          
           with
           
             New
             :
          
           As
           also
           ,
           which
           do
           
             Intenerate
             ,
          
           and
           
             Moisten
             ,
          
           those
           parts
           ,
           which
           are
           already
           Dryed
           ,
           and
           Hardned
           .
        
         
           But
           because
           it
           will
           be
           hard
           ,
           to
           know
           the
           wayes
           of
           
             Death
             ,
          
           unlesse
           you
           search
           out
           ,
           and
           discover
           ,
           the
           
             Seat
             ,
          
           or
           
             House
             ,
          
           or
           rather
           
             Den
          
           of
           
             Death
             ;
          
           It
           will
           bee
           convenient
           to
           make
           Inquisition
           of
           this
           Thing
           ;
           yet
           not
           of
           every
           kinde
           of
           
             Death
             ,
          
           but
           
           of
           those
           
             Deaths
             ,
          
           which
           are
           caused
           ,
           by
           want
           ,
           and
           Indigence
           of
           Nourishment
           ,
           not
           by
           violence
           :
           For
           they
           are
           those
           
             Deaths
          
           only
           ,
           which
           pertaine
           to
           a
           Decay
           of
           Nature
           ,
           and
           meere
           old
           Age.
           
        
         
           15
           Inquire
           ,
           touching
           the
           
             point
          
           of
           
             Death
             ;
          
           And
           the
           
             porches
          
           of
           
             Death
          
           leading
           thereunto
           from
           all
           parts
           :
           so
           as
           that
           
             Death
          
           be
           caused
           ,
           by
           a
           Decay
           of
           Nature
           ,
           and
           not
           by
           violence
           .
        
         
           
             Lastly
             ;
             Because
             it
             is
             behoovefull
             ,
             to
             know
             the
             Character
             ,
             and
          
           Forme
           ,
           
             of
          
           Old
           Age
           ;
           
             which
             will
             then
             best
             be
             done
             ,
             if
             you
             make
             a
             Collection
             ,
             of
             all
             the
          
           Differences
           ,
           
             both
             in
             the
             State
             ,
             and
             Functions
             ,
             of
             the
             Body
             ,
             〈◊〉
          
           Youth
           ,
           
             and
          
           Old
           Age
           ;
           
             That
             by
             them
             ,
             you
          
           
           
             may
             observe
             ,
             what
             it
             is
             that
             produceth
             such
             manifeld
          
           Effects
           ;
           
             let
             not
             this
          
           Inquisition
           
             be
             omitted
             .
          
        
         
           16
           Inquire
           diligently
           ,
           touching
           the
           
             Differences
             ,
          
           in
           the
           
             State
          
           of
           the
           
             Body
             ,
          
           and
           
             Faculties
          
           of
           the
           
             Minde
             ,
          
           in
           
             Youth
             ,
          
           and
           
             old
             Age
             ;
          
           And
           whether
           there
           bee
           any
           ,
           that
           remaine
           the
           same
           without
           Alteration
           ,
           or
           
             〈◊〉
             ,
          
           in
           
             old
             Age.
             
          
        
      
       
         
           Nature
           Durable
           ,
           and
           Not
           Durable
           .
        
         
           
             The
             Historie
             .
          
           
             
               MEtals
            
             are
             of
             that
             long
             
             lasting
             ,
             that
             Men
             cannot
             trace
             the
             Beginnings
             of
             them
             .
             And
             when
             
             they
             doe
             decay
             ,
             they
             decay
             through
             
               Rust
               ,
            
             not
             through
             
               Perspiration
            
             into
             Aire
             .
             Yet
             
               Gold
            
             decayes
             neither
             way
             .
          
           
             2
             
               Quick-silver
               ,
            
             though
             it
             bee
             an
             Humide
             ,
             and
             Fluide
             Body
             :
             And
             easily
             made
             volatile
             by
             Fire
             ;
             yet
             ,
             (
             as
             farre
             as
             wee
             have
             observed
             )
             by
             Age
             alone
             ,
             without
             Fire
             ,
             it
             neither
             wasteth
             ,
             nor
             gathereth
             
               Rust.
               
            
          
           
             3
             
               Stones
               ,
            
             especially
             the
             harder
             sort
             of
             them
             ,
             and
             many
             other
             
               Fossiles
               ,
            
             are
             of
             long
             lasting
             :
             And
             that
             ,
             though
             they
             be
             exposed
             to
             the
             open
             Aire
             ;
             Much
             more
             ,
             if
             they
             bee
             buried
             in
             the
             Earth
             .
             Notwithstanding
             
               Stones
            
             gather
             a
             kinde
             of
             
               Nitre
               ;
            
             which
             is
             to
             them
             ,
             in
             stead
             of
             
               Rust.
               Precious
               Stones
               ,
            
             and
             
               Crystals
               ,
            
             exceed
             
               Metals
            
             in
             long
             Lasting
             ;
             But
             then
             ,
             they
             grow
             
             dimmer
             ,
             and
             lesse
             Orient
             ,
             if
             they
             be
             very
             old
             .
          
           
             4
             It
             is
             observed
             ,
             that
             
               Stones
               ,
            
             lying
             towards
             the
             North
             ,
             doe
             sooner
             decay
             with
             Age
             ,
             than
             those
             that
             lie
             towards
             the
             South
             ;
             And
             that
             this
             appeares
             manifestly
             ,
             in
             
               Pyramids
               ,
            
             and
             
               Churches
               ,
            
             and
             other
             ancient
             
               Buildings
               :
            
             Contrariwise
             ,
             in
             
               Iron
               ,
            
             that
             exposed
             to
             the
             South
             ,
             gathers
             
               Rust
            
             sooner
             ;
             And
             that
             to
             the
             North
             ,
             later
             ;
             As
             may
             be
             seene
             ,
             in
             the
             
               Iron
               Barres
            
             of
             windowes
             .
             And
             no
             marvell
             ,
             seeing
             in
             all
             Putrefaction
             ,
             (
             as
             
               Rust
            
             is
             )
             Moisture
             hastens
             Dissolution
             ;
             In
             all
             simple
             Arefaction
             ,
             Drinesse
             .
          
           
             5
             In
             
               Vegetables
               ,
            
             (
             wee
             speak
             of
             such
             as
             are
             feld
             ,
             not
             Growing
             ,
             )
             the
             stocks
             ,
             or
             Bodies
             ,
             of
             harder
             
               Trees
               ,
            
             and
             the
             Timber
             
             made
             of
             them
             ,
             last
             dive
             Ages
             :
             But
             then
             ,
             there
             is
             Difference
             ,
             in
             the
             Bodies
             of
             
               Trees
            
             Some
             Trees
             are
             ,
             in
             a
             〈◊〉
             Spongie
             ;
             as
             the
             
               Elder
               ;
            
             In
             which
             the
             pith
             ,
             in
             the
             Midst
             is
             sost
             ,
             and
             the
             outward
             part
             harder
             ;
             But
             in
             timber
             trees
             as
             the
             
               Oake
               ,
            
             the
             inner
             part
             ,
             (
             which
             they
             call
             ,
             
               Hart
            
             of
             
               Oake
            
             lasteth
             longer
             .
          
           
             6
             The
             
               Leaves
               ,
            
             and
             
               Flowers
               ,
            
             and
             
               Stalks
               ,
            
             of
             
               Plants
               ,
            
             are
             but
             of
             short
             Lasting
             ;
             But
             dissolve
             into
             Dust
             ,
             unlesse
             they
             putrifie
             :
             the
             
               Roots
            
             are
             more
             durable
             .
          
           
             7
             The
             
               Bones
            
             of
             living
             Creatures
             last
             long
             ;
             as
             we
             may
             see
             it
             ,
             of
             mens
             
               Bones
               ,
            
             in
             charnell
             Houses
             :
             
               Hornes
            
             also
             last
             very
             long
             ;
             so
             doe
             
               Teeth
               ;
            
             as
             it
             is
             seene
             in
             
               Ivorie
               ;
            
             and
             the
             
               Sea.
               horse
               Teeth
               .
            
          
           
             8
             
               Hides
            
             also
             ,
             and
             
               Skins
               ,
            
             endure
             
             very
             long
             ;
             as
             is
             evident
             in
             old
             
               Parchment
               Books
               :
               paper
            
             likewise
             ,
             will
             last
             many
             Ages
             ;
             though
             not
             so
             long
             às
             
               Parchment
               .
            
          
           
             9
             Such
             
               Things
               ,
            
             as
             have
             
               possed
               the
               Fire
               ,
            
             last
             long
             ;
             as
             
               Glasse
               ,
            
             and
             
               Bricks
               :
            
             Likewise
             ,
             
               Flesh
               ,
            
             and
             
               Fruits
               ,
            
             that
             have
             
               passed
               the
               fire
               ,
            
             last
             longer
             ,
             than
             
               Raw
               :
            
             And
             that
             ,
             not
             onely
             ,
             because
             the
             Baking
             in
             the
             Fire
             ,
             forbids
             putrefaction
             ;
             But
             also
             ,
             because
             the
             watrie
             Humour
             being
             drawne
             forth
             ,
             the
             oyly
             Humour
             supports
             it selfe
             the
             longer
             .
          
           
             10
             
               Water
               ,
            
             of
             all
             Liquors
             ,
             is
             soonest
             drunk
             up
             by
             
               Aire
               ;
            
             Contrariwise
             ,
             
               Oyle
            
             latest
             :
             which
             wee
             may
             see
             ,
             not
             onely
             in
             the
             
               Liquors
            
             themselves
             ;
             But
             in
             the
             
               Liquors
            
             mixt
             with
             other
             Bodies
             :
             For
             
               Paper
            
             wet
             with
             
             water
             ,
             and
             so
             getting
             some
             Degree
             of
             Transparency
             ,
             will
             soone
             after
             wax
             white
             ,
             and
             loose
             the
             Transparencie
             again
             the
             watrie
             vapour
             exhaling
             :
             But
             oiled
             
               Paper
            
             will
             keepe
             the
             Transparencie
             long
             ,
             the
             〈◊〉
             not
             being
             apt
             to
             exhale
             :
             And
             therefore
             they
             ,
             that
             counterfeit
             Mens
             Hands
             ,
             will
             lay
             the
             oiled
             
               Paper
            
             upon
             the
             writing
             they
             meane
             to
             counterfe
             〈◊〉
             and
             then
             assay
             to
             draw
             the
             lines
             .
          
           
             11
             
               Gummes
               ,
            
             all
             of
             them
             ,
             last
             very
             long
             ;
             The
             like
             doe
             ,
             
               Wax
            
             and
             
               Honey
               .
            
          
           
             12
             But
             the
             
               Equall
               ,
            
             or
             
               Vnequaliuse
               ,
            
             of
             Things
             ,
             conduceth
             no
             lesse
             ,
             to
             long
             Lasting
             ,
             or
             short
             Lasting
             ,
             than
             the
             Things
             themselves
             .
             For
             
               Timber
               ,
            
             and
             
               Stones
               ,
            
             and
             other
             
               Bodies
               ,
            
             standing
             continually
             in
             the
             
               Water
               ,
            
             or
             
             continually
             in
             the
             
               Aire
               ,
            
             last
             longer
             than
             if
             they
             were
             sometimes
             wet
             ,
             sometimes
             drie
             .
             And
             so
             
               Stones
            
             continue
             longer
             ,
             if
             they
             be
             layed
             towards
             the
             same
             coast
             of
             Heaven
             ,
             in
             the
             Building
             ,
             that
             they
             lay
             in
             the
             Mine
             .
             The
             same
             is
             ,
             of
             
               Plants
            
             removed
             ,
             if
             they
             be
             coasted
             just
             ,
             as
             they
             were
             before
             .
          
        
         
           
             Observations
             .
          
           
             1
             LEt
             this
             be
             laid
             for
             a
             
               Foundation
               ,
            
             which
             is
             most
             sure
             ;
             That
             there
             is
             ,
             in
             every
             Tangible
             Body
             ,
             a
             
               Spirit
               ,
            
             or
             Body
             
               Pneumaticall
               ,
            
             enclosed
             ,
             and
             covered
             ,
             with
             the
             Tangible
             parts
             ;
             And
             that
             ,
             from
             this
             
               Spirit
               ,
            
             is
             the
             Beginning
             of
             all
             Dissolution
             ,
             and
             Consumption
             :
             
             so
             as
             the
             Antidote
             〈◊〉
             them
             ,
             is
             the
             Detaining
             〈◊〉
             this
             
               Spirit
               .
            
          
           
             2
             This
             
               Spirit
            
             is
             detained
             〈◊〉
             wayes
             ;
             Either
             by
             
               astraigh
               Inclosure
               ,
            
             as
             it
             were
             in
             Prison
             ;
             Or
             by
             a
             kinde
             〈◊〉
             
               Free
               ,
            
             and
             
               voluntarie
               Detention
               .
            
             Again
             ,
             this
             
               voluntarie
               stay
            
             is
             perswaded
             〈◊〉
             wayes
             :
             Either
             if
             the
             
               Spirit
            
             it selfe
             ,
             be
             not
             too
             Moveable
             ,
             or
             Eager
             to
             depart
             ;
             Or
             if
             the
             Externall
             〈◊〉
             importune
             it
             not
             too
             〈◊〉
             to
             come
             forth
             .
             So
             then
             ,
             〈◊〉
             sorts
             of
             substances
             are
             Durable
             ;
             
               Hard
               Substance
            
             and
             
               Oyly
               :
               Hard
               Substance
            
             bindes
             in
             the
             spirit
             close
             ,
             
               Oyly
               ,
            
             partly
             enticeth
             the
             
               Spirit
            
             to
             stay
             ;
             partly
             ,
             is
             of
             that
             nature
             ,
             that
             it
             is
             not
             〈◊〉
             
             by
             
               Aire
               :
            
             For
             
               Aire
            
             is
             Consubstantiall
             to
             
               Water
               ,
            
             and
             
               Flame
            
             to
             
               Oile
               .
            
             And
             touching
             
               Nature
               Durable
               ,
            
             and
             
               Not
               Durable
               ,
            
             in
             
               Bodies
               Inanimate
               ,
            
             thus
             much
             .
          
        
         
           
             The
             Historie
             .
          
           
             13
             
               HErbs
               ,
            
             of
             the
             
               Colder
               sort
               ,
            
             dye
             yearly
             ,
             both
             in
             Root
             ,
             and
             Stalk
             ;
             As
             
               Lettice
               ,
               Purslane
               ;
            
             Also
             
               Wheat
               ,
            
             and
             all
             Kinde
             of
             
               Corne.
            
             Yet
             there
             are
             some
             
               Cold
               Herbs
               ,
            
             which
             will
             last
             three
             ,
             or
             foure
             yeares
             ,
             As
             the
             
               Violet
               ,
               Strawberrie
               ,
               Burnet
               ,
               Prime-rose
               ,
            
             and
             
               Sorrell
            
             But
             
               Borage
               ,
            
             and
             
               Buglosse
               ,
            
             which
             seeme
             so
             alike
             ,
             when
             they
             are
             alive
             ,
             differ
             in
             their
             Deaths
             ;
             for
             
               Borage
            
             will
             last
             but
             one
             yeare
             ,
             
               Buglosse
            
             will
             last
             more
             .
          
           
           
             14
             But
             many
             
               Hot
               Herbs
               ,
            
             beare
             their
             age
             ,
             and
             yeares
             ,
             better
             
               Hyssope
               ,
               Thyme
               ,
               Savourie
               ,
               Pot
               Marjoram
               ,
               Balme
               ,
               Wormewood
               ,
               Germander
               ,
               Sage
               ;
            
             And
             the
             like
             ,
             
               Fennell
               ,
            
             dies
             yearly
             in
             the
             Stalk
             ,
             Buds
             againe
             from
             the
             Root
             .
             But
             
               Pulse
               ,
            
             and
             
               sweet
               Marjoram
               ,
            
             can
             better
             endure
             age
             ,
             than
             Winter
             ;
             For
             being
             set
             ,
             in
             a
             very
             warme
             place
             ,
             and
             well
             senced
             ,
             they
             will
             live
             more
             than
             one
             yeare
             .
             It
             is
             knowne
             that
             a
             
               Knot
               of
               Hyssope
               ,
            
             twice
             〈◊〉
             yeare
             shorne
             ,
             hath
             continued
             forty
             yeares
             .
          
           
             15
             
               Bushes
               ,
            
             and
             
               Shrubs
               ,
            
             live
             threescore
             yeares
             ;
             and
             some
             double
             as
             much
             .
             A
             
               Vine
            
             may
             attaine
             to
             threescore
             yeares
             ,
             and
             continue
             Fruitfull
             in
             the
             old
             age
             .
             
               Rose
               mary
               ,
            
             well
             placed
             ,
             will
             come
             also
             to
             threescore
             yeares
             .
             But
             
               White
               Thorne
               ,
            
             
             and
             
               Ivie
               ,
            
             endure
             above
             an
             hundred
             yeares
             .
             As
             for
             the
             
               Bramble
               ,
            
             the
             age
             thereof
             is
             not
             certainly
             knowne
             ;
             Because
             bowing
             the
             head
             to
             the
             Ground
             ,
             it
             gets
             new
             Roots
             ;
             so
             as
             you
             cannot
             distinguish
             ,
             the
             Old
             ,
             from
             the
             New.
             
          
           
             16
             Amongst
             
               great
               Trees
               ,
            
             the
             longest
             Livers
             are
             ;
             The
             
               Oake
               ,
            
             the
             
               Holme
               ,
            
             the
             
               Wild-Ash
               ,
            
             the
             
               Elme
               ,
            
             the
             
               Beech-tree
               ,
            
             the
             
               Chestnut
               ,
            
             the
             
               Plain-tree
               ,
               Ficus
               Ruminalis
               ,
            
             the
             
               Lote-tree
               ,
            
             the
             
               Wild-olive
               ,
            
             the
             
               Olive
               ,
            
             the
             
               Palme-tree
               ,
            
             and
             the
             
               Mulberrie-tree
               :
            
             Of
             these
             ,
             some
             have
             come
             to
             the
             Age
             of
             eight
             hundred
             yeares
             ;
             But
             the
             least
             Livers
             of
             them
             ,
             doe
             attaine
             to
             two
             hundred
             .
          
           
             17
             But
             
               Trees
               Odorate
               ,
            
             or
             that
             have
             sweet
             woods
             ;
             And
             
               Trees
               Rozennie
               ,
            
             last
             longer
             ,
             in
             their
             Woods
             ,
             or
             Timber
             ,
             than
             
             those
             above
             said
             ,
             but
             they
             are
             not
             so
             long
             liv'd
             ;
             as
             the
             
               Cypresse-tree
               ,
               Maple
               ,
               Pine
               ,
               Box
               ,
               Iuniper
               .
            
             The
             
               Cedar
               ,
            
             being
             borne
             out
             ,
             by
             the
             vastnesse
             of
             his
             body
             ,
             lives
             well-neare
             〈◊〉
             long
             as
             the
             former
             .
          
           
             18
             The
             
               Ash
               ,
            
             fertile
             ,
             and
             forward
             in
             Bearing
             ,
             reacheth
             to
             an
             hundred
             yeares
             ,
             and
             somewhat
             better
             ;
             which
             also
             ,
             the
             
               Birch
               ,
               Maple
               ,
            
             and
             
               Service-tree
               ,
            
             sometimes
             doe
             :
             But
             the
             
               Poplar
               ,
               Lime-tree
               ,
               Willow
               ,
            
             and
             that
             which
             they
             call
             the
             
               Cycomore
               ,
            
             and
             
               Wall-nut-tree
               ,
            
             live
             not
             so
             long
             .
          
           
             19
             The
             
               Apple-tree
               ,
               Peare-tree
               ,
               Plum-tree
               ,
               Pomegranate-tree
               ,
               Citron-tree
               ,
               Medlar-tree
               ,
               BlackCherrie-tree
               ,
               Cherrie-tree
               ,
            
             may
             attaine
             to
             fiftie
             ,
             or
             sixtie
             yeares
             ;
             Especially
             ,
             if
             they
             be
             cleansed
             from
             the
             Mosse
             ,
             
             where
             with
             some
             of
             them
             are
             cloathed
             .
          
           
             20
             Generally
             ,
             
               Greainesse
            
             of
             
               Body
               ,
            
             in
             
               Trees
               ,
            
             if
             other
             things
             be
             equall
             ,
             hath
             some
             congruitie
             ,
             with
             
               Length
            
             of
             
               Life
               :
            
             So
             hath
             
               Hardnesse
            
             of
             
               Substance
               :
            
             And
             
               Trees
               ,
            
             bearing
             
               Mast
               ,
            
             or
             
               Nuts
               ,
            
             are
             commonly
             longer
             livers
             ,
             than
             
               Trees
               ,
            
             bearing
             
               Fruit
               ,
            
             or
             
               Berries
               :
            
             Likewise
             ,
             
               Trees
            
             putting
             forth
             their
             
               Leaves
               late
               ,
            
             and
             shedding
             them
             
               late
            
             againe
             ,
             live
             longer
             than
             those
             ,
             that
             are
             
               early
               ,
            
             either
             in
             
               Leaves
               ,
            
             or
             
               Fruit
               :
            
             The
             like
             is
             of
             
               Wilde
               trees
               ,
            
             in
             comparison
             of
             
               Orchard
               Trees
               :
            
             And
             lastly
             ,
             in
             the
             same
             kinde
             ,
             
               Trees
            
             that
             beare
             a
             
               Sowre
               Fruit
               ,
            
             out-live
             those
             that
             beare
             a
             
               sweet
               Fruit.
               
            
          
        
         
           
           
             An
             Observation
             .
          
           
             3
             
               ARistotle
            
             noted
             well
             〈◊〉
             difference
             between
             
               Plants
               .
            
             and
             
               living
               Creatures
               ,
            
             in
             〈◊〉
             of
             their
             
               Nourishment
               ,
            
             and
             
               Reparation
               ;
            
             Namely
             ,
             that
             the
             
               Bodies
            
             of
             
               living
               Creatures
               ,
            
             an
             confined
             within
             certain
             
               Bounds
            
             and
             that
             after
             they
             bee
             come
             to
             their
             full
             
               Growth
               ,
            
             they
             are
             continued
             and
             preserved
             by
             Nourishment
             ,
             but
             they
             put
             forth
             nothing
             
               New
               ,
            
             except
             
               Haire
            
             and
             
               Nailes
               ;
            
             which
             are
             counted
             for
             no
             better
             than
             
               Excrements
               ;
            
             so
             as
             the
             
               juyce
            
             of
             
               living
               Creatures
               ,
            
             must
             ,
             of
             necessitie
             ,
             sonner
             wax
             old
             :
             But
             in
             
               Trees
               ,
            
             which
             put
             forth
             yearly
             ,
             new
             
               Boughes
               ,
            
             new
             
               Shoots
               ,
            
             new
             
               Leaves
               ,
            
             and
             new
             
               Fruits
               ;
            
             It
             comes
             to
             passe
             ,
             that
             all
             these
             parts
             in
             
               Trees
               ,
            
             
             are
             once
             a
             yeare
             young
             and
             renewed
             ;
             Now
             it
             being
             so
             ,
             that
             whatsoever
             is
             fresh
             and
             young
             ,
             drawes
             the
             
               Nourishment
            
             more
             lively
             and
             cheerfully
             to
             it
             ,
             than
             that
             which
             is
             Decayed
             and
             Old
             ;
             It
             happens
             withall
             ,
             that
             the
             
               Stock
            
             and
             
               Body
            
             of
             the
             
               Tree
               ,
            
             through
             which
             the
             
               Sap
            
             posseth
             to
             the
             
               Branches
               ,
            
             is
             refreshed
             and
             〈◊〉
             ,
             with
             a
             more
             bountifull
             and
             vigorous
             
               Nourishment
               ,
            
             in
             the
             Passage
             ,
             than
             otherwise
             it
             would
             have
             beene
             .
             And
             this
             appeares
             notably
             ,
             (
             though
             
               Aristotle
            
             noted
             it
             not
             ;
             Neither
             hath
             bee
             expressed
             these
             things
             so
             clearly
             ,
             and
             perspicuously
             ;
             )
             In
             
               Hedges
               ,
               Copses
               ,
            
             and
             
               Pollards
               ,
            
             when
             the
             
               plashing
               ,
               shedding
               ,
            
             or
             
               lopping
               ,
            
             comforteth
             the
             old
             
               Stemme
            
             or
             
               Stock
               ,
            
             and
             maketh
             it
             more
             flourishing
             ,
             and
             longer
             liv'd
             .
          
        
      
       
         
         
           Desiccation
           ;
           prohibiting
           〈◊〉
           Desiccation
           ;
           And
           Inteneration
           of
           that
           ,
           which
           is
           desiccated
           and
           dried
           .
        
         
           
             The
             Historie
             .
          
           
             1
             FIre
             ,
             
               and
            
             strong
             Heats
             
             dry
             
               some
               things
               ,
               and
            
             mels
             
               others
               :
            
          
           
             
               Limus
               ut
               hic
               durescit
               ,
               &
               〈◊〉
               Cera
               liquescit
               ,
            
             
               Vno
               eodemque
               Igne
               .
            
          
           
             How
             this
             Clay
             is
             hardned
             ,
             and
             how
             this
             wax
             is
             melted
             ,
             with
             one
             ,
             and
             the
             same
             thing
             ,
             Fire
             ;
             It
             
               dryeth
            
             Earth
             ,
             Stones
             ,
             Wood
             ,
             Cloth
             ,
             
               and
            
             Skins
             ,
             
               and
               whatsoever
               is
               not
            
             liquefiable
             ;
             
               and
            
             it
             
               melteth
            
             Metals
             ,
             Wax
             ,
             Gums
             ,
             
             
               Butter
               ,
               Tallow
               ,
            
             and
             the
             like
             .
          
           
             2
             Notwithstanding
             ,
             even
             in
             those
             things
             ,
             which
             the
             
               Fire
            
             melteth
             ,
             if
             it
             bee
             very
             vehement
             ,
             and
             continueth
             ,
             it
             doth
             at
             last
             dry
             them
             .
             For
             
               Metall
               ,
            
             in
             a
             strong
             
               Fire
               ,
            
             (
             
               Gold
            
             onely
             excepted
             ,
             )
             the
             
               volatile
            
             part
             being
             gone
             forth
             ,
             will
             become
             lesse
             ponderous
             ,
             and
             more
             brittle
             :
             and
             those
             
               Oyly
               ,
            
             and
             
               fat
               Substances
               ,
            
             in
             the
             like
             
               Fire
               ,
            
             will
             burne
             up
             ,
             and
             bee
             dried
             ,
             and
             parched
             .
          
           
             3
             
               Aire
               ,
            
             especially
             
               open
               Aire
               ,
            
             doth
             manifestly
             
               dry
               ,
            
             but
             not
             
               melt
               :
            
             as
             
               High
               wayes
               ,
            
             and
             the
             upper
             part
             of
             the
             Earth
             ,
             moistned
             with
             showers
             ,
             are
             
               dryed
               ;
               〈◊〉
               Clothes
               ,
            
             washed
             ,
             if
             they
             bee
             hanged
             out
             in
             the
             
               Aire
               ,
            
             are
             likewise
             dried
             ;
             
               Herbs
               ,
            
             and
             
               Leaves
               ,
            
             and
             
               Flowers
               ,
            
             laid
             forth
             in
             the
             shade
             ,
             are
             dryed
             .
             
             But
             much
             more
             suddenly
             doth
             the
             
               Aire
            
             this
             ;
             If
             it
             bee
             either
             inlightned
             with
             the
             
               Sun-beames
               ,
            
             (
             so
             that
             they
             cause
             not
             putrefaction
             ;
             )
             Or
             if
             the
             
               Aire
            
             bee
             stirred
             ;
             as
             when
             the
             
               Winde
            
             bloweth
             ;
             Or
             in
             
               Roomes
               open
               ,
            
             on
             all
             sides
             .
          
           
             4
             
               Age
               ,
            
             most
             of
             all
             ,
             but
             yet
             slowest
             of
             all
             ,
             
               dryeth
               ;
            
             as
             in
             all
             bodies
             ,
             which
             (
             if
             they
             be
             not
             prevented
             by
             putrefaction
             )
             are
             
               dryed
            
             with
             
               Age.
            
             But
             
               Age
            
             is
             nothing
             of
             it selfe
             ;
             being
             onely
             the
             measure
             of
             time
             :
             That
             which
             causeth
             the
             Effect
             ,
             is
             the
             
               native
               Spirit
            
             of
             bodies
             ,
             which
             sucketh
             up
             the
             moisture
             of
             the
             body
             ,
             and
             then
             ,
             together
             with
             it
             ,
             flyeth
             forth
             ;
             and
             the
             
               Aire
               ambient
               ,
            
             which
             multiplieth
             it selfe
             ,
             upon
             the
             
               native
               Spirits
               ,
            
             and
             
             jayees
             of
             the
             body
             ,
             and
             preyeth
             upon
             them
             .
          
           
             5
             
               Cold
               ,
            
             of
             all
             things
             ,
             most
             properly
             ,
             
               dryeth
               ;
            
             for
             
               Drying
            
             is
             not
             caused
             ,
             but
             by
             
               Contraction
               ;
            
             Now
             
               Contraction
            
             is
             the
             proper
             work
             of
             
               Cold.
            
             But
             because
             we
             
               Men
            
             have
             
               Heat
            
             in
             a
             high
             Degree
             ,
             namely
             that
             of
             
               Fire
               ;
            
             but
             
               Cold
            
             in
             a
             very
             low
             Degree
             ,
             none
             other
             than
             that
             of
             
               Winter
               ;
            
             Or
             perhaps
             of
             
               Ice
               ,
            
             or
             of
             
               Snow
               ,
            
             or
             of
             
               Nitre
               :
            
             therefore
             the
             
               Drying
            
             caused
             by
             
               Cold
               ,
            
             is
             but
             weak
             ,
             and
             easily
             resolved
             .
             Notwithstanding
             wee
             see
             the
             
               Surface
            
             of
             the
             
               Earth
               ,
            
             to
             bee
             more
             
               dryed
            
             by
             
               Frost
               ,
            
             or
             by
             
               March
               windes
               ,
            
             than
             by
             the
             
               Sunne
               ;
            
             seeing
             the
             same
             
               winde
               ,
            
             both
             licketh
             up
             the
             moisture
             ,
             and
             affecteth
             with
             
               Coldnesse
               .
            
          
           
             6
             
               Smoak
            
             is
             a
             
               Dryer
               ;
            
             as
             in
             
               Bacon
               ,
            
             and
             
               Neats
               Tongues
            
             
             which
             are
             hanged
             up
             in
             chimneys
             :
             and
             
               perfumes
            
             of
             
               Olibanum
               ,
            
             or
             
               Lignum
               Aloes
               ,
            
             and
             the
             like
             ,
             dry
             the
             
               Braine
               ,
            
             and
             cure
             
               Catarrhs
               .
            
          
           
             7
             
               Salt
               ,
            
             after
             some
             reasonable
             continuance
             ,
             
               dryeth
               ;
            
             not
             only
             on
             the
             outside
             ,
             but
             in
             the
             inside
             also
             ;
             as
             in
             
               Flesh
            
             and
             
               Fish
            
             salted
             ,
             which
             if
             they
             have
             continued
             any
             long
             time
             ,
             have
             a
             manifest
             hardnesse
             within
             .
          
           
             8
             
               Hot
               Gummes
               ,
            
             applied
             to
             the
             skin
             ,
             dry
             ,
             and
             wrinkle
             it
             :
             and
             some
             
               Astringent
               waters
            
             also
             doe
             the
             same
             .
          
           
             9
             
               Spirit
            
             of
             
               strong
               wines
               ,
            
             imitateth
             the
             
               Fire
            
             in
             
               Drying
               :
            
             For
             it
             will
             both
             potch
             an
             Egge
             ,
             put
             into
             it
             ;
             and
             toast
             Bread.
             
          
           
             10
             
               Powders
            
             dry
             like
             
               Sponges
               ,
            
             by
             Drinking
             up
             the
             Moisture
             ,
             as
             it
             is
             in
             Sand
             ,
             throwneupon
             
             Lines
             ,
             new
             written
             .
             Also
             
               Smoothnesse
               ,
            
             and
             
               Politenesse
            
             of
             Bodies
             ,
             (
             which
             suffer
             not
             the
             Vapour
             of
             Moisture
             ,
             to
             goe
             in
             by
             the
             Pores
             ,
             )
             
               Drie
            
             by
             accident
             ,
             because
             it
             exposeth
             it
             to
             the
             
               Aire
               ;
            
             As
             it
             is
             seene
             in
             
               Precious
               Stones
               ,
               Looking-Glasses
               ,
            
             and
             
               Blades
            
             of
             
               Swords
               ;
            
             Upon
             which
             if
             you
             breathe
             ,
             you
             shall
             see
             at
             first
             a
             little
             Mist
             ;
             But
             soone
             after
             it
             vanisheth
             ,
             like
             a
             Cloud
             .
             And
             thus
             much
             for
             
               Desiceation
               ,
            
             or
             
               Drying
               .
            
          
           
             11
             They
             use
             at
             this
             day
             ,
             in
             the
             
               East
               parts
            
             of
             
               Germany
               ,
               Garners
               ,
            
             in
             
               Vaults
            
             under
             Ground
             ;
             wherin
             they
             keepe
             
               wheat
               ,
            
             and
             other
             
               Graines
               ;
            
             Laying
             a
             good
             Quantity
             of
             Straw
             ,
             both
             under
             the
             
               Graines
               ,
            
             and
             about
             them
             ,
             to
             save
             them
             from
             the
             Danknesse
             of
             the
             
               Vault
               :
            
             By
             which
             Device
             ,
             they
             keepe
             
             their
             
               Graiaes
            
             twenty
             ,
             or
             thirtie
             yeares
             .
             And
             this
             doth
             not
             only
             preserve
             them
             from
             Eustinesse
             ,
             but
             (
             that
             which
             pertaines
             more
             to
             the
             present
             
               Inquisition
               ,
            
             )
             preserves
             them
             also
             in
             that
             Greennesse
             ,
             that
             they
             are
             fit
             ,
             and
             serviceable
             to
             make
             
               Bread.
            
             The
             same
             is
             reported
             ,
             to
             have
             beene
             in
             use
             ,
             in
             
               Cappadocia
               ,
            
             and
             
               Thracia
               ,
            
             and
             some
             parts
             of
             
               Spaine
               .
            
          
           
             12
             The
             placing
             of
             
               Garners
               ,
            
             on
             the
             Tops
             of
             Houses
             ,
             with
             Windowes
             towards
             the
             East
             ,
             and
             North
             ,
             is
             very
             commodious
             .
             Some
             also
             make
             two
             
               Sollars
               ;
            
             An
             Upper
             ,
             and
             a
             Lower
             ;
             And
             the
             upper
             
               Sollar
            
             hath
             an
             Hole
             in
             it
             ;
             thorow
             which
             the
             Graine
             continually
             descendeth
             ,
             like
             
               Sand
            
             in
             an
             
               Houre-glasse
               ;
            
             And
             after
             a
             few
             dayes
             ,
             they
             throw
             it
             up
             
             againe
             with
             Shovels
             ;
             That
             so
             it
             may
             be
             in
             continuall
             Motion
             .
             Now
             it
             is
             to
             bee
             noted
             ,
             that
             this
             doth
             not
             onely
             prevent
             the
             Fustinesse
             ,
             but
             conserveth
             the
             Greennesse
             ,
             and
             slacketh
             the
             Desiccation
             of
             it
             :
             The
             cause
             is
             that
             Which
             we
             noted
             before
             ;
             That
             the
             Discharging
             of
             the
             watry
             
               Humor
               ,
            
             Which
             is
             quickned
             by
             the
             
               Motion
               ,
            
             and
             the
             
               Winds
               ,
            
             preserves
             the
             
               Oily
               Humour
            
             in
             his
             Being
             ;
             Which
             otherwise
             would
             fly
             out
             ,
             together
             with
             the
             
               Watry
               Humour
               .
            
             Also
             in
             some
             Mountaines
             ,
             where
             the
             
               Aire
            
             is
             very
             pure
             ,
             
               Dead
               Carkases
            
             may
             bee
             kept
             for
             a
             good
             while
             ,
             without
             any
             great
             Decay
             .
          
           
             13
             
               Fruits
               ;
            
             As
             
               Pomegranates
               ,
               Cytrons
               ,
               Apples
               ,
               Peares
               ,
            
             and
             the
             like
             .
             Also
             
               Flowers
               ;
            
             As
             
               Roses
               ,
            
             and
             
               Lilies
               ;
            
             may
             bee
             kept
             ,
             a
             
             long
             time
             ,
             in
             Earthen
             Vessels
             close
             stopped
             .
             Howsoever
             they
             are
             not
             free
             from
             the
             Injuries
             of
             the
             outward
             Air
             which
             will
             affect
             them
             ,
             wit.
             his
             unequall
             Temper
             ,
             thorow
             the
             sides
             of
             the
             Vessell
             ;
             As
             〈◊〉
             is
             manifest
             ,
             in
             Heat
             and
             cold
             Therefore
             it
             will
             bee
             good
             to
             stop
             the
             Mouthes
             of
             the
             Vessels
             carefully
             ,
             and
             to
             bury
             them
             within
             the
             
               Earth
               .
            
             And
             it
             will
             be
             as
             good
             :
             Not
             to
             bury
             them
             in
             the
             
               Earth
               ,
            
             but
             to
             sinke
             them
             in
             the
             
               Water
               ,
            
             so
             as
             the
             place
             be
             shady
             ;
             As
             in
             
               Wels
               :
            
             Or
             
               Cisternes
            
             placed
             within
             Doores
             :
             But
             those
             that
             bee
             sunke
             in
             
               Water
               ,
            
             will
             doe
             better
             in
             Glasse
             vessels
             ,
             than
             in
             Earthen
             .
          
           
             14
             Generally
             ,
             those
             Things
             which
             are
             kept
             in
             the
             
               Earth
               ,
            
             〈◊〉
             in
             
               Vaults
            
             under
             
               Ground
               ,
            
             or
             in
             
             the
             
               Bottome
            
             of
             a
             
               Well
               ,
            
             will
             preserve
             their
             Freshnesse
             longer
             ,
             than
             those
             Things
             that
             are
             kept
             above
             
               Ground
               .
            
          
           
             15
             They
             say
             ,
             it
             hath
             been
             observed
             ;
             That
             in
             
               Conservatories
            
             of
             
               Snow
               ,
            
             (
             whether
             they
             were
             in
             Mountaines
             ,
             in
             Naturall
             Pits
             ,
             or
             in
             Wells
             made
             by
             Art
             ,
             for
             that
             purpose
             )
             an
             
               Apple
               ,
            
             or
             
               Chest-nut
               ,
            
             or
             
               Nut
               ,
            
             by
             chance
             falling
             in
             ,
             after
             many
             Moneths
             ,
             when
             the
             
               Snow
            
             hath
             melted
             ,
             have
             beene
             found
             in
             the
             
               Snow
               ,
            
             as
             fresh
             and
             faire
             ,
             as
             if
             they
             had
             been
             gathered
             the
             day
             before
             .
          
           
             16
             Country
             people
             keep
             
               Clusters
            
             of
             
               Grapes
            
             in
             
               Meale
               ;
            
             which
             though
             it
             makes
             them
             lesse
             pleasant
             to
             the
             taste
             ,
             yet
             it
             preserves
             their
             Moisture
             ,
             and
             Freshnesse
             .
             Also
             the
             Harder
             sort
             of
             
               Fruits
            
             may
             bee
             kept
             
             long
             ,
             not
             onely
             in
             
               Meale
               ,
            
             but
             also
             in
             
               Saw-dust
               ,
            
             and
             in
             
               〈◊〉
            
             of
             
               Corne.
               
            
          
           
             17
             There
             is
             an
             opinion
             held
             ;
             That
             
               Bodies
            
             may
             be
             preserved
             Fresh
             in
             
               Liquours
            
             of
             their
             own
             kind
             ;
             As
             in
             their
             proper
             
               〈◊〉
            
             As
             to
             keepe
             
               Grapes
            
             in
             
               wine
               ,
               Olives
            
             in
             
               Oyle
               .
            
          
           
             18
             
               Pomegrants
               ,
            
             and
             
               Quinces
               ,
            
             are
             kept
             long
             ,
             being
             lightly
             dipped
             in
             
               Sea
               water
               ,
            
             or
             
               Salt-water
               ;
            
             And
             soone
             after
             taken
             out
             againe
             ;
             and
             then
             dryed
             in
             the
             open
             Aire
             ,
             so
             it
             bee
             in
             the
             Shade
             .
          
           
             19
             Bodies
             put
             in
             
               Wine
               ,
               Oyle
               ,
            
             or
             the
             
               Lees
            
             of
             
               Oyle
               ,
            
             keepe
             long
             ;
             Much
             more
             in
             
               Honey
               ,
            
             or
             
               Spirit
            
             of
             
               Wine
               ;
            
             But
             most
             of
             all
             ,
             as
             some
             say
             ,
             in
             
               Quick-silver
               .
            
          
           
             20
             
               Fruits
            
             enclosed
             in
             
               Wax
               ,
               Pitch
               ,
               Plaister
               ,
               Paste
               ,
            
             or
             any
             the
             like
             Case
             ,
             or
             Covering
             ,
             
             keep
             green
             very
             long
             .
          
           
             21
             It
             is
             manifest
             ,
             that
             
               Flyes
               ,
               Spiders
               ,
               Ants
               ,
            
             or
             the
             like
             small
             
               Creasures
               ,
            
             falling
             by
             chance
             into
             
               Amber
               ,
            
             or
             the
             
               Gums
            
             of
             
               Trees
               ,
            
             and
             so
             finding
             a
             Buriall
             in
             them
             ,
             doe
             never
             after
             corrupt
             ,
             or
             rot
             ,
             although
             they
             be
             soft
             and
             tender
             Bodies
             .
          
           
             22
             
               Grapes
            
             are
             kept
             long
             by
             being
             hanged
             up
             in
             
               Bunches
               ;
            
             The
             same
             is
             of
             other
             
               Fruits
               .
            
             For
             there
             is
             a
             twofold
             commodity
             of
             this
             Thing
             ;
             The
             one
             ,
             that
             they
             are
             kept
             without
             
               Pressing
               ,
            
             or
             
               Bruising
               ;
            
             which
             they
             must
             needs
             suffer
             ,
             if
             they
             were
             laid
             upon
             any
             hard
             substance
             ;
             The
             other
             ,
             that
             the
             
               Aire
            
             doth
             encompasse
             them
             ,
             on
             every
             side
             alike
             .
          
           
             23
             It
             is
             observed
             ,
             that
             
               Putrefaction
               ,
            
             no
             lesse
             than
             
               Desiccation
               ,
            
             
             in
             
               Vegetables
               ,
            
             doth
             not
             〈◊〉
             in
             every
             part
             alike
             ;
             But
             chiefly
             in
             that
             part
             ,
             where
             ,
             being
             alive
             ,
             it
             did
             attract
             Nourishment
             .
             Therefore
             some
             advise
             ,
             to
             cover
             the
             
               Stalkes
            
             〈◊〉
             
               Apples
               ,
            
             or
             other
             
               Fruits
               ,
            
             with
             
               Wax
               ,
            
             or
             
               Pitch
               .
            
          
           
             24
             Great
             
               Wiekes
            
             of
             
               Candles
               ,
            
             〈◊〉
             
               Lamps
               ,
            
             doe
             sooner
             〈◊〉
             the
             
               Tallow
               ,
            
             or
             
               Oyle
               ,
            
             than
             〈◊〉
             
               Wiekes
               :
            
             Also
             
               Wieks
            
             of
             
               Cotton
            
             sooner
             than
             those
             of
             
               Rush
               ,
            
             〈◊〉
             
               Straw
               ,
            
             or
             small
             
               Twigs
               :
            
             And
             in
             
               Staves
            
             of
             
               Torches
               ,
            
             those
             of
             
               Iuniper
               ,
            
             or
             
               Firre
               ,
            
             sooner
             than
             those
             of
             
               Ash
               :
            
             Likewise
             ,
             
               Flame
               ,
               Moved
               ,
            
             and
             
               Fanned
            
             with
             the
             
               Wind
               ,
            
             sooner
             than
             that
             which
             is
             
               still
               ;
            
             And
             therefore
             
               Candles
               ,
            
             set
             in
             a
             
               Lanthorne
               ,
            
             will
             last
             longer
             ,
             than
             in
             the
             
               Open
               Aire
               .
            
             There
             is
             a
             Tradition
             ,
             that
             
               Lamps
            
             set
             in
             
               Sepulchers
               ,
            
             
             will
             last
             an
             incredible
             time
             .
          
           
             25
             The
             
               Nature
            
             also
             ,
             and
             
               Preparation
            
             of
             the
             
               Nourishment
               ,
            
             conduceth
             no
             lesse
             ,
             to
             the
             
               Lasting
            
             of
             
               Lamps
               ,
            
             and
             
               Candles
               ,
            
             than
             the
             
               Nature
            
             of
             the
             
               Flame
               :
            
             For
             
               Wax
            
             will
             last
             longer
             than
             
               Tallow
               ;
            
             And
             
               Tallow
            
             a
             little
             wet
             ,
             longer
             than
             
               Tallow
            
             dry
             ;
             And
             
               Wax
               Candles
            
             old
             made
             ,
             longer
             than
             
               Wax
               Candles
            
             new
             made
             .
          
           
             26
             
               Trees
               ,
            
             if
             you
             stir
             the
             
               Earth
            
             about
             their
             
               Roots
               ,
               every
               yeare
               ,
            
             will
             continue
             lesse
             time
             ;
             If
             once
             in
             foure
             ,
             or
             perhaps
             in
             ten
             yeares
             ,
             much
             longer
             :
             Also
             
               Cutting
            
             off
             the
             
               Suckers
               ,
            
             and
             
               Young
               Shoots
               ,
            
             will
             make
             them
             live
             the
             longer
             :
             But
             
               Dunging
            
             them
             ,
             or
             laying
             of
             
               Marle
            
             about
             their
             Roots
             ,
             or
             much
             
               Watring
            
             them
             ,
             addes
             to
             their
             fertility
             ,
             but
             cuts
             off
             from
             their
             long
             Lasting
             .
             And
             thus
             
             much
             ,
             touching
             the
             
               Prohibiting
            
             of
             
               Desiccation
               ,
            
             or
             
               Consumption
               .
            
          
           
             The
             
               Inteneration
               ,
            
             or
             making
             Tender
             ,
             of
             that
             which
             〈◊〉
             
               Dryed
               ,
            
             (
             which
             is
             the
             chiefe
             Matter
             ,
             )
             affords
             but
             a
             small
             Number
             of
             
               Experiments
               :
            
             And
             therefore
             some
             few
             
               Experiments
            
             which
             are
             found
             in
             
               〈◊〉
               Creatures
               ,
            
             and
             also
             in
             
               Man
            
             shall
             be
             joyned
             together
             .
          
           
             27
             
               Bands
            
             of
             
               Willow
               ,
            
             wherewith
             they
             use
             to
             bind
             Trees
             ,
             laid
             in
             water
             ,
             grow
             more
             Flexible
             .
             Likewise
             ,
             they
             put
             
               Boughes
            
             of
             
               Birch
               ,
            
             (
             the
             ends
             of
             them
             )
             in
             earthen
             Pots
             filled
             with
             water
             ,
             to
             keepe
             them
             from
             
               withering
               ;
            
             And
             
               Bowles
            
             cleft
             with
             Drinesse
             ,
             steeped
             in
             water
             ,
             close
             againe
             .
          
           
             28
             
               Boots
               ,
            
             growne
             hard
             and
             obstinate
             with
             age
             ,
             by
             greasing
             
             them
             before
             the
             Fire
             with
             
               〈◊〉
               ,
            
             wax
             soft
             ;
             or
             being
             only
             held
             before
             the
             Fire
             ,
             get
             some
             softnesse
             :
             
               Bladders
               ,
            
             and
             
               Parchments
               ,
            
             hardened
             also
             ,
             become
             tender
             ,
             with
             warme
             water
             ,
             mixed
             with
             
               Tallow
               ,
            
             or
             any
             
               Fat
               Thing
               ;
            
             But
             much
             the
             better
             ,
             if
             they
             be
             a
             little
             
               Chofed
               .
            
          
           
             29
             
               Trees
            
             growne
             very
             old
             ,
             that
             have
             stood
             long
             without
             any
             Culture
             ,
             by
             
               Digging
               ,
            
             and
             
               Opening
            
             the
             Earth
             ,
             about
             the
             Roots
             of
             them
             ,
             seeme
             to
             grow
             young
             againe
             ,
             and
             put
             forth
             young
             Branches
             .
          
           
             30
             Old
             
               Draught
               Oxen
               ,
            
             worne
             out
             with
             labour
             ,
             being
             taken
             from
             the
             yoke
             ,
             and
             put
             into
             fresh
             Pasture
             ,
             will
             get
             young
             and
             tender
             Flesh
             againe
             ;
             In
             so
             much
             ,
             that
             they
             will
             eat
             ,
             as
             Fresh
             and
             tender
             ,
             as
             a
             
               Steere
               .
            
          
           
             31
             A
             strict
             
               Emaciating
               Dyet
               ,
            
             of
             
             
               Guaiacum
               ,
               Bisket
               ,
            
             and
             the
             like
             ;
             (
             wherewith
             they
             use
             to
             cure
             the
             
               French
               Pox
               ,
            
             old
             
               Catarrhs
               ,
            
             and
             some
             kinde
             of
             
               Dropsies
               ,
            
             )
             doth
             first
             bring
             men
             to
             great
             Povertie
             and
             Leannesse
             ,
             by
             wasting
             the
             Juyces
             and
             Humours
             of
             the
             Body
             ;
             which
             after
             they
             begin
             to
             be
             repaired
             againe
             ,
             seeme
             〈◊〉
             more
             vigorous
             and
             young
             :
             Nay
             ,
             and
             we
             are
             of
             Opinion
             ,
             that
             
               Emaciating
               Diseases
               ,
            
             afterwards
             well
             cured
             ,
             have
             advanced
             many
             in
             the
             way
             of
             
               Long
               Life
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             Observations
             .
          
           
             1
             
               MEn
            
             see
             clearly
             ,
             like
             
               Owles
            
             in
             the
             
               Night
               ,
            
             of
             their
             owne
             
               Notions
               ;
            
             But
             in
             
               Experience
               ,
            
             as
             in
             the
             
               Day-light
               ,
            
             they
             winke
             ,
             and
             are
             but
             halfe-sighted
             .
             
             They
             speake
             much
             ,
             of
             the
             Elementary
             
               Quality
            
             of
             
               Siccity
               ,
            
             or
             Drinesse
             ;
             And
             of
             Things
             
               Desiccating
               ;
            
             And
             of
             the
             
               Naturall
               Periods
            
             of
             
               Bodies
               ,
            
             in
             which
             they
             are
             Corrupted
             ,
             and
             consumed
             :
             But
             meane
             while
             ,
             either
             in
             the
             
               Beginnings
               ,
            
             or
             
               Middle
               Passages
               ,
            
             or
             
               Last
               Acts
               ,
            
             of
             
               Desiccation
               ,
            
             and
             Consumption
             ,
             they
             observe
             nothing
             ,
             that
             is
             of
             Moment
             .
          
           
             2
             
               Desiccation
               ,
               or
            
             Consumption
             ,
             in
             the
             Processe
             thereof
             ,
             is
             finished
             by
             three
             
               Actions
               ;
            
             And
             all
             these
             ,
             (
             as
             was
             said
             before
             ,
             )
             have
             their
             Originall
             ,
             from
             the
             
               Native
               Spirit
            
             of
             bodies
             .
          
           
             3
             The
             First
             
               Action
            
             is
             ,
             the
             
               Attenuation
            
             of
             the
             
               Moisture
            
             into
             
               Spirit
               ;
            
             The
             Second
             is
             ,
             the
             
               Issuing
               forth
               ,
            
             or
             
               Flight
            
             of
             the
             
               Spirit
               ;
            
             The
             third
             is
             ,
             the
             
               Contraction
               ,
            
             of
             the
             
               Grosser
               Parts
            
             of
             the
             
             Body
             ,
             immediately
             after
             the
             
               Spirit
            
             issued
             forth
             :
             And
             this
             last
             ,
             is
             that
             
               Desiccation
               ,
            
             and
             
               Induration
               ,
            
             which
             we
             chiefly
             handle
             ;
             The
             Former
             Two
             consume
             only
             .
          
           
             4
             Touching
             
               Attenuation
               ,
            
             the
             matter
             is
             manifest
             .
             For
             the
             
               Spirit
               ,
            
             which
             is
             enclosed
             in
             every
             
               Tangible
               Body
               ,
            
             forgets
             not
             his
             Nature
             ;
             But
             whatsoever
             it
             meets
             withall
             in
             the
             Body
             ,
             (
             in
             which
             it
             is
             enclosed
             ,
             )
             that
             it
             can
             disgest
             ,
             and
             master
             ,
             and
             turne
             into
             it selfe
             ;
             That
             it
             plainly
             alters
             ,
             and
             subdues
             ,
             and
             multiplies
             it selfe
             upon
             it
             ,
             and
             begets
             new
             
               Spirit
               .
            
             And
             this
             is
             evicted
             ,
             by
             one
             Proofe
             ,
             in
             stead
             of
             many
             ;
             For
             that
             those
             Things
             ,
             which
             are
             〈◊〉
             
               Dryed
               ,
            
             are
             
               Lessened
            
             in
             their
             
               Weight
               ;
            
             And
             become
             Hollow
             ,
             Porous
             ,
             and
             Resounding
             from
             within
             .
             Now
             it
             is
             most
             certaine
             ,
             that
             the
             Inward
             
               Spirit
            
             of
             
             any
             Thing
             ,
             confers
             Nothing
             to
             the
             
               Weight
               ;
            
             But
             rather
             Lightens
             it
             ;
             And
             therefore
             it
             must
             needs
             be
             ,
             that
             the
             same
             
               Spirit
               ,
            
             hath
             turned
             into
             it
             ,
             the
             
               Moisture
            
             and
             
               Juyce
            
             of
             the
             
               Body
               ,
            
             which
             
               weighed
            
             before
             ;
             By
             which
             Meanes
             the
             
               Weight
            
             is
             lessened
             .
             And
             this
             is
             the
             first
             
               Action
               ;
            
             The
             
               Attenuation
            
             of
             the
             
               Moisture
               ,
            
             and
             Converting
             it
             into
             
               Spirit
               .
            
          
           
             5
             The
             second
             
               Action
               ,
            
             which
             is
             the
             
               Issuing
               forth
            
             or
             
               Flight
            
             of
             the
             
               Spirit
               ,
            
             is
             as
             manifest
             also
             .
             For
             that
             
               Issuing
               forth
               ,
            
             when
             it
             is
             in
             throngs
             ,
             is
             apparent
             even
             to
             the
             Sense
             ;
             In
             
               Vapours
               ,
            
             to
             the
             Sight
             ;
             In
             
               Odours
               ,
            
             to
             the
             Smelling
             :
             But
             if
             it
             issueth
             forth
             slowly
             ;
             (
             As
             when
             a
             Thing
             is
             decayed
             by
             
               Age
               ,
            
             )
             then
             it
             is
             not
             apparent
             to
             the
             Sense
             ;
             But
             the
             Matter
             is
             the
             same
             .
             Againe
             ,
             where
             the
             Composure
             
             of
             the
             Body
             ,
             is
             either
             so
             Strait
             ,
             or
             so
             Tenacious
             ,
             That
             the
             
               Spirit
            
             can
             finde
             no
             Pores
             ,
             or
             Passages
             ,
             by
             which
             to
             depart
             ,
             Then
             ,
             in
             the
             striving
             to
             get
             out
             ,
             it
             drives
             before
             it
             the
             grosser
             Parts
             of
             the
             Body
             ;
             And
             protrudes
             them
             beyond
             the
             Superficies
             ,
             or
             Surface
             of
             the
             Bodit
             ;
             As
             it
             is
             in
             the
             
               Rust
            
             of
             
               Metals
               ;
            
             And
             
               Mould
            
             of
             all
             
               Fat
               Things
               .
            
             And
             this
             is
             the
             second
             
               Action
               ;
            
             The
             
               Issuing
               forth
               ,
            
             or
             
               Flight
            
             of
             the
             
               Spirit
               .
            
          
           
             6
             The
             third
             
               Action
               ,
            
             is
             somewhat
             more
             obscure
             ,
             but
             full
             as
             certaine
             :
             That
             is
             ;
             The
             
               Contraction
               ,
            
             of
             the
             
               Grosser
               Parts
               ,
            
             after
             the
             
               Spirit
            
             issued
             forth
             .
             And
             this
             appeares
             first
             ,
             in
             that
             Bodies
             after
             the
             
               Spirit
            
             issued
             forth
             ,
             doe
             manifestly
             Shrinke
             ,
             and
             〈◊〉
             a
             lesse
             Roome
             ;
             As
             it
             is
             in
             the
             
               Kernels
            
             of
             
               Nuts
               ,
            
             which
             after
             
             they
             are
             dryed
             ,
             are
             too
             little
             for
             the
             
               Shells
               ;
            
             And
             in
             
               Beames
               ,
            
             and
             
               Planchers
            
             of
             
               Houses
               ,
            
             which
             at
             first
             lay
             closo
             together
             ,
             but
             after
             they
             are
             dryed
             ,
             gape
             ;
             And
             likewise
             in
             
               Bowles
               ,
            
             which
             through
             Drought
             ,
             grow
             full
             of
             Cranies
             ,
             The
             Parts
             of
             the
             
               Bowle
            
             contracting
             themselves
             together
             ,
             and
             after
             
               Contraction
            
             must
             needs
             be
             emptie
             Spaces
             .
             Secondly
             ,
             it
             appeares
             by
             the
             
               Wrinkles
            
             of
             
               Bodies
               Dryed
               :
            
             For
             the
             Endevour
             of
             
               Contracting
            
             it selfe
             ,
             is
             such
             ;
             That
             by
             the
             
               Contraction
               ,
            
             it
             brings
             the
             Parts
             nearer
             together
             ,
             and
             so
             lifts
             them
             up
             ;
             For
             whatsoever
             is
             
               Contracted
            
             on
             the
             sides
             ,
             is
             lifted
             up
             in
             the
             Midst
             ;
             And
             this
             is
             to
             be
             seene
             ,
             in
             
               Papers
               ,
            
             and
             old
             
               Parchments
               ;
            
             And
             in
             the
             
               Skins
            
             of
             
               Living
               Creatures
               ;
            
             And
             in
             the
             
               Coats
            
             of
             
               Soft
               Cheeses
               ;
            
             All
             which
             ,
             with
             
             Age
             ,
             gather
             wrinkles
             .
             Thirdly
             this
             
               Contraction
            
             shewes
             〈◊〉
             selfe
             
               Most
               ,
            
             in
             those
             Things
             ,
             which
             by
             Heat
             ,
             are
             not
             only
             wrinkled
             but
             ruffled
             ,
             and
             plighted
             ,
             and
             ,
             〈◊〉
             it
             were
             ,
             rowled
             together
             ;
             As
             it
             is
             in
             
               Papers
               ,
            
             and
             
               Parchments
               ,
            
             and
             
               Leaves
               ,
            
             brought
             neare
             the
             
               Fire
               .
            
             For
             
               Contraction
               ,
            
             by
             
               Age
               ,
            
             which
             is
             more
             Slow
             ,
             commonly
             causeth
             wrinkles
             ;
             But
             
               Contraction
               ,
            
             by
             the
             
               Fire
               ,
            
             which
             is
             〈◊〉
             speedie
             ,
             causeth
             Plighting
             .
             Now
             in
             most
             Things
             ,
             where
             it
             〈◊〉
             not
             to
             
               Wrinkling
               ,
            
             or
             
               Plighting
               ,
            
             there
             is
             simple
             
               Contraction
               ,
            
             and
             
               Angustiation
               ,
            
             〈◊〉
             Straitning
             ,
             and
             
               Induration
            
             〈◊〉
             Hardning
             ,
             and
             
               Desiccation
               ;
            
             As
             was
             shewed
             in
             the
             first
             place
             :
             But
             if
             the
             
               Issuing
               forth
            
             of
             the
             
               Spirit
               ;
            
             and
             
               Absumption
               ,
            
             or
             waste
             of
             the
             
               Moisture
               ,
            
             bee
             so
             great
             ;
             That
             there
             is
             not
             left
             Bodie
             
             sufficient
             ,
             to
             unite
             ,
             and
             contract
             it selfe
             ;
             Then
             ,
             of
             Necessitie
             ,
             
               Contraction
            
             must
             cease
             ;
             And
             the
             Bodie
             〈◊〉
             
               Putride
               ;
            
             And
             nothing
             else
             ,
             but
             a
             little
             
               Dust
               ,
            
             cleaving
             together
             ,
             which
             with
             a
             light
             touch
             ,
             is
             dispersed
             ,
             and
             falleth
             asunder
             ;
             As
             it
             is
             in
             Bodies
             that
             are
             
               Rotten
               ,
            
             and
             in
             
               Paper
            
             burnt
             ;
             And
             
               Linnen
            
             made
             into
             Tinder
             ;
             And
             Carkaises
             Embalmed
             ,
             after
             many
             Ages
             .
             And
             this
             is
             the
             Third
             
               Action
               ;
            
             The
             
               Contraction
            
             of
             the
             
               Grosser
               Parts
               ,
            
             after
             the
             
               Spirit
            
             issued
             forth
             .
          
           
             7
             It
             is
             to
             be
             noted
             ;
             That
             
               Fire
               ,
            
             and
             
               Heat
               ,
            
             dry
             only
             by
             Accident
             .
             For
             their
             proper
             Worke
             is
             ,
             to
             attenuate
             ,
             and
             dilate
             the
             
               Spirit
               ,
            
             and
             
               Moisture
               ;
            
             And
             then
             it
             followes
             by
             Accident
             ,
             that
             the
             other
             Parts
             should
             contract
             themselves
             ;
             Either
             for
             the
             Flying
             of
             
               Vacuum
            
             alone
             ;
             Or
             for
             some
             other
             
               Motion
            
             
             withall
             ;
             Whereof
             we
             now
             speake
             not
             .
          
           
             8
             It
             is
             certaine
             that
             
               Putrefaction
               ,
            
             takes
             his
             Originall
             ,
             from
             the
             
               Native
               Spirit
               ,
            
             no
             lesse
             than
             
               Arefaction
               ;
            
             But
             it
             goeth
             on
             a
             far
             different
             way
             ;
             For
             in
             
               Putrefaction
               ,
            
             the
             
               Spirit
               ,
            
             is
             not
             simply
             vapoured
             forth
             ;
             But
             being
             detained
             in
             Part
             ,
             workes
             strange
             Garboises
             ;
             And
             the
             
               Grosser
               Parts
               ,
            
             are
             not
             so
             much
             locally
             contracted
             ,
             as
             they
             congregate
             themselves
             to
             Parts
             of
             the
             same
             Nature
             .
          
        
      
       
         
         
           Length
           ,
           and
           Shortnesse
           of
           Life
           in
           living
           Creatures
           .
        
         
           
             The
             Historie
             .
          
           
             TOuching
             the
             
               Length
               ,
            
             
             and
             
               Shortnes
            
             of
             
               Life
               ,
            
             in
             
               Living
               Creatures
               ,
            
             the
             Information
             ,
             which
             may
             bee
             had
             ,
             is
             but
             Slender
             ;
             Observation
             is
             Negligent
             ;
             And
             Tradition
             Fabulous
             :
             In
             Tame
             
               Creatures
               ,
            
             their
             〈◊〉
             Life
             ,
             corrupteth
             them
             ;
             In
             wilde
             Creatures
             ,
             their
             Exposing
             to
             all
             weathers
             ,
             often
             intercepteth
             them
             .
             Neither
             doe
             those
             Things
             ,
             which
             may
             seeme
             Concomitants
             ,
             give
             any
             Furtherance
             ,
             to
             this
             Information
             ,
             (
             The
             
               Greatnesse
            
             of
             their
             
               Bodies
               ;
            
             Their
             
               Time
            
             of
             
               Bearing
            
             in
             the
             
               Womb
               ;
            
             
             The
             
               Number
            
             of
             their
             
               Young
               ones
               ;
            
             The
             
               Time
            
             of
             their
             
               Growth
               ,
            
             And
             the
             Rest
             ;
             )
             In
             regard
             that
             these
             Things
             are
             Intermixed
             ,
             And
             sometimes
             they
             concur
             ,
             sometimes
             they
             sever
             :
          
           
             1
             
               Mans
            
             Age
             ,
             (
             as
             farre
             as
             can
             be
             gathered
             by
             any
             certaine
             Narration
             ,
             )
             doth
             exceed
             the
             Age
             ,
             of
             all
             other
             
               Living
               Creatures
               ;
            
             Except
             it
             be
             ,
             of
             a
             very
             few
             only
             .
             And
             the
             
               Concomitants
            
             in
             him
             ,
             are
             very
             equally
             disposed
             ;
             His
             
               Stature
               ,
            
             and
             
               Proportion
               ,
            
             large
             ;
             His
             
               Bearing
            
             in
             the
             
               Wombe
               ,
            
             nine
             Moneths
             ;
             His
             
               Fruit
               ,
            
             commonly
             ,
             one
             ,
             at
             a
             
               Birth
               ;
            
             His
             
               Pubertie
            
             at
             the
             Age
             of
             Fourteen
             yeares
             ;
             His
             
               Time
            
             of
             
               Growing
               ,
            
             till
             Twenty
             .
          
           
             2
             The
             
               Elephant
               ,
            
             by
             undoubted
             Relation
             ,
             exceeds
             the
             Ordinary
             Race
             of
             
               Mans
            
             life
             :
             But
             his
             
               Bearing
            
             in
             the
             
               Wombe
               ,
            
             
             the
             space
             of
             ten
             yeares
             ,
             is
             fabulous
             ;
             Of
             two
             yeares
             ,
             or
             at
             least
             ,
             above
             one
             ,
             is
             certaine
             :
             Now
             his
             
               Bulke
            
             is
             great
             ;
             His
             
               Time
            
             of
             
               Growth
               ,
            
             untill
             the
             thirtieth
             yeare
             ;
             His
             
               Teeth
            
             exceeding
             hard
             :
             Neither
             hath
             it
             beene
             unobserved
             ;
             That
             his
             
               Bloud
            
             is
             the
             coldest
             of
             all
             Creatures
             :
             His
             
               Age
               ,
            
             hath
             sometimes
             reached
             ,
             to
             two
             hundred
             yeares
             .
          
           
             3
             
               Lions
            
             are
             accounted
             long
             Livers
             ,
             because
             many
             of
             them
             ,
             have
             been
             found
             Toothlesse
             ;
             A
             signe
             not
             so
             certaine
             ;
             For
             that
             may
             bee
             caused
             ,
             by
             their
             strong
             Breath
             .
          
           
             4
             The
             
               Beare
            
             is
             a
             great
             Sleeper
             ;
             A
             Dull
             Beast
             ,
             and
             given
             to
             ease
             ;
             And
             yet
             not
             noted
             for
             long
             Life
             :
             Nay
             hee
             hath
             this
             signe
             of
             short
             Life
             ;
             That
             his
             
               Bearing
            
             in
             the
             
               Wombe
            
             is
             but
             
             short
             ;
             scarce
             full
             forty
             dayes
             .
          
           
             5
             The
             
               Fox
            
             seemes
             to
             bee
             well
             disposed
             ,
             in
             many
             Things
             ,
             for
             long
             life
             ;
             He
             is
             well
             skinned
             ,
             feeds
             on
             Flesh
             ,
             lives
             in
             Dens
             ;
             And
             yet
             hee
             is
             noted
             not
             to
             have
             that
             propertie
             .
             Certainly
             ,
             hee
             is
             a
             kinde
             of
             
               Dog
               ;
            
             And
             that
             kinde
             is
             but
             short
             liv'd
             .
          
           
             6
             The
             
               Camell
            
             is
             a
             long
             Liver
             :
             A
             lean
             Creature
             ,
             and
             Sinewy
             :
             So
             that
             he
             doth
             ordinarily
             attaine
             to
             Fifty
             ;
             And
             some
             .
             times
             to
             an
             hundred
             yeares
             .
          
           
             7
             The
             
               Horse
            
             lives
             but
             to
             a
             moderate
             Age
             ;
             searce
             to
             fortie
             yeares
             ;
             His
             ordinarie
             Period
             is
             Twentie
             yeares
             .
             But
             perhaps
             ,
             he
             is
             beholding
             ,
             for
             this
             shortnesse
             of
             his
             Life
             ,
             to
             
               Man
               :
            
             For
             we
             have
             now
             no
             
               Horses
            
             of
             the
             
               Sunne
               ;
            
             That
             live
             freely
             ,
             and
             at
             pleasure
             ,
             in
             good
             pastures
             .
             
             Notwithstanding
             the
             
               Horse
            
             growes
             ,
             till
             hee
             bee
             six
             yeares
             old
             ;
             And
             is
             able
             for
             Generation
             ,
             in
             his
             Old
             Age.
             Besides
             ,
             the
             
               Mare
            
             goeth
             longer
             with
             her
             young
             one
             ,
             than
             a
             
               Woman
               ;
            
             And
             brings
             forth
             two
             at
             a
             Burthen
             more
             rarely
             .
             The
             
               Asse
            
             lives
             commonly
             to
             the
             
               Horses
            
             Age
             ;
             But
             the
             
               Mule
            
             out-lives
             them
             both
             .
          
           
             8
             The
             
               Hart
            
             is
             famous
             amongst
             Men
             ,
             for
             long
             Life
             ;
             yet
             not
             upon
             any
             Relation
             ,
             that
             is
             undoubted
             .
             They
             tell
             of
             a
             certaine
             
               Hart
               ,
            
             that
             was
             found
             with
             a
             Coller
             about
             his
             Neck
             ,
             and
             that
             Coller
             hidden
             with
             Fat.
             The
             long
             Life
             of
             the
             
               Hart
               ,
            
             is
             the
             lesse
             credible
             ,
             because
             hee
             comes
             to
             his
             perfection
             at
             the
             Fifth
             yeare
             ;
             And
             not
             long
             after
             ,
             his
             
               Hornes
               ,
            
             (
             which
             hee
             sheds
             ,
             and
             
             renewes
             yearely
             )
             grow
             more
             Narrow
             at
             the
             Root
             ,
             and
             lesse
             Branched
             .
          
           
             9
             The
             
               Dag
            
             is
             but
             a
             short
             Liver
             :
             He
             exceeds
             not
             the
             Age
             of
             Twentie
             yeares
             ;
             And
             for
             the
             most
             part
             lives
             not
             to
             fourteen
             yeares
             .
             A
             Creature
             of
             the
             hottest
             Temper
             ,
             and
             living
             in
             extremes
             ;
             for
             he
             is
             commonly
             ,
             either
             in
             vehement
             Motion
             ,
             or
             Sleeping
             Besides
             ,
             the
             
               Bitch
               ,
            
             bringeth
             forth
             many
             at
             a
             Burthen
             ,
             and
             goeth
             nine
             weekes
             .
          
           
             10
             The
             
               Oxe
            
             likewise
             ,
             for
             the
             Greatnesse
             of
             his
             Body
             ,
             and
             Strength
             ,
             is
             but
             a
             short
             Liver
             ;
             About
             some
             sixteen
             yeares
             :
             And
             the
             
               Males
            
             live
             longer
             than
             the
             
               Females
               :
            
             Notwithstanding
             ,
             they
             beare
             ,
             usually
             ,
             but
             one
             at
             a
             Burthen
             ,
             and
             goe
             nine
             Moneths
             .
             A
             Creature
             
             dull
             ,
             and
             fleshy
             ,
             and
             soone
             fatted
             ,
             and
             living
             onely
             upon
             Herby
             substances
             ,
             without
             Graine
             .
          
           
             11
             The
             
               Sheep
            
             seldome
             lives
             to
             ten
             yeares
             ;
             Though
             hee
             bee
             a
             Creature
             ,
             of
             a
             moderate
             size
             ,
             and
             excellently
             clad
             :
             And
             ,
             that
             which
             may
             seeme
             a
             wonder
             ,
             being
             a
             Creature
             with
             so
             little
             Gall
             ,
             yet
             hee
             hath
             the
             most
             curled
             coat
             of
             any
             other
             ;
             For
             the
             
               Haire
               ,
            
             of
             no
             Creature
             ,
             is
             so
             much
             curled
             ,
             as
             
               Wooll
            
             is
             .
             The
             
               Rams
            
             generate
             not
             before
             the
             third
             yeare
             ;
             And
             continue
             able
             for
             Generation
             ,
             untill
             the
             eighth
             :
             The
             
               Ewes
            
             beare
             young
             ,
             as
             long
             as
             they
             live
             .
             The
             
               Sheep
            
             is
             a
             diseased
             Creature
             ;
             And
             rarely
             lives
             to
             his
             full
             Age.
             
          
           
             12
             The
             
               Goat
            
             lives
             to
             the
             same
             Age
             ,
             with
             the
             
               Sheepe
               ;
            
             And
             is
             
             not
             much
             unlike
             in
             other
             Things
             ;
             Though
             hee
             bee
             a
             Creature
             more
             Nimble
             ,
             and
             of
             somewhat
             a
             firmer
             Flesh
             ;
             And
             so
             should
             bee
             longer
             liv'd
             :
             But
             then
             hee
             is
             much
             more
             lascivious
             ;
             And
             that
             shortens
             his
             Life
             .
          
           
             13
             The
             
               Sow
            
             lives
             to
             fifteen
             yeares
             ,
             sometimes
             to
             twentie
             :
             And
             though
             it
             be
             a
             Creature
             of
             the
             Moistest
             Flesh
             ;
             yet
             that
             seemes
             to
             make
             nothing
             to
             
               Length
            
             of
             
               Life
               .
            
             Of
             the
             
               Wilde
               Boare
               ,
            
             or
             
               Sow
               ,
            
             we
             have
             nothing
             certaine
             .
          
           
             14
             The
             
               Cats
            
             Age
             ,
             is
             betwixt
             six
             ,
             and
             ten
             yeares
             .
             A
             Creature
             nimble
             ,
             and
             full
             of
             spirit
             ,
             whose
             seed
             ,
             (
             As
             
               Aelian
            
             repotteth
             )
             burneth
             the
             Female
             .
             Whereupon
             it
             is
             said
             ;
             
               That
               the
               Cat
               conceives
               with
               paine
               ,
               and
               brings
               forth
               with
               ease
               .
            
             A
             creature
             
             ravenous
             in
             eating
             ;
             Rather
             swallowing
             downe
             his
             Meat
             whole
             ,
             than
             Feeding
             .
          
           
             15
             
               Hares
            
             and
             
               Conies
            
             attaine
             scarce
             to
             seven
             yeares
             :
             Being
             both
             Creatures
             Generative
             ,
             and
             with
             young
             ones
             ,
             of
             severall
             conceptions
             ,
             in
             their
             bellies
             :
             In
             this
             ,
             they
             are
             unlike
             ,
             that
             the
             
               Coney
            
             lives
             under
             Ground
             ,
             and
             the
             
               Hare
            
             above
             Ground
             ;
             And
             againe
             ,
             that
             the
             
               Hare
            
             is
             of
             a
             more
             duskish
             Flesh.
             
          
           
             16
             
               Birds
               ,
            
             for
             the
             size
             of
             their
             Bodies
             ,
             are
             much
             lesser
             than
             
               Beasts
               :
            
             for
             an
             
               Eagle
               ,
            
             or
             
               Swan
               ,
            
             is
             but
             a
             small
             Thing
             ,
             in
             comparison
             of
             an
             
               Oxe
               ,
            
             or
             
               Horse
               ;
            
             And
             so
             is
             an
             
               Estrich
               ,
            
             to
             an
             
               Elephant
               .
            
          
           
             17
             
               Birds
            
             are
             excellently
             well
             clad
             ;
             For
             
               Feathers
               ,
            
             for
             warmth
             ,
             and
             close
             sitting
             ,
             to
             the
             Body
             ,
             exceed
             
               wooll
               ,
            
             and
             
               Haires
               .
            
          
           
           
             18
             
               Birds
               ,
            
             though
             they
             hatch
             many
             young
             ones
             together
             ,
             yet
             they
             beare
             them
             not
             all
             in
             their
             Bodies
             at
             once
             ;
             Butlay
             their
             Egges
             by
             turnes
             ;
             whereby
             ,
             their
             Fruit
             hath
             the
             more
             plentifull
             nourishment
             ,
             〈◊〉
             it
             is
             in
             their
             bodies
             .
          
           
             19
             
               Birds
            
             chew
             ,
             little
             ,
             or
             nothing
             ;
             but
             their
             Meat
             is
             found
             whole
             in
             their
             crops
             ;
             Notwithstanding
             they
             will
             breake
             the
             shels
             of
             Fruits
             ,
             and
             pick
             out
             the
             Kernels
             :
             They
             are
             thought
             to
             bee
             ,
             of
             a
             very
             hot
             ,
             and
             strong
             concoction
             .
          
           
             20
             The
             Motion
             of
             
               Birds
               ,
            
             in
             their
             Flying
             ,
             is
             a
             mixt
             Motion
             Consisting
             ,
             of
             a
             moving
             of
             the
             Lims
             ,
             and
             of
             a
             kinde
             of
             Carriage
             ,
             which
             is
             ,
             a
             most
             wholesome
             kinde
             of
             Exercise
             .
          
           
             21
             
               Aristotle
            
             noted
             well
             ,
             touching
             the
             Generation
             of
             
             
               Birds
               ;
            
             (
             But
             hee
             transferred
             it
             ill
             to
             other
             
               living
               Creatures
               ;
            
             )
             That
             the
             seed
             of
             the
             
               Male
               ,
            
             confers
             lesse
             to
             Generation
             ,
             than
             the
             
               Female
               .
            
             But
             that
             it
             rather
             affords
             Activity
             ,
             than
             Matter
             :
             so
             that
             Fruitfull
             
               Egges
               ,
            
             and
             unfruitfull
             
               Egges
               ,
            
             are
             hardly
             distinguished
             .
          
           
             22
             
               Birds
               ,
            
             (
             almost
             all
             of
             them
             ,
             )
             come
             to
             their
             full
             Growth
             ,
             the
             first
             yeare
             ,
             or
             a
             little
             after
             :
             It
             is
             true
             ,
             that
             their
             Feathers
             ,
             in
             some
             kindes
             ,
             and
             their
             Bils
             ,
             in
             others
             ,
             shew
             their
             yeares
             ;
             But
             for
             the
             Growth
             of
             their
             Bodies
             ,
             it
             is
             not
             so
             .
          
           
             23
             The
             
               Eagle
            
             is
             accounted
             a
             long
             Liver
             ;
             yet
             his
             yeares
             are
             not
             set
             downe
             .
             And
             it
             is
             alledged
             ,
             as
             a
             signe
             of
             his
             long
             life
             ;
             That
             he
             casts
             his
             Bill
             ;
             whereby
             hee
             growes
             young
             againe
             .
             From
             whence
             comes
             
             that
             Proverb
             ;
             
               The
               Old
               Age
               of
               an
               Eagle
               .
            
             Notwithstanding
             ,
             perchance
             ,
             the
             matter
             may
             be
             thus
             ;
             That
             the
             Renewing
             of
             the
             
               Eagle
            
             doth
             not
             cast
             his
             Bill
             ;
             But
             the
             casting
             of
             his
             Bill
             ,
             is
             the
             Renewing
             of
             the
             
               Eagle
               :
            
             For
             after
             that
             his
             Bill
             is
             growne
             ,
             to
             a
             great
             crookednesse
             ,
             the
             
               Eagle
            
             feeds
             ,
             with
             much
             difficultie
             .
          
           
             24
             
               Vultures
            
             also
             are
             affirmed
             to
             bee
             long
             Livers
             ;
             Insomuch
             ,
             that
             they
             extend
             their
             Life
             ,
             well-neare
             to
             an
             hundred
             yeares
             :
             
               Kites
            
             likewise
             ,
             and
             so
             all
             
               Birds
            
             that
             feed
             upon
             Flesh
             ,
             and
             
               Birds
            
             of
             prey
             ,
             live
             long
             .
             As
             for
             
               Hawkes
               ,
            
             because
             they
             lead
             a
             degenerate
             ,
             and
             servile
             life
             ,
             for
             the
             Delight
             of
             Men
             ;
             The
             Terme
             of
             their
             Naturall
             Life
             is
             not
             certainly
             knowne
             :
             Notwithstanding
             ,
             amongst
             
             
               Mewed
               Hawkes
               ,
            
             some
             have
             beene
             found
             ,
             so
             have
             lived
             thirty
             yeares
             .
             And
             amongst
             
               wilde
               Hawkes
               ,
            
             forty
             yeares
             .
          
           
             25
             The
             
               Raven
            
             likewise
             ,
             is
             reported
             to
             live
             long
             ;
             Sometimes
             ,
             to
             an
             hundred
             yeares
             .
             Hee
             feeds
             on
             Carrion
             ;
             And
             flies
             not
             often
             ,
             but
             rather
             is
             a
             se
             dentarie
             ,
             and
             Melancholy
             Bird
             ;
             And
             hath
             very
             black
             flesh
             .
             But
             the
             
               Crow
               ,
            
             like
             unto
             him
             in
             most
             Things
             ;
             (
             Except
             in
             Greatnesse
             ,
             and
             voice
             ;
             )
             lives
             not
             altogether
             so
             long
             ;
             And
             yet
             is
             reckoned
             amongst
             the
             long
             Livers
             .
          
           
             26
             The
             
               Swan
               ,
            
             is
             certainly
             found
             ,
             to
             bee
             a
             long
             Liver
             ;
             And
             exceeds
             ,
             not
             unfrequently
             ,
             an
             hundred
             yeares
             .
             He
             is
             a
             
               Bird
            
             excellently
             plumed
             ;
             A
             Feeder
             upon
             Fish
             ;
             And
             is
             alwayes
             
             carried
             ;
             And
             that
             in
             Running
             Waters
             .
          
           
             27
             The
             
               Goose
            
             also
             may
             passe
             amongst
             the
             Long-livers
             ;
             Though
             his
             food
             bee
             commonly
             Grasse
             ,
             and
             such
             kinde
             of
             Nourishment
             :
             Especially
             ,
             the
             
               Wilde-Goose
               ;
            
             whereupon
             ,
             this
             Proverb
             grew
             amongst
             the
             
               Germans
               ;
               Magis
               senex
               quam
               Anser
               Nivalis
               ;
               Older
               than
               a
               Wilde-Goose
               .
            
          
           
             28
             
               Storks
            
             must
             needs
             bee
             Long-livers
             ;
             If
             that
             bee
             true
             ,
             which
             was
             anciently
             observed
             of
             them
             ;
             That
             they
             never
             came
             to
             
               〈◊〉
            
             because
             that
             Citie
             was
             often
             sacked
             .
             This
             if
             it
             were
             so
             ;
             Then
             either
             ,
             they
             must
             have
             the
             knowledge
             of
             more
             Ages
             than
             one
             ;
             Or
             else
             the
             old
             Ones
             ,
             much
             tell
             their
             young
             ,
             the
             Historie
             .
             But
             there
             
             is
             Nothing
             more
             frequent
             ,
             than
             
               Fables
               .
            
          
           
             29
             For
             
               Fables
            
             doe
             so
             abound
             ,
             touching
             the
             
               Phoenix
               ;
            
             That
             the
             Truth
             is
             utterly
             lost
             ,
             if
             any
             such
             
               Bird
            
             there
             be
             .
             As
             for
             that
             ,
             which
             was
             so
             much
             admired
             ;
             That
             shee
             was
             ever
             seen
             abroad
             ,
             with
             a
             great
             Troope
             of
             
               Birds
            
             about
             her
             ,
             it
             is
             no
             such
             wonder
             :
             For
             the
             same
             is
             usually
             seene
             ,
             about
             an
             
               Owl
            
             flying
             in
             the
             Day
             time
             ,
             or
             a
             
               Parret
               ,
            
             let
             out
             of
             a
             Cage
             .
          
           
             30
             The
             
               Parret
               ,
            
             hath
             been
             certainly
             knowne
             ,
             to
             have
             lived
             threescore
             yeares
             in
             
               England
               ;
            
             How
             old
             soever
             hee
             was
             ,
             before
             he
             was
             brought
             over
             .
             A
             
               Bird
               ,
            
             eating
             almost
             all
             kinde
             of
             Meats
             ,
             chewing
             his
             Meat
             ,
             and
             renewing
             his
             Bill
             ;
             Likewise
             ,
             curst
             ,
             and
             mischievous
             ,
             
             and
             of
             a
             black
             Flesh.
             
          
           
             31
             The
             
               Peacock
            
             lives
             Twentie
             yeares
             ;
             But
             hee
             comes
             not
             forth
             with
             his
             
               Argus
               Eyes
               ,
            
             before
             he
             be
             three
             yeares
             old
             :
             A
             
               Bird
            
             slow
             of
             pace
             ,
             having
             whitish
             Flesh.
             
          
           
             32
             The
             
               Dunghill
               Cock
               ,
            
             is
             venereous
             ,
             Martiall
             ,
             and
             but
             of
             a
             short
             life
             ;
             A
             cranck
             
               Bird
               ;
            
             Having
             also
             white
             Flesh.
             
          
           
             33
             The
             
               Indian
               Cock
               ,
            
             commonly
             called
             ,
             The
             
               Turkey-Cock
               .
            
             lives
             not
             much
             longer
             ,
             that
             the
             
               Dunghill-Cock
               :
            
             An
             Angry
             
               Bird
               ;
            
             And
             hath
             exceeding
             white
             Flesh.
             
          
           
             34
             The
             
               Ring-Doves
               ,
            
             are
             of
             the
             longest
             sort
             of
             Livers
             ;
             Insomuch
             ,
             that
             they
             attaine
             ,
             sometimes
             ,
             to
             fiftie
             yeares
             of
             Age
             :
             An
             Aëry
             
               Bird
               ;
            
             And
             both
             Builds
             ,
             and
             Sits
             ,
             on
             high
             :
             But
             
               Doves
               ,
            
             and
             
               Turtles
               ,
            
             are
             but
             
             short
             liv'd
             ,
             not
             exceeding
             eight
             yeares
             .
          
           
             35
             But
             
               Pheasants
               ,
            
             and
             
               〈◊〉
               ,
            
             may
             live
             to
             sixteen
             yeares
             :
             They
             are
             great
             Breeders
             ;
             But
             not
             so
             white
             of
             Flesh
             ,
             as
             the
             ordinarie
             
               Pullen
               .
            
          
           
             36
             The
             
               Black-Bird
            
             is
             reported
             to
             be
             ,
             amongst
             the
             lesser
             
               Birds
               ,
            
             one
             of
             the
             longest
             livers
             :
             An
             unhappy
             
               Bird
               ,
            
             and
             a
             good
             Singer
             .
          
           
             37
             The
             
               Sparrow
            
             is
             noted
             to
             be
             of
             a
             very
             short
             Life
             ;
             And
             it
             is
             imputed
             ,
             in
             the
             
               Males
               ,
            
             to
             their
             Lasciviousnesse
             .
             But
             the
             
               Linnet
               ,
            
             no
             bigger
             in
             Body
             ,
             than
             the
             
               Sparrow
               ,
            
             hath
             beene
             observed
             ,
             to
             have
             lived
             twentie
             yeares
             .
          
           
             38
             Of
             the
             
               Estrich
               ,
            
             we
             have
             nothing
             certaine
             :
             Those
             that
             were
             kept
             here
             ,
             have
             beene
             so
             unfortunate
             ,
             that
             no
             long
             life
             
             appeared
             by
             them
             .
             Of
             〈◊〉
             
               Bird
               Ibis
               ,
            
             wee
             finde
             only
             ,
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             long
             ;
             But
             his
             yeare
             are
             not
             recorded
             .
          
           
             39
             The
             Age
             of
             
               Fishes
            
             is
             〈◊〉
             uncertaine
             ,
             than
             that
             of
             Terrestriall
             Creatures
             ;
             Because
             living
             under
             the
             water
             ,
             〈◊〉
             are
             the
             lesse
             observed
             .
             〈◊〉
             of
             them
             breath
             not
             ;
             By
             〈◊〉
             meanes
             ,
             their
             vitall
             〈◊〉
             more
             closed
             in
             :
             And
             there
             fore
             ,
             though
             they
             〈◊〉
             some
             Refrigeration
             ,
             by
             〈◊〉
             Gils
             ;
             yet
             that
             Refrigeration
             is
             not
             so
             continuall
             ,
             as
             〈◊〉
             it
             is
             by
             Breathing
             .
          
           
             40
             They
             are
             free
             ,
             from
             the
             
               Diccation
               ,
            
             and
             
               Depredation
               ,
            
             〈◊〉
             the
             
               Aire
               Ambient
               ,
            
             〈◊〉
             they
             live
             in
             the
             water
             :
             〈◊〉
             there
             is
             no
             Doubt
             ,
             but
             the
             
               Water
               Ambient
               ,
            
             and
             piercing
             
             and
             received
             into
             the
             pores
             of
             their
             Body
             ,
             doth
             more
             Hurt
             ,
             to
             long
             Life
             ,
             than
             the
             Aire
             doth
             .
          
           
             41
             It
             is
             affirmed
             too
             ,
             that
             their
             
               〈◊〉
            
             is
             not
             
               Warme
               :
            
             Some
             of
             them
             :
             are
             great
             Devourers
             ,
             even
             of
             their
             owne
             kinde
             .
             Their
             Flesh
             is
             softer
             ,
             and
             more
             tender
             ,
             than
             that
             of
             Terrestriall
             Creatures
             .
             They
             grow
             exceedingly
             fat
             ;
             Insomuch
             ,
             that
             an
             Incredible
             Quantitie
             of
             Oyle
             will
             be
             extracted
             out
             of
             one
             
               Whole
               .
            
          
           
             42
             
               〈◊〉
            
             reported
             to
             live
             about
             thirty
             yeares
             :
             Of
             which
             Thing
             ,
             a
             Triall
             was
             taken
             ,
             in
             some
             of
             them
             ,
             by
             cutting
             off
             their
             Tailes
             :
             They
             grow
             untill
             ten
             yeares
             of
             Age.
             
          
           
             43
             That
             which
             they
             report
             ,
             of
             some
             
               Fishes
               ,
            
             is
             strange
             ;
             That
             after
             a
             certaine
             Age
             ,
             
             their
             Bodies
             will
             waste
             ,
             and
             grow
             very
             slender
             ;
             Onely
             their
             Head
             ,
             and
             Taile
             ,
             retaining
             their
             former
             Greatnesse
             .
          
           
             44
             There
             were
             found
             ,
             in
             
               Caesars
               Fish-ponds
               ,
               Lampreys
            
             to
             have
             lived
             threescore
             yeares
             :
             They
             were
             growne
             so
             familiar
             ,
             with
             long
             use
             ,
             That
             
               Crassus
            
             the
             
               Orator
               ,
            
             solemnly
             lamented
             One
             of
             them
             .
          
           
             45
             The
             
               Pike
               ,
            
             amongst
             
               Fishes
            
             living
             in
             fresh
             water
             ,
             is
             found
             to
             last
             longest
             ;
             sometimes
             〈◊〉
             forty
             yeares
             :
             He
             is
             a
             〈◊〉
             of
             a
             Flesh
             ,
             somewhat
             Dry
             ,
             and
             Firme
             .
          
           
             46
             But
             the
             
               Carp
               ,
               Breame
               ,
               〈◊〉
               ,
            
             and
             the
             like
             ;
             Are
             no
             held
             to
             live
             ,
             above
             ten
             yeares
          
           
             47
             
               Salmons
            
             are
             Quicke
             of
             Growth
             ,
             short
             of
             Life
             ;
             So
             are
             
               Trouts
               :
            
             But
             the
             
               Perch
            
             is
             slow
             of
             Growth
             ,
             long
             of
             life
             .
          
           
           
             48
             Touching
             that
             monstrous
             Bulk
             ,
             of
             the
             
               Whale
               ,
            
             or
             
               Orke
               ;
            
             How
             long
             it
             is
             wielded
             by
             vitall
             Spirit
             ;
             Wee
             have
             received
             Nothing
             certaine
             :
             Neither
             yet
             ,
             touching
             the
             
               Sea-calf
               ,
            
             and
             
               Sea
               Hog
               ,
            
             and
             other
             innumerable
             
               Fishes
               .
            
          
           
             49
             
               Crocodiles
            
             are
             reported
             to
             be
             exceeding
             long
             liv'd
             ;
             And
             re
             famous
             ,
             fer
             the
             Time
             of
             their
             Growth
             ;
             For
             that
             they
             ,
             amongst
             all
             other
             Creatures
             ,
             are
             thought
             to
             grow
             ,
             during
             their
             whole
             life
             .
             They
             are
             of
             those
             
               Creatures
               ,
            
             that
             lay
             Egges
             ;
             Ravenous
             ,
             cruell
             ,
             and
             well
             fenced
             against
             the
             waters
             .
             Touching
             the
             other
             kindes
             of
             
               Shell
               .
               Fish
               ,
            
             wee
             finde
             Nothing
             certaine
             ,
             how
             long
             they
             live
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             Observations
             .
          
           
             To
             finde
             out
             a
             Rule
             ,
             touching
             
               Length
               ,
            
             and
             
               Shcrtnesse
               ,
            
             of
             
               Life
               ,
            
             in
             
               Living
               Creatures
               ,
            
             is
             very
             difficult
             ;
             By
             reason
             of
             the
             Negligence
             of
             Observations
             ,
             and
             the
             Intermixing
             of
             Causes
             :
             A
             few
             Things
             wee
             will
             set
             downe
             .
          
           
             1
             There
             are
             more
             kindes
             of
             
               Birds
               ,
            
             found
             to
             bee
             long
             liv'd
             ,
             than
             of
             
               Beasts
               ;
            
             (
             As
             the
             
               Eagle
            
             the
             
               Vultur
               ,
            
             the
             
               Kite
               ,
            
             the
             
               Pelican
               ,
            
             the
             
               Raven
               ,
            
             the
             
               Crow
               ,
            
             the
             
               Swan
               ,
            
             the
             
               Goose
               ,
            
             the
             
               Storke
               ,
            
             the
             
               Crane
               ,
            
             the
             
               Bird
            
             called
             the
             
               Ibis
               ,
            
             the
             
               Parret
               ,
            
             the
             
               Ring
               Dove
               ,
            
             with
             the
             rest
             ;
             )
             Though
             they
             come
             to
             their
             full
             Growth
             ,
             within
             a
             yeare
             ;
             And
             are
             lesse
             of
             Bodies
             .
             Surely
             ,
             their
             Clothing
             is
             excellent
             good
             against
             the
             Distemperatures
             
             of
             the
             wether
             ;
             And
             besides
             ,
             living
             ,
             for
             the
             most
             part
             ,
             in
             the
             open
             Aire
             ,
             they
             are
             like
             the
             Inhabitants
             of
             pure
             Mountaines
             ,
             which
             are
             long
             liv'd
             .
             Againe
             ,
             their
             
               Motion
               ;
            
             which
             ,
             (
             as
             we
             else
             where
             said
             ,
             )
             is
             a
             mixt
             
               Motion
               ;
            
             Compounded
             of
             a
             Moving
             of
             their
             Lims
             ,
             and
             of
             a
             Carriage
             in
             the
             Aire
             ;
             doth
             lesse
             wearie
             ,
             and
             weare
             them
             ;
             And
             is
             more
             wholesome
             .
             Neither
             doe
             they
             suffer
             any
             Compression
             ,
             or
             want
             of
             Nourishment
             ,
             in
             their
             Mothers
             Bellies
             ;
             Because
             the
             Egges
             are
             laid
             by
             Turnes
             :
             But
             the
             chiesest
             cause
             of
             all
             ,
             I
             take
             to
             be
             this
             ;
             That
             
               Birds
            
             are
             made
             more
             of
             the
             substance
             of
             the
             Mother
             ,
             than
             of
             the
             Father
             ;
             whereby
             their
             Spirit
             is
             not
             so
             eager
             ,
             and
             hot
             .
          
           
             2
             It
             may
             bee
             a
             position
             ;
             That
             
               Creatures
               ,
            
             which
             partake
             more
             
             of
             the
             substance
             of
             their
             
               Mother
            
             than
             of
             their
             
               Father
               ,
            
             are
             longer
             liv'd
             ;
             As
             
               Birds
            
             are
             ;
             which
             〈◊〉
             said
             before
             .
             Also
             that
             those
             which
             have
             a
             longer
             time
             of
             Bearing
             in
             the
             wombe
             ,
             doe
             〈◊〉
             more
             of
             the
             substance
             of
             the
             
               Mother
               ,
            
             lesse
             of
             the
             
               Father
               ;
            
             And
             si
             are
             longer
             liv'd
             :
             Insomuch
             〈◊〉
             wee
             are
             of
             opinion
             ,
             that
             even
             〈◊〉
             mongst
             Men
             ,
             (
             which
             wee
             〈◊〉
             noted
             in
             some
             ,
             )
             those
             that
             resemble
             their
             Mothers
             most
             ,
             are
             longest
             liv'd
             :
             And
             so
             are
             the
             children
             of
             old
             Men
             ,
             begotten
             upon
             young
             wives
             ;
             If
             the
             Fathers
             be
             sound
             not
             Diseased
             .
          
           
             3
             The
             
               First
               Breeding
            
             of
             
               Creatures
               ,
            
             is
             ever
             most
             Materiall
             ,
             either
             to
             their
             Hurt
             ,
             or
             Benefit
             And
             therefore
             it
             stands
             with
             Reason
             ;
             That
             the
             
               lesser
               Compression
               ,
            
             and
             the
             more
             
               liberall
               Alimentation
               ,
            
             of
             the
             
               young
            
             
             
               one
               ,
            
             in
             the
             wombe
             ,
             should
             conferre
             much
             to
             
               Long
               Life
               ;
            
             Now
             this
             happens
             ,
             when
             either
             the
             young
             ones
             are
             brought
             forth
             successively
             ,
             as
             in
             
               Birds
               ;
            
             Or
             when
             they
             are
             single
             Births
             ;
             As
             in
             Creatures
             bearing
             but
             one
             at
             a
             Burthen
             .
          
           
             4
             But
             
               long
               Bearing
               ,
            
             in
             the
             
               wombe
               ,
            
             makes
             for
             
               Length
            
             of
             
               Life
               ,
            
             three
             wayes
             .
             First
             ,
             for
             that
             the
             young
             one
             partakes
             more
             of
             the
             substance
             of
             the
             Mother
             ;
             As
             hath
             beene
             said
             .
             Secondly
             ,
             that
             it
             comes
             forth
             ,
             more
             strong
             ,
             and
             able
             .
             Thirdly
             ,
             that
             it
             undergoes
             the
             predatorie
             Force
             of
             the
             Aire
             ,
             sater
             .
             Besides
             it
             shewes
             ,
             that
             Nature
             intendeth
             to
             finish
             her
             periods
             ,
             by
             larger
             Circles
             .
             Now
             though
             
               Oxen
               ,
            
             and
             
               Sheepe
               ,
            
             which
             are
             borne
             in
             the
             wombe
             ,
             about
             six
             Moneths
             ,
             are
             but
             short
             liv'd
             :
             That
             happens
             
             for
             other
             Causes
             .
          
           
             5
             
               Feeders
            
             upon
             
               Grasse
               ,
            
             and
             〈◊〉
             Herbs
             ,
             are
             but
             short
             Livers
             ;
             And
             Creatures
             ,
             feeding
             upon
             Flesh
             ,
             or
             Seeds
             ,
             or
             Fruits
             ,
             long
             Livers
             ;
             As
             some
             
               Birds
            
             are
             .
             As
             for
             
               Harts
               ,
            
             which
             are
             long
             liv'd
             ;
             They
             
               take
               the
               one
               Halfe
               of
               their
               Meat
               ,
            
             (
             As
             men
             use
             to
             say
             ,
             )
             
               from
               above
               their
               Heads
               .
            
             And
             the
             
               Goose
               ,
            
             besides
             Grasse
             ,
             findeth
             something
             in
             the
             water
             ,
             and
             stubble
             ,
             to
             feed
             upon
             .
          
           
             6
             Wee
             suppose
             ,
             that
             a
             good
             
               Clothing
            
             of
             the
             
               Body
               ,
            
             maketh
             much
             to
             
               long
               Life
               :
            
             For
             it
             Fenceth
             ,
             and
             Armeth
             ,
             against
             the
             Intemperances
             of
             the
             Aire
             ,
             which
             dot
             wonderfully
             Assaile
             ,
             and
             Decay
             ,
             the
             Body
             :
             which
             Benefit
             
               Birds
            
             especially
             have
             .
             Now
             that
             
               Sheep
               ,
            
             which
             have
             so
             good
             Fleeces
             ,
             should
             bee
             so
             short
             〈◊〉
             ;
             That
             is
             to
             bee
             impated
             to
             Diseases
             ,
             whereof
             
             that
             Creature
             is
             full
             ;
             and
             to
             the
             bareeating
             of
             Grasse
             .
          
           
             7
             The
             Seat
             of
             the
             
               Spirits
               ,
            
             without
             doubt
             ,
             is
             principally
             the
             Head
             :
             Which
             though
             it
             bee
             usually
             understood
             ,
             of
             the
             
               Animall
               Spirits
            
             onely
             ,
             yet
             this
             is
             all
             in
             all
             .
             Againe
             ,
             it
             is
             not
             to
             bee
             doubted
             ,
             but
             the
             
               Spirits
            
             doe
             ,
             most
             of
             all
             ,
             waste
             ,
             and
             prey
             upon
             the
             Body
             ;
             so
             that
             ,
             wher
             they
             are
             either
             in
             greater
             plentie
             ;
             Or
             in
             greater
             Inflammation
             ,
             and
             Acrimonie
             ;
             There
             the
             life
             is
             much
             shortned
             .
             And
             therefore
             wee
             conceive
             ,
             a
             great
             Cause
             of
             long
             life
             ,
             in
             
               Birds
               ,
            
             to
             bee
             ;
             The
             Smalnesse
             of
             their
             Heads
             ,
             in
             comparison
             of
             their
             Bodies
             :
             For
             even
             Men
             ,
             which
             have
             very
             great
             Heads
             ,
             wee
             suppose
             to
             be
             the
             shorter
             Livers
             .
          
           
             8
             We
             are
             os
             opinion
             ;
             That
             
               Carriage
               ,
            
             is
             of
             all
             other
             Motions
             ,
             the
             most
             helpfull
             to
             long
             life
             ;
             which
             
             we
             also
             noted
             before
             .
             Now
             there
             are
             
               carried
               ;
               Water-fowles
               ,
            
             upon
             the
             water
             ;
             As
             
               Swans
               ;
            
             All
             
               Birds
            
             in
             their
             flying
             ,
             but
             with
             a
             strong
             Endevour
             of
             their
             Lime
             ;
             And
             
               Fishes
               ,
            
             of
             the
             length
             of
             whose
             Life
             ,
             wee
             have
             no
             certaintie
             .
          
           
             9
             Those
             
               Creatures
            
             which
             are
             long
             ,
             before
             they
             come
             to
             their
             perfection
             ;
             (
             Net
             speaking
             of
             Growth
             in
             stature
             onely
             ,
             but
             of
             other
             steps
             to
             Maturitie
             ;
             As
             Manputs
             forth
             ,
             First
             his
             〈◊〉
             Next
             the
             Signes
             of
             Pube
             ,
             tie
             ;
             Then
             his
             Beard
             ;
             And
             so
             forward
             ;
             )
             are
             
               Long-liv'd
               .
            
             For
             it
             shewes
             ,
             that
             Nature
             finisheth
             her
             Periods
             ,
             by
             larger
             Circles
             .
          
           
             10
             
               Milder
               Creatures
               ,
            
             are
             not
             long-liv'd
             ;
             As
             the
             
               Sheepe
               ,
            
             and
             
               Dove
               :
            
             for
             Choler
             is
             as
             the
             Whetstone
             ,
             and
             Spur
             ,
             to
             many
             Functions
             in
             the
             Body
             .
          
           
           
             11
             
               Creatures
               ,
            
             whose
             
               Flesh
            
             is
             more
             
               Duskish
               ,
            
             are
             longer
             liv'd
             ,
             than
             those
             that
             have
             white
             Flesh
             :
             for
             it
             sheweth
             ,
             that
             the
             Iuyce
             of
             the
             Body
             is
             more
             firme
             ,
             and
             lesse
             apt
             to
             dissipate
             .
          
           
             12
             In
             every
             Corruptible
             Body
             ,
             
               Quantitie
            
             maketh
             much
             ,
             to
             the
             Conservation
             of
             the
             whole
             :
             For
             a
             great
             fire
             is
             longer
             in
             Quenching
             ;
             A
             small
             portion
             of
             water
             is
             sooner
             evaporated
             ;
             The
             Body
             of
             a
             Tree
             withereth
             not
             so
             fast
             as
             a
             Twig
             :
             And
             therefore
             generally
             ;
             (
             I
             speak
             it
             of
             Species
             ,
             not
             of
             Individuals
             ;
             )
             
               Creatures
            
             that
             are
             large
             in
             Body
             ,
             are
             longer
             liv'd
             than
             thos
             that
             are
             small
             ;
             unlesse
             there
             be
             some
             other
             potent
             Cause
             ,
             to
             hinder
             it
             .
          
        
      
       
         
         
           Alimentation
           ,
           or
           Nourishment
           ;
           And
           the
           way
           of
           Nourishing
           .
        
         
           
             The
             Historie
             .
          
           
             1
             
               NOurishment
            
             ought
             to
             
             bee
             of
             an
             Inferiour
             nature
             ,
             and
             more
             simple
             substance
             ,
             than
             the
             
               Thing
               Nourished
               .
               Plants
            
             are
             nourished
             with
             the
             Earth
             and
             Water
             ;
             
               Living
               Creatures
            
             with
             Plants
             ;
             
               Man
            
             with
             Living
             Creatures
             :
             There
             are
             also
             certain
             
               Creatures
            
             Feeding
             upon
             Flesh
             ;
             And
             
               Man
            
             himselfe
             ,
             takes
             Plants
             ,
             into
             a
             part
             of
             his
             Nourishment
             :
             But
             
               Man
               ,
            
             and
             
               Creatures
            
             feeding
             upon
             Flesh
             ,
             
             are
             scarcely
             nourished
             with
             Plants
             alone
             .
             Perhaps
             ,
             
               Fruits
               ,
            
             or
             
               Graines
               ,
            
             baked
             ,
             or
             boyled
             ,
             may
             ,
             with
             long
             use
             ,
             nourish
             them
             ;
             But
             
               Leaves
               ,
            
             of
             
               Plants
               ,
            
             or
             
               Herbs
               ,
            
             will
             not
             doe
             it
             ;
             As
             the
             
               Order
            
             of
             the
             
               Foliatanes
               ,
            
             shewed
             by
             Experience
             .
          
           
             2
             Over-great
             
               Affinity
               ,
            
             or
             
               Consubstantiality
            
             of
             the
             
               Nourishment
               ,
            
             to
             the
             Thing
             nourished
             ,
             proveth
             not
             well
             :
             for
             Creatures
             ,
             feeding
             upon
             Herbs
             ,
             touch
             no
             Flesh
             ;
             And
             of
             Creatures
             feeding
             upon
             Flesh
             ,
             few
             of
             them
             eat
             their
             owne
             kinde
             .
             As
             for
             
               Men
               ,
            
             which
             are
             
               Cannibals
               ,
            
             they
             feed
             not
             ordinarily
             upon
             
               Mens
            
             Flesh
             ;
             But
             reserve
             it
             as
             a
             Dainty
             ,
             either
             to
             serve
             their
             Revenge
             upon
             their
             Enemies
             ,
             or
             to
             satisfie
             their
             Appetite
             at
             some
             times
             .
             So
             the
             
               Ground
            
             is
             best
             sowne
             ,
             with
             
             
               Seed
            
             growing
             else-where
             ;
             And
             Men
             do
             not
             use
             to
             
               Graft
               ,
            
             or
             
               Inoculate
               ,
            
             upon
             the
             same
             stocke
             .
          
           
             3
             By
             how
             much
             the
             more
             the
             
               Nourishment
            
             is
             better
             
               Prepared
               ,
            
             and
             approacheth
             nearer
             in
             likenesse
             ,
             to
             the
             Thing
             nourished
             ;
             By
             so
             much
             the
             more
             ,
             are
             
               Plants
            
             more
             Fruitfull
             ;
             And
             Living
             
               Creatures
            
             in
             better
             liking
             ,
             and
             plight
             .
             For
             a
             young
             
               Slip
               ,
            
             or
             
               Cions
               ,
            
             is
             not
             so
             well
             nourished
             ,
             if
             it
             bee
             pricked
             into
             the
             Ground
             ;
             As
             if
             it
             be
             grafted
             into
             a
             Stecke
             ,
             agreeing
             wich
             it
             in
             Nature
             ;
             And
             where
             it
             findes
             the
             Nourishment
             alreadie
             disgested
             ,
             and
             prepared
             :
             Neither
             ,
             (
             as
             is
             reported
             ,
             )
             will
             the
             
               Seed
            
             of
             an
             
               Onion
               ,
            
             or
             some
             such
             like
             ,
             sown
             in
             the
             bare
             earth
             ,
             bring
             forth
             so
             large
             a
             Fruit
             ,
             as
             if
             it
             be
             put
             
             into
             another
             
               Onion
               ;
            
             Which
             is
             a
             new
             kind
             of
             Grafting
             ;
             Into
             the
             Root
             ,
             or
             under
             ground
             :
             Againe
             it
             hath
             beene
             found
             out
             lately
             ;
             That
             a
             
               Slip
            
             of
             a
             
               Wilde
               Tree
               ;
            
             As
             of
             an
             
               Elme
               ,
               Oake
               ,
               Ash
               ,
            
             or
             such
             like
             ,
             grafted
             into
             a
             Stock
             of
             the
             same
             kind
             ,
             wil
             bring
             forth
             larger
             Leaves
             ,
             than
             those
             that
             grow
             without
             Grafting
             :
             Also
             Men
             ,
             are
             not
             nourished
             so
             well
             with
             Raw
             Flesh
             ,
             as
             with
             that
             which
             hath
             passed
             the
             Fire
             .
          
           
             4
             
               Living
               Creatures
            
             are
             nourished
             by
             the
             
               Mouth
               ;
               plants
            
             by
             the
             
               Root
               ;
               Young
               ones
            
             in
             the
             Womb
             ,
             by
             the
             
               Navill
               :
               Birds
               ,
            
             for
             a
             while
             ,
             are
             nourished
             with
             the
             
               Yolke
            
             in
             the
             Egge
             ;
             whereof
             some
             is
             found
             in
             their
             Crops
             ,
             after
             they
             are
             hatched
             .
          
           
             5
             All
             Nourishment
             moveth
             ,
             from
             the
             
               Center
               ,
            
             to
             the
             
               Circum
            
             
             
               cumference
               ;
            
             Or
             ,
             from
             the
             Inward
             ,
             to
             the
             Outward
             :
             yet
             it
             is
             to
             be
             noted
             ;
             That
             in
             
               Trees
               ,
            
             and
             
               Plants
               ,
            
             the
             Nourishment
             passeth
             ,
             rather
             by
             the
             Barke
             ,
             and
             outward
             Parts
             ,
             than
             by
             the
             Pith
             ,
             and
             inward
             parts
             :
             For
             if
             the
             Barke
             be
             pilled
             off
             ,
             though
             but
             for
             a
             small
             bredth
             ,
             round
             ,
             they
             live
             no
             more
             :
             And
             the
             Bloud
             ,
             in
             the
             Veines
             of
             Living
             Creatures
             ,
             doth
             no
             lesse
             nourish
             the
             Flesh
             beneath
             it
             ,
             than
             the
             Flesh
             above
             it
             .
          
           
             6
             In
             all
             
               Alimentation
               ,
            
             or
             
               Nourishment
               ,
            
             there
             is
             a
             two-fold
             Action
             ;
             
               Extrusion
               ,
            
             and
             
               Attraction
               :
            
             whereof
             the
             Former
             proceeds
             from
             the
             Inward
             Function
             ,
             the
             latter
             from
             the
             Outward
             .
          
           
             7
             
               Vegetables
            
             assimilate
             their
             Nourishment
             simply
             ,
             without
             
             Excerning
             :
             For
             Gums
             ,
             and
             Teares
             of
             Trees
             ,
             are
             rather
             Exuberances
             ,
             than
             Excrements
             :
             And
             knots
             ,
             or
             knobs
             ,
             are
             nothing
             but
             Diseases
             .
             But
             the
             substance
             of
             Living
             Creatures
             is
             more
             perceptible
             ,
             of
             the
             like
             ;
             And
             therefore
             it
             is
             conjoyned
             with
             a
             kinde
             of
             Disdaine
             ;
             whereby
             it
             rejecteth
             the
             Bad
             ,
             and
             assimilateth
             the
             Good.
             
          
           
             8
             It
             is
             a
             strange
             Thing
             ,
             of
             the
             
               Stalkes
            
             of
             
               Fruits
               ;
            
             That
             all
             the
             Nourishment
             ,
             which
             produceth
             ,
             sometimes
             ,
             such
             great
             Fruits
             ,
             should
             bee
             forced
             to
             passe
             thorow
             so
             narrow
             Necks
             :
             For
             the
             Fruit
             is
             never
             joyn'd
             to
             the
             Stock
             ,
             without
             some
             stalke
             .
          
           
             9
             It
             is
             to
             be
             noted
             ;
             That
             the
             Seeds
             of
             Living
             Creatures
             ,
             will
             not
             be
             fruitfull
             ,
             but
             when
             
             they
             are
             new
             shed
             ;
             But
             the
             Seeds
             of
             Plants
             ,
             will
             be
             fruit
             ,
             full
             ,
             a
             long
             time
             ,
             after
             they
             are
             gathered
             .
             Yet
             the
             Slips
             ,
             or
             Cions
             of
             Trees
             ,
             will
             not
             grow
             ,
             unlesse
             they
             be
             grafted
             green
             ;
             Neither
             will
             the
             〈◊〉
             keepe
             long
             Fresh
             ,
             unlesse
             they
             be
             covered
             with
             earth
             .
          
           
             10
             In
             
               Living
               Creatures
               ,
            
             there
             are
             Degrees
             of
             Nourishment
             according
             to
             their
             Age
             :
             In
             the
             Wombe
             ,
             the
             young
             one
             is
             nourished
             with
             the
             Mothers
             Bloud
             ;
             when
             it
             is
             new
             borne
             ,
             with
             Milke
             ;
             Afterward
             ,
             with
             Meats
             ,
             and
             Drinks
             ;
             And
             in
             old
             Age
             ,
             the
             most
             Nourishing
             ,
             and
             Savourie
             Meats
             ,
             please
             best
             .
          
           
             11
             Above
             all
             ,
             it
             maketh
             to
             the
             present
             
               Inquisition
               ;
            
             To
             inquire
             diligently
             ,
             and
             Attentively
             ;
             whether
             a
             Man
             may
             not
             receive
             
             
               Nourishment
            
             from
             without
             ;
             At
             least
             some
             other
             way
             ,
             beside
             the
             Mouth
             ?
             Wee
             know
             ,
             that
             Baths
             of
             Milke
             are
             used
             in
             some
             
               Hectick
               Fevers
               ,
            
             and
             when
             the
             Body
             is
             brought
             extreme
             low
             ;
             And
             
               physitians
            
             doe
             prescribe
             
               Nourishing
               Clysters
               :
            
             This
             Matter
             would
             be
             well
             studied
             ;
             For
             if
             
               Nourishment
            
             may
             be
             made
             ,
             either
             from
             without
             ,
             or
             some
             other
             way
             ,
             than
             by
             the
             Stomach
             ,
             Then
             the
             weaknesse
             of
             Concoction
             ,
             which
             is
             incident
             to
             old
             Men
             ,
             might
             be
             recompenced
             by
             these
             Helps
             ;
             And
             Concoction
             restored
             to
             them
             ,
             intire
             .
          
        
      
       
         
         
           Length
           and
           Shortnesse
           of
           Life
           in
           Man.
           
        
         
           
             The
             Historie
             .
          
           
             1
             BEfore
             the
             
               Floud
               ,
            
             as
             the
             
             
               Sacred
               Scriptures
            
             relate
             ,
             
               Men
            
             lived
             many
             Hundred
             yeares
             :
             Yet
             none
             of
             the
             
               〈◊〉
            
             attained
             to
             a
             full
             Thousand
             .
             Neither
             was
             this
             
               Length
            
             of
             
               Life
               ,
            
             〈◊〉
             only
             to
             
               Grace
               ,
            
             or
             the
             
               Holy
               〈◊〉
            
             For
             there
             are
             reckoned
             ,
             of
             the
             
               Fathers
               ,
            
             untill
             the
             
               Floud
               ,
            
             eleven
             Generations
             ;
             But
             of
             the
             Sons
             of
             
               Adam
               ,
            
             by
             
               Cain
               ,
            
             only
             eight
             Generations
             ;
             So
             as
             the
             
               Posteritie
            
             of
             
               Cain
            
             may
             seeme
             the
             longer
             liv'd
             .
             But
             this
             
               Length
            
             of
             
               Life
               ,
            
             immediately
             after
             the
             
             
               Floud
               ,
            
             was
             reduced
             to
             a
             Moitie
             ;
             But
             in
             the
             
               Post-Nati
               :
            
             For
             
               Noah
               ,
            
             who
             was
             borne
             before
             ,
             equalled
             the
             Age
             of
             his
             ,
             Ancestours
             ;
             And
             
               Sem
            
             saw
             the
             sixth
             hundred
             year
             of
             his
             life
             .
             Afterward
             ,
             three
             Generations
             being
             run
             ,
             from
             the
             
               Floud
               ;
            
             The
             
               Life
            
             of
             
               Man
            
             was
             brought
             downe
             ,
             to
             a
             Fourth
             Part
             of
             the
             Primitive
             
               Age
               ;
            
             That
             was
             ,
             to
             about
             two
             Hundred
             years
             .
          
           
             2
             
               Abraham
            
             lived
             an
             hundred
             seventie
             and
             five
             yeares
             :
             A
             Man
             of
             an
             High
             Courage
             ,
             and
             prosperous
             in
             all
             Things
             .
             
               Isaac
            
             came
             to
             an
             Hundred
             and
             eightie
             yeares
             of
             Age
             ;
             A
             chaste
             Man
             ,
             and
             enjoying
             more
             Quietnesse
             ,
             than
             his
             Father
             .
             But
             
               Iacob
               ,
            
             after
             many
             Crosses
             ,
             and
             a
             numerous
             Progenie
             ,
             lasted
             to
             the
             Hundred
             fortie
             seventh
             yeare
             of
             his
             
             Life
             :
             A
             Patient
             ,
             Gentle
             ,
             and
             wise
             Man.
             
               Ishmael
               ,
            
             a
             Militar
             Man
             ,
             lived
             an
             Hundred
             thirtie
             and
             seven
             yeares
             .
             
               Sarah
               ,
            
             (
             whose
             yeares
             only
             ,
             amongst
             women
             ,
             are
             recorded
             ,
             )
             died
             in
             the
             Hundred
             twentie
             seventh
             yeare
             of
             her
             Age
             :
             A
             Beautifull
             ,
             and
             Magnanimous
             Woman
             ;
             A
             singular
             good
             Mother
             ,
             and
             Wife
             ;
             And
             yet
             ,
             no
             lesse
             Famous
             ,
             for
             her
             Libertie
             ,
             than
             Obsequiousnesse
             towards
             her
             Husband
             .
             
               Ioseph
            
             also
             ,
             a
             Prudent
             ,
             and
             Politicke
             Man
             ,
             Passing
             his
             youth
             in
             Affliction
             ,
             afterwards
             advanced
             to
             the
             Height
             of
             Honour
             and
             Prosperitie
             ,
             lived
             an
             hundred
             and
             ten
             yeares
             .
             But
             his
             Brother
             
               Levi
               ,
            
             elder
             than
             himselfe
             ,
             attained
             to
             an
             Hundred
             thirty
             seven
             yeares
             ;
             A
             Man
             Impatient
             of
             Contumely
             ,
             and
             Revengefull
             .
             
             Neare
             unto
             the
             same
             Age
             ,
             attained
             the
             
               Sonne
            
             of
             
               Levi
               :
            
             Also
             his
             
               Grand
               Child
               ;
            
             The
             
               Father
            
             of
             
               Aaron
               ,
            
             and
             
               Moses
               .
            
          
           
             3
             
               Moses
            
             lived
             an
             Hundred
             and
             Twenty
             years
             :
             A
             Stout
             Man
             ,
             and
             yet
             the
             
               Meekest
               upon
               the
               Earth
               ;
            
             And
             of
             a
             very
             
               Slow
               Tongue
               .
            
             Howsoever
             
               Moses
               ,
            
             in
             his
             
               Psalme
               ,
            
             pronounceth
             ;
             That
             the
             life
             of
             Man
             is
             but
             seventie
             yeares
             ;
             And
             if
             a
             Man
             have
             Strength
             ,
             then
             eighty
             ;
             Which
             Terme
             of
             Mans
             Life
             standeth
             firme
             ,
             in
             many
             particulars
             ,
             even
             at
             this
             Day
             .
             
               Aaron
               ,
            
             who
             was
             three
             yeares
             the
             Elder
             ,
             died
             the
             same
             yeare
             ,
             with
             his
             
               Brother
               :
            
             A
             Man
             of
             a
             readier
             Speech
             ,
             of
             a
             more
             facile
             Disposition
             ,
             and
             lesse
             Constant.
             But
             
               Phineas
               ,
            
             Grand-child
             of
             
               Aaron
               ,
            
             (
             perhaps
             ,
             out
             of
             extraordinary
             
             Grace
             ,
             )
             may
             be
             collected
             ,
             to
             have
             lived
             three
             hundred
             yeares
             ;
             If
             so
             be
             ,
             the
             War
             of
             the
             
               Israelites
               ,
            
             against
             the
             
               Tribe
            
             of
             
               Benjamin
               ;
            
             (
             In
             which
             Expedition
             ,
             
               Phineas
            
             was
             consulted
             with
             ,
             )
             were
             performed
             ,
             in
             the
             same
             order
             of
             Time
             ,
             in
             which
             the
             
               Historie
            
             hath
             ranked
             it
             :
             He
             was
             a
             Man
             of
             a
             most
             
               Eminent
               Zeale
               .
               Ioshua
               ,
            
             a
             Martiall
             Man
             ,
             and
             an
             excellent
             Leader
             ,
             and
             evermore
             victorious
             ,
             lived
             to
             the
             Hundred
             and
             Tenth
             yeare
             of
             his
             Life
             .
             
               Caleb
            
             was
             his
             Contemporany
             ;
             And
             seemeth
             to
             have
             beene
             of
             as
             great
             yeares
             .
             
               Ehud
            
             the
             Judge
             ,
             seemes
             to
             have
             beene
             no
             lesse
             than
             an
             hundred
             years
             old
             ;
             In
             regard
             ,
             that
             after
             the
             Victory
             over
             the
             
               Moabites
               ,
            
             the
             
               Holy
               Land
            
             had
             rest
             ,
             under
             his
             Government
             ,
             
             eightie
             yeares
             :
             He
             was
             a
             Man
             Fierce
             ,
             and
             undaunted
             ;
             And
             one
             ,
             that
             in
             a
             sort
             ,
             neglected
             his
             Life
             for
             the
             good
             of
             his
             People
             .
          
           
             4
             
               Iob
            
             lived
             ,
             after
             the
             Restauration
             of
             his
             Happinesse
             ,
             an
             Hundred
             and
             Fortie
             yeares
             ;
             Being
             ,
             before
             his
             Afflictions
             ,
             of
             that
             Age
             ,
             that
             he
             had
             sons
             at
             Mans
             Estate
             :
             A
             Man
             Politick
             ,
             Eloquent
             ,
             Charitable
             ,
             and
             the
             
               Example
               of
               Patience
               .
               Eli
            
             the
             Priest
             ,
             lived
             Ninetie
             eight
             yeares
             ;
             A
             corpulent
             Man
             ,
             Calme
             of
             disposition
             ,
             and
             Indulgent
             to
             his
             children
             .
             But
             
               Elizeus
            
             the
             
               Prophet
               ,
            
             may
             seeme
             to
             have
             died
             ,
             when
             he
             was
             above
             an
             hundred
             yeares
             old
             ;
             For
             he
             is
             found
             to
             have
             lived
             after
             the
             
               Assumption
            
             of
             
               Elias
               ,
            
             sixty
             yeares
             ;
             And
             at
             the
             Time
             of
             that
             
               Assumption
               ,
            
             
             he
             was
             of
             those
             yeares
             ,
             that
             the
             Boyes
             mocked
             him
             ,
             by
             Name
             of
             
               Bald-head
               ;
            
             A
             Man
             vehement
             ,
             and
             severe
             ,
             and
             of
             an
             Austere
             life
             ,
             and
             a
             Contemner
             of
             Riches
             .
             Also
             ,
             
               Isaiah
            
             the
             
               Prophet
               ,
            
             seemeth
             to
             have
             beene
             an
             Hundred
             years
             old
             :
             For
             he
             is
             found
             ,
             to
             have
             exercised
             the
             Function
             of
             a
             
               Prophet
               ,
            
             Seventie
             yeares
             together
             ;
             The
             yeares
             ,
             both
             of
             his
             Beginning
             to
             Prophecie
             ,
             and
             of
             his
             Death
             ,
             being
             uncertain
             :
             A
             Man
             of
             an
             Admirable
             Eloquence
             ;
             An
             
               Evangelicall
               Prophet
               ;
            
             Full
             of
             the
             Promises
             of
             God
             ,
             of
             the
             New
             
               Testament
               ,
            
             as
             a
             Bottle
             with
             sweet
             Wine
             .
          
           
             5
             
               Tobias
            
             the
             Elder
             ,
             lived
             an
             Hundred
             fifty
             eight
             yeares
             ;
             The
             younger
             ,
             an
             Hundred
             twenty
             seven
             ;
             Mercifull
             Men
             ,
             
             and
             great
             Almes-Givers
             .
             It
             seemes
             ,
             in
             the
             time
             of
             the
             
               Captivitie
               ,
            
             many
             of
             the
             
               Iewes
               ,
            
             who
             returned
             out
             of
             
               Babylon
               ,
            
             were
             of
             great
             yeares
             :
             Seeing
             they
             could
             remember
             both
             
               Temples
               ,
            
             (
             there
             being
             no
             lesse
             than
             seventie
             yeares
             betwixt
             Them
             ;
             )
             And
             wept
             for
             the
             unlikenesse
             of
             Them.
             Many
             Ages
             after
             that
             ,
             in
             the
             Time
             of
             our
             
               Saviour
               ,
            
             lived
             old
             
               Simeon
               ,
            
             to
             the
             Age
             of
             Ninetie
             yeares
             :
             A
             Devout
             Man
             ,
             and
             full
             ,
             both
             of
             Hope
             ,
             and
             Expectation
             .
             Into
             the
             same
             time
             also
             ,
             fell
             
               Anna
            
             the
             
               Prophetesse
               ;
            
             who
             could
             not
             possibly
             bee
             lesse
             than
             an
             Hundred
             yeares
             old
             :
             For
             shee
             had
             been
             seven
             yeares
             a
             Wife
             ;
             About
             eighty
             foure
             yeares
             a
             Widow
             ;
             Beside
             the
             yeares
             of
             her
             Virginitie
             ;
             And
             the
             time
             that
             she
             
             lived
             after
             her
             Prophecie
             of
             our
             
               Saviour
               .
            
             Shee
             was
             an
             Holy
             Woman
             ;
             And
             passed
             her
             dayes
             in
             fastings
             and
             Prayers
             .
          
           
             6
             The
             
               Long
               Lives
            
             of
             
               Men
               ,
            
             mentioned
             in
             
               Heathen
               Authors
               ,
            
             have
             no
             great
             certaintie
             in
             Them
             :
             Both
             for
             the
             Intermixture
             of
             Fables
             ,
             whereunto
             those
             kind
             of
             Relations
             were
             very
             prone
             ;
             and
             for
             their
             false
             Calculation
             of
             yeares
             .
             Certainly
             ,
             of
             the
             
               AEgyptians
               ,
            
             we
             finde
             nothing
             of
             Moment
             in
             those
             workes
             that
             are
             extant
             ,
             as
             touching
             
               Long
               Life
               ;
            
             For
             their
             
               Kings
               ,
            
             which
             reigned
             longest
             ,
             did
             not
             exceed
             fifty
             ,
             or
             five
             and
             fiftie
             yeares
             ,
             which
             is
             no
             great
             matter
             ;
             Seeing
             Many
             at
             this
             Day
             ,
             attaine
             to
             those
             yeares
             .
             But
             the
             
               Arcadian
               Kings
               ,
            
             are
             fabulously
             
             reported
             to
             have
             lived
             very
             long
             .
             Surely
             ,
             that
             Country
             was
             Mountainous
             ,
             Full
             of
             Flocks
             of
             Sheep
             ,
             and
             brought
             forth
             most
             wholesome
             Food
             .
             Notwithstanding
             ,
             seeing
             
               Pan
            
             was
             their
             God
             ,
             wee
             may
             conceive
             ,
             that
             all
             Things
             about
             them
             were
             
               Panick
               ,
            
             and
             vaine
             ,
             and
             subject
             to
             Fables
             .
          
           
             7
             
               Numa
               ,
            
             King
             of
             the
             
               Romans
               ,
            
             lived
             to
             eightie
             yeares
             ;
             A
             Man
             peaceable
             ,
             Contemplative
             ,
             and
             much
             devoted
             to
             Religion
             .
             
               Marcus
               Valerius
               Corvinus
               ,
            
             saw
             an
             hundred
             yeares
             compleat
             ;
             There
             being
             betwixt
             his
             First
             and
             Sixth
             
               Consulship
               ,
            
             Forty
             six
             yeares
             ;
             A
             Man
             Valourous
             ,
             Affable
             ,
             Popular
             ,
             and
             alwayes
             Fortunate
             .
          
           
             8
             
               Solon
            
             of
             
               Athens
               ,
            
             the
             
               Law-giver
               ,
            
             and
             one
             of
             the
             seven
             
               Wise
               Men
               ,
            
             lived
             above
             eighty
             
             yeares
             ;
             A
             Man
             of
             an
             High
             Courage
             ,
             but
             Popular
             ,
             and
             affected
             to
             his
             Country
             :
             Also
             Learned
             ,
             given
             to
             Pleasures
             ,
             and
             a
             soft
             kind
             of
             Life
             .
             
               Epimenides
            
             the
             
               Cretian
               ,
            
             is
             reported
             to
             have
             lived
             an
             hundred
             fifty
             seven
             yeares
             :
             The
             Matter
             is
             mixt
             with
             a
             
               Prodigious
               Relation
               ;
            
             For
             fifty
             seven
             of
             those
             yeares
             ,
             he
             is
             said
             to
             have
             slept
             in
             a
             
               Cave
               .
            
             Halfe
             an
             Age
             after
             ,
             
               Xenophanes
            
             the
             
               Colophonian
               ,
            
             lived
             an
             hundred
             &
             two
             yeares
             ,
             or
             rather
             more
             ;
             For
             at
             the
             Age
             of
             Twenty
             five
             yeares
             ,
             he
             left
             his
             Country
             ;
             Seventy
             seven
             compleat
             yeares
             he
             travelled
             ;
             And
             after
             that
             returned
             :
             But
             how
             long
             hee
             lived
             after
             his
             Returne
             ,
             appeares
             not
             :
             A
             Man
             ,
             no
             lesse
             wandring
             in
             Mind
             ,
             than
             in
             Body
             ;
             For
             his
             Name
             was
             changed
             ,
             
             for
             the
             Madnesse
             of
             his
             Opinions
             ,
             from
             
               Xenophanes
            
             to
             
               〈◊〉
            
             A
             Man
             ,
             no
             doubt
             ,
             of
             a
             vast
             Conceit
             ,
             and
             that
             minded
             nothing
             but
             
               Infinitum
               .
            
          
           
             9
             
               Anacreon
               ,
            
             the
             Poet
             ,
             lived
             eighty
             yeares
             ,
             and
             somewhat
             better
             :
             A
             Man
             Lascivious
             ,
             Voluptuous
             ,
             and
             given
             to
             Drinke
             .
             
               Pindarus
               ,
            
             the
             
               Theban
               ,
            
             lived
             to
             eighty
             yeares
             ;
             A
             Poet
             of
             an
             high
             Fancie
             ,
             singular
             in
             his
             Conceits
             ,
             and
             a
             great
             Adorer
             of
             the
             
               Gods.
               Sophocles
            
             the
             
               Athenian
               ,
            
             attained
             to
             the
             like
             Age
             ;
             A
             lofty
             Tragicke
             Poet
             ,
             given
             over
             wholly
             to
             Writing
             ,
             and
             Neglectfull
             of
             his
             Family
             .
          
           
             10
             
               Artaxerxes
               ,
            
             King
             of
             
               Persia
               ,
            
             lived
             ninety
             foure
             yeares
             :
             A
             Man
             of
             a
             Dull
             wit
             ,
             Averse
             to
             the
             Dispatch
             of
             Businesse
             ,
             
             Desirous
             of
             Glory
             ,
             but
             rather
             of
             Ease
             .
             At
             the
             same
             time
             lived
             
               Agesilaus
               ,
            
             King
             of
             
               Sparta
               ,
            
             to
             eighty
             foure
             yeares
             of
             Age
             :
             A
             Moderate
             Prince
             ;
             As
             being
             a
             
               Philosopher
            
             amongst
             
               Kings
               ;
            
             But
             not
             withstanding
             Ambitious
             ,
             and
             a
             Warrier
             ;
             And
             no
             lesse
             stout
             in
             Warre
             ,
             than
             in
             Businesse
             .
          
           
             11
             
               Gorgias
               ,
            
             the
             
               Sicilian
               ,
            
             was
             an
             hundred
             and
             eight
             yeares
             old
             ;
             A
             
               Rhetorician
               ,
            
             and
             a
             great
             〈◊〉
             of
             his
             Faculty
             ;
             One
             that
             taught
             Youth
             for
             profit
             ,
             Hee
             had
             seene
             many
             Countries
             ;
             And
             a
             little
             before
             his
             Death
             said
             ,
             That
             hee
             had
             done
             nothing
             worthy
             of
             Blame
             ,
             since
             he
             was
             an
             old
             Man.
             
               Protagoras
            
             of
             
               Abdera
               ,
            
             saw
             Ninetie
             yeares
             of
             Age
             ,
             This
             Man
             was
             likewise
             a
             
               Rhetorician
               ;
            
             But
             professed
             not
             so
             much
             to
             teach
             
             the
             Liberall
             Arts
             ,
             as
             the
             Art
             of
             Governing
             Common-wealths
             ,
             and
             States
             :
             Notwithstanding
             ,
             he
             was
             a
             great
             Wanderer
             in
             the
             World
             ,
             no
             lesse
             than
             
               Gorgias
               .
               Isocrates
               ,
            
             the
             
               Athenian
               ,
            
             lived
             Ninety
             eight
             yeares
             :
             He
             was
             a
             
               Rhetorician
            
             also
             ,
             but
             an
             exceeding
             modest
             Man
             ,
             One
             that
             shunned
             the
             publike
             Light
             ;
             And
             opened
             his
             Schoole
             only
             in
             his
             owne
             House
             .
             
               Democritus
            
             of
             
               Abdera
               ,
            
             reached
             to
             an
             hundred
             and
             nine
             yeares
             :
             Hee
             was
             a
             great
             Philosopher
             ;
             And
             ,
             if
             ever
             any
             Man
             amongst
             the
             
               Grecians
               ,
            
             a
             true
             
               Naturalist
               :
            
             A
             Surveyour
             of
             many
             Countries
             ,
             but
             much
             more
             of
             Nature
             ;
             Also
             a
             diligent
             searcher
             into
             Experiments
             ;
             And
             ,
             (
             as
             
               Aristotle
            
             objected
             against
             him
             ,
             )
             One
             that
             followed
             Similitudes
             ,
             more
             
             than
             the
             Laws
             of
             Arguments
             .
             
               Diogenes
            
             the
             
               Sinopean
               ,
            
             lived
             ninety
             yeares
             :
             A
             Man
             ,
             that
             used
             Liberty
             towards
             Others
             ,
             but
             Tyranny
             over
             Himselfe
             ;
             Of
             a
             course
             Diet
             ,
             and
             of
             much
             Patience
             .
             
               Zeno
            
             of
             
               Citium
               ,
            
             lacked
             but
             two
             yeares
             of
             an
             hundred
             :
             A
             Man
             of
             an
             High
             Minde
             ,
             and
             a
             Contemner
             of
             other
             Mens
             Opinions
             ;
             Also
             of
             a
             great
             Acutenesse
             ,
             but
             yet
             not
             Troublesome
             ,
             choosing
             rather
             to
             take
             Mens
             Mindes
             ,
             than
             to
             enforce
             them
             :
             The
             like
             whereof
             afterward
             was
             in
             
               Seneca
               .
               Plato
            
             the
             
               Athenian
               ,
            
             atrained
             to
             eighty
             one
             yeares
             :
             A
             Man
             of
             a
             great
             Courage
             ,
             but
             yet
             a
             Lover
             of
             〈◊〉
             In
             his
             Notions
             Sublimed
             ,
             and
             full
             of
             Fancie
             :
             Neat
             and
             D
             I
             cate
             in
             his
             Life
             ;
             Rather
             Calme
             ,
             than
             Merry
             ;
             And
             one
             ,
             that
             
             carried
             a
             kinde
             of
             Majestie
             in
             his
             Countenance
             .
             
               Theophrastus
            
             the
             
               Etesian
               ,
            
             larrived
             at
             eightie
             five
             yeares
             of
             Age
             ;
             A
             Man
             sweet
             for
             his
             Eloquence
             ;
             Sweet
             also
             for
             the
             Varietie
             of
             his
             Matters
             ;
             And
             who
             selected
             the
             pleasant
             Things
             of
             Philosophy
             ;
             And
             let
             the
             Bitter
             and
             Harsh
             goe
             .
             
               Carneades
            
             of
             
               Cyrene
               ,
            
             many
             yeares
             after
             ,
             came
             to
             the
             like
             Age
             ,
             of
             eightie
             five
             yeares
             :
             A
             Man
             of
             a
             fluent
             Eloquence
             ;
             And
             one
             ,
             who
             by
             the
             acceptable
             ,
             and
             pleasant
             Varietie
             of
             his
             Knowledge
             ,
             delighted
             ,
             both
             himselfe
             ,
             and
             others
             .
             But
             
               〈◊〉
            
             who
             lived
             in
             
               Cicero's
            
             time
             ;
             No
             
               Philosopher
               ,
            
             or
             
               Rhetorician
               ;
            
             But
             a
             
               Grammarian
               ;
            
             Attained
             to
             an
             hundred
             yeares
             of
             Age
             :
             He
             was
             first
             a
             Souldier
             ,
             then
             a
             Schoole-master
             ;
             
             A
             Man
             by
             nature
             tart
             ,
             both
             in
             his
             Tongue
             ,
             and
             Pen
             ;
             And
             severe
             towards
             his
             Schollers
             .
          
           
             12
             
               Quintus
               Fabius
               Maximus
               ,
            
             was
             
               Augur
            
             sixty
             three
             yeares
             ;
             which
             shewed
             him
             to
             bee
             above
             eighty
             yeares
             of
             Age
             ,
             at
             his
             Death
             :
             Though
             it
             bee
             true
             ,
             that
             in
             the
             
               Augurship
               ,
            
             Nebilitie
             was
             more
             respected
             ,
             than
             Age.
             A
             wise
             Man
             ,
             and
             a
             great
             
               Deliberatour
               ,
            
             and
             in
             all
             his
             proceedings
             Moderate
             ,
             and
             not
             without
             Affabilitie
             severe
             .
             
               Masinissa
               ,
            
             King
             of
             
               Numidia
               ,
            
             lived
             ninetie
             yeares
             ;
             And
             being
             more
             than
             eightie
             five
             ,
             got
             a
             Sonne
             :
             A
             Daring
             Man
             ,
             and
             trusting
             upon
             his
             Fortune
             ;
             who
             in
             his
             youth
             ,
             had
             tasted
             of
             the
             Inconstancie
             of
             Fortune
             ;
             But
             in
             his
             succeeding
             Age
             ,
             was
             constantly
             
             Happy
             .
             But
             
               Marcus
               Porcius
               Cato
               ,
            
             lived
             above
             ninetie
             yeares
             of
             Age
             :
             A
             man
             of
             an
             Iron
             Body
             and
             Minde
             ;
             Hee
             had
             a
             bitter
             Tongue
             ,
             and
             loved
             to
             cherish
             factions
             :
             Hee
             was
             given
             to
             Husbandry
             ;
             And
             was
             to
             Himselfe
             ,
             and
             his
             Family
             ,
             a
             Physician
             .
          
           
             13
             
               Terentia
               ,
               Cicero's
            
             wife
             ,
             lived
             an
             hundred
             and
             three
             yeares
             :
             A
             woman
             afflicted
             with
             many
             Crosses
             ;
             First
             ,
             with
             the
             Banishment
             of
             her
             Husband
             ;
             Then
             with
             the
             Difference
             betwixt
             them
             ;
             Lastly
             ,
             with
             his
             last
             Fatall
             Misfortune
             :
             Shee
             was
             also
             oftentimes
             vexed
             with
             the
             
               Gout
               .
               Luceia
            
             must
             needs
             exceed
             an
             hundred
             ,
             by
             many
             yeares
             ;
             For
             it
             is
             said
             ,
             That
             shee
             acted
             ,
             an
             whole
             hundred
             yeares
             ,
             upon
             the
             stage
             ;
             At
             first
             ,
             perhaps
             ,
             
             representing
             the
             person
             of
             some
             young
             Girle
             ;
             At
             last
             ,
             of
             some
             Decrepit
             old
             Woman
             .
             But
             
               Galeria
               Copiola
               ,
            
             A
             Player
             also
             ,
             and
             a
             Dancer
             ,
             was
             brought
             upon
             the
             Stage
             as
             a
             Novice
             ,
             in
             what
             yeare
             of
             her
             Age
             ,
             is
             not
             knowne
             ;
             But
             ninetie
             nine
             yeares
             after
             ,
             at
             the
             
               Dedication
            
             of
             the
             
               Theater
               ,
            
             by
             
               Pompey
            
             the
             
               Great
               ,
            
             shee
             was
             shewne
             upon
             the
             Stage
             againe
             ;
             Not
             now
             for
             an
             Actresse
             ,
             but
             for
             a
             Wonder
             ;
             Neither
             was
             this
             all
             ;
             For
             after
             that
             ,
             in
             the
             
               〈◊〉
               ,
            
             for
             the
             Health
             and
             Life
             of
             
               Augustus
               ,
            
             she
             was
             shewne
             upon
             the
             Stage
             the
             third
             time
             .
          
           
             14
             There
             was
             another
             
               Actresse
               ,
            
             somewhat
             Inferiour
             in
             Age
             ,
             but
             much
             Superiour
             in
             Dignity
             ,
             which
             lived
             well-neare
             ninety
             yeares
             :
             I
             meane
             
               Livia
               lulia
               Augusta
               ,
            
             wife
             to
             
               Augustus
            
             
             
               Cesar
               ,
            
             and
             Mother
             to
             
               Tiberius
               .
            
             For
             if
             
               Augustus
            
             his
             Life
             were
             a
             play
             ;
             (
             As
             himselfe
             would
             have
             it
             ;
             when
             as
             upon
             his
             Death-bed
             ,
             hee
             charged
             his
             Frineds
             ,
             they
             should
             give
             him
             a
             
               Plaudite
               ,
            
             after
             hee
             was
             Dead
             ,
             )
             certainly
             this
             
               Lady
            
             was
             an
             excellent
             
               Actresse
               ;
            
             who
             could
             carry
             it
             so
             well
             with
             her
             Husband
             ,
             by
             a
             dissembled
             Obedience
             ;
             And
             with
             her
             Sonne
             ,
             by
             power
             and
             authoritie
             :
             A
             woman
             Affable
             ,
             and
             yet
             of
             a
             Matronall
             Carriage
             ,
             Pragmaticall
             ,
             and
             upholding
             her
             power
             .
             But
             
               Iunia
               ,
            
             the
             wife
             of
             
               Caius
               Cassius
               ,
            
             and
             sister
             of
             
               Marcus
               Brutus
               ,
            
             was
             also
             ninetie
             yeares
             old
             ;
             For
             shee
             survived
             the
             
               Philippick
               Battaile
               ,
            
             sixty
             foure
             yeares
             :
             A
             Magnanimous
             woman
             ;
             In
             her
             great
             wealth
             Happy
             ;
             In
             
             the
             Calamity
             of
             her
             Husband
             ,
             and
             neare
             Kinsfolkes
             ,
             and
             in
             long
             widowhood
             ,
             unhappy
             ;
             Notwithstanding
             much
             Honoured
             of
             all
             .
          
           
             15
             The
             
               yeare
            
             of
             our
             
               Lord
            
             seventie
             six
             ,
             falling
             into
             the
             Time
             of
             
               Vespasian
               ,
            
             is
             Memorable
             ;
             In
             which
             wee
             shall
             finde
             ,
             as
             it
             were
             ,
             a
             
               Calender
               ,
            
             of
             long
             liv'd
             Men
             :
             For
             that
             yeare
             ,
             there
             was
             a
             
               Taxing
               ;
            
             (
             Now
             a
             
               Taxing
               ,
            
             is
             the
             most
             Authenticall
             ,
             and
             truest
             Informer
             ,
             touching
             the
             ages
             of
             men
             ;
             )
             And
             in
             that
             part
             of
             
               Italie
               ,
            
             which
             lieth
             betwixt
             the
             
               Apennine
               Mountaines
               ,
            
             and
             the
             
               River
               Po
               ,
            
             there
             were
             found
             ,
             an
             hundred
             and
             foure
             and
             twenty
             persons
             ,
             that
             either
             equalled
             ,
             or
             exceeded
             ,
             an
             hundred
             yeares
             of
             Age
             :
             Namely
             ,
             of
             an
             hundred
             yeares
             just
             ,
             fiftie
             foure
             persons
             ;
             
             Of
             an
             hundred
             and
             ten
             ,
             fiftie
             seven
             persons
             ;
             Of
             an
             hundred
             and
             five
             and
             twenty
             ,
             Two
             onely
             ;
             Of
             an
             hundred
             and
             thirty
             ,
             foure
             men
             ;
             Of
             an
             hundred
             and
             five
             and
             thirtie
             ,
             or
             seven
             and
             thirtie
             ,
             foure
             more
             ;
             Of
             an
             hundred
             and
             fortie
             ,
             three
             men
             .
             Besides
             these
             ,
             
               Parma
            
             in
             particular
             ,
             afforded
             five
             ,
             whereof
             three
             fulfilled
             an
             hundred
             &
             twentie
             yeares
             ;
             and
             two
             ,
             an
             hundred
             and
             thirty
             :
             
               Bruxels
            
             afforded
             one
             ,
             of
             an
             hundred
             and
             twentie
             five
             yeares
             old
             :
             
               Placentia
            
             one
             ,
             aged
             an
             hundred
             thirty
             and
             one
             :
             
               Faventia
               ,
            
             one
             Woman
             ,
             aged
             one
             hundred
             thirtie
             and
             two
             :
             A
             certaine
             Towne
             ,
             then
             called
             
               Velleiacium
               ,
            
             scituate
             in
             the
             
               Hils
               ,
            
             about
             
               Placentia
               ,
            
             afforded
             ten
             ;
             whereof
             Six
             fulfilled
             an
             hundred
             
             and
             ten
             yeares
             of
             age
             ;
             Foure
             ,
             an
             hundred
             and
             twentie
             :
             Lastly
             ,
             
               Rimino
            
             one
             ,
             of
             an
             hundred
             and
             fiftie
             yeares
             ;
             whose
             Name
             was
             
               Marcus
               Aponius
               .
            
          
           
             That
             our
             Catalogue
             might
             not
             be
             extended
             too
             much
             in
             length
             ,
             wee
             have
             thought
             fit
             ,
             as
             well
             in
             those
             whom
             we
             have
             rehearsed
             ,
             as
             in
             those
             whom
             we
             shall
             rehearse
             ,
             to
             offer
             none
             under
             eighty
             yeares
             of
             Age.
             Now
             wee
             have
             affixed
             to
             every
             one
             a
             true
             and
             short
             
               Character
               ,
            
             or
             
               Elogie
               ;
            
             But
             of
             that
             sort
             ,
             whereunto
             ,
             in
             our
             Iudgement
             ,
             
               Length
            
             of
             
               Life
               ,
            
             (
             which
             is
             not
             a
             little
             subject
             to
             the
             Manners
             and
             Fortunes
             of
             Men
             ,
             )
             hath
             some
             Relation
             :
             And
             that
             in
             a
             twofold
             Respect
             :
             Either
             that
             such
             Kinde
             of
             Men
             ,
             are
             for
             the
             most
             part
             long
             liv'd
             ;
             Or
             that
             such
             Men
             may
             sometimes
             bee
             of
             long
             
             Life
             ,
             though
             otherwise
             not
             well
             disposed
             for
             it
             .
          
           
             16
             Amongst
             the
             
               Roman
            
             and
             
               Grecian
               Emperours
               ;
            
             Also
             the
             
               French
            
             and
             
               Almaine
               ;
            
             To
             these
             our
             Dayes
             ;
             which
             make
             up
             the
             Number
             of
             well-neare
             two
             hundred
             
               Princes
               ;
            
             There
             are
             only
             foure
             found
             ,
             that
             lived
             to
             eightie
             yeares
             of
             Age
             :
             unto
             whom
             we
             may
             adde
             the
             two
             first
             
               Emperours
               ;
               Augustus
               ,
            
             and
             
               Tiberius
               ;
            
             whereof
             the
             latter
             fulfilled
             the
             seventie
             and
             eighth
             yeare
             ,
             the
             former
             the
             seventie
             and
             sixth
             yeare
             of
             his
             Age
             ;
             And
             might
             both
             perhaps
             have
             lived
             to
             fourescore
             ,
             if
             
               Livia
            
             and
             
               Caius
            
             had
             been
             pleased
             .
             
               Augustus
            
             (
             as
             was
             said
             )
             lived
             seventie
             and
             six
             yeares
             :
             A
             Man
             of
             a
             Moderate
             Disposition
             ;
             In
             accomplishing
             his
             Designes
             ,
             vehement
             ,
             
             but
             otherwise
             Calme
             ,
             and
             Serene
             ;
             In
             Meat
             and
             Drink
             sober
             ;
             In
             Venerie
             Intemperate
             ;
             Through
             all
             his
             Life
             time
             Happy
             :
             And
             who
             about
             the
             thirtieth
             year
             of
             his
             Life
             ,
             had
             a
             great
             and
             dangerous
             sicknesse
             ;
             Insomuch
             that
             they
             despaired
             of
             Life
             in
             him
             ;
             whom
             
               Antonius
               Musa
            
             the
             Physician
             ,
             when
             other
             Physicians
             had
             applied
             Hot
             Medicines
             ,
             as
             most
             agreeable
             to
             his
             Disease
             ,
             on
             the
             contrarie
             cured
             with
             cold
             Medicines
             ;
             which
             perchance
             might
             bee
             some
             Help
             ,
             to
             the
             prolonging
             of
             his
             Life
             .
             
               Tiberius
            
             lived
             to
             bee
             two
             yeares
             older
             :
             
               A
               Man
               with
               Leane
               chaps
               ;
            
             As
             
               Augustus
            
             was
             wont
             to
             say
             ;
             For
             his
             speech
             stuck
             within
             his
             Jawes
             ,
             but
             was
             weightie
             ,
             Hee
             was
             Bloudy
             ,
             a
             Drinker
             ,
             
             and
             one
             that
             tooke
             lust
             into
             a
             Part
             of
             his
             Diet
             :
             Notwithstanding
             ,
             a
             great
             Observer
             of
             his
             Health
             ;
             Insomuch
             ,
             that
             hee
             used
             to
             say
             ;
             That
             hee
             was
             a
             Foole
             ,
             that
             after
             thirtie
             yeares
             of
             Age
             ,
             tooke
             advice
             of
             a
             
               Physician
               .
               Gordian
            
             the
             Elder
             ,
             lived
             eightie
             yeares
             ;
             And
             yet
             died
             a
             violent
             Death
             ,
             when
             he
             was
             scarce
             warme
             in
             his
             
               Empire
               :
            
             A
             Man
             of
             an
             High
             Spirit
             ,
             and
             Renowmed
             ;
             Learned
             ,
             and
             a
             Poet
             ;
             And
             constantly
             happy
             ,
             throughout
             the
             whole
             course
             of
             his
             Life
             ,
             save
             only
             ,
             that
             he
             ended
             his
             dayes
             by
             a
             violent
             Death
             .
             
               Valerian
            
             the
             
               Emperour
               ,
            
             was
             seventie
             six
             yeares
             of
             Age
             ,
             before
             hee
             was
             taken
             Prisoner
             ,
             by
             
               Sapor
            
             King
             of
             
               Persia
               :
            
             After
             his
             Captivitie
             hee
             lived
             seven
             yeares
             in
             Reproches
             ;
             And
             then
             died
             a
             
             violent
             Death
             also
             :
             A
             Man
             of
             a
             poore
             Minde
             ,
             and
             not
             valiant
             ;
             Notwithstanding
             lifted
             up
             in
             his
             owne
             ,
             and
             the
             opinion
             of
             Men
             ,
             but
             falling
             short
             in
             the
             performance
             .
             
               Anastasius
               ,
            
             surnamed
             
               Dicorus
               ,
            
             lived
             eightie
             eight
             yeares
             :
             He
             was
             of
             a
             setled
             Minde
             ,
             but
             too
             abject
             ,
             and
             superstitious
             ,
             and
             fearefull
             .
             
               Anicius
               Iustinianus
               ,
            
             lived
             to
             eightie
             three
             yeares
             :
             A
             Man
             Greedy
             of
             Glorie
             ;
             Performing
             Nothing
             in
             his
             owne
             Person
             ,
             but
             in
             the
             valour
             of
             his
             Captaines
             Happie
             and
             Renowmed
             ;
             Uxorious
             :
             And
             not
             his
             owne
             Man
             ,
             but
             suffering
             others
             to
             lead
             him
             .
             
               Helena
            
             of
             
               Britaine
               ,
            
             Mother
             of
             
               Constantine
            
             the
             
               Great
               ,
            
             was
             four-score
             yeares
             old
             :
             A
             Woman
             ,
             that
             intermedled
             not
             in
             Matters
             of
             State
             ,
             neither
             in
             
             her
             Husbands
             ,
             nor
             Sonnes
             〈◊〉
             ;
             But
             Devoted
             her
             〈◊〉
             wholly
             to
             Religion
             ,
             Magnanimous
             ,
             and
             〈◊〉
             Flourishing
             .
             
               Theodora
            
             the
             
               〈◊〉
               ;
            
             (
             who
             was
             Sister
             to
             
               〈◊〉
               ,
            
             wife
             of
             
               Monomachus
               ;
            
             And
             reigned
             alone
             after
             her
             Decease
             ;
             )
             lived
             above
             eightie
             yeares
             :
             A
             Pragmaticall
             Woman
             ;
             and
             one
             that
             tooke
             〈◊〉
             in
             Governing
             ;
             Fortunate
             in
             the
             Highest
             degree
             ,
             and
             through
             her
             good
             〈◊〉
             Credulous
             .
          
           
             17
             We
             will
             proceed
             now
             from
             these
             
               Secular
               Princes
               ,
            
             to
             the
             
               Princes
            
             in
             the
             
               Church
               .
               S.
               Iohn
               ,
            
             〈◊〉
             Apostle
             of
             our
             
               Saviour
               ,
            
             and
             the
             
               Beloved
               Disciple
               ,
            
             lived
             ninetie
             three
             yeares
             :
             He
             was
             rightly
             denoted
             under
             the
             
               〈◊〉
            
             of
             the
             
               Eagle
               ,
            
             for
             his
             
             piercing
             fight
             into
             the
             
               Divinitie
               ;
            
             And
             was
             as
             a
             
               〈◊〉
            
             amongst
             the
             
               Apostles
            
             in
             〈◊〉
             spect
             of
             his
             Burning
             Love
             Saint
             
               Luke
            
             the
             
               Evangelist
               ,
            
             fulfilled
             fourescore
             and
             fouryeares
             :
             An
             Eloquent
             Man
             And
             a
             Traveller
             ;
             Saint
             
               Paul
            
             inseparable
             Companion
             ;
             And
             a
             
               Physitian
               .
               Simeon
            
             the
             Sonne
             of
             
               Cleophas
               ,
            
             called
             the
             
               Brother
               of
               our
               Lord
               ,
            
             and
             
               Bishop
            
             of
             His
             
               rusalem
               ,
            
             lived
             an
             hundred
             and
             twenty
             yeares
             ;
             Though
             he
             was
             cut
             short
             by
             〈◊〉
             dome
             ;
             A
             Stout
             Man
             ,
             and
             Constant
             ,
             and
             full
             of
             Good
             works
             .
             
               Polycarpus
               ,
               Disciple
            
             〈◊〉
             to
             the
             
               Apostles
               ,
            
             and
             
               Bishop
               Smyrna
               ,
            
             seemeth
             to
             have
             〈◊〉
             his
             Age
             ,
             to
             an
             hundred
             yeares
             ,
             and
             more
             Though
             hee
             were
             also
             cut
             〈◊〉
             by
             Martyrdome
             :
             A
             Man
             〈◊〉
             
             〈◊〉
             High
             Minde
             ,
             of
             an
             〈◊〉
             patience
             ,
             and
             unwearied
             〈◊〉
             Labours
             .
             
               Dionysius
               〈◊〉
            
             Contemporany
             to
             the
             Apostle
             S.
             
               Paul
               ,
            
             lived
             ninetie
             cares
             :
             Hee
             was
             called
             
               The
               〈◊〉
               of
               Heaven
               ,
            
             for
             his
             High
             lying
             Divinitie
             ;
             And
             was
             famous
             ,
             as
             well
             for
             his
             Holy
             Life
             ,
             as
             for
             his
             Meditations
             .
             
               Aquila
            
             and
             
               Priscilla
               ,
            
             first
             Saint
             
               Paul
            
             the
             
               Apostles
            
             Hosts
             ;
             Afterward
             his
             Fellow-Hel-bers
             ;
             lived
             together
             ,
             in
             an
             happy
             and
             famous
             wedlock
             ,
             at
             least
             ,
             to
             an
             hundred
             yeares
             of
             Age
             ,
             a
             peece
             :
             For
             they
             were
             both
             alive
             ,
             under
             
               Pope
               〈◊〉
            
             the
             First
             :
             A
             Noble
             paire
             ,
             and
             prone
             to
             all
             kinde
             of
             Charitie
             ;
             who
             amongst
             other
             their
             Comforts
             ;
             (
             which
             no
             doubt
             were
             great
             ,
             unto
             the
             first
             
               Founders
            
             of
             the
             
               Church
               ;
            
             )
             
             Had
             this
             added
             ;
             To
             enjoy
             each
             other
             so
             long
             ,
             in
             an
             〈◊〉
             marriage
             .
             Saint
             
               Paul
               ,
               the
               Hermite
               ,
            
             lived
             an
             hundred
             and
             thirteen
             yeares
             :
             Now
             hee
             〈◊〉
             in
             a
             Cave
             ;
             His
             Diet
             was
             so
             slender
             and
             strict
             ,
             that
             was
             thought
             almost
             Impossble
             ,
             to
             support
             Humane
             Nature
             therewithall
             :
             He
             〈◊〉
             his
             yeares
             onely
             in
             Meditations
             ,
             and
             Soliloquies
             ;
             yet
             he
             was
             not
             Illiterate
             ,
             or
             an
             〈◊〉
             but
             Learned
             .
             Saint
             
               〈◊〉
            
             the
             first
             Founder
             of
             
               Monks
               ,
            
             or
             (
             as
             some
             will
             have
             it
             ,
             )
             the
             Restorer
             onely
             ;
             〈◊〉
             to
             an
             hundred
             and
             five
             yeares
             of
             Age
             :
             A
             Man
             Devout
             ,
             and
             Contemplative
             Though
             not
             unfit
             for
             Civil
             Affaires
             ;
             His
             Life
             was
             Austere
             ,
             and
             Mortifying
             ;
             Notwithstanding
             hee
             lived
             in
             
             kinde
             of
             glorious
             solitude
             ;
             and
             exercised
             a
             Command
             ;
             or
             he
             had
             his
             
               Monks
            
             under
             〈◊〉
             ;
             And
             besides
             ,
             many
             
               〈◊〉
            
             and
             
               Philosophers
            
             〈◊〉
             to
             visit
             him
             ,
             as
             a
             living
             mage
             ,
             from
             which
             they
             〈◊〉
             not
             without
             some
             〈◊〉
             .
             Saint
             
               Athanasius
            
             exceded
             the
             Terme
             of
             eightie
             〈◊〉
             :
             A
             Man
             of
             an
             〈◊〉
             Constancie
             ;
             Commaning
             Fame
             ,
             and
             not
             yeelding
             〈◊〉
             Fourtune
             ;
             Hee
             was
             free
             towards
             the
             Great
             Ones
             ;
             With
             he
             people
             Gracious
             ,
             and
             〈◊〉
             ;
             Beaten
             and
             〈◊〉
             to
             Oppositions
             ;
             And
             in
             〈◊〉
             himself
             from
             them
             ,
             out
             ,
             and
             wise
             .
             S.
             
               Hierome
               ,
            
             〈◊〉
             the
             consent
             of
             most
             〈◊〉
             ,
             exceeded
             ninety
             yeares
             of
             Age
             :
             A
             man
             powerfull
             in
             is
             Pen
             ,
             and
             of
             a
             Manly
             Elequence
             ;
             
             quence
             ;
             variously
             learne
             both
             in
             the
             Tongues
             and
             〈◊〉
             Also
             a
             Traveller
             ,
             〈◊〉
             that
             lived
             strictly
             towards
             〈◊〉
             old
             Age
             ;
             In
             an
             estate
             〈◊〉
             and
             not
             dignified
             ,
             hee
             〈◊〉
             high
             Spirits
             ;
             And
             shined
             〈◊〉
             out
             of
             Obscuritie
             .
          
           
             18
             The
             
               Popes
            
             of
             
               Rome
               ,
            
             are
             〈◊〉
             Number
             to
             this
             Day
             ,
             〈◊〉
             hundred
             fortie
             and
             one
             :
             〈◊〉
             so
             great
             a
             Number
             ,
             five
             one
             have
             attained
             to
             the
             Age
             〈◊〉
             fourscore
             yeares
             ,
             or
             upward
             But
             in
             many
             of
             the
             first
             
               〈◊〉
            
             their
             ful
             Age
             was
             intercepte
             by
             the
             prerogative
             and
             〈◊〉
             of
             
               Martyrdome
               .
               Iohn
            
             the
             〈◊〉
             ty
             three
             ,
             
               Pope
            
             of
             
               Rome
               ,
            
             〈◊〉
             the
             ninetieth
             yeare
             of
             〈◊〉
             Age
             :
             A
             Man
             of
             an
             〈◊〉
             Disposition
             ,
             and
             one
             that
             〈◊〉
             died
             Noveltie
             ;
             Hee
             〈◊〉
             many
             Things
             ,
             some
             to
             the
             
             Better
             ,
             others
             onely
             to
             the
             New
             ;
             A
             great
             〈◊〉
             of
             Riches
             and
             Treasure
             .
             
               Gregorie
               ,
            
             called
             the
             twelfth
             ,
             created
             in
             schisme
             ,
             and
             not
             fully
             acknowledged
             
               Pope
               ;
            
             Died
             at
             ninetie
             yeares
             ;
             Of
             him
             ,
             in
             respect
             of
             his
             short
             
               Papacie
               ,
            
             wee
             〈◊〉
             Nothing
             ,
             to
             make
             a
             judgement
             upon
             .
             
               Paul
            
             the
             third
             ,
             lived
             eightie
             yeares
             and
             one
             :
             A
             temperate
             Man
             ,
             and
             of
             a
             profound
             wisdome
             ;
             He
             was
             Learned
             ,
             an
             Astrologer
             ;
             and
             one
             that
             tended
             his
             Health
             carefully
             ;
             But
             after
             the
             Example
             of
             old
             
               Eli
            
             the
             Priest
             ,
             over-Indulgent
             to
             his
             Family
             .
             
               Paul
            
             the
             fourth
             ,
             attained
             to
             the
             Age
             of
             eightie
             three
             yeares
             :
             A
             Man
             of
             an
             Harsh
             Nature
             ,
             and
             severe
             ;
             Of
             an
             Haughtie
             Minde
             ,
             and
             Imperious
             ;
             prone
             to
             Anger
             ;
             his
             
             speech
             was
             Eloquent
             ,
             and
             Ready
             .
             
               Gregorie
            
             the
             thirteenth
             ,
             fulfilled
             the
             like
             Age
             ,
             of
             eightie
             three
             yeares
             :
             An
             absolute
             good
             Man
             ;
             Sound
             in
             Minde
             ,
             and
             Body
             ;
             Politick
             ,
             Temperate
             ,
             full
             of
             good
             workes
             ,
             and
             an
             Almes-giver
             .
          
           
             19
             Those
             that
             follow
             are
             to
             be
             more
             Promiscuous
             in
             their
             order
             ;
             More
             doubtfull
             in
             their
             faith
             ;
             And
             more
             barren
             of
             Observation
             .
             
               King
               Arganthonius
               ,
            
             who
             reigned
             at
             
               Cadiz
            
             in
             
               Spaine
               ,
            
             lived
             an
             hundred
             and
             thirtie
             ;
             Or
             ,
             (
             as
             some
             would
             have
             it
             ,
             )
             an
             hundred
             and
             forty
             yeares
             ;
             Of
             which
             he
             reigned
             eightie
             .
             Concerning
             his
             Manners
             ,
             Institution
             of
             his
             Life
             ,
             and
             the
             Time
             wherein
             hee
             reigned
             ,
             there
             is
             a
             generall
             Silence
             .
             
               Cyniras
               ,
               King
            
             of
             
               Cyprus
               ,
            
             Living
             
             in
             the
             
               Island
               ,
            
             then
             termed
             the
             
               Happie
            
             and
             
               Pleasant
               island
               ,
            
             is
             affirmed
             ,
             to
             have
             attained
             to
             an
             hundred
             and
             fifty
             ,
             or
             sixty
             yeares
             .
             Two
             
               Latine
               Kings
            
             in
             
               Italy
               ,
            
             the
             Father
             and
             the
             Son
             ,
             are
             reported
             to
             have
             lived
             ,
             the
             one
             eight
             hundred
             ,
             the
             other
             six
             hundred
             yeares
             :
             But
             this
             is
             delivered
             unto
             us
             by
             certain
             
               Philologists
               ;
            
             Who
             though
             otherwise
             Credulous
             enough
             ;
             yet
             themselves
             have
             suspected
             the
             Truth
             of
             this
             Matter
             ,
             or
             rather
             condemned
             it
             .
             Others
             record
             some
             
               Arcadian
               Kings
            
             to
             have
             lived
             three
             hundred
             years
             :
             The
             Country
             ,
             no
             doubt
             ,
             is
             a
             place
             apt
             for
             long
             life
             ;
             But
             the
             Relation
             I
             suspect
             to
             be
             Fabulous
             .
             They
             tell
             of
             one
             
               Dando
               ,
            
             in
             
               Illyrium
               ;
            
             That
             lived
             ,
             without
             the
             Inconveniences
             of
             old
             Age
             ,
             to
             five
             hundred
             
             yeares
             .
             They
             tell
             also
             〈◊〉
             the
             
               Epians
               ,
            
             a
             Part
             of
             
               AEtolia
            
             That
             the
             whole
             Nation
             〈◊〉
             them
             were
             exceeding
             long
             liv'd
             ;
             In
             so
             much
             ,
             that
             many
             of
             them
             were
             two
             hundred
             yeares
             old
             :
             And
             that
             one
             principal
             Man
             amongst
             them
             ,
             named
             
               Litorius
               ,
            
             a
             Man
             of
             〈◊〉
             Giant-like
             Stature
             ,
             could
             have
             told
             three
             hundred
             yeares
             .
             It
             is
             recorded
             ,
             that
             in
             the
             Top
             of
             the
             Mountaine
             
               〈◊〉
            
             anciently
             called
             
               Tempsis
               ,
            
             many
             of
             the
             Inhabitants
             lived
             to
             〈◊〉
             hundred
             and
             fiftie
             yeares
             .
             We
             reade
             that
             the
             
               Sect
            
             of
             the
             
               Esseans
               ,
            
             amongst
             the
             
               Iewes
               ,
            
             did
             usually
             extend
             their
             Life
             to
             an
             hundred
             yeares
             :
             Now
             that
             
               Sect
               ,
            
             used
             a
             single
             ,
             or
             Abstemious
             Diet
             ;
             After
             the
             Rule
             of
             
               Pythagoras
               .
               Apollonius
               〈◊〉
            
             exceeded
             an
             hundred
             yeares
             ;
             
             His
             Face
             bewraying
             no
             such
             Age
             ;
             Hee
             was
             an
             Admirable
             Man
             ;
             Of
             the
             
               Heathens
            
             reputed
             to
             have
             something
             Divine
             in
             him
             ;
             Of
             the
             
               Christians
               ,
            
             held
             for
             a
             Sorcerer
             :
             In
             his
             Diet
             
               Pythagoricall
               ,
            
             A
             great
             Traveller
             ;
             Much
             Renowmed
             ;
             And
             by
             some
             adored
             as
             a
             
               God
               :
            
             Notwithstanding
             ,
             towards
             the
             end
             of
             his
             life
             ,
             he
             was
             subject
             to
             many
             Complaints
             against
             him
             ,
             and
             Reproaches
             ;
             All
             which
             he
             made
             shift
             to
             escape
             .
             But
             lest
             his
             Long
             Life
             should
             be
             imputed
             to
             his
             Pythagoricall
             Diet
             ,
             and
             not
             rather
             that
             it
             was
             Hereditary
             ,
             his
             
               Grandfather
            
             before
             him
             ,
             lived
             an
             hundred
             and
             thirty
             yeares
             .
             It
             is
             undoubted
             ,
             that
             
               Quintus
               Metellus
            
             lived
             above
             an
             hundred
             yeares
             ;
             And
             that
             after
             severall
             
               Consalships
            
             happily
             administred
             ;
             
             In
             his
             old
             Age
             he
             was
             made
             
               Pontifex
               Maximus
               ;
            
             And
             exercised
             those
             Holy
             Duties
             ,
             full
             two
             and
             twentie
             yeares
             ;
             In
             the
             performance
             of
             which
             Rites
             ,
             his
             Voice
             never
             failed
             ,
             nor
             his
             Hand
             trembled
             .
             It
             is
             most
             certaine
             ,
             that
             
               〈◊〉
               Caesus
            
             was
             very
             old
             ,
             but
             his
             yeares
             are
             not
             extant
             ;
             The
             most
             part
             whereof
             he
             passed
             ,
             after
             he
             was
             Blinde
             :
             Yet
             this
             Misfortune
             no
             whit
             softened
             him
             ,
             but
             that
             hee
             was
             able
             to
             governe
             a
             numerous
             Family
             ,
             a
             great
             Retinue
             and
             Dependance
             ,
             yea
             ,
             even
             the
             Common-wealth
             it selfe
             with
             great
             Stoutnesse
             .
             In
             his
             extreme
             old
             Age
             ,
             he
             was
             brought
             in
             a
             Litter
             into
             the
             
               Senate-House
               ;
            
             And
             vehemently
             disswaded
             the
             Peace
             with
             
               Pyrrhus
               :
            
             The
             Beginning
             of
             his
             Oration
             was
             
             very
             Memorable
             ,
             shewing
             an
             Invincible
             Spirit
             ,
             and
             strength
             of
             Minde
             ;
             
               I
               have
               ,
               with
               great
               Griefe
               of
               Minde
               ,
               (
               Fathers
               Consript
               ,
               )
               these
               many
               yeares
               ,
               borne
               my
               Blindnesse
               ;
               But
               now
               I
               could
               wish
               ,
               that
               I
               were
               Deafe
               also
               ;
               when
               I
               heare
               you
               speake
               to
               such
               Dishonourable
               Treaties
               .
               Marcus
               Perpenna
            
             lived
             ninety
             eight
             yeares
             ;
             Surviving
             all
             those
             ,
             whose
             Suffrages
             he
             had
             gathered
             ,
             in
             the
             
               Senate
            
             House
             ,
             being
             
               Consul
               ;
            
             I
             meane
             ,
             all
             the
             
               Senators
            
             at
             that
             time
             .
             As
             also
             all
             those
             ,
             whom
             a
             little
             after
             ,
             being
             
               Censour
               ,
            
             hee
             chose
             into
             the
             
               Senate
               ;
            
             Seven
             only
             being
             excepted
             .
             
               Hiero
               ,
            
             King
             of
             
               Sicely
               ,
            
             in
             the
             time
             of
             the
             second
             
               Punick
               Warre
               ,
            
             Lived
             almost
             an
             hundred
             yeares
             ;
             A
             Man
             Moderate
             ,
             both
             in
             his
             Government
             ,
             and
             in
             his
             Life
             ;
             A
             
             Worshipper
             of
             the
             
               Gods
               ,
            
             and
             a
             Religions
             Conserver
             〈◊〉
             Friendship
             ;
             Liberall
             ,
             and
             constantly
             Fortunate
             .
             
               Statilia
               ,
            
             descended
             of
             a
             Noble
             Family
             ,
             in
             the
             Dayes
             of
             
               〈◊〉
            
             Lived
             ninety
             nine
             yeares
             .
             
               〈◊〉
               ,
            
             the
             Daughter
             of
             
               Ofilius
            
             an
             hundred
             and
             Fifteene
             .
             
               Xenophilus
               ,
            
             an
             Ancient
             Philosopher
             ,
             of
             the
             Sect
             of
             
               Pythagoras
               .
            
             attained
             to
             an
             hundred
             and
             six
             yeares
             :
             Remaining
             Healthfull
             ,
             and
             vigorous
             in
             his
             old
             Age
             ;
             And
             Famous
             amongst
             the
             Vulgar
             ,
             for
             his
             Learning
             .
             The
             
               Islanders
            
             of
             
               Corcyra
            
             were
             Ancienely
             accounted
             Long
             liv'd
             ;
             But
             now
             they
             live
             after
             the
             rate
             of
             other
             Men.
             
               Hippocrates
               Côus
               ,
            
             the
             Famous
             
               Physician
               ,
            
             lived
             an
             hundred
             and
             foure
             yeares
             ;
             And
             approved
             and
             credited
             his
             own
             Art
             ,
             by
             
             so
             long
             a
             life
             :
             A
             Man
             ,
             that
             coupled
             learning
             and
             wisdom
             together
             ;
             Very
             conversant
             in
             Experience
             and
             Observation
             ;
             One
             that
             hunted
             not
             after
             Words
             ,
             or
             Methods
             ;
             But
             severed
             the
             very
             Nerves
             of
             Science
             ,
             and
             so
             propounded
             them
             .
             
               Demonax
               ,
            
             a
             Philosopher
             ,
             not
             only
             in
             Profession
             ,
             but
             Practice
             ,
             lived
             in
             the
             Daies
             of
             
               Adrian
               ,
            
             almost
             to
             an
             Hundred
             yeares
             :
             A
             Man
             of
             an
             High
             Minde
             ,
             and
             a
             Vanquisher
             of
             his
             owne
             Mind
             ;
             And
             that
             ,
             truly
             ,
             and
             without
             Affectation
             ,
             A
             Contemner
             of
             the
             World
             ,
             and
             yet
             Civill
             and
             courteous
             :
             when
             his
             Friends
             spake
             to
             him
             ,
             about
             his
             Buriall
             ,
             he
             said
             ;
             
               Take
               no
               Care
               for
               my
               Buriall
               ;
               For
               Stench
               will
               bury
               a
               Carleaise
               :
            
             They
             replyed
             ;
             
               Is
               it
               your
               Minde
               then
               ,
               to
               be
               cast
               out
               ,
            
             
             
               to
               Birds
               ,
               and
               Dogs
               ?
            
             He
             said
             againe
             ,
             
               Seeing
               ,
               in
               my
               life
               time
               ,
               I
               endevoured
               to
               my
               uttermost
               ,
               to
               benefit
               Men
               ,
               what
               hurt
               is
               it
               ,
               if
               ,
               when
               I
               am
               dead
               ,
               I
               benefit
               〈◊〉
            
             Certain
             
               Indian
            
             People
             ,
             called
             
               Pandorae
               ,
            
             are
             exceedingly
             long
             Liv'd
             ;
             Even
             to
             no
             lesse
             than
             Two
             Hundred
             yeares
             .
             They
             adde
             a
             Thing
             more
             Marvellous
             ;
             That
             having
             ,
             when
             they
             are
             Boyes
             ,
             an
             Haire
             ,
             somewhat
             whitish
             ;
             In
             their
             old
             Age
             ,
             before
             their
             gray
             haires
             ,
             they
             grow
             coale
             blacke
             :
             Though
             indeed
             this
             be
             every
             where
             to
             be
             seene
             ;
             That
             they
             which
             have
             white
             〈◊〉
             whilest
             they
             are
             Boyes
             ,
             in
             their
             Mans
             estate
             ,
             change
             their
             Haires
             into
             a
             Darker
             colour
             .
             The
             
               Seres
               ,
            
             another
             People
             of
             
               India
               ,
            
             with
             their
             Wine
             of
             Palmes
             ,
             are
             accounted
             Long
             
             Livers
             ;
             Even
             to
             an
             hundred
             and
             thirtie
             yeares
             .
             
               Euphranor
               ,
            
             the
             
               Grammarian
               ,
            
             grew
             old
             in
             his
             Schoole
             ;
             And
             taught
             Schollers
             ,
             when
             he
             was
             above
             an
             hundred
             yeares
             old
             .
             The
             
               Elder
               Ovid
               ,
            
             father
             to
             the
             
               Poet
               ,
            
             lived
             Ninety
             yeares
             :
             Differing
             much
             from
             the
             disposition
             of
             his
             Son
             ;
             For
             hee
             contemned
             the
             Muses
             ,
             and
             disswaded
             his
             Son
             from
             Poetry
             .
             
               Asinius
               Pollio
               ,
            
             intimate
             with
             
               Augustus
               ,
            
             exceeded
             the
             Age
             of
             an
             Hundred
             years
             :
             A
             Man
             of
             an
             unreasonable
             Profusenesse
             ,
             Eloquent
             ,
             a
             Lover
             of
             Learning
             ;
             But
             Vehement
             ,
             Proud
             ,
             Cruell
             ;
             And
             one
             that
             made
             his
             Private
             Ends
             the
             Center
             of
             his
             Thoughts
             .
             There
             was
             an
             Opinion
             ,
             that
             
               Seneca
            
             was
             an
             extreme
             Old
             Man
             ;
             No
             lesse
             than
             an
             Hundred
             
             and
             fourteene
             yeares
             〈◊〉
             Age
             :
             Which
             could
             not
             〈◊〉
             be
             ;
             It
             being
             as
             〈◊〉
             that
             a
             Decrepit
             old
             〈◊〉
             should
             bee
             set
             over
             
               〈◊〉
            
             Youth
             ;
             As
             ,
             on
             the
             contrary
             it
             was
             true
             ,
             that
             he
             was
             able
             to
             manage
             ,
             with
             great
             〈◊〉
             the
             Affaires
             of
             State
             :
             Besides
             ,
             a
             little
             before
             ,
             in
             the
             Midst
             of
             
               Claudius
            
             his
             Reigne
             ,
             hee
             was
             banished
             Rome
             ,
             〈◊〉
             Adulteries
             committed
             with
             some
             
               Noble
               Ladies
               ;
            
             which
             was
             a
             Crime
             ,
             no
             wayes
             competible
             with
             so
             extreme
             old
             Age.
             
               Ioannes
               de
               Temporibus
               ,
            
             amongst
             all
             the
             Men
             of
             our
             latter
             Ages
             ,
             out
             of
             a
             common
             Fame
             ,
             and
             vulgar
             Opinion
             ,
             was
             reputed
             Long-liv'd
             ,
             even
             to
             a
             Miracle
             ;
             Or
             rather
             ,
             even
             to
             a
             Fable
             ;
             His
             Age
             hath
             been
             .
             counted
             ,
             above
             three
             Hundred
             
             yeares
             :
             He
             was
             by
             Nation
             a
             
               French
               Man
               ;
            
             And
             followed
             the
             Warres
             ,
             under
             
               Charles
            
             the
             
               Great
               .
               Gartius
               Aretine
               ,
            
             Great
             Grand-Father
             to
             
               Petrarch
               ,
            
             arrived
             at
             the
             Age
             of
             an
             Hundred
             and
             foure
             yeares
             .
             He
             had
             ever
             enjoyed
             the
             Benefit
             of
             good
             Health
             ;
             Besides
             ,
             at
             the
             last
             ,
             He
             felt
             rather
             a
             Decay
             of
             his
             strength
             ,
             than
             any
             Sicknesse
             or
             Maladie
             ;
             which
             is
             the
             true
             Resolution
             ,
             by
             old
             Age.
             Amongst
             the
             
               Venetians
               ,
            
             there
             have
             been
             found
             ,
             not
             a
             few
             long
             Livers
             ;
             and
             those
             of
             the
             more
             eminent
             sort
             :
             
               Franciscus
               Donatus
               ,
            
             Duke
             ;
             
               Thomas
               Contarenus
               ,
            
             Procuratour
             of
             Saint
             
               Marke
               ;
               Franciscus
               Molinus
               ,
            
             Procuratour
             also
             of
             Saint
             
               Mark
               ;
            
             Others
             .
             But
             most
             Memorable
             is
             that
             of
             
               Cornarus
            
             the
             
               Venetian
               ;
            
             
             who
             being
             in
             his
             youth
             of
             a
             sickly
             Body
             ,
             began
             first
             to
             eat
             and
             drink
             by
             measure
             ,
             to
             a
             certaine
             weight
             ;
             Thereby
             to
             recover
             his
             Health
             ;
             This
             Cure
             ,
             turned
             ,
             by
             use
             ,
             into
             a
             Diet
             ;
             That
             Diet
             to
             an
             extraordinary
             Long
             Life
             ;
             Even
             of
             an
             Hundred
             years
             and
             better
             ,
             without
             any
             Decay
             in
             his
             Senses
             ;
             And
             with
             a
             constant
             Enjoying
             of
             his
             Health
             .
             In
             our
             Age
             ,
             
               William
               Postell
               ,
            
             a
             French-Man
             ,
             lived
             to
             an
             hundred
             ,
             and
             well
             nigh
             twenty
             yeares
             ;
             The
             Top
             of
             his
             Beard
             ,
             on
             the
             upper
             Lip
             ,
             being
             black
             ,
             and
             not
             Gray
             at
             all
             :
             A
             Man
             crazed
             in
             his
             Braine
             ,
             and
             of
             a
             Fancie
             not
             altogether
             Sound
             ;
             A
             great
             Traveller
             ,
             Mathematician
             ,
             and
             somewhat
             stained
             with
             
               Heresie
               .
            
          
           
             20
             I
             suppose
             there
             is
             scarce
             a
             
             
               Village
               ,
            
             with
             us
             in
             
               England
               ,
            
             if
             it
             be
             any
             whit
             populous
             ,
             but
             it
             affords
             some
             Man
             or
             Woman
             of
             Fourescore
             yeares
             of
             Age
             :
             Nay
             ,
             a
             few
             yeares
             since
             ,
             there
             was
             in
             the
             Countie
             of
             
               Hereford
               ,
            
             a
             Maygame
             ,
             or
             Morris-Dance
             ,
             consisting
             of
             Eight
             Men
             ,
             whose
             Age
             computed
             together
             ,
             made
             up
             eight
             hundred
             yeares
             ;
             In
             so
             much
             ,
             that
             what
             some
             of
             them
             wanted
             of
             an
             hundred
             ,
             others
             exceeded
             as
             much
             .
          
           
             21
             In
             the
             
               Hospitall
            
             of
             
               Bethleem
               ,
            
             corruptly
             called
             
               Bedlam
               ,
            
             in
             the
             
               Suburbs
            
             of
             
               London
               ,
            
             there
             are
             found
             ,
             from
             time
             to
             time
             ,
             many
             Mad
             Persons
             ,
             that
             live
             to
             a
             great
             Age.
             
          
           
             22
             The
             Ages
             of
             
               Nymphs
               ,
               Fawns
            
             and
             
               Satyres
               ,
            
             whom
             they
             make
             to
             be
             ,
             indeed
             ,
             Mortall
             ,
             but
             yet
             exceedingly
             Long-Liv'd
             ;
             (
             A
             
             Thing
             ,
             which
             Ancient
             Superstition
             ,
             and
             the
             Late
             Credulitie
             of
             some
             ,
             have
             admitted
             ;
             )
             we
             account
             but
             for
             
               Fables
            
             and
             
               Dreames
               :
            
             Especially
             ,
             being
             that
             ,
             which
             hath
             neither
             Consent
             with
             
               Philosophie
               ,
            
             nor
             with
             
               Divinity
               .
            
             And
             as
             touching
             the
             
               Historie
            
             of
             
               Long-Life
            
             in
             
               Man
               ,
            
             by
             
               Individuals
               ,
            
             or
             next
             unto
             
               Individuals
               ,
            
             thus
             much
             :
             Now
             we
             will
             passe
             on
             to
             
               Observations
               ,
            
             by
             certaine
             Heads
             .
          
           
             23
             The
             
               Running
            
             on
             of
             
               Ages
               ,
            
             and
             
               Succession
            
             of
             
               Generations
               ,
            
             〈◊〉
             to
             have
             no
             whit
             abated
             from
             the
             Length
             of
             Life
             ;
             For
             wee
             see
             ,
             that
             from
             the
             Time
             of
             
               Moses
               ,
            
             unto
             these
             our
             Dayes
             ,
             the
             Terme
             of
             Mans
             life
             hath
             stood
             about
             Fourescore
             years
             of
             Age
             ;
             Neither
             hath
             it
             declined
             ,
             (
             As
             a
             man
             would
             have
             
             thought
             )
             by
             little
             and
             little
             .
             No
             doubt
             ,
             there
             are
             Times
             ,
             in
             every
             Country
             ,
             wherein
             Men
             are
             longer
             ,
             or
             shorter
             liv'd
             .
             Longer
             ,
             for
             the
             most
             part
             ,
             when
             the
             times
             are
             barbarous
             ,
             and
             Men
             fare
             lesse
             deliciously
             ,
             and
             are
             more
             given
             to
             Bodily
             Exercises
             :
             Shorter
             ,
             when
             the
             Times
             are
             more
             Civill
             ,
             and
             Men
             abandon
             themselves
             to
             Luxury
             and
             Ease
             .
             But
             these
             Things
             passe
             on
             by
             their
             Turnes
             ;
             The
             Succession
             of
             Generations
             alters
             it
             not
             .
             The
             same
             ,
             no
             doubt
             ,
             is
             in
             other
             living
             Creatures
             ;
             For
             neither
             Oxen
             ,
             nor
             Horses
             ,
             nor
             Sheep
             ,
             nor
             any
             the
             like
             ,
             are
             abridged
             of
             their
             wonted
             Ages
             at
             this
             Day
             .
             And
             therefore
             ,
             the
             Great
             Abridger
             of
             Age
             was
             the
             
               Floud
               :
            
             And
             perhaps
             ,
             some
             such
             Notable
             Accidents
             ;
             (
             As
             
             particular
             
               Inundations
               ,
               Long
               Droughts
               ,
               Earth-quakes
               ,
            
             Or
             the
             like
             ,
             )
             may
             doe
             the
             same
             again
             And
             the
             like
             Reason
             is
             ,
             in
             the
             Dimension
             and
             Stature
             of
             Bodies
             ;
             For
             neither
             are
             they
             lessened
             ,
             by
             succession
             of
             Generations
             ;
             Howsoever
             
               Virgil
               ,
            
             (
             following
             the
             vulgar
             Opinion
             ,
             )
             Divined
             ,
             that
             After-Ages
             would
             bring
             forth
             lesser
             Bodies
             ,
             than
             the
             then
             present
             ;
             whereupon
             speaking
             of
             Plowing
             up
             the
             
               Emathian
            
             and
             
               Emonensian
            
             Fields
             ,
             He
             saith
             ;
             
               Grandiaque
               effossis
               mirabitur
               ofsa
               sepulchris
               ;
               That
               After
               〈◊〉
               shall
               admire
               the
               Great
               Bones
               digged
               up
               in
               ancient
               Sepulchers
               .
            
             For
             wheras
             it
             is
             manifest
             ,
             that
             there
             were
             ,
             heretofore
             ,
             Men
             of
             Gigantine
             Statures
             ,
             (
             such
             as
             ,
             for
             certaine
             ,
             have
             beene
             found
             in
             
               Sicely
               ,
            
             and
             elsewhere
             ,
             
             in
             ancient
             Sepulchres
             ,
             〈◊〉
             Caves
             ,
             )
             yet
             within
             these
             〈◊〉
             three
             Thousand
             yeares
             ;
             A
             Time
             ,
             whereof
             we
             have
             sure
             Memory
             ;
             Those
             very
             Places
             〈◊〉
             produced
             none
             such
             :
             Although
             this
             Thing
             also
             hath
             〈◊〉
             Turns
             and
             Changes
             ,
             〈◊〉
             the
             Civillizing
             of
             a
             〈◊〉
             no
             lesse
             than
             the
             Former
             .
             And
             this
             is
             the
             rather
             to
             be
             〈◊〉
             ,
             because
             Men
             are
             〈◊〉
             carried
             away
             with
             an
             〈◊〉
             ;
             That
             there
             is
             a
             〈◊〉
             Decay
             by
             succession
             of
             Ages
             ,
             as
             well
             in
             the
             Terme
             of
             Mans
             life
             ,
             as
             in
             the
             Stature
             and
             strength
             of
             his
             Body
             ;
             And
             that
             all
             Things
             decline
             ,
             and
             change
             to
             the
             worse
             .
          
           
             24
             In
             
               Cold
               ,
            
             and
             
               Northerne
               〈◊〉
               ,
            
             Men
             live
             longer
             ,
             〈◊〉
             ,
             than
             in
             Hot
             :
             which
             must
             needs
             be
             ,
             in
             respect
             ;
             The
             
             Skin
             is
             more
             Compact
             〈◊〉
             close
             ;
             And
             the
             Juyees
             of
             the
             Body
             lesse
             dissipable
             ;
             And
             the
             Spirits
             themselves
             lesse
             Eage
             to
             consume
             ,
             and
             in
             better
             〈◊〉
             position
             to
             repaire
             ;
             And
             the
             Aire
             ,
             (
             As
             being
             little
             〈◊〉
             by
             the
             Sun-Beames
             ,
             )
             〈◊〉
             Predatory
             .
             And
             yet
             ,
             under
             the
             
               AEquinoctiall
               Line
               ,
            
             〈◊〉
             the
             Sunne
             passeth
             to
             and
             〈◊〉
             and
             causeth
             a
             double
             Summer
             ,
             and
             double
             Winter
             And
             where
             the
             Dayes
             and
             Nights
             are
             more
             Equall
             ;
             〈◊〉
             other
             Things
             be
             concurring
             they
             live
             also
             very
             long
             :
             〈◊〉
             
               Pern
               ,
            
             and
             
               Taprobane
               .
            
          
           
             25
             
               Islanders
            
             are
             ,
             for
             the
             〈◊〉
             part
             ,
             longer
             liv'd
             ,
             than
             〈◊〉
             that
             dwell
             in
             
               Continents
               :
            
             〈◊〉
             theylive
             not
             so
             long
             in
             
               Russia
            
             as
             in
             the
             
               Orcades
               ;
            
             Nor
             so
             long
             in
             
               Africa
               ,
            
             though
             under
             the
             
             same
             
               Parallel
               ,
            
             as
             in
             the
             
               〈◊〉
            
             and
             
               Tercera's
               ;
            
             And
             the
             
               〈◊〉
               ,
            
             are
             longer
             liv'd
             ,
             〈◊〉
             the
             
               Chineses
               ;
            
             Though
             〈◊〉
             
               Chineses
            
             are
             madde
             upon
             Long
             Life
             .
             And
             this
             thing
             is
             〈◊〉
             Marvell
             ;
             Seeing
             the
             Aire
             〈◊〉
             the
             Sea
             doth
             heat
             and
             〈◊〉
             in
             cooler
             Regions
             ,
             and
             〈◊〉
             in
             hotter
             .
          
           
             26
             
               High
               Situations
               ,
            
             doe
             rather
             〈◊〉
             long
             Livers
             ,
             than
             
               Low
               ;
            
             Especially
             ,
             if
             they
             bee
             not
             Tops
             of
             Mountaines
             ,
             but
             〈◊〉
             Grounds
             ,
             as
             to
             their
             〈◊〉
             Situations
             :
             Such
             as
             was
             
               〈◊〉
            
             in
             
               Greece
               ;
            
             And
             that
             Part
             of
             
               AEtolia
               ,
            
             where
             we
             〈◊〉
             them
             ,
             to
             have
             lived
             so
             〈◊〉
             .
             Now
             there
             would
             be
             the
             same
             Reason
             ,
             for
             
               〈◊〉
            
             themselves
             ,
             because
             of
             the
             purenesse
             and
             clearenesse
             of
             the
             Aire
             ,
             but
             that
             they
             are
             
             corrupted
             by
             accident
             ;
             Namely
             ,
             by
             the
             Vapours
             ,
             〈◊〉
             thither
             out
             of
             the
             Vallies
             ,
             and
             Resting
             there
             .
             And
             therefore
             in
             Snowy
             
               Mountaines
               ,
            
             there
             〈◊〉
             not
             found
             any
             Notable
             long
             Life
             ;
             Not
             in
             the
             
               Alps
               ,
            
             not
             〈◊〉
             the
             
               Pyrenean
               Mountaines
               ,
            
             〈◊〉
             in
             the
             
               Apennine
               :
            
             Yet
             in
             the
             Tops
             of
             the
             
               Mountaines
               ,
            
             running
             along
             towards
             
               〈◊〉
            
             and
             the
             
               Abyssines
               ;
            
             where
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             Sands
             beneath
             little
             or
             no
             Vapour
             riseth
             to
             the
             
               Mountains
               ,
            
             they
             live
             long
             even
             at
             this
             very
             Day
             ;
             Attaining
             ,
             many
             times
             ,
             to
             an
             Hundred
             and
             fifty
             yeares
             .
          
           
             27
             
               Marshes
               ,
            
             and
             
               Fens
               ,
            
             are
             Propitious
             to
             the
             Natives
             ,
             〈◊〉
             Malignant
             to
             Strangers
             ,
             〈◊〉
             touching
             the
             Lengthning
             and
             Shortning
             of
             their
             lives
             :
             And
             that
             which
             may
             seeme
             more
             
             Marvellous
             ,
             
               Salt
               Marshes
               ,
            
             where
             the
             Sea
             ebs
             and
             flowes
             ,
             〈◊〉
             lesse
             wholesome
             ,
             than
             〈◊〉
             of
             Fresh
             water
             .
          
           
             28
             The
             
               Countries
               ,
            
             which
             have
             beene
             observed
             ,
             to
             produce
             Long
             Livers
             ,
             are
             these
             ;
             
               〈◊〉
               ,
               AEtolia
               ,
               India
            
             on
             this
             side
             
               〈◊〉
               ,
               Brasil
               ,
               Taprobane
               ,
               〈◊〉
               ,
               Ireland
               ,
            
             with
             the
             
               Islands
            
             of
             the
             
               Orcades
               ,
            
             and
             
               Hebrides
               :
            
             〈◊〉
             as
             for
             
               AEthiopia
               ,
            
             which
             by
             one
             of
             the
             Ancients
             ,
             is
             〈◊〉
             to
             bring
             forth
             long
             〈◊〉
             ;
             It
             is
             but
             a
             Toy
             .
          
           
             29
             It
             is
             a
             Secret
             ;
             The
             
               〈◊〉
            
             of
             
               Aire
               ,
            
             especially
             in
             〈◊〉
             Perfection
             ,
             is
             better
             found
             by
             
               Experiment
               ,
            
             than
             by
             
               〈◊〉
            
             Or
             
               Coniecture
               .
            
             You
             may
             make
             a
             Triall
             by
             a
             Locke
             of
             Wooll
             ,
             exposed
             ,
             for
             a
             few
             dayes
             ,
             in
             the
             open
             Aire
             ;
             If
             the
             weight
             be
             not
             much
             increased
             :
             
             Another
             by
             a
             peece
             Flesh
             ,
             exposed
             likewise
             ,
             〈◊〉
             corrupt
             not
             over-soone
             :
             other
             by
             a
             Wether-Glasse
             the
             water
             interchange
             〈◊〉
             suddenly
             .
             Of
             these
             and
             like
             ,
             enquire
             further
             .
          
           
             30
             Not
             only
             the
             
               Goodnesse
               ,
               Purenesse
            
             of
             the
             
               Aire
               ,
            
             but
             〈◊〉
             the
             
               Equality
            
             of
             the
             
               Aire
               ,
            
             Materiall
             to
             long
             Life
             .
             〈◊〉
             mixture
             of
             Hils
             and
             Dales
             ,
             pleasant
             to
             the
             fight
             ,
             but
             spected
             for
             Long
             Life
             .
             Plaine
             ,
             moderately
             dry
             ;
             〈◊〉
             yet
             not
             over-barren
             ,
             or
             〈◊〉
             nor
             altogether
             without
             〈◊〉
             and
             Shade
             ;
             Is
             very
             〈◊〉
             for
             Length
             of
             Life
             .
          
           
             31
             
               Inequality
            
             of
             
               Aire
               ,
            
             (
             as
             〈◊〉
             even
             now
             said
             ;
             )
             in
             the
             〈◊〉
             of
             our
             Dwelling
             ,
             is
             〈◊〉
             But
             
               Change
            
             of
             
               Aire
            
             by
             Traveling
             ,
             after
             one
             be
             used
             unto
             
             good
             :
             And
             therefore
             great
             Travellers
             have
             beene
             Long
             Liv'd
             .
             Also
             those
             that
             have
             〈◊〉
             perpetually
             in
             a
             little
             Cortage
             ,
             in
             the
             same
             place
             ,
             〈◊〉
             been
             Long
             Livers
             :
             For
             Aire
             Accustomed
             ,
             consumeth
             esse
             ;
             but
             Aire
             changed
             ,
             〈◊〉
             ,
             and
             repaireth
             more
             .
          
           
             32
             As
             the
             Continuation
             ,
             and
             Number
             of
             Successions
             ,
             (
             which
             we
             said
             before
             ,
             )
             Makes
             nothing
             to
             the
             Length
             or
             Shortnesse
             of
             Life
             ;
             So
             the
             
               Immediate
               Condition
            
             of
             the
             
               Parents
               ,
            
             as
             well
             the
             Father
             ,
             as
             the
             Mother
             ,
             without
             doubt
             ,
             availeth
             much
             .
             For
             some
             are
             begotten
             of
             Old
             Men
             ,
             some
             of
             Young
             Men
             ,
             some
             of
             Men
             of
             Middle
             Age
             ;
             Againe
             ,
             some
             are
             begotten
             of
             Fathers
             Healthfull
             ,
             and
             well
             Disposed
             ,
             Others
             of
             
             Diseased
             and
             languishing
             :
             Againe
             ,
             some
             of
             Fathers
             ,
             immediately
             after
             Repletion
             ,
             〈◊〉
             when
             they
             are
             Drunke
             ;
             Others
             ,
             after
             Sleeping
             ,
             or
             in
             the
             Morning
             :
             Againe
             ,
             some
             after
             a
             long
             Intermission
             of
             
               〈◊〉
            
             Others
             upon
             the
             Act
             〈◊〉
             :
             Againe
             ,
             some
             in
             the
             〈◊〉
             of
             the
             Fathers
             Love
             (
             As
             it
             is
             commonly
             in
             〈◊〉
             ;
             )
             Others
             after
             the
             Cooling
             of
             it
             ,
             as
             in
             long
             Married
             Couples
             .
             The
             same
             Things
             may
             bee
             considered
             on
             the
             Part
             of
             the
             Mother
             :
             Unto
             which
             must
             bee
             added
             ,
             the
             Condition
             of
             the
             Mother
             whilest
             shee
             is
             with
             child
             ;
             〈◊〉
             touching
             her
             Health
             ;
             As
             tou
             ching
             her
             Diet
             :
             The
             Time
             〈◊〉
             her
             Bearing
             in
             the
             Wombe
             To
             the
             Tenth
             Moneth
             ,
             or
             earlier
             .
             To
             reduce
             these
             
             Things
             to
             a
             Rule
             ,
             how
             farre
             they
             may
             concerne
             
               Long
               Life
               ,
            
             〈◊〉
             hard
             :
             And
             so
             much
             the
             Harder
             ,
             for
             that
             those
             Things
             ,
             which
             a
             Man
             would
             conceive
             to
             be
             the
             best
             ,
             will
             fall
             out
             to
             the
             contrary
             :
             For
             that
             Alacrity
             in
             the
             Generation
             ,
             which
             begets
             lusty
             and
             Lively
             Children
             ,
             will
             bee
             lesse
             Profitable
             to
             long
             Life
             ,
             because
             of
             the
             Acrimony
             ,
             and
             Inflaming
             of
             the
             Spirits
             .
             We
             said
             before
             ;
             That
             to
             partake
             more
             of
             the
             Mothers
             Bloud
             ,
             conduceth
             to
             long
             Life
             .
             Also
             ,
             we
             suppose
             all
             Things
             in
             Moderation
             ,
             to
             bee
             best
             ;
             Rather
             Conjugall
             Love
             ,
             than
             Meretricious
             ;
             The
             Houre
             for
             Generation
             to
             be
             the
             Morning
             ;
             A
             state
             of
             Bodie
             ,
             not
             too
             Lusty
             ,
             or
             Full
             ;
             And
             such
             like
             .
             It
             ought
             also
             to
             be
             well
             observed
             ;
             That
             a
             
             strong
             Constitution
             in
             the
             Parents
             ,
             is
             rather
             good
             for
             them
             ,
             than
             for
             the
             Childe
             ;
             Especially
             in
             the
             Mother
             .
             And
             therefore
             
               Plato
            
             thought
             ignorantly
             enongh
             ;
             〈◊〉
             the
             vertue
             of
             Generation
             halted
             ,
             because
             the
             women
             used
             not
             the
             same
             Exercises
             ,
             both
             of
             Minde
             are
             Body
             ,
             with
             the
             Men
             :
             The
             contrarie
             is
             rather
             true
             .
             For
             the
             Difference
             of
             〈◊〉
             betwixt
             the
             Male
             ,
             and
             the
             〈◊〉
             male
             ,
             is
             most
             profitable
             for
             the
             Childe
             ;
             And
             the
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             women
             ,
             yeeld
             more
             to
             wards
             the
             Nourishment
             〈◊〉
             the
             Childe
             ;
             which
             also
             hold
             in
             Nurses
             .
             Neither
             did
             〈◊〉
             
               〈◊〉
               women
               ,
            
             which
             〈◊〉
             not
             before
             twentie
             two
             ,
             〈◊〉
             as
             some
             say
             ,
             twenty
             five
             (
             And
             therefore
             were
             〈◊〉
             
             
               Man-like
               women
               ;
            
             )
             Bring
             forth
             a
             more
             Generous
             ,
             or
             Long-liv'd
             Progenie
             ;
             Than
             the
             
               Roman
               ,
            
             or
             
               Athenian
               ,
            
             or
             
               Theban
               women
            
             did
             ,
             which
             were
             ripe
             for
             Marriage
             ,
             at
             twelve
             ,
             or
             fourteene
             yeares
             .
             And
             if
             there
             were
             any
             Thing
             eminent
             in
             the
             
               Spartans
               ;
            
             That
             was
             rather
             to
             bee
             imputed
             ,
             to
             the
             Parcimony
             of
             their
             Diet
             ,
             than
             to
             the
             late
             Marriages
             of
             their
             women
             .
             But
             this
             we
             are
             taught
             by
             experience
             ;
             That
             there
             are
             some
             Races
             ,
             which
             are
             long
             liv'd
             ,
             for
             a
             few
             Descents
             ;
             So
             that
             Long
             Life
             ,
             is
             like
             some
             Diseases
             ,
             a
             Thing
             Hereditarie
             ,
             within
             certaine
             Bounds
             .
          
           
             33
             
               Faire
            
             in
             
               Face
               ,
            
             or
             
               Skin
               ,
            
             or
             
               Hoire
               ,
            
             are
             shorter
             Livers
             ;
             
               Black
               ,
            
             or
             
               Red
               ,
            
             or
             
               Freckled
               ,
            
             longer
             .
             
             Also
             too
             Fresh
             a
             Colour
             in
             youth
             ,
             doth
             lesse
             promise
             long
             Life
             ,
             than
             Palenesse
             .
             A
             
               hard
               Skin
               ,
            
             is
             a
             signe
             of
             long
             Life
             ,
             rather
             than
             a
             Soft
             :
             But
             wee
             understand
             not
             this
             of
             a
             Rugged
             Skin
             ,
             such
             as
             they
             call
             a
             Goose
             Skin
             ,
             which
             is
             ,
             as
             it
             were
             ,
             Spongie
             ,
             but
             of
             that
             which
             is
             Hard
             ,
             and
             Close
             .
             A
             
               Forehead
            
             with
             deep
             Furrowes
             and
             Wrinkles
             ,
             is
             a
             better
             Signe
             ,
             than
             a
             smooth
             and
             plaine
             Forehead
             .
          
           
             34
             The
             
               Haires
            
             of
             the
             
               Head
            
             hard
             ,
             and
             like
             Bristles
             ,
             doe
             betoken
             longer
             Life
             ,
             than
             those
             that
             are
             soft
             ,
             and
             Delicate
             .
             
               Curled
               Haires
            
             betoken
             the
             same
             Thing
             ,
             if
             they
             bee
             Hard
             withall
             ;
             But
             the
             Contrarie
             ,
             if
             they
             bee
             Soft
             and
             Shining
             .
             The
             like
             ,
             it
             the
             curling
             bee
             rather
             thick
             ,
             
             than
             in
             large
             Bunches
             .
          
           
             35
             Early
             ,
             or
             Late
             ,
             
               Baldnesse
               ,
            
             is
             an
             Indifferent
             Thing
             ;
             Seeing
             many
             which
             have
             beene
             
               Bold
            
             betimes
             ,
             have
             lived
             long
             .
             Also
             early
             
               Gray
               Haires
               ,
            
             (
             Howsoever
             they
             may
             seeme
             Forerunners
             of
             Old
             Age
             approching
             ,
             )
             are
             no
             sure
             Signes
             ;
             For
             many
             that
             have
             growne
             
               gray
            
             betimes
             ,
             have
             lived
             to
             great
             yeares
             .
             Nay
             ,
             Hasty
             
               Gray
               Haires
               ,
            
             without
             
               Baldnesse
               ,
            
             is
             a
             Token
             of
             long
             Life
             ;
             contrarily
             ,
             if
             they
             bee
             accompanied
             with
             
               Baldnesse
               .
            
          
           
             36
             
               Hairinesse
            
             of
             the
             
               upper
               Parts
               ,
            
             is
             a
             Signe
             of
             Short
             life
             ;
             And
             they
             that
             have
             extraord
             narie
             much
             
               Haire
            
             on
             their
             Breasts
             ,
             live
             not
             long
             :
             But
             
               Hairinesse
            
             of
             the
             
               Lower
               Parts
               ,
            
             as
             of
             the
             Thighes
             ,
             and
             Legs
             ,
             is
             a
             Signe
             of
             long
             Life
             .
          
           
           
             37
             
               Talnesse
            
             of
             
               Stature
               ,
            
             (
             if
             it
             be
             not
             Immoderate
             ,
             )
             with
             a
             convenient
             Making
             ,
             and
             not
             too
             slender
             ;
             Especially
             if
             the
             Body
             bee
             Active
             withall
             ;
             Is
             a
             signe
             of
             long
             Life
             .
             Also
             on
             the
             contrarie
             ,
             Men
             of
             low
             stature
             live
             long
             ,
             if
             they
             be
             not
             too
             Active
             ,
             and
             stirring
             .
          
           
             38
             In
             the
             proportion
             of
             the
             Body
             ;
             They
             which
             are
             
               short
            
             to
             the
             
               Wastes
               ,
            
             with
             long
             Legs
             ,
             Are
             longer
             liv'd
             than
             〈◊〉
             ,
             which
             are
             
               long
            
             to
             the
             
               Wastes
               ,
            
             and
             have
             short
             Legs
             :
             Also
             they
             which
             are
             large
             in
             the
             Neather
             parts
             ,
             and
             streight
             in
             the
             upper
             ;
             (
             The
             Making
             of
             their
             Body
             ,
             rising
             ,
             as
             it
             were
             into
             a
             sharp
             Figure
             ;
             )
             Are
             longer
             liv'd
             than
             they
             ,
             that
             have
             broad
             Shoulders
             ,
             and
             are
             slender
             down-wards
             .
          
           
             39
             
               Leannesse
               ,
            
             where
             the
             Affections
             
             are
             setled
             ,
             calme
             ,
             and
             peaceable
             ;
             Also
             a
             more
             
               Fat
               Habit
               of
               Body
               ,
            
             joyned
             with
             Choler
             ,
             and
             a
             Disposition
             stirring
             ,
             and
             peremptorie
             ,
             signifie
             long
             Life
             .
             But
             Corpulencie
             in
             youth
             ,
             fore-shewes
             short
             Life
             ;
             In
             Age
             ,
             it
             is
             a
             Thing
             more
             Indifferent
             .
          
           
             40
             To
             bee
             
               Long
               ,
            
             and
             
               Slow
               ,
            
             in
             
               Growing
               ,
            
             is
             a
             signe
             of
             long
             Life
             ;
             If
             to
             a
             Greater
             Stature
             ,
             the
             Greater
             Signe
             ;
             If
             to
             a
             lesser
             Stature
             ,
             yet
             a
             signe
             though
             :
             contrarily
             ,
             to
             
               grow
            
             quickly
             ,
             to
             a
             great
             Stature
             ,
             is
             an
             evill
             Signe
             ;
             If
             to
             a
             small
             Stature
             ,
             the
             lesse
             evill
             .
          
           
             41
             
               Firme
               Flesh
               ;
            
             A
             Raw-boned
             Body
             ;
             And
             veines
             lying
             higher
             than
             the
             Flesh
             ;
             Betoken
             long
             Life
             :
             The
             contrarie
             to
             these
             ,
             short
             Life
             .
          
           
             42
             A
             
               Head
            
             some
             what
             〈◊〉
             
             〈◊〉
             an
             to
             the
             proportion
             of
             the
             Body
             ;
             A
             moderate
             
               Neck
               ,
            
             nor
             long
             ,
             nor
             slender
             ,
             nor
             fat
             ,
             nor
             too
             short
             ,
             wide
             
               Nostrils
               ,
            
             what
             soever
             the
             Forme
             of
             the
             Nose
             be
             ,
             A
             large
             
               Mouth
               ,
            
             An
             
               〈◊〉
            
             Gristly
             ,
             not
             Fleshy
             ;
             
               〈◊〉
            
             strong
             ,
             and
             contiguous
             ,
             not
             small
             ,
             or
             thin-set
             ;
             Foretoken
             long
             Life
             :
             And
             much
             more
             ,
             if
             some
             new
             
               Teeth
            
             put
             〈◊〉
             our
             elder
             yeares
             .
          
           
             43
             A
             broad
             
               brest
               ,
            
             yet
             not
             Bearing
             out
             ,
             but
             rather
             Bending
             Inwards
             ;
             
               shoulders
            
             somewhat
             crooked
             ,
             and
             (
             as
             they
             call
             such
             persons
             )
             Round-Back'd
             ;
             A
             〈◊〉
             
               Belly
               ;
            
             A
             
               Hand
            
             large
             ,
             and
             with
             few
             Lines
             in
             the
             Palme
             :
             A
             short
             ,
             and
             round
             
               Foot
               ;
               Thighes
            
             not
             Fleshy
             ;
             And
             
               Calves
            
             of
             the
             
               Leg
            
             not
             hanging
             over
             ,
             but
             neat
             ;
             Are
             signes
             of
             long
             Life
             .
          
           
           
             44
             
               Eyes
            
             somewhat
             large
             ,
             and
             the
             
               Circle
            
             of
             them
             inclined
             to
             Greennesse
             ;
             
               Senses
            
             not
             too
             quick
             ;
             The
             
               pulse
            
             in
             youth
             slower
             ,
             towards
             old
             Age
             quicker
             ;
             
               Facilitie
            
             of
             
               Holding
            
             the
             
               Breath
               ,
            
             and
             longer
             than
             usuall
             ;
             The
             Body
             in
             youth
             inclined
             to
             bee
             bound
             ,
             in
             the
             Decline
             of
             yeares
             more
             Laxative
             ;
             Are
             also
             Signes
             of
             long
             Life
             .
          
           
             45
             Concerning
             the
             
               Times
            
             of
             
               Nativitie
               ,
            
             as
             they
             referre
             to
             long
             Life
             ,
             nothing
             hath
             beene
             observed
             worthy
             the
             setting
             downe
             ;
             save
             onely
             
               Astrologicall
               Observations
               ,
            
             which
             wee
             rejected
             in
             our
             
               Topicks
               .
            
             A
             
               Birth
            
             at
             the
             eighth
             Moneth
             ,
             is
             not
             only
             not
             Long-lived
             ,
             but
             not
             likely
             to
             live
             .
             Alos
             
               winterBirths
            
             are
             accounted
             the
             Longer
             liv'd
             .
          
           
           
             46
             A
             
               Pythagoricall
               ,
            
             or
             
               Monast
               call
               Diet
               ,
            
             according
             to
             〈◊〉
             Rules
             ,
             and
             alwayes
             〈◊〉
             Equall
             ,
             (
             As
             that
             of
             
               〈◊〉
            
             was
             )
             seemeth
             to
             be
             very
             effectuall
             for
             long
             Life
             .
             Yet
             〈◊〉
             the
             contrarie
             ,
             amongst
             those
             that
             live
             freely
             ,
             and
             after
             the
             common
             sort
             ,
             such
             as
             have
             
               good
               Stomacks
               ,
            
             and
             
               feed
            
             more
             
               plentifully
               ,
            
             are
             often
             the
             Longest
             liv'd
             .
             The
             
               Middle
               Diet
            
             which
             wee
             account
             the
             Temperate
             ,
             is
             commended
             ,
             and
             conduceth
             to
             good
             Health
             ,
             but
             not
             to
             long
             Life
             ;
             For
             the
             
               Spare
               Diet
               ,
            
             begets
             few
             Spirits
             ,
             and
             dull
             ;
             And
             so
             wasteth
             the
             Body
             lesse
             :
             And
             the
             
               Liberall
               Diet
               ,
            
             yeeldeth
             more
             ample
             Nourishment
             ;
             And
             so
             repaireth
             more
             :
             But
             the
             
               Middle
               Diet
            
             doth
             neither
             of
             both
             :
             for
             where
             the
             Extremes
             are
             
             Hurtfull
             ,
             there
             the
             Meane
             is
             best
             ;
             But
             where
             the
             Extremes
             are
             Helpfull
             ,
             there
             the
             Meane
             is
             Nothing
             worth
             .
             Now
             to
             that
             
               Spare
               Diet
               ,
            
             there
             are
             Requisite
             ,
             
               Watching
               ,
            
             lest
             the
             Spirits
             being
             Few
             ,
             should
             bee
             oppressed
             with
             much
             sleep
             ;
             
               Little
               Exercise
               ,
            
             lest
             they
             should
             Exhale
             ;
             
               Abstinence
            
             from
             
               Venerie
               ,
            
             lest
             they
             should
             bee
             exhausted
             :
             But
             to
             the
             
               Liberall
               Diet
               ,
            
             on
             the
             other
             side
             ,
             are
             Requisite
             ,
             Much
             
               Sleepe
               ,
               frequent
               Exercises
               ,
            
             and
             a
             seasonable
             
               use
            
             of
             
               Venerie
               .
               Baths
               ,
            
             and
             
               Annointings
               ,
            
             (
             such
             as
             were
             anciently
             in
             use
             ,
             )
             did
             rather
             tend
             to
             Deliciousnesse
             ,
             than
             to
             prolonging
             of
             Life
             .
             But
             of
             all
             these
             Things
             ,
             wee
             shall
             speak
             more
             exactly
             ,
             when
             we
             come
             to
             the
             
               Inquisition
               ,
            
             according
             to
             
               Intentions
               .
            
             Meane
             while
             ,
             
             that
             of
             
               Celsus
               ,
            
             who
             was
             not
             only
             a
             Learned
             Physician
             ,
             but
             a
             wise
             Man
             ,
             is
             not
             to
             be
             omitted
             .
             Who
             adviseth
             Interchanging
             ,
             and
             Alternation
             of
             the
             Diet
             ,
             but
             still
             with
             an
             Inclination
             to
             the
             more
             Benigne
             :
             As
             that
             a
             Man
             should
             sometimes
             accustome
             himselfe
             to
             watching
             ,
             sometimes
             to
             sleepe
             ;
             But
             to
             sleepe
             〈◊〉
             Againe
             ,
             that
             hee
             should
             sometimes
             give
             himselfe
             to
             Fasting
             ,
             sometimes
             to
             Feasting
             ;
             But
             to
             Feasting
             oftenest
             :
             That
             hee
             should
             sometimes
             inure
             himselfe
             to
             great
             Labours
             of
             the
             Minde
             ,
             sometimes
             to
             Relaxations
             of
             the
             same
             ,
             But
             to
             Relaxations
             oftnest
             .
             Certainly
             ,
             this
             is
             without
             all
             question
             ;
             That
             
               Diet
            
             well
             ordred
             beares
             the
             greatest
             part
             in
             the
             Prolongation
             
             of
             Life
             ;
             Neither
             did
             I
             ever
             meet
             ,
             an
             extreme
             long-lived
             Man
             ;
             But
             being
             asked
             of
             his
             course
             ,
             hee
             observed
             something
             peculiar
             ;
             Some
             one
             Thing
             ,
             some
             another
             .
             I
             remember
             an
             
               old
               Man
               ,
            
             above
             an
             hundred
             yeares
             of
             Age
             ,
             who
             was
             produced
             as
             a
             witnesse
             ,
             touching
             an
             Ancient
             Prescription
             ;
             when
             hee
             had
             finished
             his
             Testimonie
             ,
             the
             
               Iudge
            
             familiarly
             asked
             him
             ,
             How
             he
             came
             to
             live
             so
             long
             ;
             He
             answered
             ,
             beside
             Expectation
             ,
             and
             not
             without
             the
             Laughter
             of
             the
             Hearers
             ;
             
               By
               Eating
               before
               I
               was
               Hungrie
               ,
               and
               Drinking
               before
               I
               was
               Drie
               .
            
             But
             of
             these
             Things
             ,
             wee
             shall
             speak
             hereafter
             .
          
           
             47
             A
             
               Life
            
             led
             in
             
               Religion
               ,
            
             and
             in
             
               Holy
               Exercises
               ,
            
             seemeth
             to
             
             conduce
             to
             long
             Life
             .
             There
             are
             in
             this
             kinde
             of
             Life
             ,
             these
             Things
             ;
             Leisure
             ;
             Admiration
             and
             Contemplation
             of
             Heavenly
             Things
             ;
             Joyes
             not
             sensuall
             ;
             Noble
             Hopes
             ;
             Wholesome
             Feares
             ;
             Sweet
             Sorrowes
             ;
             Lastly
             ,
             continuall
             Renovations
             ,
             by
             Observances
             ,
             Pennances
             ,
             Expiations
             ;
             All
             which
             are
             very
             powerfull
             to
             the
             Prolongation
             of
             Life
             .
             Unto
             which
             if
             you
             adde
             that
             austere
             Diet
             ,
             which
             〈◊〉
             the
             Masse
             of
             the
             Body
             ,
             and
             humbleth
             the
             spirits
             ,
             no
             marvel
             ,
             if
             an
             extraordinary
             length
             of
             life
             doe
             follow
             ;
             Such
             as
             was
             that
             of
             
               Paul
            
             the
             
               〈◊〉
               ,
               Simeon
               Stilita
            
             the
             
               〈◊〉
               Anchorite
               ;
            
             And
             of
             many
             other
             
               Hermites
               ,
            
             and
             
               Ancherites
               .
            
          
           
             48
             Next
             unto
             this
             ,
             is
             the
             Life
             
             led
             in
             good
             letters
             ;
             Such
             as
             was
             that
             of
             Philosophers
             ,
             Rhetoricians
             ,
             Grammarians
             .
             This
             life
             is
             led
             also
             in
             feisure
             ;
             And
             in
             those
             Thoughts
             ,
             which
             ,
             seeing
             they
             are
             severed
             from
             the
             Affaires
             of
             the
             world
             ,
             bite
             not
             ;
             But
             rather
             delight
             through
             their
             Varietie
             ,
             and
             Impertinencie
             .
             They
             live
             also
             at
             their
             pleasure
             ;
             Spending
             their
             Time
             in
             such
             Things
             ,
             as
             like
             them
             best
             ;
             And
             for
             the
             most
             part
             in
             the
             company
             of
             young
             Men
             ;
             which
             is
             ever
             the
             most
             cheerefull
             .
             But
             in
             Philosophies
             ,
             there
             is
             great
             Difference
             betwixt
             the
             Sects
             ,
             as
             touching
             long
             Life
             .
             For
             those
             Philosophies
             ,
             which
             have
             in
             them
             a
             Touch
             of
             Superstition
             ,
             and
             are
             conversant
             in
             High
             Contemplations
             ,
             are
             the
             best
             ;
             As
             the
             Pythagoricall
             ,
             
             and
             Platonick
             :
             Also
             those
             ,
             which
             did
             institute
             a
             perambulation
             of
             the
             world
             ;
             And
             considered
             the
             Varietit
             of
             Naturall
             Things
             ;
             And
             had
             Retchlesse
             ,
             and
             High
             ,
             and
             Magnanimous
             Thoughts
             :
             (
             As
             of
             
               Infinitum
               ,
            
             of
             the
             Stars
             ,
             of
             the
             Heroicall
             Vertues
             ,
             and
             such
             like
             ;
             )
             were
             good
             for
             lengthening
             of
             Life
             ;
             Such
             were
             those
             of
             
               〈◊〉
               ,
               Philolaus
               ,
               Xenophanes
               ,
            
             the
             Astrologians
             ,
             and
             Stoicks
             :
             Also
             those
             ,
             which
             had
             no
             profound
             speculation
             in
             them
             ;
             But
             discoursed
             calmly
             on
             both
             sides
             ,
             out
             of
             common
             sense
             ,
             and
             the
             Received
             Opinions
             ,
             without
             any
             shapr
             Inquisition
             ;
             were
             likewise
             Good
             ;
             Such
             were
             those
             of
             
               Carneades
               ,
            
             and
             the
             
               Academicks
               ;
            
             Also
             of
             the
             Rhetoricians
             ,
             and
             Grammarians
             .
             
             But
             contrarily
             ,
             Philosophies
             conversant
             in
             perplexing
             subtilties
             ;
             And
             which
             pronounced
             peremptorily
             ;
             And
             which
             examined
             and
             〈◊〉
             all
             Things
             ,
             to
             the
             Scale
             of
             Principles
             ;
             Lastly
             ,
             which
             were
             Thornie
             ,
             and
             Narrow
             ;
             were
             Evill
             ;
             Such
             were
             those
             commonly
             of
             the
             Peripateticks
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             Schoolemen
             .
          
           
             49
             The
             
               Countrie
               Life
            
             also
             ,
             is
             well
             fitted
             for
             long
             Life
             :
             It
             is
             much
             abroad
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             open
             Aire
             ;
             It
             is
             not
             slothfull
             ,
             but
             ever
             in
             Employment
             :
             It
             Feedeth
             upon
             Fresh
             Cates
             ,
             and
             unbought
             ;
             It
             is
             without
             Cares
             ,
             and
             Envie
             .
          
           
             50
             For
             the
             
               Militar
               Life
               ,
            
             wee
             have
             a
             good
             opinion
             of
             that
             whilest
             a
             Man
             is
             young
             :
             Certainly
             ,
             many
             excellent
             
               〈◊〉
            
             
             
               riers
            
             have
             beene
             long
             liv'd
             
               Corvinus
               ,
               Camillus
               ,
               〈◊〉
               Agesilaus
               ;
            
             with
             others
             ,
             〈◊〉
             Ancient
             ,
             and
             Moderne
             :
             No
             doubt
             ,
             it
             furthereth
             long
             life
             .
             to
             have
             all
             Things
             from
             our
             youth
             ,
             to
             our
             Elder
             Age
             ,
             Mend
             and
             Grow
             to
             the
             Better
             ;
             That
             a
             youth
             full
             of
             Crosses
             may
             minister
             sweetnesse
             to
             our
             Old
             Age.
             Wee
             conceive
             also
             ,
             that
             
               〈◊〉
               Affections
               ,
            
             inflamed
             with
             a
             Desire
             of
             Fighting
             ,
             and
             Hope
             of
             Victorie
             ,
             doe
             infuse
             such
             a
             Heat
             into
             the
             
               Spirits
               ,
            
             as
             may
             be
             profitable
             for
             long
             Life
             .
          
        
      
       
         
         
           Medicines
           for
           long
           Life
           .
        
         
           THe
           Art
           of
           
             Physick
             ,
          
           which
           
           we
           now
           have
           ,
           lookes
           no
           further
           ,
           commonly
           ,
           than
           to
           
             Conservation
          
           of
           
             Health
             ,
          
           and
           
             Cure
          
           of
           
             Diseases
             ;
          
           As
           for
           these
           Things
           ,
           which
           tend
           properly
           to
           
             long
             Life
             ,
          
           there
           is
           but
           slight
           mention
           ,
           and
           by
           the
           way
           onely
           .
           notwithstanding
           ,
           we
           will
           propound
           those
           
             Medicines
             ,
          
           which
           are
           Notable
           in
           this
           Kinde
           ;
           I
           〈◊〉
           those
           ,
           which
           are
           called
           
             Cordials
             .
          
           For
           it
           is
           consonant
           to
           Reason
           ,
           that
           those
           Things
           ,
           which
           being
           taken
           in
           
             Cures
             ,
          
           doe
           defend
           and
           fortifie
           the
           
             Heart
             ;
          
           or
           ,
           more
           truly
           ,
           the
           
             Spirits
             ;
          
           against
           Poysons
           ,
           and
           
           Diseases
           ;
           Being
           transferred
           with
           judgement
           and
           choice
           ,
           〈◊〉
           
             Diet
             ,
          
           should
           have
           a
           good
           effect
           in
           some
           sort
           towards
           the
           
             prolonging
          
           of
           
             Life
             .
          
           This
           wee
           will
           doe
           ,
           not
           heaping
           them
           promiscuously
           together
           ,
           (
           as
           the
           manner
           is
           ,
           )
           but
           selecting
           the
           best
           .
        
         
           1
           
             Gold
          
           is
           given
           in
           three
           Formes
           ;
           Either
           in
           that
           ,
           which
           they
           call
           
             Aurum
             potabile
             ;
          
           Or
           in
           
             Wine
          
           wherein
           
             Cold
          
           hath
           beene
           
             quenched
             ;
          
           Or
           in
           
             Gold
             ,
          
           in
           the
           
             Substance
             ;
          
           such
           as
           are
           
             Leafe
             Gold
             ,
          
           and
           the
           
             Filings
             〈◊〉
             Gold.
          
           As
           for
           
             Aurum
             〈◊〉
             .
          
           it
           is
           used
           to
           bee
           given
           in
           desperate
           or
           dangerous
           Diseases
           ;
           And
           that
           not
           without
           good
           successe
           .
           But
           wee
           suppose
           ,
           that
           the
           
             Spirits
          
           of
           the
           
             Salt
             ,
          
           by
           which
           the
           
             Gold
          
           is
           dissolved
           ,
           doe
           rather
           minister
           that
           vertue
           ,
           which
           is
           found
           in
           it
           
           than
           the
           
             Gold
          
           it selfe
           :
           Though
           this
           Secret
           be
           wholly
           suppressed
           .
           Now
           if
           the
           Body
           of
           
             Gold
          
           could
           be
           opened
           ,
           without
           these
           
             Corrosive
             waters
             ;
          
           Or
           by
           these
           
             Corrosive
             Waters
             ,
          
           (
           so
           the
           venemous
           Qualitie
           were
           wanting
           ,
           )
           well
           washed
           ,
           wee
           conceive
           ,
           it
           would
           bee
           no
           unprofitable
           Medicine
           .
        
         
           2
           
             Pearles
          
           are
           taken
           ,
           either
           in
           a
           fine
           powder
           ,
           or
           in
           a
           certaine
           Masse
           ,
           or
           Dissolution
           ,
           by
           the
           Juyce
           of
           sowre
           and
           new
           Limons
           :
           And
           they
           are
           given
           sometimes
           in
           Aromaticall
           Confections
           ,
           sometimes
           in
           Liquour
           .
           The
           
             Pearle
             ,
          
           no
           doubt
           ,
           hath
           some
           affinitie
           ,
           with
           the
           Shell
           ,
           in
           which
           it
           groweth
           ;
           And
           may
           be
           of
           the
           same
           qualitie
           ,
           with
           the
           
             Shels
             ,
          
           of
           
             Crey-Fishes
             .
          
        
         
           3
           Amongst
           the
           
             Transparent
          
           
           
             precious
             Stones
             ,
          
           two
           onely
           are
           accounted
           
             Cordiall
             ;
          
           The
           
             Emeraud
             ,
          
           and
           the
           
             〈◊〉
          
           which
           are
           given
           under
           the
           same
           Formes
           ,
           that
           the
           
             Pearles
          
           are
           ;
           Save
           only
           ,
           that
           the
           Dissolutions
           of
           them
           ,
           as
           farre
           as
           wee
           know
           ,
           are
           not
           in
           use
           .
           But
           wee
           suspect
           these
           
             Glassy
             Iewels
             ,
          
           left
           they
           should
           be
           cutting
           .
        
         
           Of
           these
           which
           we
           have
           mentioned
           ,
           how
           farre
           ,
           and
           in
           what
           manner
           ,
           they
           are
           helpfull
           ,
           shall
           be
           spoken
           〈◊〉
           .
        
         
           4
           
             Bezear
             Stone
          
           is
           of
           approved
           Vertue
           ;
           For
           refreshing
           the
           
             Spirits
             ,
          
           and
           procuring
           a
           gentle
           sweat
           .
           As
           for
           
             〈◊〉
             Horne
             ,
          
           it
           hath
           lost
           the
           Credit
           with
           us
           ,
           yet
           so
           ,
           as
           it
           may
           keep
           Rank
           with
           
             Harts
             Horne
             ;
          
           And
           the
           
             Bone
          
           in
           the
           
             Heart
          
           of
           a
           
             Hart
             ;
          
           And
           
             Ivorie
             ;
          
           And
           such
           like
           .
        
         
         
           5
           
             Amber
             Grise
             ,
          
           is
           one
           of
           the
           best
           ,
           to
           appease
           ,
           and
           Comfort
           ,
           the
           
             Spirits
             .
          
           Hereafter
           follow
           the
           Names
           onely
           ,
           of
           the
           
             Simple
             Cordials
             ,
          
           seeing
           their
           Vertues
           are
           sufficiently
           knowne
           .
        
         
           
             
               
                 Hot.
                 
              
               
                 Cold.
                 
              
            
             
               
                 Saffron
                 .
              
               
                 Nitre
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 Folium
                 Indum
                 .
              
               
                 Roses
                 .
              
            
             
               
                  
              
               
                 Violets
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 Lignum
                 Aloes
                 .
              
               
                 Straw-berrie
                 leaves
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 Citron-Pill
                 ,
                 or
                 Rinde
                 .
              
               
                 Straw-berries
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 Balme
                 .
              
               
                 Iuyce
                 of
                 sweet
                 Limons
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 Basill
                 .
              
               
                  
              
            
             
               
                 Clove
                 Gilly-Flowers
                 .
              
               
                 Iuyce
                 of
                 sweet
                 Orenges
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 Orenge
                 Flowers
                 .
              
               
                 Iuyce
                 of
                 Permaines
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 Rosemarie
                 .
              
               
                 Borrage
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 Mint
                 .
              
               
                 Buglosse
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 Betony
                 .
              
               
                 Burnet
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 Carduus
                 Benedictus
                 .
              
               
                 Sanders
                 .
              
            
             
               
                  
              
               
                 Camphire
                 .
              
            
          
        
         
         
           Seeing
           our
           Speech
           now
           is
           of
           those
           Things
           ,
           which
           may
           be
           transferred
           into
           
             Diet
             ;
          
           All
           
             Hot
             Waters
             ;
          
           And
           
             Chymicall
             Oyles
             ;
          
           (
           which
           〈◊〉
           a
           certaine
           
             Trifler
          
           saith
           ,
           are
           under
           the
           
             Planet
             Mars
             ;
          
           And
           have
           a
           Furious
           ,
           and
           Destructive
           Force
           ;
           )
           As
           also
           all
           Hot
           ,
           and
           Biting
           
             Spices
             ;
          
           Are
           to
           be
           rejected
           :
           And
           a
           Consideration
           to
           bee
           had
           ,
           how
           Waters
           and
           Liquours
           may
           bee
           made
           of
           the
           Former
           Simples
           ;
           Not
           those
           Phlegmatick
           Distilled
           Waters
           ;
           Nor
           againe
           those
           Burning
           Waters
           ,
           of
           Spirit
           of
           Wine
           ;
           But
           such
           as
           may
           be
           more
           temperate
           ,
           and
           yet
           lively
           ,
           and
           sending
           forth
           a
           Benigne
           Vapour
           .
        
         
           6
           Wee
           make
           some
           Question
           ,
           touching
           the
           Frequent
           
             Letting
             of
             Bloud
             ,
          
           whether
           it
           conduceth
           to
           long
           Life
           or
           no
           ;
           And
           wee
           are
           rather
           in
           the
           
           Opinion
           ,
           that
           it
           doth
           ,
           if
           it
           be
           turned
           into
           an
           Habit
           ,
           and
           other
           Things
           be
           well
           disposed
           :
           For
           it
           letteth
           out
           the
           old
           Juyce
           of
           the
           Body
           ,
           and
           bringeth
           in
           new
           .
        
         
           7
           We
           suppose
           also
           ,
           that
           some
           
             Emaciating
             Diseases
             ,
          
           well
           cured
           ,
           doe
           profit
           to
           long
           Life
           ;
           For
           they
           yeeld
           New
           Juyce
           the
           old
           being
           consumed
           ;
           And
           ,
           (
           as
           he
           saith
           ,
           )
           
             To
             recover
             a
             sicknesse
             ,
             is
             to
             renew
             youth
             :
          
           Therefore
           it
           were
           good
           to
           make
           some
           
             Artificiall
             Diseases
             ;
          
           which
           is
           done
           by
           strict
           ,
           and
           
             Emaciating
             Diets
             ;
          
           Of
           which
           wee
           shall
           speak
           hereafter
           .
        
         
           
           
             The
             Intentions
             .
          
           
             HAving
             finished
             the
             
               Inqusition
               ,
            
             
             according
             to
             the
             
               Subjects
               ;
            
             As
             Namely
             ,
             of
             
               Inanimate
               Bodies
               ,
               Vegetables
               .
               Living
               Creatures
               ,
               Man
               ;
            
             Wee
             will
             now
             come
             nearer
             to
             the
             Matter
             ,
             and
             order
             our
             
               Inquisition
            
             by
             certaine
             
               Intentions
               ;
            
             Such
             as
             are
             true
             ,
             and
             proper
             ,
             (
             as
             wee
             are
             wholly
             perswaded
             ;
             )
             And
             which
             are
             the
             very
             paths
             to
             Mortall
             
               Life
               .
            
             For
             in
             this
             part
             ,
             Nothing
             that
             is
             of
             worth
             ,
             hath
             〈◊〉
             beene
             inquired
             ;
             But
             the
             Contemplations
             of
             Men
             have
             beene
             ,
             but
             simple
             ,
             and
             
               non-proficients
               .
            
             For
             when
             we
             heare
             Meren
             the
             one
             side
             ,
             speak
             of
             
               Comforting
               Naturail
               Heat
               ,
            
             and
             the
             
               Radicall
               Moisture
               ;
            
             And
             of
             
               Meats
               ,
            
             which
             breed
             good
             Bloud
             ;
             
             Such
             as
             may
             neither
             be
             Burnt
             ,
             nor
             Phlegmatick
             ;
             And
             of
             the
             Cheering
             and
             Recreating
             of
             the
             
               Spirits
               ;
            
             Wee
             sappose
             them
             ,
             to
             be
             no
             bad
             Men
             ,
             which
             speak
             these
             Things
             :
             But
             none
             of
             these
             〈◊〉
             effectually
             towards
             the
             end
             .
             But
             when
             ,
             on
             the
             other
             side
             ,
             wee
             heare
             severall
             Discourses
             ;
             touching
             
               Medicines
            
             made
             of
             
               Gold
               ,
            
             because
             
               Gold
            
             is
             not
             subject
             to
             Corruption
             ;
             And
             touching
             
               Precious
               Stones
               ,
            
             to
             refresh
             the
             Spirits
             by
             their
             Hidden
             Properties
             ,
             and
             Lustre
             :
             And
             that
             ,
             if
             they
             could
             be
             taken
             ,
             and
             retained
             in
             Vessels
             ,
             the
             
               Balsames
               ,
            
             and
             
               Quint-essences
            
             of
             
               Living
               Creatures
               ,
            
             would
             make
             Men
             conceive
             a
             proud
             hope
             of
             Immortalitie
             :
             And
             that
             the
             Flesh
             ,
             of
             
               Serpents
               ,
            
             and
             
               Harts
               ,
            
             by
             a
             certaine
             consent
             ,
             are
             powerfull
             to
             the
             Renovation
             of
             Life
             ;
             Because
             the
             
             one
             casteth
             his
             Skin
             ,
             the
             other
             by
             Hornes
             ;
             They
             should
             also
             have
             added
             the
             Flesh
             of
             
               Eagles
               ,
            
             because
             the
             
               Eagle
            
             changeth
             〈◊〉
             Bill
             :
             And
             that
             a
             certaine
             Man.
             when
             he
             had
             found
             an
             Ointment
             hidden
             under
             the
             Ground
             ;
             And
             had
             annointed
             himselfe
             there
             with
             from
             Head
             to
             Foot
             ;
             (
             excepting
             only
             the
             Soles
             of
             his
             Feet
             )
             Did
             ,
             by
             this
             Annointing
             ,
             live
             three
             hundred
             yeares
             ,
             without
             any
             Disease
             ,
             save
             onely
             some
             Tumours
             ,
             in
             the
             Soles
             of
             his
             fect
             :
             And
             of
             
               Artefius
               ,
            
             who
             when
             bee
             found
             his
             Spirit
             ,
             ready
             to
             depart
             ,
             drew
             into
             his
             Body
             the
             Spirit
             of
             a
             certaine
             young
             Man
             ;
             And
             thereby
             made
             him
             Breathlesse
             ,
             But
             Himselfe
             lived
             many
             yeares
             by
             another
             Mans
             Spirit
             :
             And
             of
             
               Fortunate
               Houres
               ,
            
             according
             to
             the
             
               Figures
            
             of
             
               Heaven
               ,
            
             in
             which
             
               Medicines
               ,
            
             are
             to
             bee
             gathered
             ,
             
             and
             compounded
             ,
             for
             the
             prolongation
             of
             Life
             :
             And
             of
             the
             Seales
             of
             
               Planets
               ,
            
             by
             which
             Vertues
             may
             be
             drawne
             ,
             and
             fetched
             downe
             from
             Heaven
             ,
             to
             prolong
             Life
             :
             And
             such
             like
             fabulous
             ,
             and
             superstitious
             Vanities
             ;
             Wee
             wonder
             exceedingly
             ,
             that
             men
             should
             so
             much
             dote
             ,
             as
             to
             suffer
             themselves
             to
             bee
             deluded
             with
             these
             Things
             .
             And
             againe
             ,
             wee
             doe
             pittie
             Mankinde
             ;
             that
             they
             should
             have
             the
             Hard
             Fortune
             ,
             to
             bee
             besieged
             with
             such
             frivolous
             ,
             and
             senselesse
             Apprehensions
             .
             But
             our
             
               Intentions
               ,
            
             doe
             both
             come
             home
             to
             the
             Matter
             ;
             And
             are
             far
             from
             vaine
             and
             credulous
             Imaginations
             :
             Being
             also
             such
             ,
             as
             wee
             conceive
             ,
             posteritie
             ,
             may
             adde
             much
             to
             the
             Matters
             ,
             which
             satisfie
             those
             
               Intentions
               ;
            
             But
             to
             the
             
               Intentions
            
             themselves
             but
             a
             little
             .
             Notwithstanding
             
             there
             are
             a
             few
             Things
             ,
             and
             those
             of
             very
             great
             Moment
             ,
             of
             which
             we
             would
             have
             Men
             to
             bee
             fore-warned
             .
          
           
             First
             ,
             wee
             are
             of
             that
             Opinion
             ,
             that
             wee
             esteeme
             the
             
               Offices
            
             of
             
               Life
               ,
            
             to
             bee
             more
             worthy
             than
             
               Life
            
             it selfe
             .
             Therefore
             ,
             if
             there
             be
             any
             Thing
             of
             that
             kinde
             ,
             that
             may
             indeed
             exactly
             answer
             our
             Intentions
             ,
             yet
             so
             ,
             that
             the
             
               Offices
               ,
            
             and
             
               Duties
            
             of
             
               Life
               ,
            
             bee
             thereby
             hindred
             ;
             whatsoever
             it
             be
             of
             this
             kind
             ;
             wee
             reject
             it
             .
             Perhaps
             ,
             wee
             may
             make
             some
             light
             Mention
             ,
             of
             such
             Things
             ,
             but
             wee
             〈◊〉
             not
             upon
             them
             .
             For
             wee
             make
             no
             serieus
             ,
             nor
             diligent
             Discourse
             ;
             Either
             of
             hading
             the
             life
             in
             Caves
             ,
             where
             the
             Sunne-Beames
             ,
             and
             severall
             changes
             of
             the
             Aire
             ,
             pierce
             not
             ;
             Like
             
               〈◊〉
            
             his
             
               Cave
               ;
            
             Or
             of
             perpe
             tuall
             Baths
             ,
             made
             of
             Liquour
             ,
             
             prepared
             ;
             Or
             of
             Shirts
             ,
             and
             Seare-cloathes
             ,
             so
             applied
             ,
             that
             the
             Body
             should
             bee
             alwayes
             ,
             as
             it
             were
             ,
             in
             a
             Box
             ;
             Or
             of
             thick
             Paintings
             of
             the
             Body
             ,
             after
             the
             manner
             of
             some
             
               Barbarous
               Nations
               ;
            
             Or
             of
             an
             exact
             Ordering
             ,
             of
             our
             Life
             ,
             and
             Diet
             ,
             which
             aimeth
             onlyat
             this
             ,
             and
             mindeth
             nothing
             else
             ,
             but
             that
             a
             Man
             live
             ;
             (
             As
             was
             that
             of
             
               Herodicus
               ,
            
             amongst
             the
             Ancients
             ;
             And
             of
             
               Cornarus
            
             the
             
               Venetian
               ;
            
             in
             our
             Dayes
             ,
             but
             with
             greater
             Moderation
             ;
             )
             Or
             of
             any
             such
             prodigie
             ,
             Tediousnesse
             ,
             or
             Inconvenience
             :
             But
             wee
             propound
             such
             Remedies
             ,
             and
             〈◊〉
             ,
             by
             which
             the
             
               Offices
            
             of
             Life
             may
             neither
             be
             deserted
             ,
             nor
             receive
             any
             great
             Interruptions
             ,
             or
             Mo'estations
             .
          
           
             Secondly
             ,
             on
             the
             other
             side
             ,
             wee
             denounce
             unto
             Men
             ,
             that
             they
             would
             give
             over
             〈◊〉
             ;
             And
             
             not
             imagine
             ,
             that
             so
             great
             a
             Works
             as
             the
             Stopping
             ,
             and
             Turning
             back
             ,
             the
             powerfull
             Course
             of
             Nature
             ,
             can
             bee
             brought
             to
             passe
             by
             some
             Morning
             Draught
             ,
             or
             the
             Taking
             of
             some
             precious
             Drug
             ;
             But
             that
             they
             would
             bee
             assured
             ,
             that
             it
             must
             needs
             be
             ,
             that
             this
             is
             a
             work
             of
             labour
             ;
             And
             consisteth
             of
             many
             Remedies
             ,
             and
             a
             fit
             Connexion
             of
             them
             amongst
             themselves
             ;
             For
             no
             Man
             can
             bee
             so
             stupid
             ,
             as
             to
             imagine
             ,
             that
             what
             was
             never
             yet
             done
             ,
             can
             bee
             done
             ,
             but
             by
             such
             wayes
             ,
             as
             were
             never
             yet
             attempted
             .
          
           
             Thirdly
             ,
             we
             ingenuously
             professe
             ;
             That
             some
             of
             those
             Things
             ,
             which
             we
             shall
             propound
             ,
             have
             not
             been
             tried
             by
             us
             ,
             by
             way
             of
             Experiment
             ;
             (
             For
             our
             Course
             of
             life
             doth
             not
             permit
             that
             ;
             )
             But
             are
             derived
             ,
             (
             as
             wee
             suppose
             )
             upon
             good
             Reason
             ,
             out
             of
             our
             Principles
             
             and
             Grounds
             ;
             (
             of
             which
             ,
             some
             we
             set
             downe
             ,
             others
             we
             reserve
             in
             our
             Minde
             ;
             )
             And
             are
             ,
             as
             it
             were
             ,
             cut
             ,
             and
             digged
             out
             of
             the
             
               Rocke
               ,
            
             and
             
               Mine
            
             of
             
               Nature
            
             Her selfe
             .
             Neverthelesse
             ,
             wee
             have
             been
             carefull
             ,
             and
             that
             with
             all
             Providence
             and
             Circumspection
             ;
             (
             Seeing
             the
             
               Scripture
            
             saith
             of
             the
             
               Body
            
             of
             
               Man
               ;
               That
               it
               is
               more
               worth
               than
               Raiment
               ;
            
             )
             To
             propound
             such
             Remedies
             ;
             as
             may
             at
             least
             be
             safe
             ,
             if
             peradventure
             they
             be
             not
             Fruitfull
             .
          
           
             Fourthly
             ,
             we
             would
             have
             Men
             rightly
             to
             observe
             ,
             and
             distinguish
             ;
             That
             those
             Things
             which
             are
             good
             for
             an
             
               Healthful
               Life
               ,
            
             are
             not
             alwayes
             good
             for
             a
             
               Long
               Life
               .
            
             For
             there
             are
             some
             Things
             which
             doe
             further
             the
             Alacrity
             of
             the
             Spirits
             ,
             and
             the
             Strength
             and
             Vigour
             of
             the
             Functions
             ,
             which
             ,
             notwithstanding
             ,
             do
             cut
             off
             from
             
             the
             summe
             of
             Life
             .
             And
             〈◊〉
             other
             Things
             ,
             which
             are
             〈◊〉
             ble
             to
             Prolongation
             of
             Life
             ;
             〈◊〉
             are
             not
             without
             some
             Perill
             〈◊〉
             Health
             ,
             unlesse
             this
             Matter
             〈◊〉
             salved
             by
             fit
             Remedies
             :
             Of
             〈◊〉
             not
             withstanding
             ,
             as
             occasien
             shal
             bee
             offered
             ,
             wee
             will
             not
             omit
             ,
             〈◊〉
             give
             some
             Cautions
             ,
             and
             〈◊〉
             .
          
           
             Lastly
             ,
             we
             have
             thought
             good
             to
             propound
             sundry
             
               〈◊〉
            
             according
             to
             the
             severall
             
               Intentions
               ;
            
             But
             the
             choice
             of
             those
             
               Remedies
               ,
            
             and
             the
             Order
             of
             them
             to
             leave
             to
             Discretion
             .
             For
             to
             so
             downe
             exactly
             ,
             which
             of
             them
             agreeth
             best
             ,
             with
             which
             Constitution
             of
             Body
             ,
             which
             with
             the
             severall
             Courses
             of
             Life
             ;
             which
             with
             each
             Mans
             particular
             Age
             And
             how
             they
             are
             to
             be
             taken
             ,
             out
             after
             another
             ;
             And
             how
             the
             whole
             Practicque
             of
             these
             Things
             
             be
             administred
             and
             governed
             ;
             would
             both
             be
             too
             long
             ;
             Neither
             it
             fit
             to
             be
             published
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             
               Topicks
               ,
            
             we
             〈◊〉
             three
             Intentions
             .
             The
             
               〈◊〉
            
             of
             
               Consumption
               ;
            
             The
             
               Perfecting
            
             of
             
               Reparation
               ;
            
             And
             the
             
               Renewing
            
             of
             
               Oldnesse
               .
            
             But
             ,
             seeing
             those
             Things
             ,
             which
             〈◊〉
             be
             said
             ,
             are
             Nothing
             lesse
             〈◊〉
             words
             ;
             Wee
             will
             deduce
             〈◊〉
             three
             
               Intentions
               ,
            
             to
             Ten
             
               Operations
               .
            
          
           
             1
             The
             First
             is
             ,
             the
             
               Operation
            
             upon
             the
             
               Spirits
               ,
            
             that
             they
             may
             〈◊〉
             their
             Vigour
             .
          
           
             2
             The
             Second
             
               Operation
            
             is
             ,
             upon
             be
             
               Exclusion
            
             of
             
               Aire
               .
            
          
           
             3
             The
             Third
             
               Operation
            
             is
             ,
             upon
             the
             
               Bloud
               ,
            
             and
             the
             
               Sanguifying
               Heat
               .
            
          
           
             4
             The
             Fourth
             
               Operation
            
             is
             ,
             upon
             the
             
               Juyces
            
             of
             the
             
               Body
               .
            
          
           
           
             5
             
               The
               Fifth
            
             Operation
             
               is
               ,
               〈◊〉
               the
            
             Bowels
             ,
             
               for
               their
               〈◊〉
            
             on
             
               of
            
             Aliment
             .
          
           
             6
             The
             Sixth
             
               Operation
            
             is
             ,
             upon
             the
             
               Outward
               Parts
               ,
            
             for
             〈◊〉
             
               Attraction
            
             of
             
               Aliment
               .
            
          
           
             7
             
               The
               Seventh
            
             Operation
             
               upon
               the
            
             Aliment
             
               it selfe
               ,
               〈◊〉
               the
            
             Insinuation
             
               thereof
               .
            
          
           
             8
             
               The
               Eighth
            
             Operation
             
               is
               ,
               〈◊〉
               on
               the
               last
            
             Act
             
               of
            
             Assimilatioc
          
           
             9
             The
             Ninth
             
               Operation
            
             is
             ,
             up
             on
             the
             
               Inteneration
            
             of
             the
             Part
             after
             they
             begin
             to
             be
             Dried
             .
          
           
             10
             
               The
               Tenth
            
             Operation
             
               is
               ,
               on
               the
            
             Purging
             
               away
               of
            
             〈◊〉
             Juyce
             ,
             and
             Supplying
             
               of
            
             〈◊〉
             Juyce
             .
          
           
             Of
             these
             
               Operations
               ,
            
             the
             〈◊〉
             first
             belong
             to
             the
             First
             
               Intention
               ;
            
             The
             foure
             next
             to
             the
             〈◊〉
             
               Intention
               ;
            
             And
             the
             two
             last
             ,
             the
             Third
             
               Intention
               .
            
          
           
             But
             because
             this
             Part
             ,
             touching
             
             the
             
               Intentions
               ,
            
             doth
             tend
             to
             Practice
             ;
             under
             the
             Name
             of
             
               Historie
               ,
            
             we
             will
             not
             onely
             comprise
             
               Experiments
            
             and
             
               Observations
               ;
            
             But
             also
             
               Councels
               ,
               Remedies
               ,
               Explications
            
             of
             
               Causes
               ,
               Assumptions
               ,
            
             and
             whatsoever
             hath
             Reference
             hereunto
             .
          
        
      
       
         
           The
           Operation
           upon
           the
           Spirits
           ,
           that
           they
           may
           remaine
           youthfull
           ,
           and
           renue
           their
           Vigour
           .
        
         
           
             The
             Historie
             .
          
           
             1
             THe
             
               Spirits
            
             are
             the
             Master-workmen
             of
             all
             Effects
             in
             the
             
               Bodie
               .
            
             
             This
             is
             manifest
             by
             Consent
             And
             by
             Infinite
             Instances
             .
          
           
             2
             If
             any
             Man
             could
             procure
             that
             a
             young
             Mans
             
               Spirit
               :
            
             could
             be
             conveyed
             into
             
               〈◊〉
            
             Mans
             Body
             ;
             It
             is
             not
             unlikely
             ,
             but
             this
             great
             Wheele
             of
             the
             
               Spirits
               ,
            
             might
             turne
             〈◊〉
             the
             lesser
             wheele
             of
             the
             
               〈◊〉
            
             And
             so
             the
             Course
             of
             〈◊〉
             become
             Retrograde
             .
          
           
             3
             In
             every
             Consumption
             whether
             it
             be
             by
             Fire
             ,
             or
             by
             Age
             ,
             the
             more
             the
             
               Spirit
            
             of
             the
             Body
             ,
             or
             the
             Heat
             ,
             preyeth
             upon
             the
             Moisture
             ,
             〈◊〉
             lesser
             is
             the
             Duration
             of
             the
             Thing
             .
             This
             occurres
             every
             where
             ,
             and
             is
             manifest
             .
          
           
             4
             The
             
               Spirits
            
             are
             to
             be
             〈◊〉
             such
             a
             Temperament
             ,
             and
             Degree
             of
             Activitie
             ;
             〈◊〉
             they
             should
             not
             ,
             (
             as
             He
             〈◊〉
             
               Drinke
            
             or
             
               Guzzle
            
             the
             〈◊〉
             
             of
             the
             Body
             ;
             But
             
               Sippe
               them
               onely
               .
            
          
           
             5
             There
             are
             two
             Kinds
             of
             
               Flames
               ;
            
             The
             one
             Eager
             and
             weak
             ,
             which
             consumes
             slight
             Substances
             ,
             but
             hath
             little
             power
             over
             the
             Harder
             ;
             As
             the
             
               Flame
            
             of
             Straw
             ,
             or
             small
             
               Sticks
               ;
            
             The
             other
             strong
             ,
             and
             constant
             ,
             which
             converts
             Hard
             and
             obstinate
             substances
             ;
             As
             the
             
               Flame
            
             of
             Hard
             wood
             ,
             and
             such
             like
             .
          
           
             6
             The
             eager
             
               Flames
               ,
            
             and
             yet
             lesse
             Robust
             ,
             doe
             drie
             Bodies
             ,
             and
             render
             them
             exhaust
             and
             Baplesse
             ;
             But
             the
             stronger
             
               Flames
               ,
            
             doe
             〈◊〉
             and
             melt
             them
             .
          
           
             7
             Also
             in
             
               〈◊〉
               Mediines
               ,
            
             some
             vapour
             forth
             the
             〈◊〉
             part
             of
             the
             Tumours
             ,
             or
             Swellings
             ;
             and
             these
             〈◊〉
             the
             Tumour
             ;
             Others
             potently
             
             discusse
             ,
             and
             these
             Soften
             it
             .
          
           
             8
             Also
             in
             
               Purging
            
             and
             
               Absterging
               Medicines
               ;
            
             some
             carry
             away
             the
             Fluide
             Humours
             violently
             ;
             others
             draw
             the
             more
             Obstinate
             and
             viscous
             .
          
           
             9
             The
             
               Spirits
            
             ought
             to
             be
             invested
             ,
             and
             armed
             with
             such
             a
             Heat
             ;
             That
             they
             may
             choose
             rather
             to
             stirre
             and
             〈◊〉
             Hard
             and
             obstinate
             Matters
             ;
             Than
             to
             discharge
             ,
             and
             carry
             away
             the
             thin
             and
             prepared
             :
             For
             by
             that
             meanes
             ,
             the
             Body
             becomes
             Greene
             and
             Solide
             .
          
           
             10
             
               The
            
             Spirits
             
               are
               so
               to
               be
               wrought
               and
               tempered
               ;
               That
               they
               may
               be
               ;
               In
            
             Substance
             ,
             Dense
             ,
             
               〈◊〉
            
             Rare
             ;
             
               In
            
             Heat
             ,
             Strong
             ,
             
               〈◊〉
            
             Eager
             
               In
            
             Quantity
             ,
             Sufficient
             
               for
               the
               Offices
               of
               Life
               ,
               〈◊〉
            
             Redundant
             ,
             
               or
            
             TurgideIn
             Motion
             ,
             Appeased
             ;
             
               〈◊〉
            
             
             Dancing
             ,
             
               or
            
             Unequall
             .
          
           
             11
             That
             
               Vapours
            
             worke
             powerfully
             upon
             the
             
               Spirits
               ,
            
             it
             is
             manifest
             ;
             By
             Sleepe
             ;
             by
             Drunkennesse
             ;
             by
             Melancholy
             Passions
             ;
             By
             Laetificant
             Medicines
             ;
             By
             Odours
             calling
             the
             Spirits
             back
             againe
             ,
             in
             Swounings
             ,
             and
             Faintings
             .
          
           
             12
             The
             
               Spirits
            
             are
             condensed
             foure
             wayes
             ;
             Either
             by
             
               Putting
               them
               to
               Flight
               ;
            
             Or
             by
             
               Refrigerating
            
             and
             
               Cooling
            
             them
             ;
             Or
             by
             
               Stroaking
            
             them
             ;
             Or
             by
             
               Quieting
            
             them
             .
             And
             first
             of
             their
             
               Condensation
               ,
            
             by
             putting
             them
             to
             
               Flight
               .
            
          
           
             13
             Whatsoever
             putteth
             to
             
               Flight
            
             on
             all
             parts
             ,
             driveth
             the
             Body
             into
             his
             Center
             ;
             And
             
               so
               condenseth
               .
            
          
           
             14
             To
             the
             
               Condenfution
            
             of
             the
             
               Spirits
            
             by
             
               Flight
               ,
            
             the
             most
             Powerfull
             and
             Effectuall
             ,
             is
             
             
               Opium
               ;
            
             And
             next
             ,
             
               Opiates
               ;
            
             And
             generally
             ,
             all
             
               〈◊〉
               Things
               .
            
          
           
             15
             The
             force
             of
             
               Opium
               ,
            
             to
             the
             
               Condensation
            
             of
             the
             
               Spirits
               ,
            
             〈◊〉
             exceeding
             strong
             ;
             When
             as
             perhaps
             ,
             three
             graines
             thereof
             will
             ,
             in
             a
             short
             time
             ,
             so
             Coagulate
             the
             
               Spirits
               ,
            
             that
             they
             returne
             no
             more
             ,
             but
             are
             extinguished
             ,
             and
             become
             Im
             moveable
             .
          
           
             16
             
               Opium
               ,
            
             and
             the
             like
             ,
             put
             not
             the
             
               Spirits
            
             to
             
               Flight
               ,
            
             by
             their
             Coldnesse
             ;
             For
             they
             have
             Parts
             manifestly
             Hot
             ;
             But
             ,
             〈◊〉
             the
             contrary
             ,
             coole
             ,
             by
             their
             putting
             the
             
               Spirits
            
             to
             
               Flight
               .
            
          
           
             17
             The
             
               Flight
            
             of
             the
             
               Spirits
               ,
            
             by
             
               Opium
               ,
            
             and
             
               Opiate
               Medicines
               ,
            
             〈◊〉
             best
             seene
             ,
             by
             applying
             〈◊〉
             same
             outwardly
             ;
             For
             the
             
               〈◊〉
            
             straight
             withdraw
             themselves
             ;
             And
             will
             returne
             〈◊〉
             
             more
             ;
             But
             the
             Part
             is
             Mortified
             ;
             And
             turnes
             to
             a
             
               Gangrene
               .
            
          
           
             18
             
               Opiates
               ,
            
             in
             Grievous
             Pains
             ,
             as
             in
             the
             Stone
             ,
             or
             the
             Cutting
             off
             ,
             of
             a
             Lunme
             ,
             mitigate
             paines
             ;
             Most
             of
             all
             ,
             by
             putting
             the
             
               Spirits
            
             to
             
               Flight
               .
            
          
           
             19
             
               Opiates
            
             obtaine
             a
             good
             Effect
             ,
             from
             a
             bad
             Cause
             ;
             For
             the
             
               Flight
            
             of
             the
             
               Spirits
            
             is
             Evill
             ;
             But
             the
             
               Condensation
            
             of
             them
             ,
             through
             their
             
               Flight
               ,
            
             is
             Good.
             
          
           
             20
             The
             
               Grecians
            
             attributed
             much
             ,
             both
             for
             Health
             ,
             and
             for
             Prolongation
             of
             Life
             ,
             to
             
               Opiates
               ;
            
             But
             the
             
               Arabians
               ,
            
             much
             more
             .
             In
             so
             much
             ,
             that
             their
             
               Grand
               Medicines
               ,
            
             (
             which
             they
             called
             ,
             the
             
               Gods
               Hands
               ;
            
             )
             Had
             
               Opium
               ,
            
             for
             their
             Basis
             ,
             &
             principall
             Ingredient
             ,
             other
             Things
             being
             mixed
             ,
             to
             abate
             and
             correct
             the
             Noxious
             Qualities
             
             thereof
             :
             Such
             were
             
               Treacle
               ,
               Mithridate
               ,
            
             and
             the
             rest
             .
          
           
             21
             Whatsoever
             is
             given
             ,
             with
             good
             successe
             ,
             in
             the
             curing
             of
             
               pestilentiall
            
             and
             
               Malignant
               Diseases
               ;
            
             To
             stop
             and
             Bridle
             the
             
               Spirits
               ,
            
             lest
             they
             grow
             Turbulent
             ,
             and
             Tumultuate
             ,
             May
             ,
             very
             happily
             ,
             be
             transferred
             to
             Prolongation
             of
             Life
             :
             For
             one
             Thing
             is
             effectuall
             unto
             both
             ;
             Namely
             ,
             the
             
               Condensation
            
             of
             the
             
               Spirits
               :
            
             Now
             there
             is
             nothing
             better
             for
             that
             ,
             than
             
               Opiates
               .
            
          
           
             22
             The
             
               Turkes
            
             finde
             
               Opium
               ,
            
             even
             in
             a
             reasonable
             good
             quantitie
             ,
             Harmelesse
             ,
             and
             Comfortable
             ;
             In
             so
             much
             ,
             that
             they
             take
             it
             ,
             before
             their
             Battell
             ,
             to
             excite
             Courage
             ;
             But
             to
             us
             ,
             unlesse
             it
             be
             in
             a
             very
             small
             Quantity
             ,
             and
             with
             
             good
             Correctives
             ,
             it
             is
             Mortall
             .
          
           
             23
             
               Opium
               ,
            
             and
             
               Opiates
               ,
            
             are
             maaifestly
             found
             to
             excite
             
               Venus
               ;
            
             Which
             shewes
             them
             to
             have
             force
             ,
             to
             corroborate
             the
             
               Spirits
               .
            
          
           
             24
             
               Distilled
               mater
            
             of
             
               wilde
               Poppie
               ,
            
             is
             given
             with
             good
             successe
             ,
             in
             Sursets
             ,
             Agues
             ,
             and
             divers
             Diseases
             .
             Which
             ,
             no
             doubt
             ,
             is
             a
             Temperate
             kinde
             of
             
               Opiate
               :
            
             Neither
             let
             any
             man
             wonder
             at
             the
             various
             use
             of
             it
             ;
             For
             that
             is
             Familiar
             to
             
               Opiates
               ;
            
             In
             regard
             that
             the
             
               Spirits
               ,
            
             corroborated
             and
             
               Condensed
               ,
            
             will
             rise
             up
             against
             any
             Disease
             .
          
           
             25
             The
             
               Turkes
            
             use
             a
             kinde
             of
             Herb
             ,
             which
             they
             call
             
               Caphe
               ;
            
             which
             they
             dry
             ,
             and
             powder
             ;
             And
             then
             drinke
             it
             in
             warme
             water
             ;
             Which
             they
             say
             ,
             doth
             
             not
             a
             little
             sharpen
             them
             ,
             both
             in
             their
             Courage
             ,
             and
             in
             their
             Wits
             ;
             Notwithstanding
             ,
             if
             it
             be
             taken
             in
             a
             large
             Quantity
             ,
             it
             affects
             ,
             and
             disturbs
             the
             Minde
             ;
             Whereby
             it
             is
             manifost
             ,
             that
             it
             is
             of
             the
             same
             Nature
             with
             
               Opiates
               .
            
          
           
             26
             There
             is
             a
             
               Root
               ,
            
             much
             renowmed
             in
             al
             the
             
               Easternparts
               ,
            
             which
             they
             call
             
               Betel
               ;
            
             Which
             the
             
               Indians
               ,
            
             and
             others
             ,
             use
             to
             carry
             in
             their
             Mouths
             ,
             and
             to
             champ
             it
             :
             And
             by
             that
             champing
             ,
             they
             are
             wonderfully
             enabled
             ,
             both
             to
             endure
             Labours
             ,
             and
             to
             overcome
             Sicknesses
             ,
             and
             to
             the
             Act
             of
             carnall
             Copulation
             :
             It
             seemes
             to
             be
             a
             kinde
             of
             
               Stupefactive
               ,
            
             because
             it
             exceedingly
             blacks
             the
             Teeth
             .
          
           
             27
             
               Tobacco
               ,
            
             in
             our
             Age
             ,
             is
             immoderately
             growne
             into
             use
             ;
             
             And
             it
             affects
             Men
             with
             a
             secret
             kinde
             of
             Delight
             ;
             In
             so
             much
             ,
             that
             they
             who
             have
             once
             inured
             themselves
             to
             it
             ,
             can
             hardly
             afterwards
             leave
             it
             :
             And
             ,
             no
             doubt
             ,
             it
             hath
             power
             to
             lighten
             the
             Body
             ,
             and
             to
             shake
             off
             wearinesse
             :
             Now
             the
             vertue
             of
             it
             ,
             is
             commonly
             thought
             to
             be
             ,
             because
             it
             opens
             the
             Passages
             ,
             and
             void
             .
             Humours
             :
             But
             it
             may
             more
             rightly
             bee
             referred
             to
             the
             
               Condensation
            
             of
             the
             
               Spirits
               ;
            
             For
             it
             is
             a
             kinde
             of
             
               Henbane
               ;
            
             And
             manifestly
             troubles
             the
             Head
             ,
             as
             
               Opiates
            
             doe
             .
          
           
             28
             There
             are
             sometimes
             
               Humours
            
             engendred
             in
             the
             Bodie
             ,
             which
             are
             ,
             as
             it
             were
             ,
             
               Opiate
            
             themselves
             ;
             As
             it
             is
             in
             some
             kinde
             of
             
               Melancholies
               ;
            
             With
             which
             if
             a
             Man
             be
             affected
             ,
             it
             is
             a
             signe
             of
             very
             Long
             Life
             .
          
           
           
             29
             The
             
               Simple
               Opiates
               ,
            
             (
             which
             are
             also
             called
             
               Stupefactives
               ,
            
             )
             are
             these
             ;
             
               Opium
            
             it self
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             Juyce
             of
             
               Poppy
               ;
            
             Both
             the
             
               Poppies
               ,
            
             as
             well
             in
             the
             Herb
             ,
             as
             in
             the
             Seed
             ;
             
               Henbane
               ;
               Mandrake
               ;
               Hemlock
               ;
               Tobacco
               ;
               Night-shade
               .
            
          
           
             30
             
               The
               Compound
            
             〈◊〉
             
               are
               ,
            
             Treacle
             ;
             Mitbridate
             ;
             Trifera
             ;
             Ladanum
             Paracelsi
             ;
             Diacodium
             ;
             Diascordium
             ;
             Philonium
             ;
             Pills
             
               of
            
             Hounds-Tongue
             .
          
           
             31
             From
             this
             which
             hath
             been
             said
             ,
             certaine
             Designations
             ,
             or
             Councels
             ,
             may
             be
             deduced
             ,
             for
             the
             Prolongation
             of
             Life
             ,
             according
             to
             the
             present
             Intention
             ;
             Namely
             ,
             of
             
               〈◊〉
            
             the
             
               Spirits
            
             by
             
               Opiates
               .
            
          
           
             32
             Let
             there
             be
             therfore
             ,
             every
             yeare
             ,
             from
             Adult
             yeares
             of
             Youth
             ,
             an
             
               Opiate
               Diet
               ;
            
             Let
             it
             bee
             taken
             about
             the
             end
             
             of
             
               May
               ;
            
             Because
             the
             
               Spirits
            
             in
             Summer
             ,
             are
             more
             Loose
             ,
             and
             Attenuated
             ;
             And
             there
             is
             lesse
             Danger
             from
             Cold
             Humours
             :
             Let
             it
             bee
             some
             
               Magistrall
               Opiate
               ,
            
             weaker
             than
             those
             that
             are
             commonly
             in
             use
             ,
             both
             in
             rtspect
             of
             a
             smaller
             Quantity
             of
             
               Opium
               ,
            
             and
             of
             a
             more
             sparing
             mixture
             of
             extreme
             Hot
             Things
             :
             Let
             it
             be
             taken
             in
             the
             Morning
             betwixt
             sleeps
             .
             The
             Fare
             for
             that
             time
             would
             bee
             more
             simple
             ,
             and
             sparing
             ,
             than
             or
             linary
             ,
             without
             Wine
             ,
             or
             Spices
             ,
             or
             Vaporous
             Things
             :
             This
             
               Medicine
            
             to
             be
             taken
             onely
             each
             Other
             Day
             ;
             And
             to
             bee
             continued
             for
             a
             Fortnight
             .
             This
             Designation
             ,
             in
             our
             Judgement
             ,
             comes
             home
             to
             the
             
               Intention
               .
            
          
           
             33
             
               Opiates
            
             also
             may
             bee
             taken
             ,
             
             not
             onely
             by
             the
             Mouth
             ,
             but
             also
             by
             
               Fumes
               ;
            
             But
             the
             
               Fumes
            
             must
             bee
             such
             ,
             as
             may
             not
             move
             the
             Expulsive
             Facultie
             too
             strongly
             ,
             nor
             force
             downe
             Humours
             ;
             But
             only
             taken
             in
             a
             Weft
             ,
             may
             worke
             upon
             the
             
               Spirits
               ,
            
             within
             the
             Braine
             :
             And
             therefore
             ,
             a
             
               Suffumigation
            
             of
             
               Tobacco
               ,
               Lignum
               Alce
               ;
               Rose-Mary
               Leaves
            
             dr
             ed
             ,
             and
             a
             little
             
               Myrrhe
               ,
            
             snuffed
             up
             in
             the
             Morning
             ,
             at
             the
             Mouth
             and
             Nosthrils
             ,
             would
             bee
             very
             good
             .
          
           
             34
             In
             
               Grand
               Opiaces
               ;
            
             Such
             as
             are
             
               Treacle
               ,
               Mithridate
               ,
            
             and
             the
             rest
             ;
             It
             would
             not
             bee
             amisse
             (
             especially
             in
             Youth
             ,
             )
             to
             take
             rather
             the
             
               Distilled
               Waters
            
             of
             Them
             ,
             than
             themselves
             ,
             in
             their
             Bodies
             :
             For
             the
             Vapour
             ,
             in
             Distilling
             ,
             doth
             rise
             ;
             But
             the
             Heat
             of
             the
             Medicine
             ,
             
             commonly
             ,
             〈◊〉
             :
             Now
             
               Distilled
               Waters
               ,
            
             are
             good
             ,
             in
             those
             vertues
             ,
             which
             are
             conveyed
             by
             Vapours
             ,
             In
             other
             Things
             ,
             but
             weake
             .
          
           
             35
             There
             are
             
               Medicines
               ,
            
             which
             have
             a
             certaine
             weak
             ,
             and
             hidden
             Degree
             ;
             And
             therefore
             safe
             ;
             Toan
             
               Opiate
            
             Vertue
             .
             These
             send
             froth
             a
             Slow
             ,
             〈◊〉
             Copious
             Vapour
             ,
             but
             not
             〈◊〉
             ,
             as
             
               Opiates
            
             doe
             :
             Therefore
             they
             put
             not
             the
             
               Spirits
            
             to
             
               〈◊〉
               ;
            
             Notwithstanding
             they
             congregate
             them
             ,
             and
             somewhat
             thicken
             them
             .
          
           
             36
             Medicines
             
               in
            
             Order
             
               to
            
             Opiates
             ,
             
               ate
               :
               Principally
            
             Saffron
             ;
             
               Next
            
             Folium
             Indum
             ;
             Amber-Grise
             ;
             Coriander-Seed
             prepared
             ;
             Amomum
             ,
             
               and
            
             〈◊〉
             ;
             Lignum-Rhodium
             ;
             Orenge-Flower
             Water
             ;
             
               And
               much
               more
               ,
               the
            
             infusion
             
               of
               the
               same
            
             
             
               Flowers
               ,
            
             new
             gathered
             ,
             in
             
               Oyle
            
             of
             
               Almonds
               ;
               Nutmegs
            
             pricked
             full
             of
             Holes
             ,
             and
             macerated
             in
             Rose
             water
             .
          
           
             37
             As
             
               Opiates
            
             are
             to
             be
             taken
             very
             sparingly
             ,
             and
             at
             certaine
             times
             ,
             as
             was
             said
             ;
             So
             these
             Secundaries
             may
             be
             taken
             familiarly
             ,
             and
             in
             our
             daily
             Diet
             ;
             And
             they
             will
             be
             very
             effectuall
             to
             prolongation
             of
             life
             .
             Certainly
             ,
             an
             
               Apothecarie
            
             of
             
               Calecute
               ,
            
             by
             the
             use
             of
             
               Amber
               ,
            
             is
             said
             to
             have
             lived
             ,
             〈◊〉
             hundred
             and
             sixtie
             yeares
             ;
             And
             the
             Noble
             Men
             of
             
               Barbarie
               ,
            
             through
             the
             use
             thereof
             ,
             are
             certified
             to
             be
             very
             long
             liv'd
             ;
             whereas
             the
             meane
             people
             are
             but
             of
             short
             life
             :
             And
             our
             
               Ancestours
               ,
            
             who
             were
             longer
             liv'd
             than
             wee
             ,
             did
             use
             
               Saffron
            
             much
             ;
             In
             their
             Cakes
             ,
             Broathes
             ,
             and
             the
             like
             .
             And
             
             touching
             the
             first
             way
             ,
             of
             
               Condensing
            
             the
             
               Spirits
               ,
            
             by
             
               Opiates
               ,
            
             and
             the
             
               Subordinates
            
             thereto
             .
             thus
             much
             .
          
           
             38
             Now
             we
             will
             inquire
             of
             the
             second
             way
             ,
             of
             
               Condensing
            
             the
             
               Spirits
               ,
            
             by
             
               Cold.
            
             For
             the
             proper
             worke
             of
             
               Cold
            
             is
             
               Condensation
               ;
            
             And
             it
             is
             done
             ,
             without
             my
             Malignitie
             ,
             or
             adverse
             Qualitie
             ;
             And
             therefore
             it
             is
             a
             fafer
             Operation
             ,
             than
             by
             
               Opiates
               ;
            
             Though
             somewhat
             lesse
             powerfull
             ,
             if
             it
             bee
             done
             by
             Turnes
             only
             ,
             as
             
               Opiates
            
             are
             :
             But
             then
             againe
             ,
             because
             it
             may
             bee
             used
             familiarly
             ,
             and
             in
             our
             daily
             Diet
             with
             Moderation
             ;
             It
             is
             much
             more
             powerfull
             for
             the
             Prolongation
             of
             Life
             ,
             than
             by
             
               Opiates
               .
            
          
           
             39
             The
             
               Refrigeration
            
             of
             the
             
               Spirits
               ,
            
             is
             effected
             three
             wayes
             ;
             
             Either
             by
             
               Respiration
               ;
            
             or
             by
             
               〈◊〉
               ;
            
             or
             by
             
               Aliment
               .
            
             The
             first
             is
             the
             best
             ,
             but
             ,
             in
             a
             sort
             ,
             out
             of
             our
             power
             ;
             The
             second
             is
             potent
             ,
             but
             yet
             ready
             ,
             and
             at
             hand
             ;
             The
             third
             is
             weake
             ,
             and
             somewhat
             about
             .
          
           
             40
             
               Aire
               cleare
            
             and
             
               pure
               ;
            
             And
             which
             hath
             no
             Fogginesse
             in
             it
             ,
             before
             it
             bee
             received
             into
             the
             Lungs
             ;
             And
             which
             is
             least
             exposed
             to
             the
             Sun-beames
             ;
             
               Condenseth
            
             the
             
               Spirits
            
             best
             ;
             Such
             is
             found
             ,
             either
             on
             〈◊〉
             Tops
             of
             Drie
             Mountaines
             ,
             or
             in
             〈◊〉
             ,
             open
             to
             the
             windes
             ,
             and
             yet
             not
             without
             some
             shade
             .
          
           
             41
             As
             〈◊〉
             
               Refrigeration
               ,
            
             and
             
               〈◊〉
            
             of
             the
             
               Spirits
               ,
            
             by
             
               Vapours
               ;
            
             The
             Root
             of
             this
             
               Operation
            
             wee
             place
             in
             
               Nitre
               ;
            
             As
             a
             Creature
             purposely
             made
             ,
             and
             chosen
             ,
             for
             this
             
             end
             ;
             Being
             thereunto
             lead
             ,
             and
             perswaded
             ,
             by
             these
             Arguments
             .
          
           
             42
             
               Nitre
            
             is
             a
             kinde
             of
             Coole
             Spice
             :
             This
             is
             apparent
             to
             the
             sense
             it selfe
             ;
             For
             it
             bites
             the
             Tongue
             ,
             and
             Palate
             ,
             with
             
               Cold
               ,
            
             as
             Spices
             doe
             with
             
               Heat
               :
            
             And
             it
             is
             the
             onely
             Thing
             ,
             as
             〈◊〉
             as
             wee
             know
             ,
             that
             hath
             this
             propertie
             .
          
           
             43
             Almost
             all
             
               cold
               Things
               ,
            
             (
             which
             are
             cold
             properly
             ,
             and
             not
             by
             Accident
             ,
             as
             
               Opium
            
             is
             ,
             )
             are
             poore
             ,
             and
             jejune
             ,
             of
             
               Spirit
               ;
            
             Contrarily
             ,
             Things
             full
             of
             
               Spirit
               ,
            
             are
             almost
             all
             Hot
             :
             Only
             
               Nitre
            
             is
             found
             amongst
             Vegetables
             ,
             which
             〈◊〉
             with
             
               Spirit
               ,
            
             and
             yet
             is
             Cold.
             As
             for
             
               Camphire
               ,
            
             which
             is
             full
             of
             Spirit
             ,
             and
             yet
             performeth
             the
             Actions
             of
             Cold
             ,
             it
             cooleth
             by
             Accident
             onely
             ;
             As
             
             namely
             ,
             for
             that
             by
             the
             Thinnesse
             thereof
             ,
             without
             Acrimonie
             ,
             it
             helpeth
             Perspiration
             ,
             in
             In
             flammations
             .
          
           
             44
             In
             
               Congealing
               ,
            
             and
             
               Freezing
               .
            
             of
             
               Liquours
               ;
            
             (
             which
             is
             latel
             growne
             into
             use
             ;
             )
             By
             Laying
             Snow
             ,
             and
             Ice
             ,
             on
             the
             Outside
             of
             the
             Vessell
             ;
             
               Nitre
            
             is
             also
             added
             ;
             And
             ,
             no
             doubt
             ,
             it
             exciteth
             ,
             and
             〈◊〉
             ,
             the
             
               Congelation
               .
            
             It
             is
             〈◊〉
             ,
             that
             they
             use
             also
             ,
             for
             this
             worke
             ,
             ordnarie
             Bay-salt
             ;
             which
             doth
             rather
             give
             Activitie
             ,
             to
             the
             Coldnesse
             of
             the
             Snow
             ,
             than
             coo'e
             by
             it selfe
             :
             But
             ,
             as
             I
             have
             〈◊〉
             in
             the
             Hotter
             Regions
             ,
             where
             snow
             fals
             not
             the
             Congealing
             is
             wrought
             by
             
               Nitre
            
             alone
             ;
             But
             this
             I
             can
             not
             certainly
             affirme
             .
          
           
             45
             It
             is
             affirmed
             ,
             that
             
               〈◊〉
               ,
            
             which
             consisteth
             principally
             
             of
             
               Nitre
               ,
            
             being
             taken
             in
             drink
             ,
             doth
             conduce
             to
             Valour
             ;
             And
             that
             it
             is
             used
             oftentimes
             ,
             by
             Mariners
             ,
             and
             Souldiers
             ,
             before
             they
             begin
             their
             Battels
             ,
             as
             the
             
               Turks
            
             doe
             
               Opium
               .
            
          
           
             46
             
               Nitre
            
             is
             given
             ,
             with
             good
             successe
             ,
             in
             Burning
             Agues
             ,
             and
             Pestilentiall
             Fevers
             ,
             to
             mitigate
             ,
             and
             Bridle
             ,
             their
             per.
             nicious
             Heats
             .
          
           
             47
             It
             is
             most
             manifest
             ,
             that
             
               〈◊〉
               ,
            
             in
             
               Gunpowder
               ,
            
             doth
             mightily
             abhorre
             Flame
             ;
             From
             whence
             is
             caused
             ,
             that
             Horrible
             Crack
             ,
             and
             Puffing
             .
          
           
             48
             
               Nitre
            
             is
             found
             to
             bee
             ,
             as
             it
             were
             ,
             the
             
               Spirit
            
             of
             the
             Earth
             ;
             For
             this
             is
             most
             certaine
             ;
             That
             any
             Earth
             ,
             though
             pure
             ,
             and
             unmixt
             with
             Nitrous
             Matter
             ,
             if
             it
             bee
             so
             laid
             up
             ,
             and
             covered
             ,
             that
             it
             be
             free
             from
             the
             
             Sun-beames
             ,
             and
             putteth
             forth
             no
             Vegetable
             ,
             will
             gather
             
               Nitre
               ,
            
             even
             in
             good
             Abundance
             .
             By
             which
             it
             is
             clear
             ,
             That
             the
             
               Spirit
            
             of
             
               Nitre
               ,
            
             is
             not
             only
             inferiour
             to
             the
             
               Spirit
            
             of
             living
             Creatures
             ,
             but
             also
             to
             the
             
               Spirit
            
             of
             Vegetables
             .
          
           
             49
             
               Cattell
               ,
            
             which
             drink
             of
             
               Nitrous
               water
               ,
            
             doe
             manifestly
             grow
             Fat
             ;
             which
             is
             a
             Signe
             ,
             of
             the
             Cold
             ,
             in
             
               Nitre
               .
            
          
           
             50
             The
             
               Manuring
            
             of
             the
             
               Soile
               ,
            
             is
             chiefly
             ,
             by
             
               Nitrous
               Substances
               ;
            
             For
             all
             Dung
             is
             
               Nitrous
               :
            
             And
             this
             is
             a
             signe
             ,
             of
             the
             
               Spirit
               ,
            
             in
             
               Nitre
               .
            
          
           
             51
             From
             hence
             it
             appeares
             ,
             that
             the
             
               Spirits
            
             of
             
               Man
               ,
            
             may
             be
             cooled
             ,
             and
             
               condensed
               ,
            
             by
             the
             
               Spirit
            
             of
             
               Nitre
               ;
            
             And
             bee
             made
             more
             Crude
             ,
             and
             lesseeager
             :
             And
             therefore
             ,
             as
             strong
             wines
             ,
             and
             spices
             ,
             and
             
             the
             like
             ,
             doe
             burne
             the
             
               Spirits
               ,
            
             and
             shorten
             life
             ;
             So
             ,
             on
             the
             contrary
             side
             ,
             
               Nitre
            
             doth
             compose
             ,
             and
             represse
             them
             ,
             and
             furthereth
             to
             long
             Life
             .
          
           
             52
             
               Nitre
            
             may
             be
             used
             ;
             In
             Meat
             ,
             mixed
             with
             our
             Salt
             ,
             to
             the
             tenth
             part
             of
             the
             Salt
             ;
             In
             Broaths
             ,
             taken
             in
             the
             Morning
             ,
             from
             three
             Graines
             to
             ten
             ;
             Also
             in
             Beere
             ;
             But
             howsoever
             it
             be
             used
             ,
             with
             Moderation
             ,
             it
             is
             of
             prime
             Force
             ,
             to
             long
             Life
             .
          
           
             53
             As
             
               Opium
            
             holds
             the
             preheminence
             ,
             in
             
               Condensing
            
             the
             
               Spirits
               ,
            
             by
             
               putting
            
             them
             to
             
               Flight
               ;
            
             And
             hath
             withall
             his
             
               Subordinates
               ;
            
             lesse
             potent
             ,
             but
             more
             safe
             ;
             which
             may
             bee
             taken
             ,
             both
             in
             greater
             Quantitie
             ,
             and
             in
             more
             frequent
             use
             ;
             Of
             which
             wee
             have
             formerly
             spoken
             ;
             So
             also
             
               Nitre
               ,
            
             which
             
             
               condenseth
            
             the
             
               Spirits
            
             by
             Cold
             and
             by
             a
             kinde
             of
             Frescour
             .
             (
             as
             we
             now
             adayes
             speak
             )
             〈◊〉
             also
             his
             
               Subordinates
               .
            
          
           
             54
             
               Subordinates
            
             to
             
               Nitre
            
             are
             All
             those
             Things
             ,
             which
             yeeld
             an
             Odour
             ,
             some
             what
             Earthy
             ;
             Like
             the
             smell
             of
             Earth
             ,
             pure
             ,
             and
             good
             ,
             newly
             digged
             or
             turned
             up
             :
             Of
             this
             sort
             ,
             the
             chiefe
             are
             ;
             
               Boragi
               Buglesse
               ,
               Langue
               de
               Boe
               uf
               ,
               Butnet
               ;
               Strawberrie
               Leaves
               ,
               and
               Strawberries
               ,
               Frambois
               ,
               or
               Raspis
               ;
               Raw
               Cucumbers
               ;
               Ram
               Permaines
               ;
               Vine-leaves
               ,
               and
               Buds
               ;
            
             Also
             
               Violets
               .
            
          
           
             55
             The
             next
             ,
             in
             order
             ,
             are
             those
             ,
             which
             have
             a
             certaine
             Freshnesse
             of
             smell
             ,
             but
             somewhat
             more
             inclined
             to
             Heat
             ;
             yet
             not
             altogether
             void
             ,
             of
             that
             vertue
             ,
             of
             Refreshing
             by
             Coolenesse
             :
             Such
             as
             are
             
             Balme
             ;
             
               Greene
               Citrons
               ;
               Greene
               Orenges
               ;
               Rose-water
               distilled
               ;
               Roasted
               Wardens
               ;
            
             Also
             ,
             the
             
               Dimask
               ,
               Red
               ,
            
             and
             
               Musk
               Rose
               .
            
          
           
             56
             This
             is
             to
             bee
             noted
             ;
             That
             
               Subordinates
            
             to
             
               Nitre
               ,
            
             doe
             ,
             commonly
             ,
             conferre
             more
             ,
             to
             this
             
               Intention
               ,
               Raw
               ,
            
             than
             having
             passed
             the
             Fire
             ;
             Because
             that
             
               Spirit
            
             of
             Cooling
             ,
             is
             dissipated
             by
             the
             Fire
             :
             Therefore
             ,
             they
             are
             best
             taken
             ,
             either
             infused
             in
             some
             Liquour
             ,
             or
             Raw.
             
          
           
             57
             As
             the
             
               Condensation
            
             of
             the
             
               Spirits
               ,
            
             by
             
               Subordinates
            
             to
             
               Opium
               ,
            
             is
             ,
             in
             some
             sort
             ,
             performed
             by
             
               Odours
               ;
            
             So
             also
             that
             ,
             which
             is
             by
             
               Subordinates
            
             to
             
               Nitre
               :
            
             Therefore
             ,
             the
             smell
             ,
             of
             new
             ,
             and
             pure
             
               Earth
               ,
            
             taken
             ,
             either
             by
             following
             the
             plough
             ,
             or
             by
             Digging
             ,
             or
             by
             Weeding
             ,
             excellently
             〈◊〉
             
             sheth
             the
             
               Spirits
               :
            
             Also
             ,
             the
             
               Leaves
            
             of
             Trees
             ,
             in
             Woods
             or
             Hedges
             ,
             falling
             towa
             〈◊〉
             the
             Middle
             of
             Autumne
             ,
             〈◊〉
             a
             good
             Refreshing
             to
             the
             
               〈◊〉
               ;
            
             But
             none
             so
             good
             ,
             〈◊〉
             
               Strawberrie
               Leaves
            
             Dying
             Likewise
             ,
             the
             smell
             of
             
               〈◊〉
            
             or
             
               Wall-flowers
               ,
            
             or
             
               〈◊〉
               ,
            
             or
             
               Sweet
               Briar
               ,
            
             or
             
               〈◊〉
               ,
               suckles
               ,
            
             taken
             ,
             as
             they
             grow
             ,
             〈◊〉
             passing
             by
             them
             only
             ,
             is
             of
             the
             like
             Nature
             .
          
           
             58
             Nay
             ,
             and
             we
             knew
             a
             certain
             great
             
               Lord
               ,
            
             who
             lived
             long
             that
             had
             ,
             every
             Morning
             ,
             inmediately
             after
             Sleepe
             ,
             a
             〈◊〉
             of
             
               fresh
               Earth
               ,
            
             laid
             in
             a
             〈◊〉
             Napkin
             ,
             under
             his
             Nose
             ,
             〈◊〉
             he
             might
             take
             the
             smell
             them
             of
             .
          
           
             59
             There
             is
             no
             doubt
             ,
             but
             〈◊〉
             Cooling
             ,
             and
             Tempering
             ,
             〈◊〉
             the
             Bloud
             ,
             by
             Coole
             Thing
             
             Such
             as
             are
             ,
             
               Endive
               ,
               Succourie
               ,
               Liver-wort
               ;
               Purslaine
               ,
            
             and
             the
             like
             ;
             Doth
             also
             ,
             by
             Consequent
             ,
             coole
             the
             
               Spirits
               :
            
             But
             this
             is
             about
             ,
             whereas
             vapours
             coole
             immediately
             .
          
           
             And
             as
             touching
             the
             
               Condensing
            
             of
             the
             
               Spirits
               ,
            
             by
             
               Cold
               ,
            
             thus
             much
             :
             The
             Third
             way
             ,
             of
             
               Condensing
            
             the
             
               Spirits
               ,
            
             wee
             〈◊〉
             to
             be
             ,
             by
             that
             which
             wee
             call
             ,
             
               Stroaking
            
             the
             
               Spirits
               :
            
             The
             fourth
             ,
             by
             
               Quieting
            
             the
             
               Alacritie
               ,
            
             and
             
               Vnrulinesse
            
             of
             them
             .
          
           
             60
             Such
             Things
             ,
             
               Stroake
            
             the
             
               Spirits
               ,
            
             as
             are
             pleasing
             ,
             and
             friendly
             to
             them
             ,
             yet
             they
             allure
             them
             not
             ,
             to
             goe
             abroad
             but
             rather
             prevaile
             ,
             that
             the
             Spirits
             ,
             contented
             ,
             as
             it
             were
             ,
             in
             their
             owne
             societie
             ,
             doe
             enjoy
             themselves
             ;
             And
             berake
             
             themselves
             into
             their
             proper
             Center
             .
          
           
             61
             For
             these
             ,
             if
             you
             〈◊〉
             those
             Things
             ,
             which
             were
             formerly
             set
             down
             ,
             as
             
               Subordinates
               ,
            
             to
             
               Opium
               ,
            
             and
             
               Nitre
               ,
            
             there
             will
             need
             no
             other
             
               Inquisition
               .
            
          
           
             62
             As
             for
             the
             
               Quieting
               ,
            
             of
             the
             
               Vnrulines
               ,
            
             of
             the
             
               spirits
               ,
            
             we
             〈◊〉
             presently
             speak
             of
             that
             ,
             when
             we
             inquire
             ,
             touching
             their
             
               Motion
               .
            
             Now
             then
             ,
             seeing
             we
             have
             spoken
             ,
             of
             that
             
               Condensation
            
             of
             the
             
               Spirits
               ,
            
             which
             pertaineth
             to
             their
             
               Substance
               ,
            
             we
             will
             come
             to
             the
             
               Temper
            
             of
             
               Heat
               ,
            
             in
             them
             .
          
           
             63
             The
             
               Heat
            
             of
             the
             
               Spirits
               ,
            
             as
             wee
             said
             ,
             ought
             to
             bee
             of
             that
             kinde
             ,
             that
             it
             may
             be
             
               〈◊〉
            
             not
             
               Eager
               ,
            
             And
             may
             delight
             rather
             ,
             to
             master
             the
             〈◊〉
             and
             Obstinate
             ,
             than
             to
             carrie
             
             away
             ,
             the
             thin
             ,
             and
             light
             Humours
             .
          
           
             64
             We
             must
             beware
             of
             
               Spices
               ,
               Wine
               ,
            
             and
             
               strong
               Drinks
               ;
            
             That
             our
             use
             of
             them
             be
             very
             Temperate
             ,
             and
             sometimes
             discontinued
             :
             Also
             of
             
               Savorie
               ,
               Wilde-Marjoram
               ,
               Pennie-royall
               ;
            
             And
             all
             such
             ,
             as
             bite
             ,
             and
             heat
             the
             Tongue
             .
             For
             they
             yeeld
             unto
             the
             
               Spirits
               ,
            
             an
             
               Heat
               ,
            
             not
             
               Operative
               ,
            
             but
             
               〈◊〉
               .
            
          
           
             65
             These
             yeeld
             a
             
               Robust
            
             Heat
             ,
             Especially
             
               Elecampane
               ,
               Garlick
               ,
               〈◊〉
               Benedictus
               ,
               Water-Cresses
               ,
            
             while
             they
             are
             young
             ;
             
               Cermander
               ,
               Angelica
               ,
               〈◊〉
               ,
               Vervin
               ,
               Valerian
               ,
               Myrrhe
               ,
               Pepper-mort
               ,
               〈◊〉
               ,
               Garden-Chervile
               ;
            
             The
             〈◊〉
             of
             these
             things
             with
             〈◊〉
             ,
             and
             judgement
             ,
             sometimes
             in
             Sallets
             ,
             sometimes
             in
             
             Medicines
             ,
             will
             satisfie
             this
             
               Operation
               .
            
          
           
             66
             It
             fals
             out
             well
             ,
             that
             the
             
               Grand
               Opiates
               ,
            
             will
             also
             serve
             excellently
             for
             this
             
               Operation
               ,
            
             In
             respect
             ,
             that
             they
             yeeld
             such
             an
             
               Heat
            
             by
             Composition
             ,
             which
             is
             wished
             ,
             but
             not
             to
             be
             found
             in
             simples
             .
             For
             the
             〈◊〉
             of
             those
             Excessive
             〈◊〉
             Things
             ;
             (
             Such
             as
             are
             ;
             
               Euphorbium
               ,
               Pellitory
               of
               Spain
               Stavis-acre
               ,
               Dragon-mort
               ,
               〈◊〉
               Castoreum
               ,
               Aristolochian
               Opoponax
               ,
               Ammoniacum
               ,
               〈◊〉
               ,
            
             and
             the
             like
             ;
             which
             of
             themselves
             ,
             cannot
             bee
             taken
             inwardly
             ,
             )
             To
             〈◊〉
             and
             abate
             the
             
               〈◊〉
            
             Vertue
             of
             the
             
               Opium
               ;
            
             The
             doe
             make
             such
             a
             constitutia
             of
             a
             Med
             ,
             cament
             ,
             as
             we
             〈◊〉
             require
             ,
             which
             is
             excellent
             seene
             in
             this
             ;
             That
             
               〈◊〉
            
             
             and
             
               Mithridate
               ,
            
             and
             the
             rest
             ,
             are
             not
             sharp
             ,
             nor
             bite
             the
             Tongue
             ;
             But
             are
             onely
             somewhat
             bitter
             ,
             and
             of
             strong
             seat
             ;
             And
             at
             last
             manifest
             their
             Heat
             ,
             when
             they
             come
             into
             the
             stomack
             ;
             and
             in
             their
             subsequent
             Operations
             .
          
           
             67
             There
             conduce
             also
             ,
             to
             the
             
               〈◊〉
               Heat
            
             of
             the
             
               Spirits
               ,
               〈◊〉
               ,
            
             often
             excited
             ,
             rarely
             performed
             ;
             And
             ,
             no
             lesse
             ,
             some
             of
             the
             
               Affections
               ,
            
             of
             which
             shall
             be
             spoken
             hereafter
             .
             So
             touching
             the
             
               Heat
               ,
            
             of
             the
             
               〈◊〉
               ,
            
             Analogicall
             to
             the
             Proongation
             of
             Life
             ,
             thus
             much
             .
          
           
             68
             Touching
             the
             
               Quantitie
            
             of
             he
             
               Spirits
               ,
            
             that
             they
             bee
             not
             
               〈◊〉
               ,
            
             and
             
               〈◊〉
               ;
            
             But
             other
             
               Sparing
               ,
            
             and
             within
             a
             Meane
             ,
             (
             seeing
             a
             small
             flame
             ,
             〈◊〉
             not
             devoure
             so
             much
             ,
             as
             
             a
             great
             flame
             ,
             )
             the
             
               〈◊〉
            
             will
             be
             short
             .
          
           
             69
             It
             seemes
             to
             bee
             approved
             by
             Experience
             ;
             That
             a
             
               〈◊〉
               Diet
               ,
            
             and
             almost
             a
             
               〈◊〉
               ;
            
             Such
             as
             is
             either
             prescri
             bed
             by
             the
             strict
             Rules
             of
             
               Monasticall
               Life
               ,
            
             or
             practised
             by
             
               Hermites
               ,
            
             which
             have
             Ne
             cessitie
             ,
             and
             Povertie
             ,
             for
             their
             Rule
             ;
             Rendreth
             a
             Man
             long
             liv'd
             .
          
           
             70
             Hitherto
             appertaine
             ;
             
               〈◊〉
               king
               of
               water
               ;
            
             A
             
               Hard
               Bed
               Abstinence
               from
               Fire
               ;
            
             A
             
               〈◊〉
               Diet
               ;
            
             (
             As
             namely
             ,
             〈◊〉
             
               Herbs
               ;
               Fruits
               ;
               Flesh
               ,
            
             and
             
               〈◊〉
            
             rather
             
               powdred
               ,
            
             and
             
               〈◊〉
               ,
            
             that
             
               Fresh
               ,
            
             and
             
               Hot
               ;
               )
               An
               〈◊〉
               Shirt
               ;
               frequent
               Fastings
               ;
               frequent
               watching
               ;
               few
               〈◊〉
               pleasures
               ;
            
             And
             such
             like
             :
             〈◊〉
             all
             these
             diminish
             the
             
               Spirit
            
             and
             reduce
             them
             to
             such
             
             
               Quantitie
               ,
            
             as
             may
             be
             sufficient
             only
             for
             the
             Functions
             of
             life
             ;
             whereby
             the
             Depredation
             is
             the
             lesse
             .
          
           
             71
             But
             if
             the
             
               Diet
            
             shall
             not
             bee
             〈◊〉
             so
             
               Rigorous
               ,
            
             and
             
               〈◊〉
               ;
            
             yet
             notwithstaning
             ,
             shall
             bee
             alwayes
             
               equall
               ,
            
             〈◊〉
             
               constant
            
             to
             it selfe
             ,
             it
             〈◊〉
             the
             same
             effect
             .
             We
             see
             in
             
               Flames
               ;
            
             That
             a
             
               Flame
            
             somewhat
             bigger
             ,
             (
             so
             it
             bee
             alwayes
             alike
             ,
             and
             quiet
             ,
             )
             〈◊〉
             lesse
             of
             the
             Fewell
             ,
             〈◊〉
             a
             lesser
             Flame
             ,
             blowne
             with
             Bellowes
             ;
             And
             by
             Gusts
             〈◊〉
             ,
             or
             weaker
             :
             That
             which
             the
             
               Regiment
               ,
            
             and
             
               Diet
               ,
               〈◊〉
               Cornarus
            
             the
             
               Venetian
            
             〈◊〉
             plainly
             ;
             who
             did
             eat
             ,
             and
             〈◊〉
             ,
             so
             many
             yeares
             〈◊〉
             ,
             by
             a
             just
             weight
             ,
             〈◊〉
             hee
             exceeded
             an
             hundred
             yeares
             of
             Age
             ,
             strong
             in
             Lims
             ,
             
             and
             entire
             in
             his
             senses
             .
          
           
             72
             Care
             also
             must
             bee
             taken
             that
             a
             Body
             ,
             plentifully
             Nourished
             ,
             and
             not
             emaciated
             by
             any
             of
             these
             aforesaid
             Diet
             omitteth
             not
             a
             seasonable
             use
             of
             
               Venus
               ;
            
             lest
             the
             
               Spirits
            
             increase
             too
             fast
             ,
             and
             soften
             ,
             and
             destroy
             the
             body
             :
             So
             then
             touching
             a
             Moderate
             
               〈◊〉
            
             of
             
               Spirits
               ,
            
             and
             (
             as
             we
             may
             say
             )
             Frugall
             ,
             thus
             much
             .
          
           
             73
             The
             
               Inquisition
               ,
            
             touching
             
               Brideling
            
             the
             
               Motion
            
             of
             the
             
               Spirits
               ,
            
             followeth
             next
             .
             〈◊〉
             
               Motion
               ,
            
             doth
             manifestly
             〈◊〉
             ,
             and
             Inflame
             them
             .
             〈◊〉
             Brideling
             is
             done
             ,
             by
             〈◊〉
             Meanes
             :
             By
             
               Sleepe
               ;
            
             By
             
               Avoiding
            
             of
             
               vchement
               〈◊〉
               Immoderate
               Exercise
               ,
            
             and
             ,
             a
             word
             ,
             all
             
               Lassitude
               ;
            
             And
             by
             Refraining
             
               Irksome
               〈◊〉
            
             
             And
             first
             ,
             touching
             
               Sleep
               .
            
          
           
             74
             The
             Fable
             tels
             us
             ,
             that
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             many
             yeares
             together
             ,
             in
             a
             Cave
             ;
             And
             all
             that
             〈◊〉
             needed
             no
             Meat
             ;
             〈◊〉
             the
             
               Spirits
            
             waste
             not
             much
             in
             
               sleep
               .
            
          
           
             75
             Experience
             teacheth
             us
             ,
             〈◊〉
             certaine
             Creatures
             ,
             as
             
               〈◊〉
               ,
            
             and
             
               〈◊〉
               ,
               Sleepe
               ,
            
             in
             〈◊〉
             close
             places
             ,
             an
             whole
             Winter
             together
             ;
             Such
             is
             the
             Force
             of
             
               Sleepe
               ,
            
             to
             restraine
             all
             〈◊〉
             Consumption
             .
             That
             which
             
               Bees
               ,
            
             and
             
               Drones
               ,
            
             are
             also
             thought
             to
             doe
             ;
             Though
             sometimes
             destitute
             of
             〈◊〉
             :
             And
             likewise
             
               Butterflies
               ,
            
             and
             other
             
               Flies
               .
            
          
           
             76
             
               Sleepe
            
             after
             
               Dinner
               ,
            
             (
             The
             Stomack
             sending
             up
             no
             unpleasing
             Vapours
             to
             the
             Head
             ,
             as
             being
             the
             first
             Dewes
             of
             our
             Meat
             ,
             )
             is
             good
             for
             the
             
             
               Spirits
               ,
            
             but
             derogatorie
             and
             hurtfull
             ,
             to
             all
             other
             points
             of
             Health
             .
             Notwithstanding
             it
             extreme
             Old
             Age
             ,
             there
             is
             the
             same
             Reason
             ,
             of
             Meat
             ,
             and
             
               Sleepe
               ;
            
             For
             both
             ,
             our
             Meales
             ,
             and
             our
             
               Sleeps
               ,
            
             should
             be
             then
             frequent
             ,
             but
             short
             ,
             and
             little
             :
             Nay
             ,
             and
             towards
             the
             last
             Period
             of
             Old
             Age
             ,
             a
             meere
             
               Rest
               ,
            
             and
             ,
             as
             it
             were
             ,
             a
             perpetuall
             
               Repasing
               ,
            
             doth
             best
             ;
             Especially
             in
             Winter
             time
             .
          
           
             77
             But
             as
             Moderate
             
               Sleepe
               ,
            
             conferreth
             to
             Long
             Life
             ;
             So
             much
             more
             ,
             if
             it
             be
             
               Quiet
               ,
            
             and
             not
             Disturbed
             .
          
           
             78
             These
             procure
             
               Quiet
               Sleep
               Violets
               ,
               Lettuce
               ,
            
             especially
             boiled
             ;
             
               Syrupe
               of
               Dried
               Roses
               :
               Saffron
               ;
               Balme
               ;
               Apples
            
             at
             out
             going
             to
             Bed
             ;
             A
             
               Sop
            
             of
             
               〈◊〉
            
             in
             
               Malmesey
               ,
            
             especially
             wherein
             
               Musk
               Roses
            
             have
             beene
             first
             
             〈◊〉
             ;
             Therefore
             ,
             it
             would
             〈◊〉
             be
             amisse
             ,
             to
             make
             some
             〈◊〉
             ,
             or
             a
             small
             Draught
             ,
             of
             〈◊〉
             things
             ,
             and
             to
             use
             it
             〈◊〉
             .
             Also
             those
             Things
             ,
             〈◊〉
             shut
             the
             Mouth
             of
             the
             〈◊〉
             close
             ;
             As
             
               Coriander
            
             〈◊〉
             prepared
             ;
             
               Quinces
               ;
            
             and
             〈◊〉
             ,
             roasted
             ;
             doe
             induce
             〈◊〉
             Sleepe
             :
             But
             above
             all
             things
             ,
             in
             youth
             ,
             and
             for
             those
             that
             have
             sufficient
             strong
             Stomacks
             ,
             it
             will
             bee
             best
             ,
             to
             take
             a
             good
             Draught
             ,
             of
             
               Cleare
               ,
               Cold
               ,
               Water
               ,
            
             when
             they
             goe
             to
             Bed.
             
          
           
             Touching
             voluntarie
             ,
             and
             procured
             
               Traunces
               ;
            
             As
             also
             
               Fixed
               ,
            
             and
             
               Profound
               Thoughts
               ,
            
             so
             as
             they
             be
             without
             Irksomenesse
             ;
             I
             have
             nothing
             certaine
             :
             No
             doubt
             ,
             they
             make
             to
             this
             
               Intention
               ;
            
             And
             
               condense
            
             the
             
               Spirits
               ;
            
             And
             that
             more
             potently
             ,
             than
             
               Sleepe
               ;
            
             
             Seeing
             ,
             they
             lay
             asleepe
             ,
             and
             〈◊〉
             the
             senses
             ,
             as
             much
             ,
             or
             more
             .
             Touching
             them
             ,
             let
             further
             Inquiry
             be
             made
             .
             So
             farre
             touching
             
               Sleepe
               .
            
          
           
             79
             As
             for
             
               Motion
               ,
            
             and
             
               Exercises
               ;
            
             Lasfitude
             hurteth
             ;
             And
             so
             doth
             all
             Motion
             ,
             and
             Exercise
             ,
             which
             is
             too
             Nimble
             ,
             and
             Swife
             ;
             As
             Running
             ;
             Tennis
             ;
             Fencing
             ;
             And
             the
             like
             :
             And
             againe
             ,
             when
             our
             strength
             is
             extended
             ,
             and
             strained
             ,
             to
             the
             uttermost
             ;
             As
             Dancing
             ;
             Wrestling
             ;
             and
             such
             like
             :
             For
             it
             is
             certaine
             ,
             that
             the
             
               Spirits
               ,
            
             being
             driven
             into
             streights
             ,
             either
             by
             the
             swiftnesse
             of
             the
             Motion
             ,
             or
             by
             the
             straining
             of
             the
             Forces
             ;
             Doe
             afterward
             become
             more
             Eager
             ,
             and
             Predatorie
             .
             On
             the
             other
             side
             ,
             
               Exercises
               ,
            
             which
             stirre
             up
             a
             good
             strong
             Motion
             ;
             
             But
             not
             over
             swift
             ,
             or
             to
             our
             utmost
             strength
             ,
             (
             such
             is
             are
             Leaping
             ,
             Shooting
             ,
             Riding
             ,
             Bowling
             ,
             and
             the
             like
             ,
             )
             doe
             not
             hurt
             ,
             but
             rather
             benefit
             .
          
           
             We
             must
             come
             now
             to
             the
             
               Affections
               ,
            
             and
             
               Passions
            
             of
             the
             
               Minde
               ;
            
             And
             see
             ,
             which
             of
             them
             are
             Hurtfull
             to
             long
             Life
             ;
             which
             profitable
             .
          
           
             80
             
               Great
               joyes
            
             attenuate
             and
             diffuse
             the
             
               Spirits
               ,
            
             and
             shorten
             Life
             :
             
               Familiar
               Cheerfulnesse
            
             strengthens
             the
             
               Spirits
               ,
            
             by
             calling
             them
             forth
             ,
             and
             yet
             not
             resolving
             them
             .
          
           
             81
             
               Impressions
            
             of
             
               joy
            
             in
             the
             
               sense
               ,
            
             are
             naught
             ;
             
               Ruminations
            
             of
             
               joy
            
             in
             the
             Memory
             ;
             Or
             Apprehensions
             of
             them
             ,
             in
             Hope
             ,
             or
             Fancie
             ,
             are
             good
             .
          
           
           
             82
             
               Ioy
               suppressed
               ,
            
             or
             communicated
             sparingly
             ,
             doth
             more
             comfort
             the
             
               Spirits
               ,
            
             than
             Joy
             powred
             forth
             and
             published
             .
          
           
             83
             
               Griefe
            
             and
             
               Sadnesse
               ,
            
             if
             it
             be
             void
             of
             
               Feare
               ,
            
             and
             〈◊〉
             not
             too
             much
             ,
             doth
             rather
             prolong
             Life
             ;
             For
             it
             contracteth
             the
             
               Spirits
               ,
            
             and
             is
             a
             kind
             of
             
               Condensation
               .
            
          
           
             84
             
               Great
               Feares
            
             shorten
             the
             Life
             ;
             For
             though
             
               Griefe
            
             and
             
               Feare
            
             doe
             both
             streighten
             the
             
               Spirit
               ,
            
             yet
             in
             
               Griefe
            
             there
             is
             a
             simple
             Contraction
             ;
             But
             in
             
               Feare
               ,
            
             by
             Reason
             of
             the
             Cares
             taken
             for
             the
             Remedy
             ,
             and
             Hope
             ,
             intermixed
             ,
             there
             is
             a
             Turmoile
             and
             Vexing
             of
             the
             
               Spirits
               .
            
          
           
             85
             
               Anger
            
             soporessed
             ,
             is
             also
             a
             kinde
             of
             Vexation
             ,
             and
             causeth
             the
             
               Spirit
            
             to
             feed
             upon
             
             the
             Juyces
             of
             the
             Body
             ;
             But
             let
             loose
             ,
             and
             breaking
             forth
             ,
             it
             helpeth
             ;
             As
             those
             
               〈◊〉
            
             doe
             ,
             which
             induce
             a
             
               Robust
               Heat
               .
            
          
           
             86
             
               Envie
            
             is
             the
             worst
             of
             all
             
               〈◊〉
               ;
            
             And
             feedeth
             upon
             the
             
               Spirits
               ;
            
             And
             they
             againe
             upon
             the
             
               Body
               ;
            
             And
             so
             much
             the
             more
             ,
             because
             it
             is
             perpetuall
             ,
             And
             as
             is
             said
             ,
             
               Keepeth
               no
               Holy-dayes
               .
            
          
           
             87
             
               Pity
            
             of
             another
             Mans
             Misfortune
             ,
             which
             is
             not
             likely
             to
             befall
             our selves
             ,
             is
             good
             ;
             But
             
               Pity
               ,
            
             which
             may
             reflect
             ,
             with
             some
             similitude
             ,
             upon
             the
             Party
             pitying
             ,
             is
             naught
             ,
             because
             it
             exciteth
             
               Feare
               .
            
          
           
             88
             
               Light
               Shame
            
             hurteth
             not
             ,
             seeing
             it
             contracteth
             the
             
               Spirits
            
             a
             little
             ,
             and
             then
             straight
             diffuseth
             them
             ;
             In
             so
             much
             ,
             that
             
               Shamefast
            
             Persons
             commonly
             
             live
             long
             :
             But
             
               〈◊〉
            
             for
             some
             great
             Ignominie
             ,
             and
             which
             afflicteth
             the
             Minde
             long
             ,
             contracteth
             the
             
               〈◊〉
               ,
            
             even
             to
             suffocation
             ;
             And
             is
             Pernicious
             .
          
           
             89
             
               Love
               ,
            
             if
             it
             be
             not
             unfortunate
             ,
             and
             too
             deeply
             wounding
             ,
             is
             a
             kinde
             of
             
               Ioy
               ;
            
             And
             〈◊〉
             subject
             to
             the
             same
             Lawes
             ,
             which
             wee
             have
             set
             downe
             touching
             
               Ioy.
               
            
          
           
             90
             
               Hope
            
             is
             the
             most
             Beneficial
             of
             all
             the
             
               Affections
               ;
            
             And
             doth
             much
             to
             the
             Prolongation
             of
             Life
             ,
             if
             it
             bee
             not
             too
             often
             Frustrated
             ;
             But
             entertaineth
             the
             Fancie
             ,
             with
             an
             Expectation
             of
             Good
             :
             Therefore
             they
             which
             fix
             ,
             and
             propound
             to
             themselves
             ,
             some
             End
             ,
             a
             the
             Marke
             and
             Scope
             of
             their
             Life
             ;
             And
             continually
             ,
             and
             by
             Degrees
             ,
             goe
             forward
             〈◊〉
             
             the
             same
             ;
             Are
             ,
             for
             the
             most
             〈◊〉
             ,
             long
             Liv'd
             :
             In
             so
             much
             ,
             that
             when
             they
             are
             come
             to
             the
             Top
             of
             their
             Hope
             ;
             And
             〈◊〉
             goe
             no
             Higher
             therein
             ;
             They
             commonly
             droope
             ,
             and
             Live
             not
             long
             after
             :
             So
             that
             Hope
             is
             as
             a
             
               Leafe-Ioy
               ;
            
             Which
             may
             be
             beaten
             out
             ,
             to
             a
             great
             Extension
             ,
             like
             
               Gold.
               
            
          
           
             91
             
               Admiration
               ,
            
             and
             
               Light
               Contemplation
               ,
            
             are
             very
             powerfull
             ,
             to
             the
             prolonging
             of
             Life
             ;
             for
             they
             hold
             the
             
               Spirits
               ,
            
             in
             〈◊〉
             Things
             as
             Delight
             them
             ;
             And
             suffer
             them
             not
             to
             tumultuate
             or
             to
             carry
             themselves
             unquietly
             ,
             and
             waywardly
             .
             And
             therefore
             ,
             all
             the
             
               Contemplatours
            
             of
             
               Naturall
            
             Things
             ,
             which
             had
             so
             many
             ,
             and
             so
             eminent
             Objects
             to
             admire
             ;
             (
             As
             
               Democritus
               ,
               Plato
               ,
               Parmenides
               ,
               Apollonius
               ,
            
             )
             were
             
             long
             Liv'd
             :
             Also
             
               〈◊〉
               ,
            
             which
             tasted
             but
             lightly
             of
             Things
             ;
             And
             studied
             rather
             Exornation
             of
             Speech
             ,
             than
             profundity
             of
             Matters
             ,
             were
             also
             long
             Liv'd
             ;
             As
             
               Gorgias
               ,
               Protagoras
               ,
               I
               socraetes
               ,
               Seneca
               :
            
             And
             certainly
             ,
             as
             old
             Men
             are
             ,
             for
             the
             most
             part
             ,
             Talkative
             ;
             So
             Talkative
             Men
             ,
             doe
             often
             grow
             very
             old
             :
             For
             it
             shewes
             a
             
               Light
               Contemplation
               ;
            
             And
             such
             as
             doth
             not
             much
             straine
             the
             
               Spirits
               ,
            
             〈◊〉
             them
             .
             But
             Subtill
             ,
             and
             Acute
             ,
             and
             Eager
             Inquisition
             .
             shortens
             Life
             ;
             For
             it
             tireth
             the
             
               Spirit
               ,
            
             and
             wasteth
             it
             .
          
           
             And
             as
             touching
             the
             
               Motion
            
             of
             the
             
               Spirits
               ,
            
             by
             the
             
               Affections
            
             of
             the
             
               Minde
               ,
            
             thus
             much
             Now
             we
             will
             adde
             certaine
             other
             Generall
             
               Observations
            
             touching
             the
             
               Spirits
               ,
            
             beside
             
             the
             former
             ;
             Which
             fall
             not
             〈◊〉
             the
             Precedent
             Distribution
             .
          
           
             92
             Especiall
             Care
             must
             be
             taken
             ,
             that
             the
             
               Spirits
            
             bee
             not
             too
             often
             
               Resolved
               ;
            
             For
             〈◊〉
             goeth
             before
             Resolution
             ;
             And
             the
             
               Spirit
            
             once
             〈◊〉
             ,
             doth
             not
             very
             easily
             retire
             ,
             or
             is
             
               Condensed
               :
            
             Now
             
               Resolution
            
             is
             caused
             ,
             by
             Over-great
             Labours
             ;
             Over-vehement
             Affections
             of
             the
             Mind
             ;
             Over-great
             Sweats
             ;
             Over-great
             Evacuations
             ;
             Hot
             Baths
             ,
             And
             an
             untemperate
             ,
             and
             unseasonable
             use
             of
             
               Venus
               :
            
             Also
             by
             Over-great
             Cares
             ,
             and
             Carpings
             ,
             and
             Anxious
             Expectations
             :
             Lastly
             ,
             by
             Malignane
             Diseases
             ,
             and
             Intolerable
             Paines
             and
             Torments
             of
             the
             Body
             ;
             All
             which
             ,
             as
             much
             as
             
             may
             bee
             ,
             (
             which
             our
             Vulga
             
               Phyficians
            
             also
             advise
             ,
             )
             must
             be
             avoided
             .
          
           
             93
             The
             
               Spirits
            
             are
             delighted
             ,
             both
             with
             
               Wonted
            
             Things
             ,
             and
             with
             
               New
               :
            
             Now
             it
             makert
             wonderfully
             to
             the
             Conservation
             of
             the
             
               Spirits
               ,
            
             in
             〈◊〉
             That
             wee
             neither
             use
             
               〈◊〉
            
             Things
             ,
             to
             a
             Satiety
             ,
             and
             〈◊〉
             Nor
             
               New
            
             Things
             ,
             before
             a
             quick
             ,
             and
             strong
             Appetite
             :
             And
             therefore
             ,
             both
             
               Customes
            
             are
             to
             be
             broken
             off
             with
             Judgement
             ,
             and
             Care
             ,
             before
             they
             breed
             a
             Fulnesse
             ,
             And
             the
             
               Appetite
               ,
            
             aster
             New
             Things
             ,
             to
             be
             restrained
             for
             a
             Time
             ,
             untill
             it
             grow
             more
             Sharp
             and
             jocund
             :
             And
             ,
             moreover
             ,
             the
             
               Life
               ,
            
             as
             much
             as
             may
             be
             ,
             so
             to
             be
             ordered
             ;
             That
             it
             may
             have
             many
             
               Renovations
               ;
            
             And
             the
             
               Spirits
               ,
            
             by
             perpetuall
             
             Conversing
             in
             the
             same
             Actions
             ,
             may
             not
             wax
             Dull
             .
             For
             though
             it
             were
             no
             ill
             〈◊〉
             of
             
               Seneca's
               ;
               The
               Fools
               doth
               〈◊〉
               begin
               to
               Live
               ;
            
             Yet
             this
             Folly
             ,
             and
             many
             more
             such
             ,
             are
             good
             for
             long
             Life
             .
          
           
             94
             It
             is
             to
             bee
             observed
             ,
             〈◊〉
             the
             
               Spirits
               ;
            
             (
             though
             the
             Contrary
             useth
             to
             be
             done
             ;
             )
             That
             when
             Men
             perceive
             their
             
               Spirits
            
             to
             be
             in
             a
             good
             ,
             〈◊〉
             and
             Healthfull
             State
             ;
             (
             That
             which
             will
             be
             seene
             ,
             by
             the
             Tranquillitie
             of
             their
             〈◊〉
             and
             cheerefull
             〈◊〉
             )
             That
             they
             cherish
             them
             ,
             and
             not
             change
             them
             :
             But
             when
             ,
             in
             a
             Turbulent
             ,
             and
             untoward
             State
             ;
             (
             Which
             will
             also
             appeare
             by
             their
             Sadnesse
             ,
             Lumpishnesse
             ,
             and
             other
             Indisposition
             of
             their
             Minde
             ;
             )
             That
             then
             they
             
             straight
             overwhelme
             them
             and
             alter
             them
             .
             Now
             the
             
               Spirits
            
             are
             contained
             in
             the
             same
             state
             ;
             By
             a
             Restraining
             of
             the
             Affections
             ;
             Temperatenes
             of
             Diet
             ;
             Abstinence
             from
             
               〈◊〉
               ;
            
             Moderation
             in
             Labour
             ;
             Indifferent
             Rest
             and
             Repose
             :
             And
             the
             Contrary
             to
             these
             ,
             do
             alter
             and
             over-whelme
             the
             
               Spirits
               ;
            
             As
             Namely
             ,
             Vehe
             ment
             Affections
             ;
             Profuse
             Feastings
             ;
             Immoderate
             
               Venus
               ;
            
             Difficult
             labours
             ;
             Earnest
             Studies
             ,
             and
             prosecutions
             of
             Businesse
             .
             Yet
             Men
             are
             wont
             when
             they
             are
             Merriest
             ,
             and
             best
             disposed
             ,
             then
             to
             apply
             themselves
             to
             Feastings
             ,
             
               〈◊〉
            
             Labours
             ,
             Endevours
             ,
             Businesses
             ;
             whereas
             ,
             if
             they
             have
             a
             regard
             to
             long
             Life
             ;
             (
             which
             may
             seeme
             strange
             ,
             )
             they
             should
             rather
             Practise
             the
             
             Contrary
             .
             For
             wee
             ought
             to
             〈◊〉
             and
             preserve
             good
             
               Spirits
               ;
            
             And
             for
             the
             evill
             disposed
             
               Spirits
               ,
            
             to
             discharge
             and
             alter
             them
             .
          
           
             95
             
               〈◊〉
            
             saith
             not
             unwisely
             ;
             That
             
               Old
               Men
               ,
            
             for
             the
             Comforting
             of
             their
             Spirits
             ,
             ought
             often
             to
             remember
             ,
             and
             〈◊〉
             upon
             the
             
               Acts
            
             of
             their
             
               Childhood
            
             and
             
               Youth
               .
            
             Certainly
             ,
             such
             a
             Remembrance
             ,
             is
             a
             〈◊〉
             of
             Peculiar
             〈◊〉
             ,
             to
             every
             
               Old
               Man
               :
            
             And
             therefore
             it
             is
             a
             Delight
             to
             Men
             ,
             to
             enjoy
             the
             Societie
             of
             them
             ,
             which
             have
             beene
             brought
             up
             together
             with
             them
             ;
             And
             to
             visit
             the
             places
             of
             their
             Education
             .
             
               Vespasian
            
             did
             attribute
             so
             much
             to
             this
             Matter
             ;
             That
             when
             hee
             was
             
               〈◊〉
               ,
            
             hee
             would
             ,
             by
             no
             meanes
             ,
             bee
             perswaded
             to
             
             leave
             his
             Fathers
             House
             ,
             though
             but
             meane
             ;
             Lest
             bee
             should
             lose
             the
             wonted
             Object
             of
             his
             Eyes
             ,
             and
             the
             Memory
             of
             his
             child-hood
             :
             〈◊〉
             besides
             ,
             he
             would
             drinke
             ,
             〈◊〉
             
               Woodden
               Cup
               ,
            
             tipped
             with
             〈◊〉
             which
             was
             his
             
               Grandmothers
               ,
            
             upon
             
               Festivall
               Dayes
               .
            
          
           
             96
             One
             Thing
             ,
             above
             all
             ,
             gratefull
             to
             the
             
               Spirits
               ;
            
             〈◊〉
             there
             be
             a
             
               Continuall
               Progresse
            
             to
             the
             more
             
               Benigne
               .
            
             Therefore
             ,
             wee
             should
             lead
             ,
             such
             Youth
             ,
             and
             Manhood
             ,
             the
             our
             Old
             Age
             should
             find
             〈◊〉
             Solaces
             ;
             Whereof
             the
             〈◊〉
             is
             ,
             
               Moderate
               Ease
               .
            
             And
             there
             fore
             ,
             Old
             Men
             ,
             in
             Honourable
             Places
             ,
             lay
             violent
             Hands
             up
             on
             themselves
             ,
             who
             retire
             〈◊〉
             to
             their
             Ease
             :
             whereof
             〈◊〉
             be
             found
             an
             Eminent
             Example
             in
             
               Cassiodorus
               ;
            
             who
             was
             〈◊〉
             
             〈◊〉
             Reputation
             amongst
             the
             
               〈◊〉
               Kings
            
             of
             
               Italy
               ,
            
             that
             he
             〈◊〉
             as
             the
             Soule
             of
             their
             〈◊〉
             :
             Afterwards
             ,
             being
             neare
             〈◊〉
             yeares
             of
             Age
             ,
             he
             〈◊〉
             himselfe
             to
             a
             〈◊〉
             ;
             Where
             he
             ended
             not
             his
             〈◊〉
             ,
             before
             he
             was
             an
             〈◊〉
             years
             old
             .
             But
             this
             Thing
             〈◊〉
             require
             two
             Cautions
             ;
             〈◊〉
             ,
             that
             they
             drive
             not
             off
             ,
             〈◊〉
             their
             Bodies
             bee
             utterly
             〈◊〉
             out
             ,
             and
             Diseased
             ;
             For
             〈◊〉
             such
             Bodie
             ,
             all
             Mutation
             ,
             〈◊〉
             to
             the
             more
             
               Benigne
               ,
            
             〈◊〉
             Death
             :
             The
             other
             ,
             〈◊〉
             they
             surrender
             not
             themselves
             to
             a
             
               Sluggish
               Ease
               ;
            
             But
             〈◊〉
             they
             Embrace
             something
             ,
             which
             may
             entertaine
             their
             Thoughts
             ,
             and
             Minde
             ,
             with
             Contentation
             :
             In
             which
             〈◊〉
             ,
             the
             chiefe
             Delights
             ,
             are
             Reading
             and
             Contemplation
             ;
             
             And
             then
             ,
             the
             Desires
             of
             〈◊〉
             ding
             ,
             and
             Planting
             .
          
           
             97
             Lastly
             ;
             The
             same
             
               〈◊〉
               Endevour
               ,
            
             and
             
               Labour
               ,
            
             under
             taken
             
               Cheerefully
               ,
            
             and
             with
             
               good
               will
               ,
            
             doth
             Refresh
             〈◊〉
             
               Spirits
               ;
            
             But
             ,
             with
             an
             
               〈◊〉
               tion
            
             and
             
               Vnwillingnesse
               ,
            
             〈◊〉
             Fret
             ,
             and
             Deject
             them
             .
             〈◊〉
             therefore
             ,
             it
             conferreth
             〈◊〉
             long
             Life
             ;
             Either
             that
             a
             〈◊〉
             hath
             the
             Art
             ,
             to
             institute
             〈◊〉
             Life
             so
             ,
             as
             it
             may
             be
             Free
             ,
             〈◊〉
             Sutable
             to
             his
             owne
             〈◊〉
             Or
             else
             to
             lay
             such
             a
             Command
             upon
             his
             minde
             ,
             that
             whatsoever
             is
             imposed
             by
             Fortune
             ,
             it
             may
             rather
             lead
             him
             than
             drag
             him
             .
          
           
             98
             Neither
             is
             that
             to
             be
             〈◊〉
             ted
             ,
             towards
             the
             Government
             of
             the
             
               Affections
               ,
            
             That
             espe
             ciall
             care
             bee
             taken
             ,
             of
             〈◊〉
             
               Mouth
            
             of
             the
             
               Stomach
               ;
            
             Espe
             
             cially
             ,
             that
             it
             be
             not
             too
             much
             〈◊〉
             ;
             For
             that
             part
             hath
             a
             greater
             Dominion
             over
             the
             Affections
             ;
             Especially
             the
             Daily
             Affections
             ;
             Than
             either
             the
             Heart
             ,
             or
             Braine
             :
             Only
             those
             Things
             excepted
             ,
             which
             are
             wrought
             by
             potent
             Vapours
             ;
             As
             in
             Drunkennesse
             ,
             and
             Melancholy
             .
          
           
             99
             Touching
             the
             
               Operation
            
             upon
             the
             
               Spirits
               ,
            
             that
             they
             may
             
               remaine
               Youthfull
               ,
            
             and
             
               Renew
            
             their
             
               Vigour
               ,
            
             thus
             much
             .
             Which
             wee
             have
             done
             the
             more
             accurately
             ,
             for
             that
             there
             〈◊〉
             ,
             for
             the
             most
             part
             ,
             amongst
             
               Physicians
               ,
            
             and
             other
             Authors
             ,
             〈◊〉
             these
             
               Operations
               ,
            
             a
             deepe
             silence
             :
             But
             especially
             ,
             because
             the
             
               Operation
            
             upon
             the
             
               Spirits
               ,
            
             and
             their
             
               Waxing
               〈◊〉
               againe
               ,
            
             is
             the
             most
             Realy
             ,
             and
             Compendious
             way
             ,
             to
             
             long
             Life
             :
             And
             that
             ,
             for
             a
             two-fold
             Compendiousnesse
             ;
             One
             ,
             because
             the
             
               Spirits
            
             work
             compendiously
             ,
             upon
             the
             Body
             ;
             The
             other
             ,
             because
             
               Vpours
               ,
            
             and
             the
             
               Affections
               ,
            
             〈◊〉
             compendiously
             upon
             the
             
               Spirits
               :
            
             So
             as
             these
             attaine
             the
             end
             ,
             as
             it
             were
             ,
             in
             a
             right
             line
             :
             Other
             Things
             ,
             rather
             in
             lines
             Circular
             .
          
        
      
       
         
         
           The
           Operation
           upon
           the
           Exclusion
           of
           the
           Aire
           .
           2.
           
        
         
           
             The
             Historie
             .
          
           
             1
             THe
             
               Exclusion
            
             of
             the
             
               Aire
               ,
               Ambient
               ,
            
             tendeth
             to
             Length
             of
             Life
             ,
             two
             wayes
             ;
             First
             ,
             for
             〈◊〉
             the
             
               Externall
               Aire
               ,
            
             next
             〈◊〉
             the
             
               Native
               Spirit
               ,
            
             (
             〈◊〉
             the
             
               Aire
            
             may
             be
             said
             to
             〈◊〉
             the
             Spirit
             of
             Man
             ;
             〈◊〉
             conferreth
             not
             a
             little
             to
             〈◊〉
             ;
             )
             Doth
             most
             of
             all
             〈◊〉
             upon
             the
             Juyces
             of
             the
             〈◊〉
             ;
             And
             hasten
             the
             Desiction
             thereof
             ;
             And
             〈◊〉
             ,
             the
             
               Exclusion
            
             of
             it
             ,
             is
             effectuall
             
             to
             Length
             of
             Life
             .
          
           
             2
             Another
             Effect
             ,
             which
             followeth
             the
             
               Exclusion
            
             of
             
               Aire
            
             is
             much
             more
             subtill
             and
             profound
             ;
             Namely
             ,
             that
             the
             Bedie
             closed
             up
             ,
             and
             not
             perspring
             by
             the
             Pores
             ,
             detaineth
             the
             
               Spirit
            
             within
             ,
             and
             turneth
             it
             upon
             the
             Harder
             Parts
             of
             the
             Body
             ;
             Whereby
             the
             
               Spirit
            
             Mollifies
             ,
             and
             Intenerate
             them
             .
          
           
             3
             Of
             this
             Thing
             ,
             the
             〈◊〉
             is
             explained
             in
             the
             
               〈◊〉
            
             of
             
               Inanimate
               Bodies
               ,
            
             And
             it
             〈◊〉
             an
             Axiome
             almost
             infallible
             That
             the
             
               Spirit
            
             Discharged
             and
             Issuing
             forth
             ,
             dryeth
             Bodies
             ,
             Detained
             ,
             melteth
             ,
             〈◊〉
             intenerateth
             them
             :
             And
             it
             further
             to
             bee
             assumed
             ;
             〈◊〉
             all
             Heat
             doth
             properly
             〈◊〉
             nuate
             and
             moisten
             ;
             And
             cotracteth
             ,
             and
             Drieth
             only
             Accident
             .
          
           
           
             4
             
               Leading
            
             the
             
               Life
            
             in
             
               Dens
            
             and
             
               〈◊〉
               ,
            
             where
             the
             
               Aire
            
             receives
             not
             the
             Sun-beams
             ,
             may
             be
             effectuall
             to
             long
             Life
             :
             For
             the
             
               Aire
               ,
            
             of
             it selfe
             ,
             doth
             not
             much
             towards
             the
             Depredation
             of
             the
             Body
             ,
             unlesse
             it
             be
             stirred
             up
             by
             Heat
             .
             Certainly
             ,
             if
             a
             Man
             shall
             recall
             Things
             past
             to
             his
             Memory
             ,
             it
             will
             appeare
             ,
             that
             the
             Statures
             of
             Men
             ,
             have
             beene
             anciently
             much
             greater
             ,
             than
             those
             that
             succeeded
             ;
             As
             in
             
               Sicely
               ,
            
             and
             some
             other
             Places
             .
             But
             this
             kind
             of
             Men
             led
             their
             Lives
             ,
             for
             the
             most
             part
             ,
             in
             
               Caves
               .
            
             Now
             Length
             of
             Life
             ,
             and
             largenesse
             of
             Lims
             ,
             have
             some
             Affinity
             .
             The
             
               Cave
            
             also
             ,
             of
             
               Epimenides
               ,
            
             walkes
             amongst
             the
             Fables
             .
             I
             suppose
             like
             wise
             ,
             that
             the
             Life
             of
             
               〈◊〉
               Anchorites
               ,
            
             was
             a
             Thing
             Resembling
             the
             Life
             
             in
             
               Caves
               ;
            
             In
             respect
             ,
             the
             Sun-beams
             could
             not
             much
             pierce
             thither
             ;
             Nor
             the
             
               Aire
            
             receive
             any
             great
             changes
             ,
             or
             Inequalitles
             .
             This
             is
             certaine
             ;
             Both
             the
             
               Simeon
               Stylita's
               ,
            
             as
             well
             
               Daniel
               ,
               as
               Saba
               ;
            
             And
             other
             
               Columnar
               Anchorites
               ,
            
             have
             been
             exceedingly
             long
             Liv'd
             .
             Likewise
             ,
             the
             
               Anchorites
            
             in
             our
             dayes
             ,
             closed
             up
             ,
             and
             immured
             ,
             either
             within
             Walls
             ,
             or
             Pillars
             ,
             are
             often
             found
             to
             be
             long
             Liv'd
             .
          
           
             5
             Next
             unto
             the
             Life
             in
             
               〈◊〉
            
             is
             the
             Life
             on
             
               Mountaines
               :
            
             For
             as
             the
             Beames
             of
             the
             Sun
             ,
             doe
             not
             penetrate
             into
             
               Caves
               ;
            
             So
             on
             the
             Tops
             of
             Mountaines
             ,
             being
             destitute
             of
             Reflexion
             ,
             they
             are
             of
             small
             force
             .
             But
             this
             is
             to
             be
             understood
             〈◊〉
             Mountaines
             ,
             where
             the
             〈◊〉
             is
             cleare
             ,
             and
             pure
             ;
             Namely
             
             whether
             ,
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             Drinasse
             of
             the
             Valleyes
             ,
             Clouds
             ,
             and
             Vapours
             ,
             doe
             not
             ascend
             :
             As
             it
             is
             in
             the
             Mountaines
             ,
             which
             encompasse
             
               Barbary
               ;
            
             Where
             ,
             even
             at
             this
             day
             ,
             they
             live
             ,
             many
             times
             ,
             to
             an
             Hundred
             and
             fifty
             yeares
             ;
             As
             hath
             been
             noted
             before
             .
          
           
             6
             And
             this
             kinde
             of
             
               Aire
               ;
            
             Of
             
               Caves
               ,
            
             and
             
               Mountaines
               ,
            
             of
             his
             owne
             proper
             Nature
             ,
             is
             little
             or
             nothing
             Predatory
             :
             But
             〈◊〉
             such
             as
             ours
             is
             ,
             which
             is
             Predatory
             through
             the
             Heat
             of
             the
             Sunne
             ,
             ought
             ,
             as
             much
             〈◊〉
             is
             possible
             ,
             to
             be
             excluded
             from
             the
             Body
             .
          
           
             7
             But
             the
             
               Aire
               ,
            
             is
             prohibited
             ,
             〈◊〉
             excluded
             two
             waies
             ;
             First
             ,
             〈◊〉
             
               Closing
            
             the
             Pores
             ;
             〈◊〉
             ,
             by
             
               Filling
            
             them
             up
             .
          
           
             8
             To
             the
             
               Closing
            
             of
             the
             Pores
             ,
             〈◊〉
             Coldnesse
             of
             the
             Aire
             ;
             
             Going
             Naked
             ,
             whereby
             the
             Skin
             is
             made
             Hard
             ;
             Washing
             in
             Cold
             Water
             ;
             Astringents
             applyed
             to
             the
             Skin
             ;
             Such
             as
             are
             ,
             
               Mastick
               ,
               Myrrhe
               ,
               Myrtle
               .
            
          
           
             9
             But
             much
             more
             may
             we
             satisfie
             this
             
               Operation
               ,
            
             by
             
               〈◊〉
            
             yet
             those
             rarely
             used
             ,
             (
             especially
             in
             Summer
             ;
             )
             which
             are
             made
             of
             
               Astringent
               Mineral
               waters
               ,
            
             such
             as
             may
             safely
             be
             used
             ;
             As
             Waters
             participating
             of
             Steele
             and
             Coppera
             ;
             For
             these
             do
             potently
             contract
             the
             Skinne
             .
          
           
             10
             As
             for
             
               Filling
            
             up
             the
             
               Pores
               ;
               Paintings
               ,
            
             and
             such
             like
             
               〈◊〉
               ous
               Dawbings
               ;
            
             And
             ,
             (
             which
             may
             most
             commodiously
             be
             used
             )
             
               Oyle
               ,
            
             and
             
               Fat
               Things
               ;
            
             Do
             nolesse
             conserve
             the
             Substance
             of
             the
             Body
             ,
             than
             〈◊〉
             colours
             and
             Vernish
             doe
             preserve
             Wood.
             
          
           
           
             11
             The
             Ancient
             
               Britons
            
             painted
             their
             Bodies
             with
             
               Woad
               ,
            
             and
             were
             exceeding
             long
             Liv'd
             :
             The
             
               Picts
            
             also
             used
             Paintings
             ;
             And
             are
             thought
             ,
             by
             some
             ,
             to
             have
             derived
             their
             Name
             from
             thence
             .
          
           
             12
             The
             
               Brasilians
               ,
            
             and
             
               Virginians
               ,
            
             Paint
             themselves
             ,
             at
             this
             day
             ;
             Who
             are
             ,
             (
             especially
             the
             former
             ,
             )
             very
             long
             Liv'd
             .
             In
             so
             much
             ,
             that
             sive
             yeares
             agoe
             ,
             the
             
               French
               Iesuites
            
             had
             speech
             with
             some
             ,
             who
             remembred
             the
             Building
             of
             
               〈◊〉
               ;
            
             which
             was
             done
             an
             hundred
             and
             twenty
             years
             since
             :
             And
             they
             were
             then
             at
             Mans
             estate
             .
          
           
             13
             
               Ioannes
               de
               Temporibus
               ,
            
             who
             is
             reported
             to
             have
             extended
             his
             Life
             to
             three
             hundred
             yeares
             ;
             Being
             asked
             ,
             How
             he
             preserved
             himselfe
             so
             long
             ;
             
             Is
             said
             to
             have
             answered
             ;
             By
             
               Oyle
               without
               ,
               and
               by
               Honey
               within
               .
            
          
           
             14
             The
             
               Irish
               ,
            
             especially
             the
             
               wilde-Irish
               ,
            
             even
             at
             this
             day
             ,
             live
             very
             long
             .
             Certainly
             ,
             they
             report
             ,
             that
             within
             these
             few
             yeares
             ,
             the
             
               Countesse
            
             of
             
               Desmond
            
             lived
             to
             an
             hundred
             and
             forty
             yeares
             of
             Age
             ,
             and
             bred
             Teeth
             three
             times
             .
             Now
             the
             
               Irish
            
             have
             a
             fashion
             ,
             to
             chafe
             ,
             and
             ,
             as
             it
             were
             ,
             to
             baste
             themselves
             with
             old
             Salt-butter
             ,
             against
             the
             Fire
             .
          
           
             15
             The
             same
             
               Irish
               ,
            
             use
             to
             weare
             
               Saffroned
               Linnen
               ,
            
             and
             Shirts
             ;
             Which
             though
             it
             were
             ,
             at
             first
             ,
             devised
             to
             prevent
             Vermine
             ,
             yet
             ,
             howsoever
             ,
             I
             take
             it
             ,
             to
             be
             very
             usefull
             for
             Lengthening
             of
             Life
             :
             For
             
               Saffron
               ,
            
             〈◊〉
             all
             Things
             that
             I
             know
             ,
             is
             the
             best
             Thing
             for
             the
             Skin
             ,
             and
             
             the
             Comforting
             of
             the
             Flesh
             ;
             Seeing
             it
             is
             both
             notably
             Astringent
             ;
             And
             hath
             besides
             ,
             an
             Oseosity
             ,
             and
             subtile
             Heat
             ,
             without
             any
             Acrimony
             .
             I
             remember
             a
             certaine
             
               English-Man
               ,
            
             who
             ,
             when
             he
             went
             to
             Sea
             ,
             carried
             a
             Bagge
             of
             
               Saffron
            
             next
             his
             Stomach
             ,
             that
             he
             might
             conceale
             it
             ,
             and
             so
             escape
             Custome
             ;
             And
             whereas
             he
             was
             wont
             to
             be
             alwayes
             exceeding
             Sea-sick
             ;
             At
             that
             time
             he
             continued
             very
             well
             ,
             and
             felt
             no
             provocation
             to
             vomit
             .
          
           
             16
             
               Hippocrates
            
             adviseth
             ,
             in
             Winter
             to
             weare
             cleane
             Linnen
             ;
             And
             in
             Summer
             ,
             fonle
             Linnen
             ,
             and
             besmeared
             with
             Oyle
             :
             The
             Reason
             may
             seeme
             to
             be
             ,
             because
             in
             Summer
             ,
             the
             
               Spirits
            
             exhale
             most
             ;
             Therefore
             ,
             the
             Pores
             of
             the
             Skinne
             
             would
             bee
             filled
             up
             .
          
           
             17
             Hereupon
             wee
             are
             of
             Opinion
             ,
             that
             the
             use
             of
             
               Oyle
               ,
            
             either
             of
             
               Olives
               ,
            
             or
             sweet
             
               Almonds
               ,
            
             to
             annoint
             the
             skin
             therewith
             ,
             would
             principally
             conduce
             ,
             to
             long
             Life
             :
             The
             
               Annointing
            
             would
             bee
             done
             every
             Morning
             ,
             when
             we
             rise
             out
             of
             Bed
             ,
             with
             
               〈◊〉
               ,
            
             in
             which
             a
             little
             
               Bay-salt
               ,
            
             and
             
               Saffron
               ,
            
             is
             mixed
             .
             But
             this
             
               Annointing
            
             must
             bee
             lightly
             done
             ,
             〈◊〉
             Wooll
             ,
             or
             some
             soft
             Sponge
             ,
             Not
             laying
             it
             on
             thick
             ,
             but
             gently
             touching
             ,
             and
             wetting
             the
             skin
             .
          
           
             18
             It
             is
             certaine
             ,
             that
             
               〈◊〉
               ,
            
             even
             the
             
               Oyly
            
             themselves
             ,
             in
             great
             Quantities
             ,
             draw
             some
             what
             from
             the
             Body
             ;
             But
             contrarily
             ,
             in
             small
             Quantities
             ,
             are
             drunk
             in
             by
             the
             Body
             ;
             Therefore
             the
             annointing
             
             would
             bee
             but
             Light
             ,
             as
             we
             said
             ;
             Or
             rather
             the
             〈◊〉
             it selfe
             ,
             would
             be
             besmeared
             with
             Oyle
             .
          
           
             19
             It
             may
             haply
             bee
             objected
             ,
             that
             this
             
               Annointing
            
             with
             
               Oyle
               ,
            
             which
             wee
             commend
             ;
             (
             Though
             it
             were
             never
             in
             use
             with
             us
             ;
             And
             amongst
             the
             
               Italians
            
             is
             cast
             off
             againe
             ;
             )
             was
             anciently
             very
             Familiar
             ,
             amongst
             the
             
               Grecians
               ,
            
             and
             
               Romans
               ;
            
             And
             a
             part
             of
             their
             Diet
             ;
             And
             yet
             Men
             were
             not
             longer-liv'd
             ,
             in
             those
             dayes
             than
             now
             .
             But
             it
             may
             rightly
             be
             answered
             ;
             
               Oyle
            
             was
             in
             use
             ,
             only
             ,
             after
             Baths
             ;
             unlesse
             it
             were
             ,
             perhaps
             ,
             amongst
             
               Champions
               .
            
             Now
             Hot
             Baths
             ,
             are
             as
             much
             contrarie
             to
             our
             Operation
             ,
             as
             
               Annointings
            
             are
             congruous
             ,
             Seeing
             the
             one
             opens
             the
             passages
             ,
             the
             other
             
             stops
             them
             up
             .
             Therefore
             the
             Bath
             ,
             without
             the
             Annointing
             following
             ,
             is
             utterly
             bad
             ;
             The
             Annointing
             without
             the
             Bath
             ,
             is
             best
             of
             all
             .
             Besides
             the
             
               Annointing
            
             amongst
             them
             ,
             was
             used
             onely
             for
             
               Delicacie
               ;
            
             Or
             ,
             (
             if
             you
             take
             it
             at
             the
             best
             )
             for
             
               Health
               ;
            
             But
             ,
             by
             no
             meanes
             ,
             in
             Order
             ,
             to
             long
             Life
             .
             And
             therefore
             they
             used
             then
             withall
             
               precious
               Ointments
               ;
            
             which
             were
             good
             for
             Deliciousnesse
             ,
             but
             Hurtfull
             to
             our
             Intention
             ,
             in
             regard
             of
             their
             Heat
             ;
             So
             that
             
               〈◊〉
            
             seemeth
             ,
             not
             to
             have
             said
             amisse
             ;
             
               
                 Nec
                 Casiâ
                 liquidi
                 corrumpitur
                 usus
                 Olivi
                 .
              
            
          
           
             That
             Odoriferous
             Casia
             ,
             〈◊〉
             not
             supplanted
             the
             use
             of
             〈◊〉
             Oyle-Olive
             .
          
           
             20
             
               Annointing
            
             with
             
               Oyle
               ,
            
             〈◊〉
             
             to
             Health
             ;
             Both
             in
             Winter
             ,
             by
             the
             
               Exclusion
            
             of
             the
             
               Cold
               Airc
               ;
            
             And
             in
             Summer
             ,
             by
             Detaining
             the
             spirits
             within
             ;
             And
             prohibiting
             the
             Resolution
             of
             them
             ;
             And
             keeping
             off
             the
             force
             of
             the
             
               Aire
               ,
            
             which
             is
             then
             most
             predatorie
             .
          
           
             21
             Seeing
             the
             
               Annointing
            
             with
             
               Oyle
               ,
            
             is
             one
             of
             the
             most
             potent
             Operations
             to
             long
             Life
             ;
             wee
             have
             thought
             good
             ,
             to
             adde
             some
             Cautions
             ,
             lest
             the
             Health
             should
             bee
             endangered
             .
             They
             are
             Foure
             ,
             according
             to
             the
             Foure
             
               Inconvience
               ,
            
             which
             may
             follow
             thereupon
             .
          
           
             22
             The
             First
             
               Inconvenience
            
             is
             ;
             That
             by
             
               repressing
               Sweats
               ,
            
             it
             may
             engender
             Diseases
             ,
             from
             those
             Excrementitious
             Humours
             .
             To
             this
             a
             Remeby
             
             must
             be
             given
             ,
             by
             
               Purges
               ,
            
             and
             
               Clysters
               ;
            
             That
             Evacuation
             may
             bee
             duely
             performed
             .
             This
             is
             certaine
             ,
             that
             Evacuation
             by
             Sweats
             ,
             commonly
             advanceth
             Health
             ,
             and
             derogateth
             from
             long
             Life
             :
             But
             Gentle
             
               Purgers
               ,
            
             work
             upon
             the
             Humours
             ,
             not
             upon
             the
             Spirits
             ,
             as
             Sweat
             doth
             .
          
           
             23
             The
             Second
             
               〈◊〉
            
             is
             ;
             That
             it
             may
             
               heat
            
             the
             
               〈◊〉
               ,
            
             〈◊〉
             ,
             in
             time
             ,
             inflame
             it
             :
             For
             the
             Spirits
             shut
             in
             ,
             and
             not
             Breathing
             forth
             ,
             acquire
             Heat
             .
             This
             
               Inconvenience
            
             may
             〈◊〉
             prevented
             ;
             If
             the
             
               〈◊〉
               ,
            
             〈◊〉
             nsually
             ,
             〈◊〉
             to
             the
             Colder
             
               part
               ;
            
             And
             that
             at
             times
             some
             proper
             
               Cooling
               〈◊〉
            
             bee
             taken
             ,
             of
             which
             ,
             wee
             shall
             straight
             speak
             ,
             in
             the
             
               Opertion
            
             upon
             the
             
               Bloud
               .
            
          
           
             24
             The
             Third
             is
             ,
             That
             it
             may
             
             
               〈◊〉
               the
               Head
               :
            
             For
             all
             
               〈◊〉
            
             from
             without
             ,
             strikes
             back
             the
             Vapours
             ,
             and
             sends
             them
             up
             unto
             the
             
               Head
               :
            
             This
             
               Inconvenience
            
             is
             remedied
             ,
             by
             
               Purgers
               ;
            
             Especially
             ,
             
               Clysters
               ;
            
             And
             by
             shutting
             the
             Mouth
             of
             the
             Stomach
             ,
             strongly
             ,
             with
             Stipticks
             ;
             And
             by
             Combing
             ,
             and
             Rubbing
             the
             
               Head
               ,
            
             and
             washing
             it
             with
             convenient
             Lyes
             ,
             that
             something
             may
             exhale
             ;
             And
             by
             not
             omitting
             ,
             competent
             ,
             and
             good
             Exercises
             ,
             that
             something
             also
             may
             perspire
             ,
             by
             the
             Skin
             .
          
           
             25
             The
             Fourth
             
               Inconvenience
               ,
            
             is
             a
             more
             subtile
             Evill
             ;
             Namely
             ,
             that
             the
             
               Spirit
               ,
            
             being
             detained
             by
             the
             
               Closing
            
             up
             of
             the
             Pores
             ,
             is
             likely
             to
             multiply
             it selfe
             too
             much
             :
             For
             when
             little
             issueth
             forth
             ,
             and
             new
             Spirit
             is
             continually
             engendred
             ,
             
             the
             Spirit
             increaseth
             too
             fast
             ,
             and
             so
             preyeth
             upon
             the
             Body
             more
             plentifully
             .
             But
             this
             is
             not
             altogether
             so
             ;
             For
             all
             Spirit
             ,
             closed
             up
             ,
             is
             dull
             ;
             (
             For
             it
             is
             Blowne
             ,
             and
             Excited
             ,
             with
             Motion
             ,
             as
             Flame
             is
             ;
             )
             And
             therefore
             ,
             it
             is
             lesse
             Active
             ,
             and
             lesse
             Generative
             of
             it selfe
             :
             Indeed
             ,
             it
             is
             thereby
             increased
             in
             Heat
             ,
             (
             as
             Flame
             is
             ,
             )
             but
             slow
             in
             Motion
             :
             And
             therefore
             the
             Remedy
             to
             this
             
               Inconvenience
               ,
            
             must
             be
             by
             
               Cold
               Things
               ;
            
             Being
             sometimes
             mixed
             with
             
               Oyle
               ;
            
             Such
             as
             are
             ,
             
               Reses
               ,
            
             and
             
               Myrtle
               :
            
             For
             wee
             must
             altogether
             disclaime
             Hot
             Things
             ;
             As
             was
             said
             of
             
               Csia
               .
            
          
           
             26
             Neither
             will
             it
             bee
             unprofitable
             ,
             to
             weare
             next
             the
             Body
             ,
             
               Garments
               ,
            
             that
             have
             in
             them
             ,
             some
             
               Vnctuosity
               ,
            
             or
             
               Oleositie
               ,
            
             
             not
             
               Aquositie
               ;
            
             For
             they
             will
             exhaust
             the
             Body
             lesse
             :
             〈◊〉
             are
             those
             of
             
               Woollen
               ;
            
             rather
             than
             those
             of
             
               Linnen
               ;
            
             〈◊〉
             it
             is
             manifest
             in
             the
             Spirits
             of
             Odours
             ;
             That
             if
             you
             lay
             sweet-powders
             amongst
             
               Linnen
               ,
            
             they
             will
             much
             sooner
             lose
             their
             smell
             ,
             than
             amongst
             
               Wollen
               .
            
             And
             therefore
             ,
             
               Linnen
            
             is
             to
             be
             preferred
             ,
             for
             Delicacie
             ,
             and
             Neatnesse
             ;
             But
             to
             bee
             〈◊〉
             for
             our
             
               Operation
               .
            
          
           
             27
             The
             
               Wilde
               Irish
               ,
            
             as
             soone
             as
             they
             fall
             sick
             ;
             The
             first
             Thing
             they
             doe
             ,
             is
             to
             take
             the
             sheets
             off
             their
             Beds
             ;
             and
             to
             wrap
             themselves
             in
             the
             woollen
             cloathes
             .
          
           
             28
             Some
             report
             ,
             that
             they
             have
             found
             great
             Benefit
             in
             the
             conservation
             of
             their
             Health
             ,
             by
             weating
             
               Scarlet
               Wast-coats
               ,
            
             
             next
             their
             skin
             ,
             and
             under
             their
             shirts
             ;
             As
             well
             downe
             to
             the
             nether
             parts
             ,
             as
             on
             the
             upper
             .
          
           
             29
             It
             is
             also
             to
             be
             observed
             ;
             That
             
               Aire
               ,
               accustomed
            
             to
             the
             
               Body
               ,
            
             doth
             lesse
             prey
             upon
             it
             ,
             than
             New
             Aire
             ,
             and
             often
             changed
             .
             And
             therefore
             poore
             people
             ,
             in
             small
             cottages
             ,
             who
             live
             alwayes
             within
             the
             smell
             of
             the
             same
             chimney
             ;
             And
             change
             not
             their
             seats
             ;
             Are
             commonly
             longest-liv'd
             :
             Notwithstanding
             ,
             to
             other
             Operations
             ,
             (
             especially
             for
             them
             whose
             Spirits
             are
             not
             altogether
             dull
             ,
             )
             wee
             judge
             change
             of
             Aire
             to
             bee
             very
             profitable
             .
             But
             a
             Mean
             must
             be
             used
             ,
             which
             may
             satisfie
             on
             both
             sides
             ;
             This
             may
             bee
             done
             by
             Removing
             our
             Habitation
             ,
             foure
             times
             a
             
             yeare
             ,
             at
             constant
             and
             set
             Times
             ,
             unto
             convenient
             seats
             ;
             That
             so
             the
             Body
             may
             neither
             be
             in
             too
             much
             Peregrination
             ,
             nor
             in
             too
             much
             Station
             .
             And
             touching
             the
             
               Operation
               ,
            
             upon
             the
             
               Exclusion
            
             of
             
               Aire
               ,
            
             and
             Avoiding
             the
             predatorie
             force
             thereof
             ,
             thus
             much
             .
          
        
      
       
         
         
           The
           Operation
           upon
           the
           Bloud
           ,
           and
           the
           Sanguifying
           Heat
           .
           3.
           
        
         
           
             The
             Historie
             .
          
           
             1
             THe
             two
             Following
             
               Operations
               ,
            
             answer
             to
             the
             two
             precedent
             ;
             And
             are
             in
             the
             Relation
             of
             
               Passives
            
             to
             
               Actives
               :
            
             For
             the
             two
             precedent
             ,
             intend
             this
             ;
             That
             the
             
               Spirits
               ,
            
             and
             
               Aire
               ,
            
             in
             their
             Actions
             ,
             may
             bee
             the
             lesse
             Depredatorie
             ;
             And
             the
             two
             latter
             ,
             that
             the
             
               Bloud
               ,
            
             and
             
               Iuyce
            
             of
             the
             Body
             ,
             may
             be
             the
             lesse
             Depredable
             .
             But
             because
             the
             
               Bloud
            
             is
             an
             Irrigation
             ,
             or
             Watering
             ,
             of
             the
             Juyces
             ,
             
             and
             Members
             ;
             And
             a
             〈◊〉
             to
             them
             ;
             Therefore
             〈◊〉
             will
             put
             the
             
               Operation
            
             upon
             the
             
               Bloud
               ,
            
             in
             the
             first
             place
             .
             Concerning
             this
             
               Operation
               ,
            
             we
             will
             propound
             certain
             Counsels
             ;
             Few
             in
             number
             ,
             but
             very
             powerfull
             in
             vertue
             .
             They
             are
             three
             .
          
           
             2
             First
             ,
             there
             is
             no
             doubt
             ,
             but
             that
             if
             the
             
               Bloud
            
             be
             brought
             to
             a
             cold
             Temper
             ,
             it
             will
             bee
             so
             much
             the
             lesse
             Dissipable
             .
             But
             because
             the
             
               Cold
               Things
               ,
            
             which
             are
             taken
             by
             the
             Mouth
             ,
             agree
             but
             ill
             ,
             with
             many
             other
             Intentions
             ;
             Therefore
             it
             will
             be
             best
             ,
             to
             finde
             out
             some
             such
             Things
             ,
             as
             may
             be
             free
             from
             these
             Inconveniences
             .
             They
             are
             two
             .
          
           
             3
             The
             first
             is
             this
             .
             Let
             there
             be
             brought
             into
             use
             ,
             especially
             in
             youth
             ,
             
               Clysters
               ;
            
             Not
             
               Purging
            
             
             at
             all
             ,
             or
             
               Absterging
               ;
            
             But
             onely
             
               Cooling
               ,
            
             and
             some
             what
             
               Opening
               :
            
             Those
             are
             approved
             ,
             which
             are
             made
             of
             the
             juyces
             of
             
               Lettuce
               ,
               Purstaine
               ,
               Liverwort
               ,
               Houseleek
               ,
            
             and
             the
             
               〈◊〉
            
             of
             the
             
               Seed
            
             of
             
               Flea-wort
               ,
            
             with
             some
             temperate
             opening
             
               Decoction
               ;
            
             And
             a
             little
             
               Canphire
               :
            
             But
             in
             the
             Declining
             Age
             ,
             let
             the
             
               〈◊〉
               ,
            
             and
             
               Purslaine
               ,
            
             beo
             left
             out
             ;
             And
             the
             Juyces
             of
             
               Borrage
               ,
            
             and
             
               〈◊〉
               ,
            
             and
             the
             like
             ,
             bee
             put
             in
             their
             Roomes
             :
             And
             let
             these
             
               Clysters
            
             be
             retained
             ,
             if
             it
             may
             be
             ,
             for
             an
             houre
             ,
             or
             more
             .
          
           
             4
             The
             other
             is
             this
             .
             Let
             there
             be
             in
             use
             ,
             especially
             in
             Summer
             ,
             
               Baths
            
             of
             Fresh
             water
             ,
             and
             out
             Luke-warme
             ;
             Altogether
             without
             
               Emollients
               ;
            
             As
             
               Mallowes
               ,
               Mercurie
               ,
               Milk
               ,
            
             and
             the
             like
             ;
             Rather
             take
             new
             
               Whey
               ,
            
             
             in
             some
             good
             Quantitie
             ;
             And
             
               〈◊〉
               .
            
          
           
             5
             But
             ,
             (
             that
             which
             is
             the
             Principall
             in
             this
             Intention
             ,
             and
             New
             ,
             )
             wee
             advise
             ;
             That
             〈◊〉
             the
             
               Bathing
               ,
            
             the
             Body
             be
             
               〈◊〉
            
             with
             
               Oyle
               ,
            
             with
             some
             
               Thickeners
               ;
            
             whereby
             the
             Qualitie
             of
             the
             Cooling
             may
             bee
             received
             ,
             and
             the
             water
             excluded
             :
             yet
             let
             not
             the
             pores
             of
             the
             Body
             ,
             bee
             shut
             too
             close
             ;
             For
             when
             the
             outward
             Cold
             ,
             closeth
             up
             the
             Body
             too
             strongly
             ;
             It
             is
             so
             farre
             from
             Furthering
             Coolenesse
             ;
             That
             it
             rather
             forbids
             it
             ,
             and
             stirs
             up
             Heat
             .
          
           
             6
             Like
             unto
             this
             ,
             is
             the
             use
             of
             
               Blodders
               ,
            
             with
             some
             
               Decoctions
               ,
            
             and
             
               Cooling
               Iuyces
               ;
            
             Applied
             to
             the
             Inferiour
             Region
             of
             the
             Body
             ;
             Namely
             ,
             from
             the
             Ribs
             ,
             to
             the
             privie
             parts
             :
             For
             
             this
             also
             is
             a
             kinde
             of
             
               Bathing
            
             where
             the
             Body
             of
             the
             Liquour
             is
             for
             the
             most
             part
             excluded
             ;
             And
             the
             Cooling
             Qualitie
             admitted
             .
          
           
             7
             The
             Third
             Counsell
             remaineth
             ;
             which
             belongeth
             not
             to
             the
             
               Qualitie
            
             of
             the
             
               Bloud
               ,
            
             but
             to
             the
             
               Substance
            
             thereof
             ;
             That
             it
             may
             be
             made
             more
             
               Firme
               ,
            
             and
             lesse
             
               Dissipable
               ;
            
             And
             such
             ,
             as
             the
             Heat
             of
             the
             Spirit
             ,
             may
             have
             the
             lesse
             power
             over
             it
             .
          
           
             8
             And
             as
             for
             the
             use
             ,
             of
             the
             
               Filings
            
             of
             
               Gold
               ,
               Leafe-Gold
               ,
               Powder
            
             of
             
               Pearle
               ,
               Precious
               stones
               ,
               Corall
               ,
            
             and
             the
             like
             ;
             wee
             have
             no
             opinion
             of
             them
             ,
             at
             this
             day
             ;
             unlesse
             it
             be
             only
             ,
             as
             they
             may
             satisfie
             this
             present
             
               operation
               .
            
             Certainly
             ,
             seeing
             the
             
               Arabians
               ,
               Grecians
               ,
            
             and
             
               〈◊〉
               Physicians
               ,
            
             have
             〈◊〉
             
             〈◊〉
             such
             vertues
             to
             these
             Things
             ;
             It
             cannot
             be
             altogether
             Nothing
             ,
             which
             so
             great
             Men
             have
             observed
             of
             them
             .
             And
             therefore
             omitting
             all
             〈◊〉
             Opinions
             about
             them
             ,
             we
             doe
             verily
             beleeve
             ;
             That
             if
             there
             could
             bee
             some
             such
             Thing
             conveighed
             into
             the
             whole
             Masse
             of
             the
             Bloud
             ,
             in
             Minute
             ,
             and
             fine
             Portions
             ;
             Over
             which
             the
             Spirits
             ,
             and
             Heat
             ,
             should
             have
             little
             ,
             or
             no
             power
             ;
             Absolutely
             ,
             it
             would
             not
             onely
             resist
             
               Putrefaction
               ,
            
             but
             
               Arefaction
            
             also
             ,
             And
             be
             a
             most
             effectuall
             Meanes
             ,
             to
             the
             prolongation
             of
             Life
             .
             Neverthelesse
             ,
             in
             this
             Thing
             ,
             severall
             Cautions
             are
             to
             bee
             〈◊〉
             .
             First
             ,
             that
             there
             be
             a
             most
             〈◊〉
             Comminution
             .
             Secondly
             ,
             that
             such
             Hard
             and
             solide
             Things
             ,
             be
             void
             of
             all
             Malignant
             
             Qualitie
             ;
             Lest
             while
             they
             be
             dispersed
             ,
             and
             lurk
             in
             the
             veines
             ,
             they
             breed
             some
             Inconvenience
             :
             Thirdly
             ,
             that
             they
             be
             never
             taken
             together
             with
             Meats
             ,
             nor
             in
             any
             such
             manner
             ,
             as
             they
             may
             stick
             long
             ;
             Lest
             they
             beget
             dangerous
             Obstructions
             ,
             about
             the
             Mesentery
             :
             Lastly
             ,
             that
             they
             be
             taken
             very
             rarely
             ,
             that
             they
             may
             not
             congregate
             ,
             and
             〈◊〉
             together
             ,
             in
             the
             veines
             .
          
           
             9
             Therefore
             let
             the
             manner
             of
             Taking
             them
             ,
             be
             
               Fasting
               ;
            
             in
             
               White
               wine
               ;
            
             A
             little
             
               Oyle
            
             of
             
               Almonds
            
             mingled
             therewith
             ;
             
               Excrcise
            
             used
             immediately
             upon
             the
             Taking
             of
             them
             .
          
           
             10
             The
             
               Simples
               ,
            
             which
             may
             satisfie
             this
             Operation
             ,
             are
             ;
             In
             stead
             of
             all
             ,
             
               Gold
               ,
               Pearles
               ,
            
             and
             
               Corall
               :
            
             For
             all
             
               Metals
               ,
            
             except
             
             
               Gold
               ,
            
             are
             not
             without
             some
             Malignant
             Qualitie
             ,
             in
             the
             Dissolutions
             of
             them
             ;
             Neither
             will
             they
             bee
             beaten
             ,
             to
             that
             exquisite
             Finenesse
             ,
             that
             
               Leafe-Gold
            
             hath
             :
             As
             for
             all
             
               Glassie
               ,
            
             and
             
               Transparent
               〈◊〉
            
             wee
             like
             them
             not
             ,
             (
             as
             wee
             said
             before
             ,
             )
             for
             feare
             of
             Corrosion
             .
          
           
             11
             But
             in
             our
             judgement
             ,
             the
             〈◊〉
             ,
             and
             more
             effectuall
             way
             ,
             would
             be
             ,
             by
             the
             use
             of
             
               Woods
               ,
            
             〈◊〉
             Infusions
             ,
             and
             Decoctions
             ;
             For
             there
             is
             in
             them
             sufficient
             ,
             to
             cause
             
               Firmnesse
            
             of
             
               〈◊〉
               ;
            
             And
             not
             the
             like
             danger
             ,
             for
             breeding
             Obstructions
             :
             But
             especially
             ,
             because
             they
             may
             bee
             taken
             ,
             in
             Meat
             ,
             and
             Drink
             ;
             whereby
             they
             will
             finde
             the
             more
             easie
             Entrance
             into
             the
             veines
             ;
             And
             not
             be
             voided
             in
             Excrements
             .
          
           
           
             12
             The
             
               Woods
               ,
            
             fit
             for
             this
             purpose
             ,
             are
             ;
             
               Sanders
               ,
            
             the
             
               Oake
               ,
            
             and
             
               Vine
               :
            
             As
             for
             all
             
               Hot
               Woods
               ,
            
             or
             something
             
               Rosennie
               ,
            
             wee
             reject
             them
             :
             Notwithstanding
             ,
             you
             may
             adde
             the
             
               Wooddy
               Stalks
            
             of
             
               Rose-Marie
            
             dried
             ;
             For
             
               Rose-Marie
            
             is
             a
             Shrub
             ,
             and
             exceedeth
             ,
             in
             Age
             ,
             many
             Trees
             :
             Also
             ,
             the
             
               Wooddy
               Stalks
            
             of
             
               Ivie
               ;
            
             But
             in
             such
             quantitie
             ,
             as
             they
             may
             not
             yeeld
             an
             unpleasing
             taste
             .
          
           
             13
             Let
             the
             
               Woods
            
             be
             taken
             ,
             either
             boiled
             in
             Broathes
             ;
             Or
             infused
             ,
             in
             
               Must
               ,
            
             or
             
               Ale
               ,
            
             before
             they
             leave
             working
             :
             But
             in
             Broathes
             ,
             (
             as
             the
             custome
             is
             ,
             for
             
               Guaiacum
               ,
            
             and
             the
             like
             ,
             )
             they
             would
             be
             infused
             a
             good
             while
             ,
             before
             the
             Boyling
             ;
             That
             the
             firmer
             part
             of
             the
             
               Wood
               ,
            
             and
             not
             that
             only
             which
             lieth
             loosely
             ,
             may
             bee
             drawne
             
             forth
             .
             As
             for
             
               Ash
               ,
            
             though
             it
             be
             〈◊〉
             for
             Cups
             ,
             yet
             wee
             like
             it
             〈◊〉
             .
             And
             touching
             the
             
               〈◊〉
            
             upon
             the
             
               Bloud
               ,
            
             thus
             much
             .
          
        
      
       
         
           The
           Operation
           upon
           the
           Juyces
           of
           the
           Body
           .
           4.
           
        
         
           
             The
             Historie
             .
          
           
             1
             THere
             are
             two
             kindes
             of
             
               Bodies
               ,
            
             (
             As
             was
             said
             before
             in
             the
             
               〈◊〉
               ,
            
             touching
             
               Inanimates
            
             )
             which
             are
             hardly
             consumed
             ;
             
               Hard
            
             Things
             ;
             and
             
               Fat
            
             Things
             ;
             As
             is
             seene
             ,
             in
             
               Metals
               ,
            
             and
             
               Stones
               ;
            
             and
             in
             
               Oyle
               ,
            
             and
             
               Wax
               .
            
          
           
             2
             It
             must
             be
             ordered
             therefore
             ,
             
             that
             the
             
               Iuyce
            
             of
             the
             
               Body
               ,
            
             be
             somewhat
             
               Hard
               ;
            
             And
             that
             it
             bee
             
               Fattie
               ,
            
             or
             
               Sub-roscide
            
          
           
             3
             As
             for
             
               Hardnesse
               ;
            
             It
             is
             caused
             three
             wayes
             ;
             By
             
               Aliment
               of
               a
               firme
               Nature
               ;
            
             By
             
               Cold
            
             condensing
             the
             Skin
             ,
             and
             Flesh
             ;
             And
             by
             
               Exercise
            
             Binding
             ,
             and
             Compacting
             ,
             the
             Juyces
             of
             the
             Body
             ,
             that
             they
             bee
             not
             Soft
             ,
             and
             Frothy
             .
          
           
             4
             As
             for
             the
             
               Nature
            
             of
             the
             
               Aliment
               ,
            
             it
             ought
             to
             be
             such
             ,
             as
             is
             not
             easily
             
               Dissipable
               :
            
             Such
             as
             are
             ,
             
               Beefe
               ,
               Swines-Flesh
               ,
               Deere
               ,
               Goat
               ,
               Kid
               ,
               Swan
               ,
               Goose
               ,
               Ring-Dove
               ;
            
             Especially
             ,
             if
             they
             bee
             a
             little
             powdered
             ;
             
               Fish
            
             likewise
             Salted
             ,
             and
             Dried
             ;
             
               old
               Cheese
               ;
            
             And
             the
             like
             .
          
           
             5
             As
             for
             the
             
               Bread
               ;
               Oaten
               Bread
               ;
            
             Or
             
               Bread
            
             with
             some
             Mixture
             of
             
               Pease
            
             in
             it
             ;
             〈◊〉
             
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             Or
             
               Barley
               Bread
               ;
            
             Are
             more
             solide
             ,
             than
             
               Wheat
               〈◊〉
            
             And
             in
             
               wheat
               Bread
               ,
            
             the
             course
             
               Cheat
               Bread
               ,
            
             is
             more
             solide
             ,
             than
             the
             pure
             
               〈◊〉
            
          
           
             6
             The
             Inhabitants
             of
             the
             
               Or
               cades
            
             which
             live
             upon
             
               Salted
            
             Fish
             ;
             And
             generally
             ,
             all
             
               Fish-Eaters
               ,
            
             are
             long-liv'd
             .
          
           
             7
             The
             
               Monks
               ,
            
             and
             
               Her
               mites
               ,
            
             which
             fed
             sparingly
             ,
             and
             upon
             dry
             Aliment
             ,
             attained
             commonly
             to
             a
             great
             Age.
             
          
           
             8
             Also
             
               Pure
               Water
               ,
            
             usually
             drunk
             ,
             makes
             the
             Juyces
             of
             the
             Body
             lesse
             Frothy
             ;
             unto
             which
             ,
             if
             for
             the
             Dulnesse
             of
             the
             Spirit
             ,
             (
             which
             ,
             no
             doubt
             ,
             in
             
               Water
               ,
            
             is
             but
             little
             Penetrative
             ;
             )
             you
             shall
             adde
             ,
             a
             little
             
               Nitre
               ,
            
             wee
             conceive
             it
             woold
             be
             very
             good
             .
             And
             touching
             
             the
             
               Firmnesse
            
             of
             the
             
               Alimens
            
             thus
             much
             .
          
           
             9
             As
             for
             the
             
               Condensation
               ,
            
             of
             the
             
               Skin
               ,
            
             and
             
               Flesh
               ,
            
             by
             
               Cold
               :
            
             They
             are
             longer
             liv'd
             ,
             for
             the
             most
             part
             ,
             that
             live
             abroad
             in
             the
             
               open
               Aire
               ,
            
             than
             they
             that
             live
             in
             
               Houses
               ;
            
             And
             the
             Inhabitants
             of
             the
             
               Cold
               Countries
               ,
            
             than
             the
             Inhabitants
             of
             the
             
               Hot.
               
            
          
           
             10
             Great
             Store
             of
             
               Cloathes
               ,
            
             either
             upon
             the
             Bed
             ,
             or
             Back
             ,
             doe
             resolve
             the
             Body
             .
          
           
             11
             
               Washing
            
             the
             
               Body
            
             in
             
               Cold
               Water
               ,
            
             is
             good
             for
             length
             of
             Life
             ;
             Use
             of
             
               Hot
               Baths
               ,
            
             is
             naught
             .
             Touching
             
               Baths
               ,
            
             of
             
               Astringent
               Minerall
               Waters
               ,
            
             we
             have
             spoken
             before
             .
          
           
             12
             As
             for
             
               Exercise
               ;
            
             An
             
               Idle
               Life
               ,
            
             doth
             manifestly
             make
             the
             
             Flesh
             Soft
             ,
             and
             Dissipable
             :
             
               〈◊〉
               Exercise
               ,
            
             (
             so
             it
             be
             ,
             without
             overmuch
             Sweating
             ,
             or
             Wearinesse
             ,
             )
             maketh
             it
             Hard
             ,
             and
             Compact
             :
             Also
             
               Exercise
               ,
            
             within
             Cold
             water
             ,
             as
             swimming
             ,
             is
             very
             good
             :
             And
             generally
             ,
             
               Exercise
            
             abroad
             ,
             is
             better
             than
             that
             within
             Houses
             .
          
           
             13
             Touching
             
               Frications
               ,
            
             (
             which
             are
             a
             kinde
             of
             
               Exercise
               .
            
             )
             because
             they
             doe
             rather
             call
             forth
             the
             Aliment
             ,
             than
             Harden
             the
             Flesh
             ;
             wee
             will
             inquire
             hereafter
             ,
             in
             the
             Due
             place
             .
          
           
             14
             Having
             now
             spoken
             ,
             of
             
               Hardning
            
             the
             
               luyees
               ,
            
             of
             the
             
               Body
               ;
            
             we
             are
             to
             come
             next
             to
             the
             
               Oleositie
               ,
            
             or
             
               Fattinesse
            
             of
             them
             :
             Which
             is
             a
             more
             perfect
             ,
             and
             potent
             Intention
             ,
             
             than
             
               Induration
               ;
            
             Because
             it
             hath
             no
             Inconvenience
             ,
             nor
             Evill
             annexed
             :
             For
             all
             those
             Things
             ,
             which
             pertaine
             to
             the
             
               Hardning
            
             of
             the
             
               Iuyces
               ,
            
             are
             of
             that
             nature
             ,
             that
             while
             they
             prohibite
             the
             Absumption
             of
             the
             Aliment
             ,
             they
             also
             hinder
             the
             Reparation
             of
             the
             same
             :
             Whereby
             it
             happens
             ,
             that
             the
             same
             Things
             ,
             are
             both
             propitious
             ,
             and
             adverse
             ,
             to
             Length
             of
             Life
             :
             But
             those
             Things
             ,
             which
             pertaine
             to
             making
             the
             
               Iuyces
               Oyly
               ,
            
             and
             
               Roscid
               ,
            
             help
             on
             both
             sides
             ;
             For
             they
             render
             the
             Aliment
             ,
             both
             lesse
             Dissipable
             ,
             and
             more
             Reparable
             .
          
           
             15
             But
             whereas
             we
             say
             ,
             that
             the
             
               Iuyce
            
             of
             thē
             
               Body
               ,
            
             ought
             to
             be
             
               Roscide
               ,
            
             and
             
               Fat
               ;
            
             It
             is
             to
             bee
             noted
             ,
             that
             we
             meane
             it
             not
             ,
             of
             a
             visible
             
               Fat
               ,
            
             But
             of
             a
             
               Deminesse
            
             
             dispersed
             ,
             or
             (
             if
             you
             will
             call
             it
             )
             
               Radicall
               ,
            
             in
             the
             very
             Substance
             of
             the
             Body
             .
          
           
             16
             Neither
             ,
             again
             ,
             let
             any
             Man
             thinke
             ,
             that
             
               Oyle
               ,
            
             or
             the
             
               Fat
            
             of
             
               Meats
               ,
            
             or
             
               Marrow
               ,
            
             doe
             engender
             the
             like
             ,
             and
             satisfie
             our
             Intention
             ;
             For
             those
             Things
             ,
             which
             are
             once
             perfect
             ,
             are
             not
             brought
             backe
             againe
             ;
             But
             the
             Aliments
             ought
             to
             be
             such
             ,
             which
             after
             Disgestion
             and
             Maturation
             ,
             doe
             then
             in
             the
             end
             ,
             engender
             ,
             
               Oleosity
            
             in
             the
             
               Iuyces
               .
            
          
           
             17
             Neither
             ,
             again
             ,
             let
             any
             Man
             thinke
             ;
             that
             
               Oyle
               ,
            
             or
             
               Fat
            
             by
             it selfe
             ,
             and
             Simple
             ,
             is
             Hard
             of
             Dissipation
             ;
             But
             ,
             in
             Mixture
             ,
             it
             doth
             not
             retaine
             the
             same
             Nature
             ;
             For
             as
             
               Oyle
               ,
            
             by
             it
             s
             lfe
             ,
             is
             much
             longer
             in
             Consuming
             than
             
               Water
               ;
            
             So
             in
             〈◊〉
             ,
             or
             〈◊〉
             ,
             it
             sticketh
             longer
             ,
             
             and
             is
             later
             dried
             ;
             As
             we
             noted
             before
             .
          
           
             18
             To
             the
             Irroration
             of
             the
             Body
             ,
             
               Roasted
               Meats
               ,
            
             or
             
               Baked
               Meats
               ,
            
             are
             more
             effectuall
             than
             
               Boiled
               Meats
               :
            
             And
             all
             Preparation
             of
             Meat
             ,
             with
             
               Water
               ,
            
             is
             Inconvenient
             ;
             Besides
             ,
             
               Oyle
               ,
            
             is
             more
             plentifully
             extracted
             out
             of
             Dry
             Bodies
             ,
             than
             out
             of
             Moist
             bodies
             .
          
           
             19
             Generally
             to
             the
             
               Irroration
            
             of
             the
             
               Body
               ,
            
             much
             use
             of
             
               Sweet
               Things
            
             is
             prositable
             ;
             As
             of
             
               Sugar
               ,
               Honey
               ,
               sweet
               Almonds
               ,
               Pine-Apples
               ,
               Pistaccio's
               ,
               Dates
               ,
               Raisins
            
             of
             the
             
               Sunne
               ,
               Corrans
               ,
               Figs
               ,
            
             and
             the
             like
             .
             Contrarily
             ,
             all
             
               Soure
               ,
            
             and
             very
             
               Salt
               ,
            
             and
             very
             
               Biting
            
             Things
             ,
             are
             opposite
             to
             the
             Generation
             of
             
               Roscide
               Iuyce
               .
            
          
           
             20
             Neither
             would
             wee
             bee
             thought
             to
             favour
             the
             
               Manichees
               ,
            
             
             or
             their
             Diet
             ;
             Though
             wee
             commend
             the
             frequent
             use
             of
             all
             kindes
             of
             
               Seeds
               ,
            
             and
             
               〈◊〉
            
             and
             
               Roots
               ,
            
             in
             Meats
             ,
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             ;
             Considering
             all
             
               Bread
               ,
            
             (
             and
             
               Bread
            
             is
             that
             ,
             which
             maketh
             the
             Meat
             Firme
             )
             is
             made
             either
             of
             
               Seeds
               ,
            
             or
             of
             
               Roots
               .
            
          
           
             21
             But
             there
             is
             Nothing
             makes
             so
             much
             to
             the
             
               Irroration
            
             of
             the
             
               Body
               ,
            
             as
             the
             
               Quality
            
             of
             the
             
               Drinke
               ;
            
             Which
             is
             the
             Convoy
             of
             the
             Meat
             :
             Therefore
             ,
             let
             there
             be
             in
             use
             such
             
               Drinks
               ,
            
             as
             without
             all
             Acrimony
             ,
             or
             Sourenesse
             ,
             are
             notwithstanding
             subtill
             ;
             Such
             are
             those
             
               Wines
               ,
            
             which
             are
             ,
             (
             as
             the
             old
             Woman
             said
             in
             
               Plautus
               :
               )
               Vetustate
               Edentula
               ;
               Toothlesse
               with
               Age
               ;
            
             And
             
               Ale
            
             of
             the
             same
             kinde
             .
          
           
             22
             
               Mead
               ,
            
             (
             as
             wee
             suppose
             ,
             )
             
             would
             not
             bee
             ill
             ,
             if
             it
             were
             strong
             and
             old
             :
             But
             because
             ,
             all
             
               Hony
            
             hath
             in
             it
             some
             sharp
             Parts
             ;
             (
             as
             appeares
             by
             that
             sharp
             water
             ,
             which
             the
             
               Chymists
            
             extract
             out
             of
             it
             ,
             which
             will
             dissolve
             
               Metals
               ;
            
             )
             It
             were
             better
             to
             make
             the
             same
             Potion
             of
             
               Sugar
               ;
            
             Not
             lightly
             infused
             in
             it
             ,
             but
             so
             incorporated
             ,
             as
             
               Honey
            
             useth
             to
             be
             in
             
               Mead
               ;
            
             And
             to
             keepe
             it
             ,
             to
             the
             Age
             of
             a
             yeare
             ,
             or
             at
             least
             ,
             six
             Moneths
             ,
             whereby
             the
             Water
             may
             lose
             the
             Crudity
             ,
             and
             the
             
               Sugar
            
             acquire
             subtiltie
             .
          
           
             23
             Now
             
               Ancientnesse
            
             in
             
               Wine
            
             or
             
               Beere
               ,
            
             hath
             this
             in
             it
             ;
             That
             it
             engenders
             subtilty
             in
             the
             Parts
             of
             the
             Liquour
             ,
             and
             Acrimony
             in
             the
             
               Spirits
               ;
            
             Whereof
             ,
             the
             First
             is
             Profitable
             ,
             and
             the
             second
             Hurtfull
             :
             
             Now
             to
             rectifie
             this
             Evill
             Commixture
             ;
             Let
             there
             be
             put
             into
             the
             Vessell
             ,
             before
             the
             
               Wine
            
             be
             separated
             from
             the
             
               〈◊〉
               ,
               Swines-flesh
               ,
            
             or
             
               〈◊〉
               ,
            
             well
             boyled
             ;
             That
             the
             
               〈◊〉
            
             of
             the
             
               Wine
            
             may
             have
             whereupon
             to
             ruminate
             ,
             and
             seed
             ;
             And
             so
             lay
             aside
             their
             Mordacity
             .
          
           
             24
             In
             like
             manner
             ,
             if
             
               Ale
            
             should
             be
             made
             ,
             not
             onely
             with
             the
             
               Graines
            
             of
             
               wheat
               ,
               Barly
               ,
               Oats
               ,
               Pease
               ,
            
             and
             the
             like
             ;
             But
             also
             ,
             should
             admit
             a
             part
             ,
             (
             suppose
             a
             third
             part
             ,
             to
             these
             
               Graines
               ,
            
             )
             of
             some
             
               Fat
               Roots
               ;
            
             (
             such
             as
             are
             
               Potado
               Roots
               ,
               Pith
            
             of
             
               〈◊〉
               ,
               Burre-Roots
               ,
            
             or
             some
             other
             sweet
             and
             Esculent
             
               Roots
               ;
            
             )
             we
             suppose
             it
             would
             be
             a
             more
             usefull
             
               Drinke
               ,
            
             for
             long
             Life
             ,
             than
             
               Ale
            
             made
             of
             Graines
             only
             .
          
           
           
             25
             Also
             ,
             such
             Things
             as
             have
             very
             thin
             Parts
             ;
             Yet
             not
             withstanding
             ,
             are
             without
             all
             Acrimony
             ,
             or
             Mordacity
             ,
             Are
             very
             good
             in
             
               Sallets
               :
            
             Which
             vertue
             ,
             we
             finde
             to
             be
             ,
             in
             some
             Few
             of
             the
             
               Flowers
               ;
            
             Namely
             ,
             
               Flowers
            
             of
             
               Ivy
               ,
            
             which
             infused
             in
             Vineger
             ,
             are
             pleasant
             even
             to
             the
             Taste
             ;
             
               Marigold
               leaves
               ,
            
             which
             are
             used
             in
             Broaths
             ;
             And
             
               Flowers
            
             of
             
               Betony
               .
            
             And
             touching
             the
             
               Operation
               ,
            
             upon
             the
             
               Iuyces
            
             of
             the
             
               Body
               ,
            
             thus
             much
             .
          
        
      
       
         
         
           The
           Operation
           upon
           the
           Bowels
           ,
           for
           their
           Extrusion
           of
           Aliment
           .
           5.
           
        
         
           
             The
             Historie
             .
          
           
             1
             WHAT
             those
             Things
             are
             ,
             which
             comfort
             the
             
               Principall
               Bowels
               ;
            
             Which
             are
             the
             Fountaines
             of
             〈◊〉
             ;
             Namely
             ,
             the
             
               〈◊〉
               ,
               Liver
               ,
               Heart
            
             and
             
               Brain
               ;
            
             To
             performe
             their
             Functions
             well
             ;
             (
             whereby
             
               Aliment
            
             is
             distributed
             in
             to
             the
             Parts
             ,
             
               〈◊〉
            
             are
             dispersed
             ,
             and
             the
             
               〈◊〉
            
             of
             the
             whole
             Body
             is
             accomplished
             ;
             )
             May
             be
             derived
             from
             
               Physisians
               ;
            
             And
             
             from
             their
             Prescripts
             and
             Advices
             .
          
           
             2
             Touching
             the
             
               Spleene
               ,
               〈◊〉
               Kidneyes
               ,
               Mesentery
               ,
               Guts
               ,
            
             and
             
               Lungs
               ,
            
             we
             speake
             not
             ;
             For
             these
             are
             
               Members
               ,
            
             Ministring
             to
             the
             Principall
             :
             And
             where
             as
             speech
             is
             made
             touching
             Health
             ,
             they
             require
             sometimes
             a
             most
             especiall
             Consideration
             ;
             Because
             Each
             of
             these
             have
             their
             Diseases
             ,
             which
             unlesse
             they
             be
             cured
             ,
             will
             have
             Influence
             upon
             the
             
               Principall
               Members
               ;
            
             But
             as
             touching
             the
             Prolongation
             of
             Life
             ;
             And
             Reparation
             by
             Aliments
             ;
             And
             Retardation
             of
             the
             Inconcoction
             of
             Old
          
           
           
             3
             And
             as
             for
             those
             Things
             ,
             which
             according
             to
             the
             different
             State
             of
             every
             Mans
             Body
             ,
             may
             bee
             transferred
             into
             his
             Diet
             ,
             and
             the
             Regiment
             of
             his
             Life
             ;
             He
             may
             collect
             them
             out
             of
             the
             Bookes
             of
             
               〈◊〉
            
             which
             have
             written
             of
             the
             
               Comforting
            
             and
             
               Preserving
            
             the
             Foure
             
               Principall
               〈◊〉
            
             For
             Conservation
             of
             Health
             ,
             hath
             commonly
             need
             of
             no
             more
             ,
             than
             some
             Short
             Courses
             of
             Physicke
             ;
             But
             Length
             of
             life
             cannot
             be
             hoped
             ,
             without
             an
             orderly
             Diet
             ,
             and
             a
             Constant
             Race
             of
             
               〈◊〉
               Medicines
               :
            
             But
             we
             will
             propound
             some
             few
             ;
             And
             
             the
             
               House
               ;
            
             And
             whose
             Strength
             and
             Goodnesse
             ,
             〈◊〉
             fundamentall
             to
             the
             other
             Concoctions
             ;
             )
             ought
             so
             to
             be
             guarded
             and
             confirmed
             ;
             That
             it
             may
             be
             without
             
               〈◊〉
            
             Hot
             ;
             Next
             
               Astricted
            
             or
             
               Bound
               ,
            
             not
             
               Loose
               :
            
             Furthermore
             ,
             
               Cleane
               ,
            
             not
             surcharged
             with
             
               Foule
               Humours
               ;
            
             And
             yet
             ,
             (
             in
             regard
             ,
             it
             is
             nourished
             from
             it selfe
             ,
             not
             from
             the
             Veines
             ,
             )
             not
             altogether
             
               Emptie
               ,
            
             or
             
               Hungry
               :
            
             Lastly
             ,
             it
             is
             to
             be
             kept
             ,
             ever
             ,
             in
             
               〈◊〉
            
             Because
             
               Appetite
               ;
            
             sharpens
             Disgestion
             .
          
           
             5
             I
             wonder
             much
             ,
             how
             that
             same
             
               〈◊〉
               bibere
               .
               To
               drink
               〈◊〉
               Drinke
               ;
            
             (
             which
             was
             in
             use
             amongst
             the
             Ancients
             ,
             )
             is
             laid
             downe
             againe
             .
             I
             knew
             a
             
               Physician
               ,
            
             that
             was
             very
             Famous
             ,
             who
             ,
             in
             the
             Beginning
             
             〈◊〉
             Dinner
             and
             Supper
             ,
             would
             〈◊〉
             eat
             a
             few
             spoonfuls
             of
             very
             
               Warm
               Broath
               ,
            
             with
             much
             〈◊〉
             And
             then
             would
             presently
             wish
             ,
             that
             it
             were
             out
             againe
             ;
             saying
             ,
             
               He
               had
               no
               〈◊〉
               of
               the
               Broath
               ,
               but
               onely
               of
               the
               Warmth
               .
            
          
           
             6
             We
             doe
             verily
             conceive
             it
             good
             ,
             that
             the
             First
             
               Draught
               ,
            
             〈◊〉
             of
             
               Wine
               ,
            
             or
             
               Ale
               ,
            
             or
             any
             other
             
               Drink
               ,
            
             (
             to
             which
             a
             Man
             〈◊〉
             most
             accustomed
             )
             be
             taken
             at
             Supper
             ,
             
               Warme
               .
            
          
           
             7
             
               Wine
               ,
            
             in
             which
             
               Gold
            
             hath
             been
             quenched
             ,
             we
             conceive
             ,
             would
             be
             very
             good
             ,
             once
             in
             a
             Meale
             :
             〈◊〉
             that
             we
             〈◊〉
             the
             
               Gold
            
             conferreth
             an
             Vertue
             thereunto
             ;
             But
             that
             we
             know
             ,
             that
             the
             
               〈◊〉
            
             of
             all
             
               Mettals
               ,
            
             in
             any
             kinde
             of
             Liquour
             ,
             doth
             leave
             a
             most
             potent
             Astriction
             :
             Now
             we
             
             chuse
             
               gold
               ,
            
             because
             besides
             that
             Astriction
             ,
             which
             we
             desire
             ,
             it
             leaveth
             nothing
             else
             behinde
             it
             ,
             of
             a
             Metalline
             Impression
             .
          
           
             8
             Wee
             are
             of
             opinion
             ,
             that
             
               Sops
            
             of
             
               Bread
            
             dipped
             in
             
               Wine
               ,
            
             taken
             at
             the
             Midst
             of
             the
             Meale
             ,
             are
             Better
             than
             
               Wine
            
             it selfe
             ;
             Especially
             ,
             if
             there
             were
             infused
             into
             the
             
               Wine
               ,
            
             in
             which
             the
             
               Sops
            
             were
             dipped
             ,
             
               Rose-Mary
               ,
            
             and
             
               Citron-Pill
               ;
            
             And
             that
             with
             
               Sugar
               ,
            
             that
             it
             may
             not
             Slip
             too
             fast
             .
          
           
             9
             It
             is
             certaine
             ,
             that
             the
             use
             of
             
               Quinces
            
             is
             good
             to
             strengthen
             the
             Stomach
             :
             But
             we
             take
             them
             to
             be
             better
             ,
             if
             they
             be
             used
             ,
             in
             that
             ,
             which
             they
             call
             
               Quiddeny
            
             of
             
               Quinces
               ,
            
             than
             in
             the
             
               Bodies
            
             of
             the
             
               Quinces
            
             themselves
             ;
             Because
             they
             lie
             heavie
             in
             the
             Stomach
             .
             But
             those
             
               Quiddenies
            
             are
             best
             taken
             
             after
             Meales
             ,
             alone
             ;
             〈◊〉
             Meales
             ,
             dipped
             in
             〈◊〉
          
           
             10
             Such
             things
             as
             are
             good
             for
             the
             
               Stomach
               ,
            
             above
             other
             Simples
             ,
             are
             these
             ;
             
               Rose-Mary
               ,
               〈◊〉
               ,
               Maslicke
               ,
               〈◊〉
               ,
               Sage
               ,
               Mint
               .
            
          
           
             11
             Wee
             allow
             
               Pills
            
             of
             
               Aloes
               ,
               Mastick
               ,
            
             and
             
               Saffron
               ,
            
             in
             Winter-time
             ,
             taken
             before
             Dinner
             ;
             But
             so
             as
             the
             
               Aloes
            
             be
             not
             only
             oftentimes
             washed
             in
             
               Rose-Water
               ,
            
             but
             also
             in
             
               Vineger
               ,
            
             in
             which
             
               Tragacanth
            
             hath
             been
             infused
             ;
             And
             after
             that
             ,
             be
             〈◊〉
             for
             a
             few
             Houres
             ,
             in
             
               Oyle
            
             of
             
               Sweet
               Almonds
               ,
            
             new
             drawne
             ,
             before
             it
             be
             made
             into
             
               Pills
               .
            
          
           
             12
             
               Wine
            
             or
             
               Ale
               ,
            
             wherein
             
               〈◊〉
            
             hath
             been
             infused
             ,
             with
             a
             〈◊〉
             
               Elecampane
               ,
            
             and
             
               Yellow
               〈◊〉
               ,
            
             will
             doe
             well
             ,
             taken
             
             at
             times
             ;
             And
             that
             especially
             in
             Winter
             .
          
           
             13
             But
             in
             Summer
             ,
             a
             Draught
             of
             
               White-wine
               ,
            
             allayed
             with
             
               Strawberry-water
               ;
            
             In
             which
             
               Wine
               ,
               Powder
            
             of
             
               Pearles
               ,
            
             and
             of
             the
             
               shells
            
             of
             
               Crey-fishes
               ,
            
             exquisitely
             beaten
             ;
             And
             (
             which
             may
             perhaps
             seeme
             strange
             ;
             )
             a
             little
             
               Chalke
            
             have
             been
             infused
             ;
             Doth
             excellently
             refresh
             and
             strengthen
             the
             
               Stomach
               .
            
          
           
             14
             But
             generally
             ,
             all
             
               Draughts
            
             in
             the
             
               Morning
               ,
            
             (
             which
             are
             but
             too
             frequently
             used
             ,
             )
             of
             
               Cooling
               Things
               ;
            
             (
             As
             of
             Juyces
             ,
             Decoctions
             ,
             
               Whey
               ,
               Barley-waters
               ,
            
             and
             the
             like
             ;
             )
             Are
             to
             be
             avoided
             ;
             And
             Nothing
             is
             to
             be
             put
             into
             the
             
               Stomach
               ,
            
             Fasting
             ,
             which
             is
             purely
             Cold
             :
             These
             Things
             are
             better
             given
             ,
             (
             if
             need
             require
             ,
             )
             either
             at
             five
             in
             the
             afternone
             :
             of
             
             else
             ,
             an
             Houre
             ,
             after
             a
             light
             Breakfast
             .
          
           
             15
             
               Often
               Fastings
            
             are
             bad
             for
             Long
             Life
             ;
             Besides
             ,
             all
             
               Thirst
            
             〈◊〉
             to
             be
             avoyded
             ;
             And
             the
             
               〈◊〉
            
             is
             to
             be
             kept
             Cleane
             ,
             〈◊〉
             alwayes
             Moist
             .
          
           
             16
             
               Oyle
            
             of
             
               Olives
               ,
            
             new
             ,
             and
             good
             ;
             In
             which
             a
             little
             
               Mithridate
            
             hath
             been
             dissolved
             ,
             〈◊〉
             upon
             the
             
               Backbone
               ,
            
             just
             against
             the
             
               Mouth
            
             of
             the
             
               〈◊〉
               ,
            
             doth
             wonderfully
             〈◊〉
             the
             
               Stomach
               .
            
          
           
             17
             A
             small
             Bagge
             filled
             with
             Locks
             of
             
               Scarlet
               Wooll
               ,
            
             steeped
             in
             Red-wine
             ;
             In
             which
             
               Myrtle
               ,
            
             and
             
               Citron-Pill
               ,
            
             and
             a
             little
             
               〈◊〉
               ,
            
             have
             been
             infused
             ,
             may
             be
             alwayes
             worne
             upon
             the
             
               Stomach
               ,
            
             And
             ,
             touching
             those
             Things
             which
             
               Comfort
            
             the
             
               Stomach
               ,
            
             thus
             much
             ;
             Seeing
             many
             of
             those
             Things
             also
             ,
             
             which
             serve
             for
             other
             
               Operations
               ,
            
             are
             Helpfull
             to
             this
             .
          
           
             18
             The
             
               Liver
               ,
            
             if
             it
             bee
             Preserved
             from
             
               Torrefaction
               ,
            
             or
             
               〈◊〉
               ;
            
             And
             from
             
               Obstruction
               ;
            
             It
             needeth
             no
             more
             :
             For
             that
             
               Loosenesse
            
             of
             it
             ,
             which
             begers
             
               Aquosities
               ,
            
             is
             plainly
             a
             Disease
             ;
             But
             the
             other
             two
             ,
             Old
             Age
             approaching
             induceth
             .
          
           
             19
             Hereunto
             appertaine
             ,
             most
             especially
             ,
             those
             things
             which
             are
             set
             downe
             in
             the
             
               Operation
               ,
            
             upon
             the
             
               Bloud
               :
            
             wee
             will
             adde
             a
             very
             few
             Things
             more
             ,
             but
             those
             selected
             .
          
           
             20
             Principally
             ,
             let
             there
             be
             in
             use
             ,
             the
             
               Wine
            
             of
             
               Sweet
               〈◊〉
               ;
            
             Or
             if
             that
             cannot
             be
             had
             ,
             the
             
               Iuyce
            
             of
             them
             ,
             newly
             expressed
             ;
             Let
             it
             be
             taken
             in
             the
             Morning
             ,
             with
             a
             little
             
               Sugar
               :
            
             
             And
             into
             the
             Glasse
             ,
             into
             which
             the
             Expression
             is
             made
             ,
             put
             a
             small
             peece
             of
             
               Citron-pill
               ,
            
             greene
             ;
             And
             three
             or
             foure
             whole
             
               Cloves
               :
            
             Let
             this
             be
             taken
             from
             
               February
               ,
            
             till
             the
             end
             of
             
               April
               .
            
          
           
             21
             Bring
             also
             into
             use
             ,
             above
             all
             other
             Herbs
             ,
             
               Water-cresses
               ;
            
             But
             young
             ,
             not
             old
             :
             They
             may
             be
             used
             ,
             either
             Raw
             in
             Sallets
             ,
             or
             in
             Broaths
             ,
             or
             in
             Drinkes
             ;
             And
             after
             that
             ,
             take
             
               〈◊〉
               -
               wort
               .
            
          
           
             22
             
               Aloes
               ,
            
             howsoever
             washed
             ,
             or
             corrected
             ,
             is
             hurtfull
             for
             the
             
               Liver
               ;
            
             And
             therefore
             it
             is
             never
             to
             bee
             taken
             ordinarily
             :
             Contrariwise
             ,
             
               Rhubarbe
            
             is
             Soveraigne
             for
             the
             
               Liver
               ;
            
             So
             that
             these
             three
             Cautions
             be
             interposed
             .
             First
             ,
             that
             it
             bee
             taken
             before
             Meat
             ,
             lest
             it
             dry
             the
             Body
             too
             much
             ,
             or
             leave
             
             some
             Impressions
             of
             the
             
               Stipticitie
            
             thereof
             .
             Secondly
             ,
             that
             it
             be
             macerated
             an
             Houre
             or
             two
             in
             
               Oyle
            
             of
             sweet
             
               Almonds
               ,
            
             new
             drawne
             ,
             with
             
               Rose-water
               ,
            
             before
             it
             bee
             infused
             in
             Liquour
             ,
             or
             given
             in
             the
             proper
             Substance
             .
             Thirdly
             ,
             that
             it
             be
             taken
             by
             turnes
             ,
             one
             while
             Simple
             ,
             another
             while
             with
             
               Tartar
               ,
            
             or
             a
             little
             
               Bay-Salt
               ;
            
             That
             it
             carry
             not
             away
             the
             lighter
             Parts
             onely
             ,
             and
             make
             the
             Masse
             of
             the
             Humour
             more
             obstinate
             .
          
           
             23
             I
             allow
             
               Wine
               ,
            
             or
             some
             
               Decoction
               ,
            
             with
             
               Steele
               ,
            
             to
             be
             taken
             three
             or
             foure
             times
             in
             the
             yeare
             ,
             to
             open
             the
             more
             strong
             Obstructions
             ;
             Yet
             so
             ,
             that
             a
             Draught
             ,
             of
             two
             or
             three
             spoonfuls
             of
             
               Oyle
            
             of
             sweet
             
               Almonds
               ,
            
             new
             drawne
             ,
             ever
             goe
             before
             ;
             And
             the
             
               〈◊〉
               ,
            
             
             of
             the
             
               Body
               ,
            
             especially
             ;
             of
             the
             
               Armes
            
             and
             sides
             ,
             constantly
             follow
             .
          
           
             24
             
               Sweetned
               Liquours
               ,
            
             and
             that
             with
             some
             Fatnesse
             ,
             are
             Principally
             ,
             and
             not
             a
             little
             effectuall
             to
             prevent
             the
             
               〈◊〉
               ,
            
             and
             
               Saltnesse
               ,
            
             and
             
               Torrefaction
               ,
            
             and
             in
             a
             word
             ,
             the
             
               Oldnesse
            
             of
             the
             
               Liver
               ;
            
             Especially
             ,
             if
             they
             be
             well
             incorporated
             with
             Age
             :
             They
             are
             made
             of
             sweet
             Fruits
             and
             Roots
             ;
             As
             namely
             ,
             the
             Wines
             ,
             and
             Julips
             ,
             of
             
               Raisins
            
             of
             the
             
               Sun
               ,
            
             new
             ;
             
               Iujuba's
               ,
               Dried
               Figges
               ,
               Dates
               ,
               Parsnips
               ,
               Potado's
               ,
            
             and
             the
             like
             ;
             with
             the
             mixture
             of
             
               Licorish
               ,
            
             sometimes
             :
             Also
             a
             Julip
             ,
             of
             the
             
               Indian
               Grain
               ,
            
             (
             which
             they
             call
             
               Maiz
               ,
            
             )
             with
             the
             Mixture
             of
             some
             sweet
             Things
             ,
             doth
             much
             to
             the
             same
             end
             .
             But
             it
             is
             
             to
             be
             noted
             ,
             That
             the
             Intention
             of
             preserving
             the
             
               Liver
               ,
            
             in
             a
             kinde
             of
             Softnesse
             and
             Fatnes
             ,
             is
             much
             more
             powerfull
             ,
             than
             that
             other
             ,
             which
             Pertaines
             to
             the
             Opening
             of
             the
             
               Liver
               ;
            
             which
             rather
             tendeth
             to
             Health
             ,
             than
             to
             length
             of
             Life
             ;
             Saving
             ,
             that
             that
             
               obstruction
               ,
            
             which
             induceth
             
               Torrefaction
               ,
            
             is
             as
             opposite
             to
             long
             Life
             ,
             as
             those
             other
             
               Arefactions
               .
            
          
           
             25
             I
             commend
             the
             
               Roots
            
             of
             
               Snecory
               ,
               Spinage
               ,
            
             and
             
               Beets
               ,
            
             cleared
             of
             their
             Piths
             ,
             and
             Boiled
             ,
             till
             they
             be
             tender
             ,
             in
             Water
             ,
             with
             a
             third
             part
             of
             
               white-wine
               ,
            
             for
             ordinary
             Sallets
             ,
             to
             be
             eaten
             with
             Oyle
             and
             Vinegar
             :
             Also
             
               Asparagus
               ,
               Pith
            
             of
             
               Artichoakes
               ,
            
             and
             
               Burre-Roots
               ,
            
             boiled
             ,
             and
             served
             in
             ,
             after
             the
             same
             manner
             ;
             Also
             
               Broaths
               ,
            
             
             in
             the
             Spring-time
             ,
             of
             
               Vine
            
             〈◊〉
             ,
             and
             the
             greene
             
               Blades
               of
               〈◊〉
               .
            
             And
             touching
             the
             preserving
             of
             the
             
               Liver
               ,
            
             thus
             much
             .
          
           
             26
             The
             
               Heart
            
             receiveth
             Benefit
             ,
             or
             Harme
             ,
             most
             ,
             from
             the
             
               Aire
               ,
            
             which
             we
             breath
             ;
             From
             
               Vapours
               ;
            
             And
             from
             the
             
               Affections
               .
            
             Now
             many
             of
             those
             Things
             ,
             which
             have
             been
             formerly
             spoken
             ,
             touching
             the
             
               Spirits
               ,
            
             may
             be
             transferred
             hither
             :
             But
             that
             Indigested
             Masse
             of
             Cordials
             ,
             collected
             by
             Physicians
             ,
             availes
             little
             to
             our
             Intention
             :
             Notwithstanding
             ,
             those
             things
             ,
             which
             are
             found
             to
             be
             good
             against
             Poysons
             ,
             may
             ,
             with
             good
             Judgment
             be
             given
             to
             strengthen
             and
             fortifie
             the
             
               Heart
               ;
            
             Especially
             ,
             if
             they
             be
             of
             that
             
             kinde
             ,
             that
             they
             doe
             not
             so
             much
             resist
             the
             particular
             poisons
             ,
             as
             arme
             the
             
               Heart
            
             and
             
               Spirits
            
             against
             poison
             in
             generall
             .
             And
             touching
             the
             severall
             
               Cordials
               ,
            
             you
             may
             repaire
             to
             the
             
               Table
               ,
            
             alreadie
             set
             downe
             .
          
           
             27
             The
             
               Goodnesse
            
             of
             the
             
               Aire
               ,
            
             is
             better
             knowne
             by
             Experience
             ,
             than
             by
             signes
             .
             We
             hold
             that
             
               Aire
            
             to
             be
             the
             best
             ,
             where
             the
             Countrey
             is
             levell
             and
             plaine
             ;
             And
             that
             layeth
             open
             on
             all
             sides
             :
             So
             that
             the
             Soile
             be
             dry
             ,
             and
             yet
             not
             barren
             ,
             or
             sandy
             :
             Which
             puts
             forth
             
               Wild
               Thime
               ,
            
             and
             Eye-bright
             ,
             and
             a
             kinde
             of
             
               Marioram
               ,
            
             and
             here
             and
             there
             Stalks
             of
             
               Calamint
               :
            
             Which
             is
             not
             altogether
             void
             of
             wood
             but
             〈◊〉
             set
             with
             some
             Trees
             ,
             for
             shade
             :
             where
             the
             
               Sweet-Brier-Rose
               ,
            
             
             smelleth
             something
             Muskie
             ,
             and
             Aromatically
             ;
             If
             there
             be
             
               Rivers
               ,
            
             we
             suppose
             them
             rather
             〈◊〉
             than
             good
             ,
             unlesse
             they
             bee
             very
             small
             ,
             and
             cleare
             ,
             and
             Gravelly
             .
          
           
             28
             It
             is
             certain
             ,
             that
             the
             
               Morning
               Aire
               ,
            
             is
             more
             Lively
             and
             Refreshing
             ,
             than
             the
             
               Evening
               Aire
               ;
            
             Though
             the
             latter
             bee
             preferred
             out
             of
             Delicacie
             .
          
           
             29
             We
             conceive
             also
             ,
             that
             the
             
               Aire
               ,
               〈◊〉
            
             with
             a
             
               Gentle
               wind
               ,
            
             is
             more
             wholesome
             than
             the
             
               Aire
            
             of
             a
             
               Serene
            
             and
             
               〈◊〉
               Skie
               :
            
             But
             the
             best
             is
             ,
             the
             
               Wind
            
             blowing
             from
             the
             
               West
            
             in
             the
             Morning
             and
             from
             the
             
               North
            
             in
             the
             Afternoone
             .
          
           
             30
             
               Odours
               ,
            
             are
             especially
             profitable
             for
             the
             Comforting
             of
             the
             
               Heart
               ;
            
             yet
             not
             so
             ,
             as
             though
             a
             good
             
               Odour
               ,
            
             were
             the
             Prerogative
             of
             a
             good
             
             
               Aire
               :
            
             For
             it
             is
             certaine
             ,
             that
             as
             there
             are
             some
             
               Pestilentiall
               Aires
               ,
            
             which
             smell
             not
             so
             ill
             ,
             as
             others
             that
             are
             lesse
             hurtful
             ;
             So
             ,
             on
             the
             Contrary
             ,
             there
             are
             some
             
               Aires
               ,
            
             most
             wholesome
             ,
             and
             Friendly
             to
             the
             
               Spirits
               ,
            
             which
             either
             smell
             not
             at
             all
             ,
             or
             are
             lesse
             Pleasing
             ,
             and
             Fragrant
             to
             the
             Sense
             .
             And
             generally
             ,
             where
             the
             
               Aire
            
             is
             good
             ,
             
               Odours
            
             should
             be
             taken
             but
             now
             and
             then
             :
             For
             a
             continuall
             
               Odour
               ,
            
             though
             never
             so
             good
             ,
             is
             burthensome
             to
             the
             
               Spirits
               .
            
          
           
             31
             We
             commend
             above
             all
             others
             ,
             (
             as
             wee
             have
             touched
             before
             )
             
               Odour
            
             of
             
               Plants
               growing
               ,
            
             and
             not
             
               Plucked
               ,
            
             taken
             in
             the
             open
             
               Aire
               ;
            
             The
             Principall
             of
             that
             kinde
             are
             
               Violets
               ;
               Gilly-Flowers
               ,
               Finkes
               ,
               Bean-Flowers
               ,
               Lime-Tree-Blossomes
               ,
               Vine-Buds
               ,
            
             
             
               Hony-suckles
               ,
               Yellow
               〈◊〉
               ,
               Musk-Roses
               ;
            
             (
             For
             other
             
               Roses
            
             growing
             ,
             are
             fast
             of
             theirSmels
             ;
             )
             
               Strawberry-leaves
               ,
            
             especially
             
               Dying
               ;
            
             sweet
             
               Briar
               ,
            
             principally
             in
             the
             early
             spring
             ;
             
               Wilde-Mint
               ,
               Lavender
               Flowred
               :
            
             And
             in
             the
             Hotter
             Countries
             ,
             
               Orenge-Tree
               ,
               Citron-Tree
               ,
               Myrtle
               ,
               Laurell
               :
            
             Therefore
             to
             walk
             ,
             or
             sit
             ,
             neare
             the
             Breath
             of
             these
             
               Plants
               ,
            
             would
             not
             bee
             neglected
             .
          
           
             32
             For
             the
             Comforting
             of
             the
             
               Heart
               ,
            
             we
             preferre
             Coole
             smels
             ,
             before
             Hot
             Smels
             :
             Therefore
             the
             best
             
               perfume
            
             is
             ,
             either
             in
             the
             Morning
             ,
             or
             about
             the
             Heat
             of
             the
             Day
             ,
             to
             take
             an
             equall
             portion
             ,
             of
             
               Vineger
               ,
               Rose-water
               ,
            
             and
             
               Claret
               Wine
               ;
            
             And
             to
             poure
             them
             upon
             a
             Fire-pan
             ,
             somewhat
             heated
             .
          
           
           
             33
             Neither
             let
             us
             be
             thought
             ;
             to
             sacrifice
             to
             our
             
               Mother
               ,
            
             the
             
               Earth
               ;
            
             Though
             wee
             advise
             ,
             that
             in
             
               Digging
               ,
            
             or
             
               Plowing
            
             the
             
               Earth
               ,
            
             for
             health
             ,
             a
             good
             quantitie
             of
             
               Claret
               Wine
               ,
            
             be
             powred
             thereon
             .
          
           
             34
             
               Orenge-Flower
               Water
               ,
            
             pure
             and
             good
             ,
             with
             a
             small
             portion
             of
             
               Rose-Water
               ,
            
             and
             
               Brist
               Wine
               ,
            
             snuffed
             up
             into
             the
             〈◊〉
             ;
             Or
             put
             up
             into
             the
             Nosthrils
             ,
             with
             a
             
               Syringe
               ,
            
             after
             the
             Manner
             of
             an
             
               Errhine
               ;
            
             (
             but
             not
             too
             frequently
             ,
             )
             is
             very
             good
             .
          
           
             35
             But
             
               Champing
               ,
            
             (
             though
             wee
             have
             no
             
               Betel
               ;
            
             )
             Or
             Holding
             in
             the
             Mouth
             only
             ,
             of
             such
             Things
             as
             cheere
             the
             Spirits
             ,
             (
             even
             daily
             done
             ,
             )
             is
             exceeding
             comfortable
             .
             Therefore
             ,
             for
             that
             purpose
             ,
             make
             
               Grains
               ,
            
             or
             little
             
               Cakes
               ,
            
             of
             
               Ambre-Grise
               ,
            
             
             
               Marke
               ,
               Lignum
               Aloes
               ,
               Lignum
               〈◊〉
               ,
               Orris
               powder
               ,
            
             and
             
               〈◊〉
               ;
            
             And
             let
             those
             
               Grains
               ,
            
             or
             
               〈◊〉
               ,
            
             be
             made
             up
             ,
             with
             
               Rose-water
               ,
            
             which
             hath
             passed
             through
             a
             little
             
               Indian
               Balsame
               .
            
          
           
             36
             The
             
               Vapours
               ,
            
             which
             arising
             from
             Things
             inwardly
             taken
             ,
             doe
             fortifie
             ,
             and
             cherish
             the
             
               Hart
               ,
            
             ought
             to
             have
             these
             three
             properties
             ;
             That
             they
             be
             Friendly
             ,
             Cleare
             ,
             and
             Cooling
             .
             For
             〈◊〉
             
               Vapours
            
             are
             Nought
             ;
             And
             
               Wine
            
             it selfe
             ,
             which
             is
             thought
             to
             have
             only
             an
             Heating
             
               Vapour
               ,
            
             is
             not
             altogether
             void
             ,
             of
             an
             
               opiate
               Qualitie
               .
            
             Now
             we
             call
             those
             
               Vapours
               :
            
             Cleare
             ;
             which
             have
             more
             of
             the
             
               Vapour
               ,
            
             than
             of
             the
             
               Exhalation
               ;
            
             And
             which
             are
             not
             Smoakie
             ,
             or
             Fu
             liginous
             ,
             or
             Unctuous
             ;
             But
             
             Moist
             ,
             and
             Equall
             .
          
           
             37
             Out
             of
             that
             unprofitable
             Rabble
             of
             
               Cordials
               ,
            
             a
             few
             ought
             to
             bee
             taken
             into
             daily
             Diet
             :
             In
             stead
             of
             all
             ,
             
               Ambre
               .
               Grise
               ,
               Saffron
               ,
            
             and
             the
             Graine
             of
             
               Kermes
               ,
            
             of
             the
             Hotter
             sort
             ;
             Roots
             of
             
               Buglosse
               ,
            
             and
             
               Borrage
               ;
               Citrons
               ,
               Sweet
               Limons
               ,
            
             and
             
               Permaines
               ,
            
             of
             the
             Colder
             sort
             .
             Also
             that
             way
             ,
             which
             we
             said
             ,
             Both
             
               Gold
               ,
            
             and
             
               Pearles
               ,
            
             work
             a
             good
             effect
             ,
             not
             onely
             within
             the
             veines
             ,
             but
             in
             their
             passage
             ,
             and
             about
             the
             parts
             neare
             the
             heart
             ;
             Namely
             ,
             by
             Cooling
             ,
             without
             any
             Malignant
             Qualitie
             .
          
           
             38
             Of
             
               Bezoar
               Stone
               ,
            
             we
             beleeve
             well
             ,
             because
             of
             many
             Trials
             :
             But
             then
             ,
             the
             Manner
             of
             Taking
             it
             ,
             ought
             to
             bee
             such
             ,
             as
             the
             vertue
             thereof
             ,
             may
             more
             easily
             be
             communicated
             to
             
             the
             
               Spirits
               .
            
             Therefore
             we
             approve
             not
             the
             Taking
             of
             it
             ,
             in
             
               〈◊〉
               ,
            
             or
             
               Syrrupes
               ,
            
             or
             in
             
               Rose-water
               ,
            
             or
             any
             such
             like
             ;
             But
             only
             in
             
               Wine
               ,
               Cynnamon
               -
               〈◊〉
            
             or
             the
             like
             distilled
             water
             ;
             But
             that
             ,
             Weak
             ,
             or
             Small
             ,
             not
             Burning
             ,
             or
             Strong
             .
          
           
             39
             Of
             the
             
               Affections
            
             we
             have
             spoken
             before
             ,
             we
             only
             adde
             this
             ;
             That
             every
             
               Noble
               ,
            
             and
             
               Resolute
               ,
            
             and
             ,
             (
             as
             they
             call
             it
             ,
             )
             
               Heroicall
               Desire
               ,
            
             strengtheneth
             ,
             and
             enlargeth
             ,
             the
             powers
             of
             the
             
               Heart
               ;
            
             And
             ,
             touching
             the
             
               Heart
               ,
            
             thus
             much
             .
          
           
             40
             As
             for
             the
             
               Braine
               ;
            
             where
             the
             Seat
             ,
             and
             Court
             of
             the
             
               Animall
               Spirits
               ,
            
             is
             kept
             ;
             Those
             Things
             ,
             which
             were
             inquired
             before
             ,
             touching
             
               Opium
               ,
            
             and
             
               Niter
               ,
            
             and
             the
             
               Subordinates
            
             to
             them
             Both
             ;
             Also
             touching
             
             the
             
               procuring
            
             of
             
               placide
               Sleepe
               ,
            
             May
             likewise
             be
             referred
             hither
             .
             This
             also
             is
             most
             certaine
             ;
             That
             the
             
               Braine
            
             is
             in
             some
             sort
             ,
             in
             the
             Custody
             of
             the
             
               Stomach
               ;
            
             And
             therefore
             those
             Things
             ,
             which
             comfort
             ,
             and
             strengthen
             the
             
               Stomach
               ,
            
             doe
             help
             the
             
               Braine
               ,
            
             by
             Consent
             ;
             And
             may
             ,
             no
             lesse
             ,
             bee
             transferred
             hither
             .
             We
             will
             adde
             a
             few
             Observations
             ;
             Three
             Outward
             ,
             one
             Inward
             .
          
           
             41
             We
             would
             have
             
               Bathing
            
             of
             the
             
               Feet
               ,
            
             to
             be
             often
             used
             ;
             At
             least
             ,
             once
             in
             the
             week
             ;
             And
             the
             
               Bath
            
             to
             be
             made
             ,
             of
             
               Lye
               ,
            
             with
             
               Bay-salt
               ;
            
             And
             a
             little
             
               Sage
               ,
               Camomile
               ,
               Fennell
               ,
               Sweet
               .
               Marioram
               ,
            
             and
             
               Pepper-wort
               ;
            
             With
             the
             Leaves
             of
             
               Angelica
               ,
            
             green
             .
          
           
             42
             We
             commend
             also
             ,
             a
             
               Fume
               ,
            
             or
             
               Suffumigation
               ,
            
             every
             Morning
             
             of
             dried
             
               Rose-Mary
               ,
               〈◊〉
            
             dried
             ,
             and
             
               Lignum
               〈◊〉
               :
            
             For
             all
             Sweet
             
               Gums
               ,
            
             oppresse
             the
             Head.
             
          
           
             43
             Especially
             Care
             must
             bee
             taken
             ,
             that
             no
             
               Hot
               Things
               ,
            
             bee
             applied
             to
             the
             
               Head
               ,
            
             outwardly
             ;
             Such
             are
             kindes
             of
             
               Spices
               ,
            
             the
             very
             
               Nutmeg
            
             not
             excepted
             :
             For
             those
             Hot
             Things
             ,
             wee
             debase
             them
             ,
             to
             the
             soales
             of
             the
             Feet
             ,
             and
             would
             have
             them
             applied
             there
             onely
             :
             But
             a
             light
             annointing
             of
             the
             
               Head
               ,
            
             with
             
               Oyle
               ,
            
             mixed
             with
             
               Roses
               ,
               〈◊〉
            
             and
             a
             little
             
               Salt
               ,
            
             and
             
               Saffron
               ,
            
             we
             much
             commend
             .
          
           
             44
             Not
             forgetting
             those
             Things
             ,
             which
             wee
             have
             before
             delivered
             ,
             touching
             
               Opiates
               ,
               Nitre
               ,
            
             and
             the
             like
             ;
             which
             so
             much
             
               condense
            
             the
             
               Spirits
               ;
            
             wee
             think
             it
             not
             impertinent
             
             to
             that
             Effect
             ;
             That
             once
             in
             fourteen
             dayes
             ,
             Broath
             be
             taken
             in
             the
             Morning
             ,
             with
             three
             ,
             or
             foure
             ,
             Graines
             of
             
               Castoreum
               ,
            
             and
             a
             little
             
               〈◊〉
               Seed
               ,
            
             and
             
               Calamus
               ;
            
             Which
             both
             fortifie
             the
             
               Braine
               ;
            
             And
             in
             that
             aforesaid
             Density
             ,
             of
             the
             Substance
             ,
             of
             the
             
               Spirits
               ;
            
             (
             so
             necessarie
             to
             Long
             Life
             ;
             )
             Adde
             also
             a
             
               Vivacitis
            
             of
             
               〈◊〉
            
             and
             
               Vigour
               ,
            
             to
             them
             .
          
           
             45
             In
             Handling
             ,
             the
             
               〈◊〉
               ,
            
             of
             the
             foure
             
               Principall
               Bowels
               ,
            
             wee
             have
             propounded
             those
             Things
             ,
             which
             are
             both
             proper
             ,
             and
             choice
             ,
             and
             may
             safely
             ,
             and
             conveniently
             ,
             be
             transferred
             into
             Diet
             ,
             and
             Regiment
             of
             Life
             :
             For
             
               Varietie
            
             of
             
               Medicines
               ,
            
             is
             the
             
               Daughter
            
             of
             
               Ignorance
               ;
            
             And
             it
             is
             not
             more
             true
             ;
             That
             
               Many
               Dishes
               have
               caused
               many
               Diseases
               ;
            
             As
             
             the
             
               Proverb
            
             is
             ;
             Then
             this
             is
             〈◊〉
             ,
             That
             Many
             Medicines
             have
             caused
             few
             Cures
             .
             And
             〈◊〉
             the
             
               Operation
               ,
            
             upon
             the
             
               principall
               Bowels
               ,
            
             for
             their
             
               〈◊〉
               ,
            
             of
             
               Aliment
               ,
            
             thus
             much
             .
          
        
      
       
         
           The
           Operation
           upon
           the
           Outward
           Parts
           ,
           for
           their
           Attraction
           of
           Aliment
           .
           6.
           
        
         
           
             The
             Historie
             .
          
           
             1
             ALthough
             a
             good
             
               Concoction
               ,
            
             performed
             by
             the
             
               Inward
               Parts
               ,
            
             bee
             the
             principall
             ,
             towards
             a
             perfect
             Alimentation
             ;
             yet
             the
             Actions
             ,
             of
             the
             
               Outward
               Parts
               ,
            
             ought
             also
             to
             concurre
             ;
             
             That
             like
             as
             the
             
               Inward
               Facultie
               ,
            
             sendeth
             forth
             ,
             and
             extrudeth
             the
             Aliment
             ;
             So
             the
             
               Facultie
            
             of
             the
             
               Outward
               Parts
               ,
            
             may
             call
             forth
             ,
             and
             attract
             the
             same
             :
             And
             the
             more
             weake
             the
             
               Facultie
            
             of
             
               Concoction
               ,
            
             shall
             be
             ;
             The
             more
             need
             is
             there
             ,
             of
             a
             Concurring
             Helpe
             ,
             of
             the
             
               Attractive
               Facultie
               .
            
          
           
             2
             A
             
               Strong
               Attraction
               ,
            
             of
             the
             
               Outward
               Parts
               ,
            
             is
             chiefly
             caused
             ,
             by
             the
             
               Motion
               ,
            
             of
             the
             
               Body
               ;
            
             By
             which
             ,
             the
             Parts
             being
             Heated
             ,
             and
             Comforted
             ;
             Doe
             more
             cheerfully
             ,
             call
             forth
             ,
             and
             
               attract
               ,
            
             the
             Aliment
             ,
             unto
             themselves
             .
          
           
             3
             But
             this
             is
             most
             of
             all
             ,
             to
             be
             foreseen
             ,
             and
             avoided
             ;
             That
             the
             same
             
               Motion
               ,
            
             and
             
               〈◊〉
               ,
            
             which
             cals
             the
             new
             Juyce
             to
             the
             Members
             ;
             Doth
             not
             againe
             despoile
             the
             Member
             
             of
             that
             Juyce
             ,
             wherewith
             it
             had
             beene
             before
             refreshed
             .
          
           
             4
             
               Frications
               ,
            
             used
             in
             the
             Morning
             ,
             serve
             especially
             ,
             to
             this
             Intention
             ;
             But
             this
             must
             evermore
             accompany
             them
             ;
             That
             after
             the
             
               Frication
               ,
            
             the
             Part
             be
             lightly
             annointed
             with
             Oyle
             ;
             Left
             the
             Attrition
             ,
             of
             the
             
               Outward
               Parts
               ,
            
             make
             them
             by
             Perspiration
             ,
             Dry
             ,
             and
             Juycelesse
             .
          
           
             5
             The
             next
             is
             
               Exercise
               ,
            
             (
             by
             which
             the
             Parts
             confricate
             ,
             and
             chafe
             themselves
             ;
             )
             so
             it
             bee
             Moderate
             ;
             And
             which
             ,
             (
             as
             was
             noted
             before
             ,
             )
             be
             not
             Swift
             ,
             nor
             to
             the
             utmost
             Strength
             ,
             nor
             unto
             wearinesse
             .
             But
             in
             
               Exercise
               ,
            
             and
             in
             
               Frication
               ,
            
             there
             is
             the
             same
             Reason
             ,
             and
             Caution
             ;
             That
             the
             Body
             ,
             may
             not
             perspire
             ,
             or
             〈◊〉
             ,
             too
             much
             :
             Therefore
             ,
             
             
               Exercise
            
             is
             better
             in
             the
             oper
             Aire
             ,
             than
             in
             the
             House
             ;
             And
             better
             in
             Winter
             ,
             than
             in
             Summer
             :
             And
             againe
             ,
             
               Exercise
            
             is
             not
             onely
             to
             be
             concluded
             with
             
               Vnction
               ,
            
             as
             
               Frication
            
             is
             ;
             But
             in
             vehement
             
               Exercises
               ,
               Vnction
            
             is
             to
             bee
             used
             ,
             both
             in
             the
             Beginning
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             End
             ;
             As
             it
             was
             anciently
             to
             
               Champions
               .
            
          
           
             6
             That
             
               Exercise
               ,
            
             may
             resolve
             ,
             either
             the
             Spirits
             ,
             or
             the
             Juyces
             ,
             as
             little
             as
             may
             be
             ,
             it
             is
             necessarie
             ,
             that
             it
             be
             used
             ,
             when
             the
             Stomach
             is
             not
             altogether
             Emptie
             .
             And
             therefore
             ,
             that
             it
             may
             not
             bee
             used
             ,
             upon
             full
             Stomach
             ,
             (
             which
             doth
             much
             concerne
             Health
             ;
             )
             Nor
             yet
             upon
             an
             Emptie
             Stomach
             ,
             (
             which
             doth
             no
             lesse
             concerne
             Long
             Life
             ;
             )
             It
             is
             best
             ,
             to
             take
             a
             
               Breakfast
            
             in
             the
             
             Morning
             ;
             Not
             of
             any
             Physicall
             Drugs
             ,
             or
             of
             any
             Liquours
             ,
             or
             of
             Raisins
             ,
             or
             of
             Figs
             ,
             or
             the
             like
             ;
             But
             of
             plaine
             Meat
             ,
             and
             Drink
             ;
             yet
             that
             very
             light
             ,
             and
             in
             moderate
             Quantitie
             .
          
           
             7
             
               Exercise
               ,
            
             used
             for
             the
             Irrigation
             of
             the
             Members
             ,
             ought
             to
             be
             Equall
             ,
             to
             all
             the
             Members
             :
             Not
             ,
             (
             as
             
               Socrates
            
             said
             ,
             )
             
               that
               the
               Legs
               should
               move
               ,
               and
               the
               Armes
               should
               rest
               ;
            
             Or
             ,
             on
             the
             contrarie
             ;
             But
             that
             all
             the
             Parts
             may
             participate
             of
             the
             Motion
             .
             And
             it
             is
             altogether
             requisite
             to
             long
             Life
             ,
             that
             the
             Body
             should
             never
             abide
             long
             in
             one
             
               posture
               ,
            
             But
             that
             every
             halfe
             houre
             ,
             at
             least
             ,
             it
             change
             the
             
               posture
               ;
            
             Saving
             only
             in
             Sleepe
             .
          
           
             8
             Those
             Things
             ,
             which
             are
             used
             to
             
               Mortification
               ,
            
             may
             bee
             
             transferred
             to
             
               Vivification
               :
            
             For
             both
             
               Haire
               Shirts
               ,
            
             aud
             
               〈◊〉
               ,
            
             and
             all
             
               vexations
            
             of
             the
             outward
             parts
             ,
             doe
             fortifie
             the
             
               Attractive
               Force
            
             of
             them
             .
          
           
             9
             
               Cardan
            
             commends
             
               Netling
               :
            
             Even
             to
             let
             out
             
               〈◊〉
               ;
            
             But
             of
             this
             we
             have
             no
             Experience
             ;
             And
             besides
             ,
             we
             have
             no
             good
             opinion
             of
             it
             ,
             lest
             through
             the
             venemous
             Qualitie
             of
             the
             
               Nettle
               ,
            
             it
             may
             with
             often
             use
             ,
             breed
             Itches
             ,
             and
             other
             Diseases
             of
             the
             Skin
             .
             And
             touching
             the
             
               Operation
               ,
            
             upon
             the
             
               Outward
               Parts
               ,
            
             for
             their
             
               Attraction
            
             of
             
               Aliment
               ,
            
             thus
             much
             .
          
        
      
       
         
         
           The
           Operation
           upon
           the
           Aliment
           it selfe
           ;
           for
           the
           Insinuation
           thereof
           .
           7.
           
        
         
           
             The
             Historie
             .
          
           
             1
             THe
             vulgar
             Reproofe
             ,
             touching
             many
             
               Dishes
               ,
            
             doth
             rather
             become
             a
             severe
             
               Reformer
               ,
            
             than
             a
             
               Physician
               ;
            
             Or
             howsoever
             it
             may
             be
             good
             ,
             for
             preservation
             of
             Health
             ,
             yet
             it
             is
             Hurtfull
             to
             length
             of
             Life
             :
             By
             reason
             ,
             that
             a
             various
             Mixture
             of
             Aliments
             ,
             and
             somewhat
             Heterogeneous
             ,
             findes
             a
             passage
             into
             the
             veines
             ,
             and
             juyces
             of
             the
             Body
             ,
             more
             lively
             and
             
             cheerfully
             ,
             than
             a
             Simple
             ,
             and
             Homogeneous
             Diet
             doth
             :
             Besides
             ,
             it
             is
             more
             Forcible
             ,
             to
             stirre
             up
             
               Appetite
               ;
            
             which
             is
             the
             Spur
             of
             
               Disgestion
               .
            
             Therefore
             we
             allow
             ,
             both
             a
             
               Full
               Table
               ,
            
             and
             a
             
               continuall
               changing
               of
               Dishes
               ,
            
             according
             to
             the
             Seasons
             of
             the
             yeare
             ,
             or
             upon
             other
             occasions
             .
          
           
             2
             Also
             that
             Opinion
             ,
             of
             the
             
               Simplicitie
            
             of
             
               Meats
               ,
            
             without
             
               Sawces
               ,
            
             is
             but
             a
             Simplicity
             of
             Judgement
             :
             For
             good
             ,
             and
             well
             chosen
             ,
             
               Sawces
               ,
            
             are
             the
             most
             wholesome
             preparations
             of
             Meats
             ;
             And
             conduce
             ,
             both
             to
             Health
             ,
             and
             to
             Long
             Life
             .
          
           
             3
             It
             must
             bee
             ordered
             that
             with
             
               Meats
               ,
            
             hard
             of
             Disgestion
             ,
             be
             conjoyned
             ,
             strong
             
               Liquours
               ;
            
             And
             
               Sawces
               ,
            
             that
             may
             penetrate
             ,
             and
             make
             way
             ;
             But
             
             with
             
               Meats
            
             more
             easie
             of
             Disgestion
             ,
             smaller
             
               Liquours
               ,
            
             and
             Fat
             
               Sawces
               .
            
          
           
             4
             Whereas
             wee
             advised
             before
             ,
             that
             the
             first
             
               Draught
               at
               Supper
               ,
            
             should
             bee
             taken
             warne
             ;
             Now
             wee
             adde
             ,
             that
             for
             the
             preparation
             of
             the
             Stomach
             ,
             a
             good
             
               Draught
            
             of
             that
             
               Liquour
               ,
            
             (
             to
             which
             every
             Man
             is
             most
             accustomed
             ,
             )
             be
             taken
             warme
             ,
             halfe
             an
             Houre
             before
             
               Meat
            
             also
             ;
             But
             a
             little
             spiced
             ,
             to
             please
             the
             Taste
             .
          
           
             5
             The
             
               Preparation
               ,
            
             of
             
               Meats
               ,
            
             and
             
               Bread
               ,
            
             and
             
               Drinks
               ;
            
             That
             they
             bee
             rightly
             handled
             ,
             and
             in
             order
             to
             this
             
               Intention
               ;
            
             Is
             of
             exceeding
             great
             Moment
             ;
             Howsoever
             it
             may
             seeme
             a
             Mechanicall
             Thing
             ,
             and
             savouring
             of
             the
             
               Kitchin
               ,
            
             and
             
               Buttrie
               :
            
             yet
             it
             is
             of
             more
             consequence
             ,
             than
             those
             
               Fables
               ,
            
             
             of
             
               Gold
               ,
            
             and
             
               Precious
               Stones
               ,
            
             and
             the
             like
             .
          
           
             6
             The
             
               Moistning
               ,
            
             of
             the
             
               Iuyces
               ,
            
             of
             the
             
               Body
               ,
            
             by
             a
             
               Moist
               preparation
            
             of
             the
             
               Aliments
               ,
            
             is
             a
             childish
             Thing
             :
             It
             may
             be
             somewhat
             availeable
             against
             the
             
               Fervours
            
             of
             
               Diseases
               ;
            
             But
             it
             is
             altogether
             adverse
             ,
             to
             a
             
               Roscide
               Alimentation
               .
            
             Therefore
             ,
             
               Boyling
            
             of
             
               Meats
               ,
            
             as
             concerning
             our
             Intention
             ,
             is
             farre
             inferiour
             ,
             to
             
               Roasting
               ,
            
             and
             
               Baking
               ,
            
             and
             the
             like
             .
          
           
             7
             
               Roasting
            
             ought
             to
             bee
             with
             a
             quick
             fire
             ,
             and
             soone
             dispatched
             ;
             Not
             with
             a
             dull
             Fire
             ,
             and
             in
             long
             time
             .
          
           
             8
             All
             
               Solide
               Fleshes
               ,
            
             ought
             to
             be
             served
             in
             ,
             not
             altogether
             
               Fresh
               ,
            
             but
             somewhat
             
               powdered
               ,
            
             or
             
               Corned
               :
            
             The
             lesse
             
               Salt
            
             may
             bee
             spent
             at
             the
             Table
             ,
             with
             them
             ,
             or
             none
             at
             all
             :
             For
             
             
               Salt
               ,
            
             incorporated
             with
             the
             Meat
             before
             ,
             is
             better
             distributed
             in
             the
             Body
             ,
             than
             eaten
             with
             it
             at
             the
             Table
             .
          
           
             9
             There
             would
             bee
             brought
             into
             use
             severall
             and
             good
             
               〈◊〉
               ,
            
             and
             
               Infusions
            
             of
             
               Meats
               ,
            
             in
             convenient
             
               Liquours
               ,
            
             before
             the
             
               Roasting
            
             of
             them
             ;
             The
             like
             whereof
             are
             sometimes
             in
             use
             ,
             before
             they
             
               bake
            
             them
             ;
             And
             in
             the
             
               Pickles
            
             of
             some
             
               Fishes
               .
            
          
           
             10
             But
             
               Beatings
               ,
            
             and
             as
             it
             were
             
               Scourgings
               ,
            
             of
             Flesh
             Meats
             ,
             before
             they
             bee
             boiled
             ,
             would
             work
             no
             small
             Matter
             .
             Wee
             see
             ,
             it
             is
             confessed
             ,
             that
             
               Pertridges
               ,
            
             and
             
               Pheasants
               ,
            
             killed
             with
             an
             
               Hawke
               ;
            
             Also
             
               Bucks
               ,
            
             and
             
               Stags
               ,
            
             killed
             in
             
               Hunting
               ;
            
             (
             If
             they
             stand
             not
             out
             too
             long
             ,
             )
             eat
             better
             ,
             even
             to
             the
             Tast.
             And
             some
             
               Fishes
               ,
               Scourged
               ,
            
             
             and
             
               Beaten
               ,
            
             become
             more
             tender
             ,
             and
             wholesome
             .
             Also
             
               Hard
               ,
            
             and
             
               Sowre
               Peares
               ,
            
             and
             some
             other
             
               Fruits
               ,
            
             grow
             sweet
             with
             Rowling
             them
             .
             It
             were
             good
             to
             practise
             some
             such
             Beating
             ,
             and
             Bruising
             ,
             of
             the
             Harder
             kindes
             of
             Fleshes
             ,
             before
             they
             bee
             brought
             to
             the
             Fire
             .
             And
             this
             would
             bee
             one
             of
             the
             best
             preparations
             of
             all
             .
          
           
             11
             
               Bread
               ,
            
             a
             little
             
               leavened
               ,
            
             and
             very
             little
             
               salted
               ,
            
             is
             best
             :
             And
             which
             is
             baked
             in
             an
             oven
             ,
             thorowly
             heated
             ,
             and
             not
             with
             a
             faint
             Heat
             .
          
           
             12
             The
             
               Preparation
            
             of
             Drinks
             in
             order
             to
             long
             Life
             ,
             shall
             not
             exceed
             one
             precept
             .
             And
             as
             touching
             
               Water
               Drinkers
               ,
            
             wee
             have
             Nothing
             to
             say
             ;
             Such
             a
             Diet
             ,
             (
             as
             wee
             said
             before
             ,
             )
             may
             prolong
             life
             to
             an
             Indifferent
             
             Terme
             ,
             but
             to
             no
             Eminent
             length
             :
             But
             in
             other
             
               Drinks
               ,
            
             that
             are
             full
             of
             Spirit
             ;
             (
             Such
             as
             are
             ,
             
               wine
               ,
               Ale
               ,
               Mead
               ,
            
             and
             the
             like
             ,
             )
             This
             one
             Thing
             is
             to
             bee
             observed
             ,
             and
             pursued
             ,
             as
             the
             summe
             of
             all
             ;
             That
             the
             parts
             of
             the
             
               Liquour
               ,
            
             may
             bee
             exceeding
             Thin
             ,
             and
             Subtile
             ;
             And
             the
             
               Spirit
               ,
            
             exceeding
             Mild
             :
             This
             is
             Hard
             to
             be
             done
             ,
             by
             
               Age
            
             alone
             ;
             For
             that
             makes
             the
             Parts
             a
             little
             more
             subtile
             ;
             But
             the
             Spirits
             much
             more
             sharp
             ,
             and
             eager
             :
             Therefore
             of
             the
             
               Infusion
            
             in
             the
             vessels
             ,
             of
             some
             
               Fat
               Substance
               ,
            
             which
             may
             restraine
             the
             Acrimonie
             of
             the
             Spirits
             ,
             counsell
             hath
             beene
             given
             before
             :
             There
             is
             also
             another
             way
             ,
             without
             
               Infusion
               ,
            
             or
             
               Mixture
               :
            
             This
             is
             ,
             That
             the
             
               Liquour
            
             might
             bee
             continually
             
             
               agitated
               ;
            
             Either
             by
             
               Carriage
            
             upon
             the
             
               water
               ;
            
             Or
             by
             
               Carriage
            
             by
             
               Land
               ;
            
             Or
             by
             
               Hanging
            
             the
             
               Vessels
            
             upon
             
               Lines
               ,
            
             and
             daily
             stirring
             them
             ;
             Or
             some
             such
             other
             way
             :
             For
             it
             is
             certaine
             ;
             That
             this
             
               〈◊〉
               Motion
               ,
            
             doth
             both
             subtilize
             the
             parts
             ;
             And
             doth
             so
             Incorporate
             ,
             and
             Compact
             the
             Spirits
             ,
             with
             the
             parts
             ;
             That
             they
             have
             no
             leisure
             to
             turne
             to
             sowrenesse
             ,
             which
             is
             a
             kind
             of
             
               Putrefaction
               .
            
          
           
             13
             But
             in
             extreme
             
               old
               Age
               ,
            
             such
             a
             preparation
             of
             Meats
             ,
             is
             to
             be
             made
             ,
             as
             may
             be
             almost
             in
             the
             Middle-way
             to
             
               Chylus
            
             And
             touching
             the
             
               Distillations
            
             of
             
               Meats
               ,
            
             they
             are
             meere
             Toyes
             ;
             For
             the
             Nutritive
             part
             ,
             at
             least
             the
             best
             of
             it
             doth
             not
             ascend
             in
             
               Vapours
               .
            
          
           
             14
             The
             
               Incorporating
            
             of
             
               〈◊〉
            
             
             and
             
               Drink
               ,
            
             before
             they
             meet
             in
             the
             Stomach
             ,
             is
             a
             Degree
             to
             
               Chylus
               ;
            
             Therefore
             let
             
               Chickens
               ,
            
             or
             
               Pertridges
               ,
            
             or
             
               〈◊〉
               ,
            
             or
             the
             like
             ,
             bee
             taken
             ;
             And
             boiled
             in
             Water
             ,
             with
             a
             little
             Salt
             ;
             Then
             let
             them
             be
             cleansed
             ,
             and
             dried
             ;
             Afterward
             ,
             let
             them
             be
             infused
             in
             
               Must
               ,
            
             or
             
               Ale
            
             before
             it
             hath
             done
             working
             ,
             with
             a
             little
             
               Sugar
               .
            
          
           
             15
             Also
             ,
             
               Gravies
            
             of
             
               Meat
               ,
            
             and
             
               Mincings
            
             of
             them
             small
             ,
             well
             seasoned
             ;
             Are
             good
             for
             
               old
               Persons
               ;
            
             And
             the
             rather
             ,
             for
             that
             they
             are
             destituted
             of
             the
             Office
             of
             their
             
               Teeth
               ,
            
             in
             chewing
             ;
             which
             is
             a
             principall
             kinde
             of
             preparation
             .
          
           
             16
             And
             as
             for
             the
             Helps
             of
             that
             Defect
             ,
             (
             Namely
             ,
             of
             the
             Strength
             of
             
               Teeth
               ,
            
             to
             grinde
             the
             Meat
             ,
             )
             There
             are
             three
             
             Things
             ,
             which
             may
             conduce
             thereunto
             .
             First
             ,
             that
             
               New
               Teeth
            
             may
             put
             forth
             ;
             That
             which
             seemes
             al
             together
             Difficult
             ,
             and
             cannot
             bee
             accomplished
             ,
             without
             an
             Inward
             ,
             and
             powerfull
             Restauration
             of
             the
             Body
             .
             Secondly
             ,
             that
             the
             
               Iawes
            
             be
             so
             confirmed
             by
             due
             
               Astringents
               ,
            
             that
             they
             may
             in
             some
             sort
             supply
             the
             office
             of
             the
             
               Teeth
               ;
            
             which
             may
             possibly
             bee
             effected
             .
             Thirdly
             ,
             that
             the
             
               Meat
            
             bee
             so
             
               prepared
            
             that
             there
             shall
             be
             no
             need
             of
             
               chewing
               ;
            
             which
             Remedy
             〈◊〉
             ready
             ,
             and
             at
             Hand
             .
          
           
             17
             We
             have
             some
             Thought
             also
             ,
             touching
             the
             
               Quantitie
            
             of
             the
             
               Meat
               ,
            
             and
             
               Drinke
               ;
            
             That
             the
             same
             taken
             in
             larger
             
               Quantitie
               ,
            
             at
             some
             times
             ,
             is
             good
             for
             the
             
               Irrigation
            
             of
             the
             
               Body
               .
            
             Therefore
             both
             
               Greas
            
             
             
               Feastings
               ,
            
             and
             
               Free
               Drinkings
               ,
            
             are
             not
             altogether
             to
             be
             inhibited
             .
             And
             touching
             the
             
               Operation
            
             upon
             the
             
               Aliments
               ,
            
             and
             the
             
               Preparation
            
             of
             them
             ,
             thus
             much
             .
          
        
      
       
         
           The
           Operation
           upon
           the
           Last
           Act
           of
           Assimilation
           .
           8.
           
        
         
           TOuching
           the
           
             last
             Act
          
           of
           
             Assimilation
             ,
          
           (
           unto
           which
           the
           three
           
             Operations
             ,
          
           immediately
           preceding
           ,
           chiefly
           tend
           )
           our
           Advice
           shall
           be
           briefe
           ,
           and
           single
           .
           And
           the
           Thing
           it selfe
           ,
           rather
           needs
           Explication
           ,
           than
           any
           various
           Rules
           .
        
         
           1
           IT
           is
           certaine
           ,
           that
           all
           Bodies
           are
           endued
           with
           some
           Desire
           of
           
           
             Assimilating
          
           those
           things
           which
           are
           next
           them
           :
           Tuis
           the
           Rare
           ,
           and
           Pneumaticall
           Bodies
           ;
           As
           
             Flame
             ,
             Spirit
             ,
             Airt
          
           performe
           generously
           ,
           and
           with
           Alacritie
           ;
           On
           the
           contrary
           ,
           those
           that
           carrie
           a
           Grosse
           ,
           and
           Tangible
           Bulke
           about
           them
           ;
           Doe
           but
           weakly
           :
           In
           regard
           ,
           that
           the
           Desire
           ,
           of
           
             Assimilating
          
           other
           Thing
           ,
           is
           bound
           in
           ,
           by
           a
           stronger
           Desire
           of
           Rest
           ,
           and
           Containing
           themselves
           from
           
             Motion
             .
          
        
         
           2
           Againe
           ,
           it
           is
           certaine
           ,
           That
           that
           Desire
           of
           
             Assimilating
             ,
          
           being
           bound
           ,
           as
           wee
           said
           ,
           in
           a
           Grosse
           Body
           ,
           and
           made
           〈◊〉
           ;
           Is
           somewhat
           freed
           ,
           and
           stirred
           up
           ,
           by
           the
           
             Heat
             ,
          
           and
           
             Neighbouring
             Spirit
             ;
          
           So
           that
           it
           is
           then
           Actuated
           :
           which
           is
           the
           onely
           cause
           ,
           why
           
             Inanimates
             Assimilate
          
           
           not
           ,
           and
           
             Animates
             〈◊〉
             .
          
        
         
           3
           This
           also
           is
           certaine
           ,
           That
           the
           Harder
           the
           Consistence
           of
           the
           Body
           is
           ,
           the
           more
           doth
           that
           Body
           stand
           in
           need
           ,
           of
           a
           Greater
           Heat
           ,
           to
           prick
           forward
           the
           
             Assimilation
             :
          
           Which
           fals
           out
           ill
           for
           old
           Men
           ;
           because
           in
           them
           the
           Parts
           are
           more
           Obstinate
           ,
           and
           the
           Heat
           weaker
           :
           And
           therefore
           ,
           either
           the
           Obstinacie
           of
           their
           Parts
           ,
           is
           to
           be
           softned
           ,
           or
           their
           Heat
           increased
           .
           And
           as
           touching
           the
           
             Malacissation
             ,
          
           or
           
             Mollifying
          
           of
           the
           Members
           ,
           we
           shall
           speak
           afterward
           ;
           Having
           also
           formerly
           propounded
           many
           Things
           ,
           which
           pertaine
           to
           the
           prohibiting
           ,
           and
           preventing
           ,
           of
           this
           kinde
           of
           Hardnesse
           .
           For
           the
           other
           ,
           touching
           the
           Increasing
           of
           
           the
           Heat
           ,
           wee
           will
           now
           deliver
           a
           single
           precept
           ;
           After
           wee
           have
           first
           assumed
           this
           
             Axiome
             .
          
        
         
           4
           The
           
             Act
          
           of
           
             Assimilation
             ,
          
           (
           which
           ,
           as
           we
           said
           ,
           is
           excited
           ,
           by
           the
           Heat
           circumfused
           ,
           )
           in
           a
           Motion
           exceeding
           Accurate
           ,
           Subtile
           ,
           and
           in
           Little.
           Now
           all
           such
           Motions
           doe
           then
           come
           to
           their
           Vigour
           ,
           when
           the
           
             Locall
             Motion
          
           wholly
           ceaseth
           ,
           which
           disturbeth
           it
           .
           For
           the
           
             Motion
          
           of
           
             Separation
             ,
          
           into
           
             Homogeneall
          
           parts
           ,
           which
           is
           in
           
             Milke
             ;
          
           That
           the
           
             Creame
          
           should
           swim
           above
           ,
           and
           the
           
             Whey
          
           sink
           to
           the
           bottome
           ,
           will
           never
           work
           ,
           if
           the
           
             Milk
          
           bee
           never
           so
           little
           agitated
           :
           Neither
           will
           any
           
             Puterfaction
          
           proceed
           in
           Water
           ,
           or
           Mixt
           Bodies
           ,
           if
           the
           same
           be
           in
           Continuall
           
             Local
          
           
           
             Motion
             .
          
           So
           then
           ,
           from
           this
           
             Assumption
             ,
          
           we
           will
           conclude
           this
           ,
           for
           the
           present
           Inquisition
           .
        
         
           5
           The
           
             Act
          
           it selfe
           ,
           of
           
             Assimilation
             ,
          
           is
           chiefly
           accomplished
           in
           Sleepe
           ,
           and
           Rest
           ;
           Especially
           ,
           towards
           the
           Morning
           ,
           the
           Distribution
           being
           finished
           :
           Therefore
           ,
           we
           have
           nothing
           else
           to
           advise
           ,
           but
           that
           Men
           keep
           Themselves
           
             Hot
             ,
          
           in
           their
           
             Sleepe
             :
          
           And
           further
           ,
           that
           towards
           the
           Morning
           ,
           there
           be
           used
           some
           
             Annointing
             ,
          
           or
           
             Shirt
          
           〈◊〉
           with
           Oyle
           ,
           such
           as
           may
           gently
           stir
           up
           Heat
           ;
           And
           after
           that
           ,
           to
           fall
           asleep
           again
           .
           And
           touching
           the
           
             Last
             Act
          
           of
           
             Assimilation
             ,
          
           thus
           much
           .
        
      
       
         
         
           The
           Operation
           upon
           the
           Inteneration
           of
           that
           ,
           which
           begins
           to
           be
           Arified
           ;
           Or
           the
           Malacissation
           of
           the
           Body
           .
           9.
           
        
         
           WEe
           have
           inquired
           formerly
           ,
           touching
           the
           
             Inteneration
          
           from
           within
           ;
           〈◊〉
           is
           done
           by
           many
           Windings
           ,
           〈◊〉
           Circuits
           ,
           as
           well
           of
           
             〈◊〉
             ,
          
           as
           of
           
             Detaining
          
           the
           
             Spirit
          
           from
           Issuing
           forth
           ;
           〈◊〉
           therefore
           is
           accomplished
           Slowly
           .
           Now
           we
           are
           to
           inquire
           ,
           touching
           that
           
             Inteneration
             ,
          
           which
           is
           〈◊〉
           without
           ;
           And
           is
           effected
           ,
           as
           〈◊〉
           were
           ,
           Suddenly
           ;
           Or
           ,
           touching
           
           the
           
             Malacissation
             ,
          
           and
           〈◊〉
           of
           the
           
             Body
             .
          
        
         
           
             The
             Historie
             .
          
           
             1
             IN
             the
             
               Fable
               ,
            
             of
             Restoring
             
               Pelias
            
             to
             Youth
             againe
             ;
             
               Medea
               ,
            
             when
             the
             Faigned
             to
             doe
             it
             ,
             〈◊〉
             this
             way
             ,
             of
             〈◊〉
             the
             same
             ,
             That
             the
             
               〈◊〉
               Mans
            
             Body
             should
             be
             cut
             into
             severall
             Peeces
             ;
             And
             〈◊〉
             Boyled
             in
             a
             Cauldron
             ,
             with
             certaine
             Medicaments
             .
             There
             may
             ,
             perhaps
             ,
             some
             
               〈◊〉
            
             bee
             required
             to
             this
             Matter
             ;
             But
             the
             
               Cutting
            
             into
             
               〈◊〉
               ,
            
             is
             not
             needfull
             .
          
           
             2
             Notwithstanding
             ,
             this
             
               Cuting
            
             into
             
               Peeces
               ,
            
             seemes
             ,
             in
             some
             sort
             ,
             to
             be
             usefull
             ;
             Not
             〈◊〉
             a
             Knife
             ,
             but
             with
             Judgement
             .
             For
             whereas
             the
             
               Consistence
            
             
             of
             the
             
               Bowels
               ,
            
             and
             
               〈◊〉
            
             is
             very
             divers
             ;
             It
             is
             needfull
             that
             the
             
               Inteneration
            
             of
             them
             both
             ,
             be
             not
             effected
             the
             same
             way
             ;
             But
             that
             there
             be
             a
             Cure
             designed
             of
             each
             in
             particular
             ,
             Besides
             those
             Things
             ,
             which
             pertaine
             to
             the
             
               Inteneration
               ,
            
             of
             the
             whole
             
               Masse
            
             of
             the
             
               Bodie
               ;
            
             Of
             which
             ,
             notwithstanding
             ,
             in
             the
             first
             place
             .
          
           
             3
             This
             
               Operation
               ,
            
             (
             if
             perhaps
             it
             bee
             within
             our
             power
             ,
             )
             is
             most
             likely
             to
             bee
             done
             ,
             by
             
               Baths
               ,
               Vnctions
               ,
            
             and
             the
             like
             :
             Concerning
             which
             ,
             these
             Things
             that
             follow
             ,
             are
             to
             be
             observed
             .
          
           
             4
             We
             must
             not
             be
             too
             forward
             in
             Hoping
             to
             Accomplish
             this
             matter
             from
             the
             Examples
             of
             those
             Things
             which
             we
             see
             done
             ,
             in
             the
             
               Imbibitions
               ,
            
             and
             
               Macerations
            
             of
             
               Inanimates
               :
            
             
             By
             which
             they
             are
             intenerated
             :
             whereof
             we
             introduced
             some
             Instances
             before
             :
             For
             this
             kinde
             of
             
               Operation
               ,
            
             is
             more
             Easie
             upon
             
               Inanimates
               ,
            
             Because
             they
             attract
             ,
             and
             suck
             in
             the
             Liquour
             .
             But
             upon
             the
             Bodies
             of
             Living
             Creatures
             it
             is
             Harder
             ;
             Because
             ,
             in
             them
             ,
             the
             Motion
             rather
             tendeth
             outward
             ,
             and
             to
             the
             
               Circumference
               .
            
          
           
             5
             Therefore
             ,
             the
             
               Emollient
               Baths
               ,
            
             which
             are
             in
             use
             ,
             doe
             little
             good
             ,
             but
             on
             the
             contrary
             ,
             hurt
             ;
             Because
             they
             rather
             draw
             forth
             ,
             than
             make
             entrance
             ;
             And
             resolve
             the
             Structure
             of
             the
             Body
             ,
             rather
             than
             consolidate
             it
             .
          
           
             6
             The
             
               Baths
               ,
            
             and
             
               Vnctions
               ,
            
             which
             may
             serve
             to
             the
             present
             
               Operation
               ;
            
             (
             Namely
             ,
             of
             
               Intenerating
            
             the
             
               Body
               ,
            
             truly
             
             and
             really
             ,
             )
             ought
             to
             have
             three
             properties
             .
          
           
             7
             The
             First
             and
             Principall
             ,
             is
             ;
             That
             they
             consist
             of
             those
             
               Things
               ,
            
             which
             in
             their
             
               Whole
               Substance
               ,
            
             are
             
               Like
            
             unto
             the
             
               Body
               ,
            
             and
             
               Flesh
            
             of
             Man
             ;
             And
             which
             have
             a
             
               Feeding
               ,
            
             and
             
               Nursing
            
             Vertue
             ,
             from
             without
             .
          
           
             8
             The
             Second
             ,
             is
             ;
             That
             they
             be
             mixed
             with
             such
             Things
             ,
             as
             through
             the
             
               Subtilty
            
             of
             their
             
               Parts
               ,
            
             may
             
               Make
               Entrance
               ;
            
             And
             so
             insinuate
             ,
             and
             conveigh
             their
             
               Nourishing
               Vertue
               ,
            
             into
             the
             
               Body
               .
            
          
           
             9
             The
             Third
             ,
             is
             ;
             That
             they
             receive
             some
             
               Mixture
            
             (
             though
             much
             inferiour
             to
             the
             rest
             ,
             )
             of
             such
             Things
             as
             are
             
               Astringent
               ;
            
             I
             meane
             ,
             not
             Sowre
             or
             Tart
             Things
             ;
             But
             Unctuous
             ,
             and
             Comforting
             ;
             That
             while
             the
             
             other
             two
             do
             operate
             ,
             the
             〈◊〉
             out
             of
             the
             Body
             ,
             which
             destroyeth
             the
             Vertue
             of
             the
             Things
             
               Intenerating
               ,
            
             may
             (
             as
             much
             as
             is
             possible
             ,
             )
             be
             prohibited
             ;
             And
             the
             Motion
             to
             the
             Inward
             Parts
             ,
             by
             the
             
               Astriction
            
             of
             the
             Skin
             ,
             and
             Closing
             of
             the
             Passages
             ,
             may
             be
             promoted
             and
             furthered
             .
          
           
             10
             That
             which
             is
             most
             
               Consubstantiall
               ,
            
             to
             the
             Body
             of
             Man
             ,
             is
             
               Warme
               Bloud
               ,
            
             either
             of
             Man
             ,
             or
             of
             some
             other
             living
             Creature
             :
             But
             the
             Device
             of
             
               Ficinus
               ;
            
             Touching
             the
             Sucking
             of
             
               Bloud
            
             out
             of
             the
             Arme
             of
             a
             wholesome
             young
             Man
             ;
             For
             the
             Restauration
             of
             Strength
             in
             Old
             men
             ;
             is
             very
             Frivolous
             ;
             For
             that
             ,
             which
             nourisheth
             from
             within
             ,
             ought
             no
             way
             to
             be
             Equall
             ,
             or
             Homogeneall
             to
             the
             Body
             nourished
             ;
             
             But
             in
             some
             sort
             ,
             Inferiour
             ,
             and
             Subordinate
             ,
             that
             it
             may
             be
             converted
             :
             But
             in
             Things
             applyed
             outwardly
             ,
             by
             how
             much
             the
             
               Substance
            
             is
             
               Liker
               ,
            
             by
             so
             much
             the
             
               Consent
            
             is
             better
             .
          
           
             11
             It
             hath
             been
             anciently
             received
             ;
             That
             a
             
               Bath
            
             made
             of
             the
             
               Bloud
            
             of
             
               Infants
            
             will
             cure
             the
             
               Leprosie
               ,
            
             and
             heale
             the
             Flesh
             already
             putrified
             :
             Insomuch
             ,
             that
             this
             Thing
             hath
             begot
             Envie
             towards
             some
             
               Kings
               ,
            
             from
             the
             Common
             people
             .
          
           
             12
             It
             is
             reported
             ,
             that
             
               Heraditus
               ,
            
             for
             cure
             of
             the
             
               Dropsie
               ,
            
             was
             put
             into
             the
             
               Warme
               Belly
            
             of
             an
             
               Oxe
               ,
            
             newly
             slaine
             .
          
           
             13
             They
             use
             the
             
               Bloud
            
             of
             
               Kitlins
               ,
            
             warme
             ;
             To
             cure
             the
             Disease
             called
             
               Saint
               Anthonies
               Fire
               ;
            
             And
             to
             restore
             the
             Flesh
             and
             Skin
             .
          
           
           
             14
             An
             
               Arme
               ,
            
             or
             other
             
               Member
               ,
            
             newly
             cut
             off
             ;
             Or
             that
             ,
             upon
             some
             other
             Occasion
             ,
             will
             not
             leave
             
               Bleeding
               ;
            
             Is
             ,
             with
             good
             successe
             ,
             put
             into
             the
             
               Belly
            
             of
             some
             
               Creature
               ,
               Newly
               ripped
               up
               ;
            
             For
             it
             worketh
             potently
             ,
             to
             Stanch
             the
             
               Bloud
               ;
            
             The
             
               Bloud
            
             of
             the
             Member
             cut
             off
             ,
             by
             consent
             sucking
             in
             ,
             and
             vehemently
             drawing
             to
             it selfe
             ,
             the
             
               Warme
               Bloud
            
             of
             the
             Creature
             Slaine
             ;
             whereby
             it selfe
             is
             Stopped
             ,
             and
             retireth
             .
          
           
             15
             It
             is
             much
             used
             in
             
               Extreme
            
             and
             
               Desperate
               Diseases
               ,
            
             to
             cut
             in
             two
             young
             
               Pigeons
               ,
            
             yet
             Living
             ,
             and
             to
             apply
             them
             to
             the
             
               Soles
            
             of
             the
             
               Feet
               ,
            
             and
             to
             shift
             them
             one
             after
             another
             ;
             whereby
             ,
             sometime
             〈◊〉
             followeth
             a
             wonderful
             case
             .
             This
             is
             imputed
             vulgarly
             ,
             as
             if
             they
             
             should
             draw
             downe
             the
             Malignitie
             of
             the
             Disease
             ;
             But
             howsoever
             ,
             this
             Application
             goeth
             to
             the
             
               Head
               ,
            
             and
             comforteth
             the
             
               Animal
               Spirits
               .
            
          
           
             16
             But
             these
             
               Bloudy
               Baths
            
             and
             
               Vnctions
               ,
            
             seeme
             to
             us
             Sluttish
             and
             Odious
             ;
             Let
             us
             search
             out
             some
             others
             ,
             which
             perhaps
             have
             lesse
             loathsomenesse
             in
             them
             ,
             and
             yet
             not
             lesse
             Benefit
             .
          
           
             17
             Next
             unto
             
               Warme-Bloud
               ,
               Things
               alike
            
             in
             
               Substance
               ,
            
             to
             the
             Body
             of
             Man
             ,
             are
             ,
             
               Nutritives
               ;
               Fat
               Fleshes
               ;
            
             Of
             
               Oxen
               ,
               Swine
               ,
               Deere
               :
               Oisters
            
             amongst
             
               Fishes
               ;
               Milke
               ,
               Butter
               ,
               Yolkes
               〈◊〉
               Egs
               :
               Floure
            
             of
             Wheat
             ,
             
               Sweet
               Wine
               :
            
             Either
             Sugred
             ,
             or
             〈◊〉
             it
             be
             fined
             .
          
           
             18
             Such
             Things
             as
             wee
             would
             〈◊〉
             mixed
             ,
             to
             make
             〈◊〉
             ,
             are
             ;
             In
             stead
             of
             all
             ,
             
               〈◊〉
            
             
             Especially
             ,
             
               Bay-salt
               ;
            
             Also
             
               Wine
               ,
            
             (
             when
             it
             is
             full
             of
             Spirit
             ,
             )
             maketh
             Entrance
             ;
             And
             is
             an
             excellent
             Convoy
             .
          
           
             19
             
               Astringents
            
             of
             that
             Kinde
             ,
             which
             we
             described
             ;
             Namely
             ,
             
               Vnctuous
               ,
            
             and
             
               Comfortable
            
             Things
             ,
             are
             ;
             
               Saffron
               ,
               Mastick
               ,
               Myrrhe
               ,
            
             and
             
               Myrtle-Berries
               .
            
          
           
             20
             Of
             these
             Parts
             ,
             in
             our
             judgement
             ,
             may
             very
             well
             be
             made
             such
             a
             
               Bath
               ,
            
             as
             wee
             designe
             :
             
               Physicians
               ,
            
             and
             
               Posteritie
               ,
            
             will
             finde
             out
             better
             Things
             hereafter
             .
          
           
             21
             But
             the
             
               Operation
            
             will
             bee
             much
             better
             &
             more
             powerfull
             ;
             If
             such
             a
             
               Bath
               ,
            
             as
             we
             have
             propounded
             ,
             (
             which
             we
             hold
             to
             be
             the
             Principall
             Matter
             ,
             )
             beattended
             with
             a
             Foure-fold
             
               Course
            
             and
             
               Crder
               .
            
          
           
             22
             First
             ,
             that
             there
             goe
             before
             the
             
               Bath
               ,
            
             a
             
               Frication
            
             of
             the
             Bodie
             ;
             
             And
             an
             
               Annointing
            
             with
             Oyle
             ,
             with
             some
             
               Thickning
               Substance
               :
            
             That
             the
             Vertue
             ,
             and
             Moistning
             Heat
             of
             the
             
               Bath
               ,
            
             may
             pierce
             the
             Body
             ,
             and
             not
             the
             watry
             Part
             of
             the
             Liquour
             .
             Then
             let
             the
             
               〈◊〉
            
             follow
             ,
             for
             the
             space
             of
             some
             two
             Houres
             :
             After
             the
             
               Bath
               ,
            
             let
             the
             
               Body
            
             bee
             
               Emplaistrea
            
             with
             
               Mastick
               ,
               Myrrhe
               ,
               Tragacanth
               ,
               Diapalma
               ,
            
             and
             
               Saffron
               ;
            
             That
             the
             Perspiration
             of
             the
             Body
             ,
             may
             (
             as
             much
             as
             is
             possible
             ,
             )
             be
             inhibited
             ;
             Till
             the
             
               Supple
               Matter
            
             be
             by
             degrees
             turned
             into
             
               Solide
               :
            
             This
             to
             be
             continued
             ,
             for
             the
             space
             of
             twenty
             foure
             houres
             ,
             or
             more
             Lastly
             ,
             the
             
               Emplaistring
            
             being
             removed
             ,
             let
             there
             be
             an
             
               Annointing
            
             with
             Oyle
             ,
             〈◊〉
             with
             Salt
             ,
             and
             Saffron
             .
             〈◊〉
             let
             this
             
               Bath
               ,
            
             together
             〈◊〉
             
             the
             
               Emplaistring
            
             and
             
               Vnction
               ,
            
             (
             as
             before
             ,
             )
             be
             renewed
             every
             Fifth
             day
             :
             This
             
               Malacissation
               ,
            
             or
             
               Suppling
            
             of
             the
             Body
             ,
             to
             be
             continued
             for
             one
             whole
             Moneth
             .
          
           
             23
             Also
             during
             the
             Time
             of
             this
             
               Malacissation
               ,
            
             we
             hold
             it
             usefull
             ,
             and
             proper
             ,
             and
             according
             to
             our
             
               Intention
               ;
            
             That
             Men
             nourish
             their
             Bodies
             well
             ,
             and
             keep
             out
             of
             the
             
               Cold
               Aire
               ;
            
             And
             drink
             nothing
             ,
             but
             
               Warme
               Drinke
               .
            
          
           
             24
             Now
             this
             is
             one
             of
             those
             Things
             ,
             (
             as
             wee
             warned
             ,
             in
             generall
             ,
             in
             the
             beginning
             ,
             )
             whereof
             wee
             have
             made
             no
             Triall
             by
             
               Experiment
               ;
            
             But
             only
             set
             it
             downe
             ,
             out
             of
             our
             Aiming
             and
             Levelling
             at
             the
             End.
             For
             having
             
               Set
            
             up
             the
             
               Marke
               ,
            
             we
             deliver
             the
             
               Light
            
             to
             others
             .
          
           
           
             25
             Neither
             ought
             the
             
               Warmths
            
             and
             
               Cherishings
            
             of
             
               Living
               Bodies
               ,
            
             to
             bee
             neglected
             .
             
               Ficinus
            
             saith
             ,
             and
             that
             seriously
             enough
             ;
             
               That
               the
               laying
               of
               the
               young
               Maid
               in
               Davids
               Bosome
               ,
               was
               wholesome
               for
               him
               ,
               but
               it
               came
               too
               late
               .
            
             He
             should
             also
             have
             added
             ;
             That
             the
             
               Young
               Maid
               ,
            
             after
             the
             manner
             of
             the
             
               Persian
               Virgins
               ,
            
             ought
             to
             have
             been
             annointed
             with
             
               Myrrhe
               ,
            
             and
             such
             like
             ;
             Not
             for
             Deliciousnesse
             ,
             but
             to
             increase
             the
             Vertue
             of
             this
             Cherishing
             by
             a
             living
             Body
             .
          
           
             26
             
               Barbarossa
               ,
            
             in
             his
             extreme
             old
             Age
             ,
             by
             the
             advice
             of
             a
             
               Physician
               ,
            
             a
             
               Iew
               ,
            
             did
             continually
             apply
             
               Young
               Boyes
               ,
            
             to
             his
             Stomach
             and
             Belly
             ,
             for
             Warmth
             and
             Cherishing
             :
             Also
             some
             
               Old
               Men
               ,
               lay
               Wholps
               ,
            
             (
             Creatures
             of
             the
             Hottest
             
             Kind
             ,
             )
             close
             to
             their
             
               Stomachs
               ,
            
             every
             Night
             .
          
           
             There
             hath
             gone
             a
             report
             ,
             almost
             undoubted
             ;
             And
             that
             under
             several
             Names
             ;
             Of
             certaine
             
               Men
            
             that
             had
             great
             
               Noses
               ;
            
             who
             being
             weary
             of
             the
             Derision
             of
             People
             ,
             have
             cut
             off
             the
             Bunches
             ,
             or
             Hillocks
             of
             their
             
               Noses
               ;
            
             And
             then
             making
             a
             wide
             Gash
             in
             their
             Armes
             ,
             have
             bold
             their
             
               Noses
            
             in
             the
             place
             ,
             for
             a
             certain
             time
             ;
             And
             so
             brought
             forth
             faire
             and
             comely
             
               Noses
               :
            
             Which
             if
             it
             be
             true
             ,
             it
             shewes
             plainly
             ,
             the
             
               Consent
            
             of
             
               Flesh
            
             unto
             
               Flesh
               ,
            
             especially
             in
             
               Live
               Fleshes
               .
            
          
           
             28
             
               Touching
               the
               Particular
            
             Inteneration
             ,
             
               of
               the
            
             Principall
             Bowels
             ;
             
               The
            
             Stomach
             ,
             Lungs
             ,
             Liver
             ,
             Heart
             ,
             Braine
             ,
             Marrow
             
               of
               the
            
             Backbone
             ,
             Guts
             ,
             Reines
             ,
             Gall
             ,
             Veines
             ,
             Arteries
             ,
             Nerves
             ,
             Cartilages
             ,
             
             
               Bones
               ;
            
             The
             
               Inquisition
            
             and
             
               Direction
               ,
            
             would
             bee
             too
             long
             ;
             Seeing
             we
             now
             set
             not
             forth
             a
             
               Practique
               ;
            
             But
             certain
             
               Indications
            
             to
             the
             
               Practique
               .
            
          
        
      
       
         
           The
           Operation
           upon
           the
           Purging
           away
           of
           old
           Iuyce
           ,
           and
           Supplying
           of
           new
           Iuyce
           ;
           Or
           of
           Renovation
           by
           Turnes
           .
           10.
           
        
         
           
             The
             Historie
             .
          
           
             ALTHOUGH
             those
             Things
             ,
             which
             wee
             shall
             here
             set
             downe
             ,
             have
             been
             ,
             for
             the
             most
             part
             ,
             spoken
             of
             before
             ;
             yet
             because
             
             this
             Operation
             ,
             is
             one
             of
             the
             Principall
             ,
             wee
             will
             handle
             them
             over
             againe
             ,
             more
             at
             large
             .
          
           
             1
             It
             is
             certaine
             ,
             that
             
               Draught
               Oxen
               ,
            
             which
             have
             been
             worne
             out
             with
             working
             ,
             being
             put
             into
             Fresh
             and
             Rich
             Pastures
             ,
             will
             gather
             tender
             and
             young
             
               Flesh
            
             againe
             ;
             And
             this
             will
             appeare
             ,
             even
             to
             the
             Taste
             and
             Palate
             ;
             So
             that
             the
             
               Inteneration
            
             of
             
               Flesh
               ,
            
             is
             no
             hard
             Matter
             .
             Now
             it
             is
             likely
             ,
             that
             this
             
               Inteneration
            
             of
             the
             
               Flesh
               ,
            
             being
             often
             repeated
             ,
             will
             in
             time
             ,
             reach
             to
             the
             
               Inteneration
            
             of
             the
             
               Bones
            
             and
             
               Membranes
               ,
            
             and
             like
             
               Parts
            
             of
             the
             
               Body
               .
            
          
           
             2
             It
             is
             certaine
             ,
             that
             
               Diets
            
             which
             are
             now
             much
             in
             〈◊〉
             Principally
             of
             
               〈◊〉
            
             And
             of
             
               〈◊〉
               ,
               China
            
             and
             
               〈◊〉
            
             If
             they
             be
             continued
             
             for
             any
             time
             ,
             and
             according
             to
             strict
             Rules
             ;
             Doe
             first
             
               Attenuate
            
             the
             whole
             
               Iuyce
            
             of
             the
             Body
             ;
             And
             after
             
               Consume
            
             it
             ,
             and
             
               Drinke
            
             it
             up
             .
             Which
             is
             most
             manifest
             ,
             because
             that
             by
             these
             
               Diets
               ,
            
             the
             
               French
               Pox
               ,
            
             when
             it
             is
             growne
             even
             to
             an
             Hardnesse
             ;
             And
             hath
             eaten
             up
             ,
             and
             corrupted
             ,
             the
             very
             
               Marrow
            
             of
             the
             Body
             ;
             may
             be
             assuredly
             cured
             .
             And
             further
             ,
             because
             it
             is
             as
             manifest
             ,
             that
             Men
             ,
             who
             by
             these
             
               Diets
               ,
            
             are
             brought
             to
             be
             extreme
             Leane
             ,
             Pale
             ,
             and
             as
             it
             were
             ,
             Ghosts
             ;
             Will
             soone
             after
             become
             Fat
             ,
             well-coloured
             ,
             and
             apparantly
             Young
             againe
             .
             Wherefore
             ,
             we
             are
             absolutely
             of
             opinion
             ,
             〈◊〉
             such
             kind
             of
             
               Diets
               ,
            
             in
             the
             〈◊〉
             of
             Age
             ,
             being
             used
             every
             〈◊〉
             yeare
             ,
             would
             bee
             very
             useful
             to
             our
             
               Intention
               ;
            
             
             Like
             the
             old
             
               Skin
               ,
            
             or
             
               Spoile
            
             of
             
               Sarpents
               .
            
          
           
             3
             Wee
             doe
             confidently
             affirme
             ;
             (
             neither
             let
             any
             Man
             reckon
             us
             amongst
             those
             
               Heretikes
               ,
            
             which
             were
             called
             
               Cathari
               ;
            
             )
             That
             often
             
               Purges
               ,
            
             and
             made
             even
             Familiar
             to
             the
             Body
             ,
             are
             more
             availeable
             to
             long
             Life
             ,
             than
             
               Exercises
            
             and
             
               Sweats
               .
            
             And
             this
             must
             needs
             be
             so
             ,
             if
             that
             be
             held
             ,
             which
             is
             already
             laid
             for
             a
             Ground
             ;
             That
             
               Vnctions
            
             of
             the
             
               Body
               ;
            
             And
             
               Oppletion
            
             of
             the
             
               Passages
            
             from
             without
             ;
             And
             
               Exclusion
            
             of
             
               Aire
               ;
            
             And
             
               Detaining
            
             of
             the
             
               Spirit
               ,
            
             within
             the
             Masse
             of
             the
             Body
             ;
             Doe
             much
             conduce
             to
             long
             Life
             .
             For
             it
             is
             most
             certaine
             ,
             that
             by
             
               Sweats
               ,
            
             and
             Outward
             
               Perspirations
               ;
            
             not
             onely
             the
             Humours
             ,
             and
             excrementitious
             Vapours
             are
             Exhaled
             
             and
             consumed
             ;
             But
             together
             with
             them
             ,
             the
             Juices
             also
             ,
             and
             good
             Spirits
             ,
             which
             are
             not
             so
             easily
             repaired
             ;
             But
             in
             
               〈◊〉
               ,
            
             (
             unlesse
             they
             be
             very
             Immoderate
             ,
             )
             it
             is
             not
             so
             ;
             Seeing
             they
             worke
             〈◊〉
             upon
             the
             
               Humours
               .
            
             But
             the
             best
             
               Purges
            
             for
             this
             
               Intention
               ,
            
             are
             those
             ,
             which
             are
             taken
             immediately
             before
             
               〈◊〉
               ;
            
             Because
             they
             
               Dry
            
             the
             
               Body
            
             lesse
             ;
             And
             therefore
             ,
             they
             must
             be
             of
             those
             
               Purgers
               ,
            
             which
             doe
             least
             trouble
             the
             
               Belly
               .
            
          
           
             
               These
            
             Intentions
             ,
             
               of
               the
            
             Operations
             ,
             
               which
               wee
               have
               Propounded
               ,
               (
               as
               we
               conceive
               ,
               )
               are
               most
               true
               ;
               The
            
             Remedies
             
               Faithfull
               to
               the
            
             〈◊〉
             
               〈◊〉
               is
               it
               credible
               to
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               (
               Although
               not
               a
               Few
               of
               these
            
             Remedies
             
               may
               seeme
               but
               〈◊〉
            
             
             with
             what
             Care
             ,
             and
             Choice
             ,
             they
             have
             beene
             examined
             by
             us
             ;
             That
             they
             might
             be
             (
             the
             
               Intention
            
             not
             at
             all
             empeached
             )
             both
             Safe
             ,
             and
             Effectuall
             .
             
               Experience
               ,
            
             no
             doubt
             ,
             will
             both
             verifie
             ,
             and
             promote
             ,
             these
             Matters
             .
             And
             such
             ,
             in
             all
             things
             ,
             are
             the
             
               works
            
             of
             every
             
               prudent
               Counsell
               ;
            
             That
             they
             are
             
               Admirable
            
             in
             their
             
               Effects
               ,
               Excellent
            
             also
             in
             their
             
               Order
               ,
            
             but
             
               seeming
               vulgar
            
             in
             the
             
               Way
            
             and
             
               Meanes
               .
            
          
        
      
       
         
           The
           Proches
           of
           Death
           .
        
         
           WE
           are
           now
           to
           inquire
           
           touching
           the
           
             Porches
          
           of
           
             Death
             ;
          
           That
           is
           ,
           Touching
           those
           Things
           ,
           which
           happen
           unto
           Men
           ,
           at
           the
           
             point
          
           of
           
             Death
             ;
          
           Both
           a
           little
           before
           ,
           and
           after
           .
           
           That
           seeing
           there
           are
           many
           
             Paths
             ,
          
           which
           lead
           to
           
             Death
             ,
          
           it
           may
           be
           under
           stood
           ,
           in
           what
           
             Common-way
             ,
          
           they
           all
           end
           ;
           Especially
           ,
           in
           those
           
             Deaths
             ,
          
           which
           are
           caused
           by
           
             Indigence
          
           of
           
             Nature
             ,
          
           rather
           than
           by
           
             violence
             ;
          
           Although
           something
           of
           this
           Latter
           also
           ,
           must
           be
           inserted
           ,
           because
           of
           the
           Connexion
           of
           Things
           .
        
         
           
             The
             Historie
             .
          
           
             1
             THe
             
               Living
               Spirit
               ,
            
             stands
             in
             need
             of
             three
             Things
             ,
             that
             it
             may
             subsist
             :
             
               Convenient
               Motion
               ;
               Temperate
               Refrigeration
               ;
            
             And
             
               Fit
               Aliment
               .
               Plame
            
             seemes
             to
             stand
             in
             need
             ,
             but
             of
             two
             of
             these
             ;
             Namely
             ,
             
               Motion
               ,
            
             and
             
               Aliment
               :
            
             Because
             
               Flame
            
             is
             a
             simple
             substance
             ,
             the
             
               Spirit
            
             a
             Compounded
             :
             
             Insomuch
             ,
             that
             if
             it
             approach
             somewhat
             too
             neare
             to
             a
             
               Flamie
            
             Nature
             ,
             it
             overthroweth
             it selfe
             .
          
           
             2
             Also
             
               Flame
               ,
            
             by
             a
             greater
             ,
             and
             stronger
             
               Flame
               ,
            
             is
             extinguished
             ,
             and
             slaine
             ;
             As
             
               Aristotle
            
             well
             noted
             ;
             Much
             more
             the
             
               Spirit
               .
            
          
           
             3
             
               Flame
               ,
            
             if
             it
             be
             much
             compressed
             ,
             and
             straitned
             ,
             is
             extinguished
             ;
             As
             wee
             may
             see
             in
             a
             
               Candle
               ,
            
             having
             a
             
               Glasse
            
             cast
             over
             it
             ;
             For
             the
             Aire
             being
             dilated
             by
             the
             Heat
             ,
             doth
             contrude
             ,
             and
             thrust
             together
             the
             
               Flame
               ;
            
             And
             so
             lesseneth
             it
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             end
             extinguisheth
             it
             :
             And
             
               Fires
            
             on
             Hearths
             will
             not
             
               Flame
               ,
            
             if
             the
             Fewell
             bee
             thrust
             close
             together
             ,
             without
             any
             space
             for
             the
             
               Flame
            
             to
             break
             forth
             .
          
           
             4
             Also
             
               Things
               Fircd
               ,
            
             are
             extinguished
             
             with
             Compression
             ;
             As
             if
             you
             presse
             a
             Burning
             Coale
             hard
             with
             the
             Tongs
             ,
             or
             the
             Foot
             ,
             it
             is
             straight
             extinguished
             .
          
           
             5
             But
             to
             come
             to
             the
             
               Spirit
               ;
            
             If
             
               Bloud
               ,
            
             or
             
               Flegme
               ,
            
             get
             into
             the
             
               〈◊〉
            
             of
             the
             
               Braine
               ,
            
             it
             causeth
             sudden
             
               Death
               ;
            
             Because
             the
             
               Spirit
            
             hath
             no
             Roome
             to
             move
             it selfe
             .
          
           
             6
             Also
             a
             great
             
               Blow
            
             on
             the
             
               Head
               ,
            
             induceth
             sudden
             
               Death
               ;
            
             The
             
               Spirits
            
             being
             straightened
             within
             the
             
               Ventrides
            
             of
             the
             
               Braine
               .
            
          
           
             7
             
               Opium
               ,
            
             and
             other
             strong
             
               〈◊〉
               ,
            
             doe
             coagulate
             the
             
               Spirit
               ;
            
             And
             deprive
             it
             of
             the
             Motion
             .
          
           
             8
             A
             
               Venemous
               Vapour
               ,
            
             totally
             abhorred
             by
             the
             
               Spirit
               ,
            
             causeth
             sudden
             
               Death
               :
            
             As
             in
             deadly
             poisons
             ,
             which
             worke
             
             (
             as
             they
             call
             it
             ,
             )
             by
             a
             
               Specificall
               Malignity
               :
            
             For
             they
             strike
             a
             Loathing
             into
             the
             
               Spirit
               ,
            
             that
             the
             
               Spirit
            
             will
             no
             more
             move
             it selfe
             ,
             nor
             rise
             against
             a
             Thing
             so
             much
             Detested
             .
          
           
             9
             Also
             
               Extreme
               Drunkennesse
               ,
            
             or
             
               Extreme
               Feeding
               ,
            
             sometime
             cause
             sudden
             
               Death
               :
            
             Seeing
             the
             
               Spirit
            
             is
             not
             only
             Oppressed
             with
             overmuch
             
               Condensing
               ,
            
             or
             the
             
               Malignity
            
             of
             the
             
               Vapour
               ;
            
             (
             As
             in
             
               Opium
               ,
            
             and
             
               Malignant
               Poysons
               ;
            
             )
             But
             also
             with
             the
             
               Abundance
            
             of
             the
             
               Vapours
               .
            
          
           
             10
             Extreme
             
               Griefe
               ,
            
             or
             
               Feare
               ,
            
             Especially
             ,
             if
             they
             be
             sudden
             ;
             (
             As
             it
             is
             in
             a
             sad
             and
             unexpected
             
               〈◊〉
            
             )
             cause
             sudden
             
               Death
               .
            
          
           
             11
             Not
             only
             over-much
             
               Compression
               ,
            
             but
             also
             over-much
             
               Dilatation
            
             of
             the
             
               Spirit
               ,
            
             is
             Deadly
             .
          
           
           
             12
             
               Ioyes
               excessive
               ,
            
             and
             sudden
             ,
             have
             berest
             many
             of
             their
             lives
             .
          
           
             13
             In
             great
             
               Evacuations
               ;
            
             As
             when
             they
             cut
             Men
             for
             the
             
               Dropsie
               ,
            
             the
             waters
             flow
             forth
             abundantly
             ;
             Much
             more
             in
             great
             and
             sudden
             Fluxes
             of
             
               Bloud
            
             oftentimes
             ,
             present
             
               Death
            
             followeth
             :
             And
             this
             happens
             by
             the
             meere
             
               Flight
            
             of
             
               Vacuum
               ,
            
             within
             the
             Body
             ;
             All
             the
             parts
             moving
             ,
             to
             fill
             the
             Emptie
             places
             ;
             And
             amongst
             the
             rest
             ,
             the
             
               Spirits
            
             themselves
             .
             For
             as
             for
             slow
             
               Fluxes
            
             of
             
               Bloud
               ,
            
             this
             Matter
             pertaines
             to
             the
             Indigence
             of
             Nourishment
             ,
             not
             to
             the
             Diffusion
             of
             the
             
               Spirits
               .
            
             And
             touching
             the
             
               Motion
            
             of
             the
             
               Spirit
               ,
            
             so
             farre
             ,
             either
             Compressed
             ,
             of
             Diffused
             ,
             that
             it
             bringeth
             
               Death
               ,
            
             thus
             much
             .
          
           
           
             14
             We
             must
             come
             next
             to
             the
             
               Want
            
             of
             
               Refrigeration
               .
               Stopping
            
             of
             the
             
               Breath
               ,
            
             causeth
             sudden
             
               Death
               ;
            
             As
             in
             all
             
               Suffocation
               ,
            
             or
             
               Strangling
               .
            
             Now
             it
             seemes
             this
             Matter
             is
             not
             so
             much
             to
             be
             referred
             to
             the
             Impediment
             of
             Motion
             ,
             as
             to
             the
             Impediment
             of
             
               Refrigeration
               :
            
             For
             Aire
             over-hot
             ,
             though
             attracted
             freely
             ,
             doth
             no
             lesse
             Suffocate
             ,
             than
             if
             Breathing
             were
             hindred
             :
             As
             it
             is
             in
             them
             ,
             who
             have
             beene
             sometime
             suffocated
             ,
             with
             
               Burning
               Coales
               ;
            
             Or
             with
             
               Char-coale
               ,
            
             Or
             with
             
               Wals
            
             newly
             
               plaistered
               ,
            
             in
             close
             chambers
             ,
             where
             a
             Fire
             is
             made
             :
             which
             kind
             of
             
               Death
               ,
            
             is
             reported
             ,
             to
             have
             beene
             the
             end
             of
             the
             
               Emperour
               Iovinian
               :
            
             The
             like
             happeneth
             from
             
               Dry
               Baths
               ,
            
             over-heated
             ,
             which
             was
             practised
             in
             the
             killing
             of
             
             
               Fausta
               ,
            
             wife
             to
             
               Constantine
            
             the
             
               Great
               .
            
          
           
             15
             It
             is
             a
             very
             small
             Time
             ,
             which
             
               Nature
            
             taketh
             ,
             to
             
               repeat
            
             the
             
               Breathing
               ;
            
             And
             in
             which
             she
             desireth
             ,
             to
             expell
             the
             Foggie
             Aire
             ,
             drawne
             into
             the
             
               Lungs
               ,
            
             and
             to
             take
             in
             new
             ;
             Scarce
             ,
             the
             third
             part
             ,
             of
             a
             Minute
             .
          
           
             16
             Againe
             ,
             the
             
               Beating
            
             of
             the
             
               Pulse
               ;
            
             And
             the
             
               Motion
               ,
            
             of
             the
             
               Systole
               ,
            
             and
             
               Diastole
               ,
            
             of
             the
             
               Heart
               ;
            
             are
             three
             times
             quicker
             ,
             than
             that
             of
             
               Breathing
               ;
            
             Insomuch
             ,
             that
             if
             it
             were
             possible
             ,
             that
             that
             Motion
             of
             the
             
               Heart
            
             could
             be
             stopped
             ,
             without
             stopping
             the
             
               Breath
               ;
               Death
            
             would
             follow
             more
             speedily
             thereupon
             ,
             than
             by
             
               Strangling
               .
            
          
           
             17
             Notwithstanding
             ,
             
               Vse
            
             and
             
               Custome
            
             prevaile
             much
             in
             this
             
             Naturall
             Action
             of
             
               Breathing
               ;
            
             As
             it
             is
             in
             the
             Delian
             Divers
             ,
             and
             Fishers
             for
             Pearle
             ;
             who
             by
             long
             use
             can
             hold
             their
             
               Breaths
               ,
            
             at
             least
             ten
             times
             longer
             ,
             than
             other
             Men
             can
             doe
             .
          
           
             18
             Amongst
             
               Living
               Creatures
            
             even
             of
             those
             ,
             that
             have
             
               Lungs
               ,
            
             there
             are
             some
             that
             are
             able
             to
             hold
             their
             Breaths
             a
             long
             time
             ,
             and
             others
             that
             cannot
             hold
             them
             so
             long
             ;
             According
             as
             they
             need
             ,
             more
             ,
             or
             lesse
             ,
             Refrigeration
             .
          
           
             19
             
               Fishes
            
             need
             lesse
             
               Refrigeration
               ,
            
             than
             
               Terrestriall
               Creatures
               ;
            
             yet
             some
             they
             need
             ,
             and
             take
             it
             by
             their
             Gils
             :
             And
             as
             
               Terrestriall
               Creatures
               ,
            
             cannot
             beare
             the
             Aire
             ,
             that
             is
             too
             Hot
             ,
             or
             too
             Close
             ;
             So
             
               Fishes
            
             are
             suffocated
             in
             waters
             ,
             if
             they
             be
             totally
             ,
             and
             long
             Frozen
             .
          
           
           
             20
             If
             the
             
               Spirit
            
             be
             assaulted
             by
             another
             
               Heat
               ,
            
             greater
             than
             it selfe
             ,
             it
             is
             dissipated
             ,
             and
             destroyed
             .
             For
             if
             it
             cannot
             beare
             the
             proper
             
               Heat
            
             without
             
               Refrigeration
               ,
            
             much
             lesse
             can
             it
             beare
             another
             
               Heat
               ,
            
             which
             is
             farre
             stronger
             .
             This
             is
             to
             bee
             seene
             in
             
               Burning
               Fevers
               ,
            
             where
             the
             
               Heat
            
             of
             the
             
               Putrified
               Humours
               ,
            
             doth
             exceed
             the
             
               Native
               Heat
               ;
            
             Even
             to
             Extinction
             ,
             or
             Dissipation
             .
          
           
             21
             The
             Want
             also
             ,
             and
             Use
             of
             
               Sleepe
               ,
            
             is
             referred
             to
             
               Refrigeration
               .
            
             For
             Motion
             doth
             attenuate
             ,
             and
             〈◊〉
             the
             
               Spirit
               ;
            
             And
             doth
             sharpen
             ,
             and
             increase
             the
             Heat
             thereof
             ;
             Contrarily
             ,
             
               Sleepe
            
             settleth
             ,
             and
             restraineth
             the
             Motion
             ,
             and
             Gadding
             of
             the
             same
             .
             〈◊〉
             though
             
               Sleepe
            
             doth
             strengthen
             and
             advance
             ,
             the
             Actions
             〈◊〉
             
             the
             Parts
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             livelesse
             Spirits
             ;
             and
             all
             that
             Motion
             ,
             which
             is
             to
             the
             Circumference
             of
             the
             Body
             ;
             yet
             it
             doth
             in
             great
             part
             ,
             quiet
             ,
             and
             still
             the
             proper
             Motion
             of
             the
             
               Living
               Spirit
               .
            
             Now
             
               Sleepe
               ,
            
             regularly
             ,
             is
             due
             unto
             Humane
             Nature
             ,
             once
             within
             Foure
             and
             Twentie
             Houres
             ;
             And
             that
             for
             Six
             ,
             or
             Five
             Houres
             ,
             at
             the
             least
             :
             Though
             there
             are
             ,
             even
             in
             this
             kinde
             ,
             sometimes
             Miracles
             of
             Nature
             ;
             As
             it
             is
             recorded
             of
             
               Mecaenas
               ,
            
             that
             he
             slept
             not
             ,
             for
             a
             long
             time
             ,
             before
             his
             Death
             .
             And
             as
             touching
             the
             
               Want
            
             of
             
               Refrigeration
               ,
            
             for
             
               Conserving
            
             of
             the
             
               Spirit
               ,
            
             thus
             much
             .
          
           
             22
             As
             concerning
             the
             third
             
               Indigence
               ;
            
             Namely
             ,
             of
             
               Aliment
               ;
            
             It
             seemes
             to
             pertaine
             
             rather
             to
             the
             
               Parts
               ,
            
             than
             to
             the
             
               Living
               Spirit
               .
            
             For
             a
             Man
             may
             easily
             beleeve
             ,
             that
             the
             
               Living
               Spirit
            
             〈◊〉
             in
             Identitie
             Not
             by
             succestion
             ,
             or
             Renovation
             .
             And
             as
             for
             the
             
               〈◊〉
               Soule
            
             in
             Man
             ,
             it
             is
             above
             all
             question
             ;
             That
             it
             is
             no
             engendred
             of
             the
             
               Soule
            
             of
             the
             
               Parents
               ;
            
             Nor
             is
             repaired
             ;
             Nor
             can
             dye
             .
             They
             speake
             of
             the
             
               Naturall
               Spirit
            
             of
             living
             Creatutes
             ;
             And
             also
             of
             Vegetables
             ,
             which
             differs
             from
             that
             other
             Soule
             ,
             essentially
             ,
             and
             formally
             .
             For
             out
             of
             the
             Confusion
             of
             these
             ,
             that
             same
             
               Transmigration
            
             of
             
               Soules
               ,
            
             and
             Innumerable
             other
             Devices
             ,
             of
             
               Heathens
            
             and
             
               Hereticks
               ,
            
             have
             proceeded
             .
          
           
             23
             The
             
               Body
            
             of
             
               Man
               ,
            
             doth
             regularly
             require
             ;
             
               Renovation
            
             by
             
               Aliment
               ,
            
             every
             day
             .
             And
             
             
               Body
            
             in
             
               Health
               ,
            
             can
             scarce
             endure
             
               Fasting
               ,
            
             three
             dayes
             together
             ;
             Notwithstanding
             ,
             Use
             ,
             and
             Custome
             ,
             will
             doe
             much
             ,
             even
             in
             this
             Case
             ;
             But
             in
             
               Sicknesse
               ,
               Fasting
            
             is
             lesse
             grievous
             to
             the
             Body
             .
             Also
             
               Sleepe
            
             doth
             supply
             somewhat
             to
             Nourishment
             ;
             And
             ,
             on
             the
             other
             side
             ,
             
               Exercise
            
             doth
             require
             it
             more
             abundantly
             .
             Likewise
             there
             have
             some
             beene
             found
             ,
             who
             have
             susteined
             themselves
             ,
             (
             almost
             to
             a
             Miracle
             in
             Nature
             ,
             )
             a
             very
             long
             time
             ,
             without
             Meat
             or
             Drink
             .
          
           
             24
             
               Dead
               Bodies
               ,
            
             if
             they
             bee
             not
             intercepted
             by
             
               Putrefaction
               ,
            
             will
             subsist
             a
             long
             time
             ,
             without
             any
             Notable
             
               Absumption
               ;
            
             But
             
               Living
               Bodies
               ,
            
             not
             above
             three
             dayes
             ,
             (
             as
             wee
             said
             ,
             )
             unlesse
             they
             be
             repaired
             by
             Nourishment
             :
             
             rishment
             :
             which
             sheweth
             ,
             that
             quick
             
               Absumption
               ,
            
             to
             bee
             the
             work
             of
             the
             
               Living
               Spirit
               ;
            
             which
             either
             repaires
             it selfe
             ;
             or
             puts
             the
             Parts
             into
             a
             Necessitie
             ,
             of
             being
             repaired
             ;
             Or
             both
             .
             This
             is
             testified
             ,
             by
             that
             also
             ,
             which
             was
             noted
             a
             little
             before
             ;
             Namely
             ,
             that
             
               Living
               Creatures
            
             may
             subsist
             somewhat
             the
             longer
             ,
             without
             
               Aliment
               ,
            
             if
             they
             
               Sleepe
               .
            
             Now
             
               Sleepe
            
             is
             Nothing
             else
             ,
             but
             a
             Reception
             ,
             and
             Retirement
             ,
             of
             the
             
               Living
               Spirit
               ,
            
             into
             it selfe
             .
          
           
             25
             An
             abundant
             ,
             and
             continuall
             ,
             
               Effluxion
            
             of
             
               Bloud
               ;
            
             which
             sometimes
             happeneth
             in
             the
             
               Hemorrhoides
               ;
            
             sometimes
             in
             
               Vomiting
            
             of
             
               Bloud
               ,
            
             the
             Inward
             Veines
             being
             unlocked
             ,
             broken
             ,
             sometimes
             by
             
               Wounds
               ;
            
             Causeth
             sudden
             
               Death
               ;
            
             In
             regard
             ,
             that
             the
             
             
               Bloud
            
             of
             the
             
               Veines
            
             ministreth
             to
             the
             
               Arteries
               ;
            
             And
             the
             
               Bloud
            
             of
             the
             
               Arteries
               ,
            
             to
             the
             
               Spirit
               .
            
          
           
             26
             The
             
               Quantitie
            
             of
             
               Meat
            
             and
             
               Drink
               ,
            
             which
             a
             Man
             ,
             eating
             two
             Meales
             a
             day
             ,
             receiveth
             into
             his
             Body
             ,
             is
             not
             small
             ;
             Much
             more
             ,
             than
             he
             voideth
             againe
             ,
             either
             by
             Stoole
             ,
             or
             by
             Urine
             ,
             or
             by
             Sweating
             :
             You
             will
             say
             ;
             No
             marvell
             ;
             Seeing
             the
             Remainder
             goeth
             into
             the
             Juyces
             ,
             and
             Substance
             ,
             of
             the
             Body
             :
             It
             is
             true
             ;
             But
             consider
             then
             ,
             that
             this
             Addition
             is
             made
             twice
             a
             day
             ,
             and
             yet
             the
             Body
             aboundeth
             not
             much
             :
             In
             like
             manner
             ,
             though
             the
             
               Spirit
            
             be
             repaired
             ,
             yet
             it
             growes
             not
             ,
             Excessively
             ,
             in
             the
             
               Quantitie
               .
            
          
           
             27
             It
             doth
             no
             good
             ,
             to
             have
             
             the
             
               Aliment
            
             ready
             ,
             in
             a
             Degree
             removed
             ;
             But
             to
             have
             it
             of
             that
             Kinde
             ;
             And
             so
             prepared
             ,
             and
             supplied
             ,
             that
             the
             
               Spirit
            
             may
             work
             upon
             it
             :
             For
             the
             Staff
             of
             a
             
               Torch
            
             alone
             ,
             will
             not
             maintaine
             the
             Flame
             ,
             unlesse
             it
             be
             fed
             with
             wax
             :
             Neither
             can
             Men
             live
             upon
             Herbs
             alone
             .
             And
             from
             thence
             comes
             the
             
               Inconcoction
            
             of
             
               old
               Age
               ;
            
             That
             though
             there
             bee
             Flesh
             ,
             and
             Bloud
             ;
             yet
             the
             Spirit
             is
             become
             so
             Penurious
             ,
             and
             Thin
             ;
             And
             the
             Juyces
             ,
             and
             Bloud
             ,
             so
             Heartlesse
             ,
             and
             Obstinate
             ,
             that
             they
             hold
             no
             proportion
             ,
             to
             
               Alimentation
               .
            
          
           
             28
             Let
             us
             now
             cast
             up
             the
             
               Accounts
               ,
            
             of
             the
             
               Needs
               ,
            
             and
             
               Indigences
               ,
            
             according
             to
             the
             Ordinarie
             ,
             and
             Usuall
             Course
             of
             Nature
             :
             The
             
               Spirit
            
             hath
             
             need
             ,
             of
             Opening
             ,
             and
             Moving
             it selfe
             ,
             in
             the
             
               Ventricles
            
             of
             the
             
               Braine
               ,
            
             and
             Nerves
             ,
             even
             continually
             ;
             Of
             the
             
               Motion
            
             of
             the
             
               Heart
               ,
            
             every
             Third
             part
             ,
             of
             a
             Moment
             ;
             Of
             
               Breathing
               ,
            
             every
             Moment
             ;
             Of
             
               Sleepe
               ,
            
             and
             
               Nourishment
               ,
            
             once
             within
             three
             Dayes
             ;
             Of
             the
             
               Power
            
             of
             
               Nourishing
               ,
            
             commonly
             till
             Eighty
             yeares
             bee
             past
             .
             And
             if
             any
             of
             these
             
               Indigences
            
             bee
             neglected
             ,
             
               Death
            
             ensueth
             .
             So
             there
             are
             plainly
             three
             
               Porches
            
             of
             
               Death
               ;
            
             Destitution
             of
             the
             Spirit
             ;
             In
             the
             
               Motion
               ;
            
             In
             the
             
               Refrigeration
               ;
            
             In
             the
             
               Aliment
               .
            
          
           
             It
             is
             an
             Errour
             ,
             to
             think
             ,
             that
             the
             
               Living
               Spirit
               ,
            
             is
             perpetually
             generated
             ,
             and
             extinguished
             ,
             as
             
               Flame
            
             is
             ;
             And
             abideth
             not
             any
             notable
             time
             .
             For
             even
             
               Flame
            
             it selfe
             is
             not
             thus
             ,
             out
             of
             
             his
             owne
             proper
             Nature
             ;
             But
             because
             it
             liveth
             amongst
             Enemies
             .
             For
             
               Flame
               ,
            
             within
             
               Flame
               ,
            
             endureth
             .
             Now
             the
             
               Living
               Spirit
               ,
            
             liveth
             amongst
             Friends
             ,
             and
             all
             due
             Obsequiousnesse
             .
             So
             then
             ,
             as
             
               Flame
            
             is
             a
             Momentany
             Substance
             ;
             
               Aire
            
             a
             Fixed
             Substance
             ;
             The
             
               Living
               Spirit
            
             is
             betwixt
             both
             .
          
           
             Touching
             the
             
               Extinguishing
            
             of
             the
             
               Spirit
               ,
            
             by
             the
             
               Destruction
            
             of
             the
             
               Organs
               ,
            
             (
             which
             is
             caused
             by
             Diseases
             ,
             and
             Violence
             ,
             )
             〈◊〉
             inquire
             not
             now
             ;
             As
             wee
             foretold
             in
             the
             Beginning
             ;
             Although
             that
             also
             endeth
             in
             the
             same
             three
             
               Porches
               .
            
             And
             touching
             the
             
               Forme
            
             of
             
               Death
            
             it selfe
             ,
             thus
             much
             .
          
           
             29
             There
             are
             two
             great
             
               Forerunners
            
             of
             
               Death
               ;
            
             The
             one
             sent
             from
             the
             
               Head
               ,
            
             the
             other
             from
             the
             
               Heart
               ;
               〈◊〉
               ,
            
             
             and
             the
             
               Extreme
               Labour
            
             of
             the
             
               Pulse
               .
            
             For
             as
             for
             the
             Deadly
             
               Hiccough
               ,
            
             it
             is
             a
             Kinde
             of
             
               〈◊〉
               .
            
             But
             the
             
               Deadly
               Labour
            
             of
             the
             
               Pulse
               ,
            
             hath
             that
             unusuall
             Swiftnesse
             ;
             Because
             the
             
               Heart
               ,
            
             at
             the
             point
             of
             Death
             ,
             doth
             so
             tremble
             ,
             that
             the
             
               Systole
               ,
            
             and
             
               Diastole
               ,
            
             thereof
             ,
             are
             almost
             consounded
             .
             There
             is
             also
             conjoyned
             in
             the
             
               Pulse
               ,
               aweaknesse
               ,
            
             and
             
               Lownesse
               ,
            
             and
             oftentimes
             a
             great
             
               Intermission
               ;
            
             Because
             the
             Motion
             of
             the
             
               Heart
            
             faileth
             ;
             And
             is
             not
             able
             to
             rise
             against
             the
             Assault
             ,
             stoutly
             ,
             or
             constantly
             .
          
           
             30
             The
             
               Immediate
               preceding
               Signes
            
             of
             
               Death
               ,
            
             are
             ;
             
               Great
               Vnquietnesse
               ,
            
             and
             
               Tossing
            
             in
             the
             Bed
             ;
             
               Fumbling
            
             with
             the
             
               Hands
               ;
               Catching
               ,
            
             and
             
               Grasping
            
             hard
             ;
             
               Gnashing
            
             with
             the
             
               Teeth
               ;
            
             
             
               Speaking
               hollow
               ;
               Trembling
            
             of
             the
             
               Neather
               Lip
               ;
               Palenesse
            
             of
             the
             
               Face
               ;
            
             The
             
               Memory
            
             confused
             ;
             
               Speechlesnesse
               ;
               Cold
               Sweats
               ;
            
             The
             
               Body
               shooting
               in
               Length
               ;
               Lifting
            
             up
             the
             
               White
            
             of
             the
             
               Eye
               ;
               Changing
            
             of
             the
             whole
             
               Visage
               ;
            
             (
             As
             ,
             the
             Nose
             sharp
             ,
             Eyes
             Hollow
             ,
             Cheekes
             fallen
             ;
             )
             
               Contraction
               ,
            
             and
             
               Doubling
            
             of
             the
             Tongue
             ,
             
               Coldnesse
            
             in
             the
             
               Extreme
               Parts
            
             of
             the
             Body
             ;
             In
             some
             ,
             shedding
             of
             
               Bloud
               ,
            
             or
             
               Sperme
               ;
               Shriking
               ;
               Breathing
               thick
               ,
            
             and
             short
             ;
             
               Falling
            
             of
             the
             
               Neather
               Chap
               ;
            
             And
             such
             like
             .
          
           
             31
             There
             
               follow
               Death
               ;
            
             A
             
               Privation
               ,
            
             of
             all
             
               Sense
               ,
            
             and
             
               Motion
               ;
            
             As
             well
             of
             the
             Heart
             ,
             and
             Arteries
             ;
             As
             of
             the
             Nerves
             ,
             and
             Joynts
             ;
             An
             
               Inability
            
             of
             the
             Body
             ,
             to
             support
             it selfe
             
               uprigh
               ;
               Stifnesse
            
             of
             the
             
               Nerves
               ,
            
             
             and
             
               Parts
               ;
            
             Extreme
             
               Coldnesse
            
             of
             the
             whole
             Body
             ;
             After
             a
             little
             while
             ,
             
               Patrefaction
               ,
            
             and
             
               Stinking
               .
            
          
           
             32
             
               Eeles
               ,
               Serpents
               ,
            
             and
             the
             
               Insecta
               ,
            
             will
             move
             a
             long
             time
             ,
             in
             every
             part
             ,
             after
             they
             are
             cut
             asunder
             ;
             Insomuch
             ,
             that
             
               Countrey
               People
            
             think
             ,
             that
             the
             Parts
             strive
             to
             joyne
             together
             againe
             .
             Also
             
               Birds
            
             will
             flutter
             a
             great
             while
             ,
             after
             their
             Heads
             are
             pulled
             off
             :
             And
             the
             
               Hearts
            
             of
             
               Living
               Creatures
            
             will
             pant
             a
             long
             time
             ,
             after
             they
             are
             plucked
             out
             .
             I
             remember
             ,
             I
             have
             seene
             the
             
               Heart
            
             of
             one
             that
             was
             bowelled
             ;
             As
             suffering
             for
             
               High
               Treason
               ;
            
             That
             being
             cast
             into
             the
             Fire
             ,
             leaped
             ,
             at
             the
             first
             ,
             at
             least
             ,
             a
             Foot
             and
             Halfe
             in
             Heighth
             ;
             And
             after
             ,
             by
             degrees
             ,
             lower
             and
             lower
             ;
             For
             the
             space
             ,
             as
             we
             rememher
             
             ber
             ,
             of
             seven
             ,
             or
             eight
             Minutes
             .
             There
             is
             also
             an
             ancient
             ,
             and
             credible
             Tradition
             ,
             of
             an
             
               Oxe
            
             Lowing
             ,
             after
             the
             
               〈◊〉
            
             were
             plucked
             out
             .
             But
             there
             is
             a
             more
             certaine
             Tradition
             ,
             of
             a
             Man
             ;
             who
             being
             under
             the
             Executioners
             Hand
             ,
             for
             
               High
               Treason
               ;
            
             After
             his
             
               Heart
            
             was
             plucked
             out
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             Executioners
             Hand
             ;
             Was
             heard
             to
             utter
             ,
             three
             or
             foure
             words
             of
             Prayer
             :
             which
             therefore
             ,
             we
             said
             to
             be
             more
             credible
             ,
             than
             that
             of
             the
             
               Oxe
            
             in
             
               Sacrifice
               ;
            
             Because
             the
             Friends
             of
             the
             partie
             suffering
             ,
             do
             usually
             give
             a
             Reward
             to
             the
             Executioner
             ;
             To
             dispatch
             his
             Office
             with
             the
             more
             speed
             ;
             That
             they
             may
             the
             sooner
             bee
             rid
             of
             their
             Paine
             ;
             But
             in
             
               Sacrifices
               ,
            
             wee
             see
             no
             Cause
             ,
             why
             the
             
               Priest
            
             should
             bee
             so
             
             speedy
             in
             his
             Office.
             
          
           
             33
             For
             
               Reviving
            
             those
             againe
             ,
             which
             fall
             into
             
               sudden
               Swownings
               ,
            
             and
             
               Catalepses
               ,
            
             or
             
               Astonishments
               :
            
             (
             In
             which
             Fits
             ,
             many
             ,
             without
             present
             Help
             ,
             would
             utterly
             expire
             ;
             )
             These
             Things
             are
             used
             ;
             
               Putting
            
             into
             their
             
               Mouths
               ,
               water
               ,
               distilled
            
             of
             Wine
             ,
             which
             they
             call
             
               Hot
               Waters
               ,
            
             and
             
               Cordiall
               Waters
               ;
               Bending
            
             the
             
               Body
               Forwards
               ;
               Stopping
            
             the
             
               Mouth
               ,
            
             and
             
               Nosthrils
               ,
            
             hard
             ;
             
               Bending
               ,
            
             or
             
               Wringing
            
             the
             
               Fingers
               ;
               Pulling
            
             the
             
               Haires
               ,
            
             of
             the
             
               Beard
               ,
            
             or
             
               Head
               ;
               Rubbing
            
             of
             the
             
               Parts
               ,
            
             especially
             ,
             the
             
               Face
               ,
            
             and
             
               Legs
               ;
               sudden
               Casting
            
             of
             
               Cold
               Water
            
             upon
             the
             
               Face
               ;
               shreeking
            
             out
             aloud
             ,
             and
             suddenly
             ;
             
               Putting
               Rose-water
               ,
            
             to
             the
             
               Nosthrils
               ,
            
             with
             
               Vinegar
               ,
            
             in
             
               Faintings
               ;
               Burning
            
             of
             
               Feathers
               ,
            
             or
             
               Cloth
               ,
            
             in
             the
             
               Suffocation
            
             
             of
             the
             
               Mother
               ;
            
             But
             especially
             ,
             a
             
               Frying
               Pan
               ,
            
             heated
             red
             hot
             ,
             is
             good
             in
             
               Apoplexies
               ;
            
             Also
             a
             
               Close
               Embracing
            
             of
             the
             
               Body
               ,
            
             hath
             helped
             some
             .
          
           
             There
             have
             beene
             many
             Examples
             of
             
               Men
               ,
            
             in
             shew
             ,
             
               Dead
               ;
            
             Either
             laid
             out
             upon
             the
             
               Cold
               Floare
               ;
            
             Or
             
               carried
            
             sorth
             to
             
               〈◊〉
               ;
            
             Nay
             ,
             of
             some
             
               Buried
            
             in
             the
             Earth
             ;
             which
             notwithstanding
             have
             lived
             againe
             ;
             which
             hath
             beene
             found
             ,
             in
             those
             that
             were
             buried
             ;
             (
             The
             Earth
             being
             afterwards
             opened
             ,
             )
             By
             the
             Bruising
             ,
             and
             Wounding
             of
             their
             Head
             ,
             through
             the
             strugling
             of
             the
             Body
             ,
             within
             the
             Coffin
             :
             Whereof
             the
             most
             Recent
             ,
             and
             Memorable
             Example
             ,
             was
             that
             of
             
               Ioannes
               Scotus
               ,
            
             Called
             the
             
               Subtile
               ,
            
             and
             a
             
               Schooleman
               ,
            
             who
             being
             digged
             up
             
             againe
             by
             his
             Servant
             ,
             unfortunately
             absent
             at
             his
             Buriall
             ;
             (
             And
             who
             knew
             his
             Masters
             Manner
             in
             such
             Fits
             ;
             )
             Was
             found
             in
             that
             State.
             And
             the
             like
             happended
             in
             our
             Dayes
             ,
             in
             the
             Person
             of
             a
             
               Player
               ,
            
             buried
             at
             
               Cambridge
               .
            
             I
             remember
             to
             have
             heard
             of
             a
             certaine
             
               Gentleman
               ;
            
             That
             would
             needs
             make
             Triall
             ,
             in
             Curiositie
             ,
             what
             men
             did
             feele
             that
             were
             hanged
             ;
             So
             hee
             fastened
             the
             Cord
             about
             his
             Necke
             ,
             raising
             himselfe
             upon
             a
             Stoole
             ,
             and
             then
             letting
             himselfe
             fall
             ;
             Thinking
             it
             should
             bee
             in
             his
             power
             ,
             to
             recover
             the
             Stoole
             at
             his
             pleasure
             ;
             which
             he
             failed
             in
             ;
             But
             was
             helped
             by
             a
             Friend
             ,
             then
             present
             .
             He
             was
             asked
             afterward
             ,
             what
             he
             felt
             ?
             He
             said
             ;
             Hee
             felt
             no
             paine
             ;
             But
             first
             ,
             he
             thought
             ,
             he
             saw
             
             before
             his
             Eyes
             ,
             a
             great
             Fire
             ,
             and
             Burning
             ;
             Then
             hee
             thought
             ,
             he
             saw
             all
             Black
             ,
             and
             Darke
             :
             Lastly
             ,
             it
             turned
             to
             a
             pale
             Blew
             ,
             or
             Sea-water-Greene
             ;
             which
             Colour
             is
             also
             often
             seene
             by
             them
             which
             fall
             into
             
               Snownings
               .
            
             I
             have
             heard
             also
             ,
             of
             a
             
               Physician
               ,
            
             yet
             Living
             ;
             Who
             recovered
             a
             Man
             to
             Life
             ,
             which
             had
             hanged
             Himselfe
             ;
             And
             had
             hanged
             halfe
             an
             Houre
             ;
             By
             
               Frications
               ,
            
             and
             
               Hot
               Baths
               :
            
             And
             the
             same
             
               Physician
            
             did
             professe
             ,
             that
             he
             made
             no
             doubt
             ,
             to
             recover
             any
             Man
             ,
             that
             had
             hanged
             so
             long
             ,
             so
             his
             Neck
             were
             not
             broken
             with
             the
             first
             Swing
             .
          
        
      
       
         
         
           The
           Differences
           of
           Youth
           ,
           and
           Old
           Age.
           
        
         
           1
           THe
           
             Ladder
          
           of
           
             Mans
             Bodie
             ,
          
           
           is
           this
           .
           To
           be
           
             Conceived
             ;
          
           To
           be
           
             Quickned
          
           in
           the
           
             Wombe
             ;
          
           To
           bee
           
             Borne
             ;
          
           To
           
             Sucke
             ;
          
           To
           be
           
             Weaned
             ;
          
           To
           
             Feed
             upon
             Pap
             ;
          
           To
           
             Put
          
           forth
           
             Teeth
             ,
          
           the
           First
           time
           about
           the
           Second
           yeare
           of
           Age
           ;
           To
           
             Begin
             to
             goe
             ;
          
           To
           
             Begin
             to
             speake
             ;
          
           To
           
             Put
             forth
             Teeth
             ,
          
           the
           Second
           time
           ,
           about
           seven
           years
           of
           Age
           ;
           To
           come
           to
           
             Pubertie
             ,
          
           about
           twelve
           ,
           or
           fourteene
           yeares
           of
           Age
           ;
           To
           be
           
             Able
          
           for
           
             Generation
             ,
          
           and
           the
           
             Flowing
          
           of
           the
           
             Menstrua
             ;
          
           To
           have
           
             Haires
          
           about
           the
           
             Legges
             ,
          
           
           and
           
             Arme-holes
             ;
          
           To
           
             Put
             forth
          
           a
           
             Beard
             ;
          
           And
           thus
           long
           ,
           and
           sometimes
           later
           ,
           to
           
             Grow
          
           in
           
             Stature
             ;
          
           To
           come
           to
           
             full
             years
          
           of
           
             Strength
          
           and
           
             Agility
             ;
          
           To
           grow
           
             Gray
             ,
          
           and
           
             Bild
             ;
          
           The
           
             Ceasing
          
           of
           the
           
             Menstrua
             ,
          
           and
           
             Ability
          
           to
           
             Generation
             ;
          
           To
           grow
           
             Decrepit
             ,
          
           and
           a
           
             Monster
          
           with
           
             Three
             Legs
             ;
          
           To
           
             Die.
          
           Meane
           while
           ,
           the
           
             Mind
          
           also
           ,
           hath
           certaine
           Periods
           ;
           But
           they
           cannot
           be
           described
           by
           yeares
           ;
           As
           to
           decay
           in
           the
           
             Memory
             ,
          
           and
           the
           like
           ;
           Of
           which
           hereafter
           .
        
         
           2
           The
           
             Differences
          
           of
           
             Youth
          
           and
           
             Old
             Age
             ,
          
           are
           these
           .
           As
           
             Young
             Mans
             Skin
             is
             Smooth
             ,
          
           and
           
             Plaine
             ;
          
           An
           
             Old
             Mans
             ,
             Dry
          
           and
           
             Wrinkled
             ;
          
           Especially
           about
           the
           
             Forchead
          
           and
           
             Eyes
             :
          
           A
           young
           Mans
           
             Flesh
          
           is
           
             Tender
          
           and
           
             Soft
             ;
          
           An
           old
           Mans
           ,
           
             Hard
             :
          
           A
           young
           Man
           hath
           
             Strength
             ,
          
           and
           
             Agilitie
             ;
          
           
           An
           old
           Man
           ,
           feeles
           
             Decay
             ,
          
           in
           his
           
             Strength
             ,
          
           and
           is
           
             Slow
          
           of
           
             Motion
             :
          
           A
           young
           Man
           hath
           good
           
             Disgestion
             ;
          
           An
           old
           Man
           ,
           
             Bad
             :
          
           A
           young
           Mans
           
             Bowells
             ,
          
           are
           
             Soft
             ,
          
           and
           
             Succulent
             :
          
           An
           old
           Mans
           ,
           
             Sale
             ,
          
           and
           
             Parched
             :
          
           A
           young
           Mans
           Body
           is
           
             Erect
             ,
          
           and
           
             Straight
             ;
          
           An
           Old
           Mans
           ,
           
             Bowing
             ,
          
           and
           
             Crooked
             ;
          
           A
           young
           Mans
           
             Limbs
          
           are
           
             steady
             ;
          
           An
           old
           Mans
           ,
           
             Weake
             ,
          
           and
           
             Trembling
             :
          
           The
           
             Humors
          
           in
           a
           young
           Man
           ,
           are
           
             Cholerick
             ,
          
           and
           his
           
             Bloud
          
           inclined
           to
           
             Heat
             ;
          
           In
           an
           old
           Man
           ,
           
             Phlegmatick
          
           and
           
             Melancholick
             ,
          
           and
           his
           
             Bloud
          
           inclined
           to
           
             Cold
             nesse
             :
          
           A
           young
           Man
           
             Readie
          
           for
           the
           
             Act
             of
             Venus
             ;
          
           An
           old
           Man
           
             Slow
          
           unto
           it
           :
           In
           a
           young
           Man
           ,
           the
           
             Iuyces
          
           of
           his
           
             Bodie
          
           are
           more
           
             Roscide
             ;
          
           In
           an
           old
           Man
           ,
           more
           
             Crude
             ,
          
           and
           
             watrish
             :
          
           The
           
             Spirit
             ,
          
           in
           a
           young
           Man
           ,
           
           
             Plentifull
          
           and
           
             Boyling
             ;
          
           In
           an
           old
           man
           ,
           
             Scarce
          
           and
           
             Iejune
             :
          
           A
           young
           Mans
           
             Spirit
          
           is
           
             Dense
             ,
          
           and
           
             Vigorous
             ;
          
           An
           old
           Mans
           
             Eager
          
           and
           
             Rare
             ;
          
           A
           young
           Man
           hath
           his
           
             Sens's
             ,
             Quicke
             ,
          
           and
           
             Entire
             ;
          
           An
           old
           Man
           ,
           Dull
           and
           
             Decayed
             :
          
           A
           young
           Mans
           
             Teeth
             ,
          
           are
           
             Strong
             ,
          
           and
           
             Entire
             ;
          
           An
           old
           Mans
           
             Weak
             ,
             worne
             ,
          
           and
           
             Falling
             out
             :
          
           A
           young
           Mans
           
             Haire
          
           is
           
             Coloured
             ;
          
           An
           old
           Mans
           ,
           of
           what
           
             Colour
          
           soever
           it
           were
           ,
           
             Gray
             :
          
           A
           young
           Man
           hath
           
             Haire
             ;
          
           An
           old
           Man
           
             Baldnesse
             :
          
           A
           young
           Mans
           
             Pulse
             ,
          
           is
           
             Stronger
          
           and
           
             Quicker
             ;
          
           An
           old
           Mans
           ,
           more
           
             Confused
             ,
          
           and
           
             Slower
             :
          
           The
           
             Diseases
          
           of
           young
           Men
           are
           more
           
             Acute
             ,
          
           and
           
             Curable
             ;
          
           Of
           old
           Men
           ,
           
             Longer
             ,
          
           and
           
             Hard
             to
             Cure
             :
          
           A
           young
           Mans
           
             Wounds
          
           soone
           
             Close
             ;
          
           An
           old
           Mans
           ,
           
             Later
             :
          
           A
           young
           
           Mans
           
             Checkes
             ,
          
           are
           of
           a
           
             Fresh
             Colour
             ;
          
           An
           old
           Mans
           ,
           
             Pale
             ,
          
           or
           with
           a
           
             Black
             Bloud
             :
          
           A
           young
           Man
           is
           lesse
           troubled
           with
           
             Rbeumes
             ;
          
           An
           old
           Man
           ,
           
             More
             :
          
           Neither
           do
           we
           know
           in
           what
           Things
           old
           Men
           do
           improve
           ,
           as
           touching
           their
           Body
           ,
           save
           only
           sometimes
           in
           
             Fatnesse
             :
          
           Whereof
           the
           Reason
           is
           soone
           given
           ;
           Because
           old
           Mens
           Bodies
           doe
           neither
           Perspire
           well
           ,
           nor
           assimilate
           well
           ;
           Now
           
             Fatnesse
          
           is
           Nothing
           else
           ,
           but
           an
           Exuberance
           of
           Nourishment
           ,
           above
           that
           which
           is
           voyded
           by
           Excrement
           ;
           Or
           which
           is
           perfectly
           Assimilated
           .
           Also
           ,
           some
           old
           Men
           improve
           in
           the
           
             Appetite
          
           of
           
             Feeding
             ,
          
           by
           reason
           of
           the
           
             Acide
             Humours
             ;
          
           Though
           old
           Men
           
             Disgest
          
           worse
           .
           And
           all
           these
           Things
           ,
           which
           we
           have
           said
           ,
           
           
             Physicians
             ,
          
           negligently
           enough
           ,
           will
           referre
           to
           the
           
             Diminution
          
           of
           the
           
             Naturall
             Heat
             ,
          
           and
           
             Ridicall
             Moisture
             ;
          
           Which
           are
           Things
           of
           no
           worth
           for
           use
           .
           This
           is
           certaine
           ,
           
             Drinesse
          
           in
           the
           Comming
           on
           of
           yeares
           ,
           doth
           foregoe
           
             Coldnesse
             :
          
           And
           Bodies
           ,
           when
           they
           come
           to
           the
           Top
           ,
           and
           Strength
           of
           Heat
           ,
           doe
           decline
           to
           
             〈◊〉
             ;
          
           And
           after
           that
           followes
           
             Coldnesse
             .
          
        
         
           3
           Now
           we
           are
           to
           consider
           the
           
             Affections
          
           of
           the
           
             Mind
             .
          
           I
           remember
           ,
           when
           I
           was
           a
           young
           Man
           ,
           at
           
             Poictiers
             ,
          
           in
           
             France
             ,
          
           I
           conversed
           familiarly
           ,
           with
           a
           certaine
           
             French-man
             ;
          
           A
           witty
           Young
           Man
           ,
           but
           something
           Talkative
           ;
           Who
           afterwards
           grew
           to
           bee
           a
           very
           eminent
           Man
           :
           Hee
           was
           wont
           to
           inveigh
           against
           the
           Manners
           of
           
           
             Old
             Men
             ;
          
           And
           would
           say
           ,
           That
           if
           their
           Mindes
           could
           be
           seene
           ,
           as
           their
           Bodies
           are
           ,
           they
           would
           appeare
           no
           lesse
           deformed
           .
           Besides
           ,
           being
           in
           Love
           with
           his
           owne
           Wit
           ,
           he
           would
           maintaine
           ;
           That
           the
           Vices
           of
           old
           Mens
           Minds
           ,
           had
           some
           correspondence
           ,
           and
           were
           Paralell
           ,
           to
           the
           Imperfections
           of
           their
           Bodies
           :
           For
           the
           
             Drinesse
          
           of
           their
           
             Skin
             ,
          
           hee
           would
           bring
           in
           
             Impudence
             ;
          
           For
           the
           
             Hardnesse
          
           of
           their
           
             Bowels
             ,
             Vnmercifulnesse
             ;
          
           For
           the
           
             Lippitude
          
           of
           their
           
             Eyes
             ,
          
           an
           
             Evill
             Eye
             ,
          
           and
           
             Envie
             ;
          
           For
           the
           
             Casting
             downe
          
           of
           their
           
             Eyes
             ,
          
           and
           
             Bowing
          
           their
           
             Body
          
           towards
           the
           Earth
           ,
           
             Atheisme
             ;
          
           (
           
             For
             ,
          
           saith
           he
           ,
           
             they
             looke
             no
             more
             up
             to
             Heaven
             ,
             as
             they
             were
             wont
             ;
          
           )
           For
           the
           
             Trembling
          
           of
           their
           
             Members
             ,
             Irresolution
          
           of
           their
           
             Decrees
             ,
          
           
           and
           
             Light
             Inconstancie
             ;
          
           For
           the
           
             Bending
          
           of
           their
           
             Fingers
             ,
          
           as
           it
           were
           ,
           to
           catch
           ,
           
             Rapacitie
             ,
          
           and
           
             Covetousnesse
             ;
          
           For
           the
           
             Backling
          
           of
           their
           
             Knees
             ,
             Fearfulnesse
             ;
          
           For
           their
           
             Wrinkles
             ,
             Craftinesse
             ,
          
           and
           
             Obliquity
             ;
          
           And
           other
           things
           ,
           which
           I
           have
           forgotten
           .
           But
           to
           be
           serious
           .
           A
           young
           Man
           ,
           is
           
             Modest
             ,
          
           and
           
             Shamefast
             ;
          
           An
           old
           Mans
           
             Forehead
          
           is
           
             Hardned
             :
          
           A
           young
           Man
           is
           full
           of
           
             Bounty
          
           and
           
             Mercie
             ;
          
           An
           old
           Mans
           
             Heart
          
           is
           
             Brawnie
             :
          
           A
           young
           Man
           is
           affected
           with
           a
           
             Laudable
             Emuletion
             ;
          
           An
           old
           Man
           ,
           with
           a
           
             Malignant
             Envie
             :
          
           A
           young
           man
           is
           inclined
           to
           
             Religion
             ,
          
           and
           
             Devotion
             ,
          
           by
           reason
           of
           his
           Fervencie
           ,
           and
           Inexperience
           of
           Evill
           ;
           An
           old
           Man
           
             Coolerb
          
           in
           
             Piety
             ,
          
           through
           the
           
             Coldnesse
          
           of
           his
           
             Charity
             ,
          
           and
           long
           Conversation
           
           in
           Evill
           ;
           And
           likewise
           ,
           through
           the
           Difficultie
           of
           his
           Beleefe
           :
           A
           young
           Mans
           
             Desires
          
           are
           
             Vehement
             ;
          
           An
           old
           Mans
           ,
           
             Moderate
             :
          
           A
           young
           Man
           is
           
             Light
             ,
          
           and
           
             Moveable
             ;
          
           An
           old
           Man
           ,
           more
           
             Grave
          
           and
           
             Constant
             :
          
           A
           young
           Man
           is
           〈◊〉
           to
           
             Liberality
             ,
          
           and
           
             Beneficence
             ,
          
           and
           
             Humanitie
             ;
          
           An
           old
           Man
           to
           
             Covetousnesse
             ,
             Wisdome
          
           for
           his
           owne
           selfe
           ,
           and
           
             Seeking
             his
             owne
             〈◊〉
             :
          
           A
           young
           Man
           is
           
             Confident
             ,
          
           and
           
             Full
             of
             Hope
             ;
          
           An
           old
           Man
           
             Diffident
             ,
          
           and
           
             Given
             to
             suspect
          
           most
           Things
           :
           A
           young
           Man
           is
           
             Gentle
             ,
          
           and
           
             Obsequious
             ;
          
           An
           old
           Man
           
             Froward
          
           and
           
             Disdainfull
             :
          
           A
           young
           man
           is
           
             Sincere
          
           and
           
             Open-Hearted
             ;
          
           An
           old
           Man
           
             Cautelous
             ,
          
           and
           
             Close
             :
          
           A
           young
           Man
           is
           given
           to
           
             Desire
             great
             Things
             ;
          
           An
           old
           Man
           ,
           to
           
             Regard
             Things
          
           
           
             Necessary
             :
          
           A
           young
           Man
           thinkes
           well
           of
           the
           
             Present
             Times
             ;
          
           An
           old
           Man
           ,
           Preferreth
           
             Times-past
          
           before
           them
           :
           A
           young
           Man
           
             Reverenceth
          
           his
           
             Superiours
             ;
          
           An
           old
           Man
           is
           more
           
             Forward
             to
             tax
          
           them
           :
           And
           many
           other
           Things
           ,
           which
           pertaine
           rather
           to
           
             Manners
             ,
          
           than
           to
           the
           present
           
             Inquisition
             .
          
           Notwithstanding
           ,
           old
           Men
           ,
           as
           in
           some
           things
           ,
           they
           improve
           in
           their
           
             Bodies
             ,
          
           so
           also
           in
           their
           
             Mindes
             ;
          
           Unlesse
           they
           be
           altogether
           out
           of
           Date
           .
           Namely
           ;
           That
           as
           they
           are
           lesse
           apt
           for
           
             Invention
             ,
          
           so
           they
           excell
           in
           
             Iudgement
             ;
          
           And
           prefer
           
             Safe
          
           Things
           ,
           and
           
             Sound
          
           Things
           ,
           before
           
             Specious
             ;
          
           Also
           they
           improve
           in
           
             Garrulity
             ,
          
           and
           
             Ostentation
             ;
          
           For
           they
           seeke
           the
           
             Fruit
          
           of
           
             Speech
             ,
          
           while
           they
           are
           lesse
           able
           for
           
             Action
             ;
          
           So
           
           as
           it
           was
           not
           absurd
           ,
           that
           the
           
             Poets
          
           fained
           ,
           Old
           
             Tithon
             ,
          
           to
           be
           turned
           into
           a
           
             Grashopper
             .
          
        
      
       
         
           Moveable
           Canons
           ,
           of
           the
           Duration
           of
           Life
           ,
           and
           Forme
           of
           Death
           .
        
         
           
             Canon
             1.
             
          
           
             
               COnsumption
            
             is
             not
             caused
             ,
             unlesse
             that
             ,
             which
             bet
             departed
             with
             by
             one
             Body
             ,
             passeth
             into
             another
             .
          
           
             
               The
               Explication
               .
            
             
               THere
               is
               ,
               in
               Nature
               ,
               no
               
                 Annihilation
                 ,
              
               or
               
                 Reducing
              
               to
               
                 Nothing
                 :
              
               Therefore
               that
               which
               is
               consumed
               ;
               is
               
               either
               resolved
               into
               
                 Aire
                 ,
              
               or
               turned
               into
               some
               
                 Body
                 Adjacent
                 .
              
               So
               wee
               see
               a
               
                 Spider
                 ,
              
               or
               
                 Fly
                 ,
              
               or
               
                 Ant
                 ,
              
               in
               Amber
               ,
               (
               Entombed
               in
               a
               more
               stately
               Monument
               than
               
                 Kings
              
               are
               ,
               )
               to
               be
               laid
               up
               for
               Eternitie
               ;
               Although
               they
               bee
               but
               tender
               Things
               ,
               and
               soone
               dissipated
               .
               But
               the
               mattter
               is
               this
               ;
               That
               there
               is
               no
               
                 Aire
              
               by
               ,
               into
               which
               they
               should
               be
               resolved
               ;
               And
               the
               
                 Substance
              
               of
               the
               
                 Amber
              
               is
               so
               
                 Heterogeneous
                 ,
              
               that
               it
               receives
               Nothing
               of
               them
               .
               The
               like
               we
               conceive
               would
               be
               ,
               if
               a
               
                 Stick
                 ,
              
               or
               
                 Root
                 ,
              
               or
               some
               such
               thing
               ,
               were
               Buried
               in
               
                 Quicksilver
                 .
              
               Also
               
                 wax
                 ,
              
               and
               
                 Honey
                 ,
              
               and
               
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
              
               have
               the
               same
               Operation
               ,
               but
               In
               part
               only
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             Canon
             II.
             
          
           
             THere
             is
             in
             every
             
               Tangible
               body
            
             a
             
               Spirit
               ,
            
             Covered
             and
             encompassed
             with
             the
             Grosser
             Parts
             of
             the
             Body
             ;
             And
             from
             it
             ,
             all
             
               Consumption
               ,
            
             and
             
               Dissolution
               ,
            
             hath
             the
             Beginning
             .
          
           
             
               The
               Explication
               .
            
             
               NO
               
                 Body
              
               known
               unto
               us
               ,
               here
               in
               the
               
                 Vpper
                 Part
              
               of
               the
               
                 Earth
                 ,
              
               is
               without
               a
               
                 Spirit
                 ;
              
               Either
               by
               
                 Attenuation
                 ,
              
               and
               
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
              
               from
               the
               
                 Heat
              
               of
               the
               
                 Heavenly
                 Bodies
                 ;
              
               Or
               by
               some
               other
               way
               .
               For
               the
               
                 Concavities
              
               of
               
                 Tangible
                 Things
                 ,
              
               receive
               not
               
                 Vaccum
                 ,
              
               But
               either
               
                 Aire
                 ,
              
               or
               the
               proper
               
                 Spirit
              
               of
               the
               Thing
               .
               And
               this
               
                 Spirit
                 .
              
               
               where
               of
               we
               speak
               ,
               is
               not
               some
               
                 Vertue
                 ,
              
               or
               
                 Energie
                 ,
              
               or
               
                 Act
                 ,
              
               or
               
                 Trifle
                 ;
              
               But
               plainly
               a
               
                 Body
                 ,
              
               Rare
               and
               Invisible
               ;
               Notwithstanding
               ,
               Circumscribed
               by
               place
               ,
               Quantitative
               ,
               Reall
               :
               Neither
               againe
               ,
               is
               that
               
                 Spirit
              
               Aire
               ,
               (
               no
               more
               than
               
                 Wine
              
               is
               Water
               ;
               )
               But
               a
               
                 Body
                 Rarified
                 ,
              
               of
               kin
               to
               
                 Aire
                 ,
              
               though
               much
               different
               from
               it
               .
               Now
               the
               Grosser
               Parts
               of
               Bodies
               ,
               (
               being
               Dull
               Things
               ,
               and
               not
               apt
               for
               Motion
               ,
               )
               would
               last
               a
               long
               time
               ;
               But
               the
               
                 Spirit
              
               is
               that
               ,
               which
               troubleth
               ,
               and
               plucketh
               ,
               and
               undermineth
               them
               ;
               And
               converteth
               the
               Moisture
               of
               the
               Body
               ,
               and
               whatsoever
               it
               is
               able
               to
               disgest
               ,
               into
               new
               
                 Spirit
                 :
              
               And
               then
               ,
               as
               well
               the
               Prae-existing
               
                 Spirit
              
               of
               the
               Bodie
               ,
               as
               that
               newly
               made
               ,
               flye
               away
               together
               by
               Degrees
               .
               
               This
               is
               best
               seene
               by
               the
               
                 Dimination
              
               of
               the
               
                 Weight
                 ,
              
               in
               Bodies
               dryed
               ,
               through
               
                 Perspiration
                 .
              
               For
               neither
               ,
               all
               that
               ,
               which
               is
               issued
               forth
               ,
               was
               
                 Spirit
                 ,
              
               when
               the
               Body
               was
               Ponderous
               ;
               Neither
               was
               it
               Not
               
                 Spirit
                 ,
              
               when
               it
               issued
               forth
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             Canon
             III.
             
          
           
             
               THe
            
             Spirit
             Issuing
             
               forth
               ,
            
             Dryeth
             ;
             Detained
             ,
             
               and
               working
               within
               ,
               either
            
             Melteth
             ,
             
               or
            
             Putrifieth
             ,
             
               or
            
             Vivifieth
             .
          
           
             
               The
               Explication
               .
            
             
               THere
               are
               Foure
               Processes
               of
               the
               
                 Spirit
                 ;
              
               To
               
                 Arefaction
                 ;
              
               To
               
                 Colliquation
                 ;
              
               To
               
                 Putrefaction
                 ;
              
               To
               
                 Generation
              
               of
               Bodies
               .
               
                 Arefaction
                 ,
              
               is
               not
               the
               
               proper
               Worke
               of
               the
               
                 Spirit
                 ,
              
               but
               of
               the
               Grosser
               Parts
               ,
               after
               the
               
                 Spirit
              
               issued
               forth
               :
               For
               then
               they
               contract
               themselves
               ,
               partly
               by
               their
               
                 Flight
              
               of
               
                 Vacuum
                 ,
              
               partly
               ,
               by
               the
               
                 Vnion
              
               of
               
                 Homogeneals
                 ;
              
               As
               appeares
               in
               all
               Things
               ,
               which
               are
               Arified
               by
               
                 Age
                 ;
              
               And
               in
               the
               Drier
               Sort
               of
               Bodies
               ,
               which
               have
               passed
               the
               Fire
               ;
               As
               
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 Charocoales
                 ,
                 Bread.
                 Colliquation
                 ,
              
               is
               the
               meere
               Work
               of
               the
               
                 Spirits
                 ;
              
               Neither
               is
               it
               done
               ,
               but
               when
               they
               are
               excited
               by
               
                 Heat
                 :
              
               For
               then
               ,
               the
               
                 Spirits
                 ,
              
               dilating
               themselves
               ,
               yet
               not
               getting
               forth
               ;
               Do
               insinuate
               ,
               and
               disperse
               themselves
               ,
               amongst
               the
               Grosser
               Parts
               ;
               And
               so
               make
               them
               Soft
               ,
               and
               apt
               to
               Run
               ,
               As
               it
               is
               ,
               in
               
                 Metals
                 ,
              
               and
               
                 Wax
                 :
              
               For
               
                 Metals
                 ,
              
               and
               all
               Tenacious
               Things
               ,
               are
               apt
               to
               
               inhibite
               the
               
                 Spirit
                 ,
              
               that
               ,
               being
               excited
               ,
               it
               iffueth
               not
               forth
               .
               
                 〈◊〉
              
               is
               a
               Mixed
               work
               of
               the
               
                 Spirits
                 ,
              
               and
               of
               the
               
                 Grosser
                 Parts
                 :
              
               For
               the
               
                 Spirit
                 ,
              
               (
               which
               before
               restrained
               .
               and
               bridled
               the
               
                 Parts
              
               of
               the
               Thing
               ,
               )
               being
               partly
               issued
               forth
               ,
               and
               partly
               Enfeebled
               ;
               All
               things
               in
               the
               Body
               doe
               Dissolve
               ,
               andreturne
               to
               their
               
                 Homogeneities
                 ;
              
               Or
               ,
               (
               if
               you
               will
               ,
               )
               to
               their
               
                 Elements
                 :
              
               That
               which
               was
               
                 Spirit
              
               in
               it
               ,
               is
               congregated
               to
               it selfe
               ;
               whereby
               things
               
                 Patrified
                 ,
              
               begin
               to
               have
               an
               ill
               Savour
               :
               The
               
                 Oyly
              
               Parts
               to
               Themselves
               ;
               Whereby
               Things
               Putrified
               ,
               have
               that
               
                 Slipperinesse
                 ,
              
               and
               
                 Vnctuositie
                 :
              
               The
               
                 Wairyparts
              
               also
               to
               themselves
               :
               The
               
                 Dregs
              
               to
               Themselves
               :
               Whence
               followeth
               that
               
                 Confusion
                 ,
              
               in
               
                 Bodies
                 putrified
                 .
              
               
               But
               
                 Generation
                 ,
              
               or
               
                 Vivification
                 ,
              
               is
               a
               Worke
               also
               mixed
               ,
               of
               the
               
                 Spirit
                 ,
              
               and
               
                 Grosser
                 parts
                 ,
              
               but
               in
               a
               far
               different
               Manner
               :
               For
               the
               
                 Spirit
              
               is
               totally
               detained
               ,
               but
               it
               swelleth
               ,
               and
               moveth
               locally
               ;
               And
               the
               
                 Grosser
                 Parts
              
               are
               not
               dissolved
               ;
               But
               follow
               the
               
                 Motion
              
               of
               the
               
                 Spirit
                 ,
              
               and
               are
               ,
               as
               it
               were
               ,
               blowne
               out
               by
               it
               ,
               and
               extruded
               into
               divers
               figures
               ;
               From
               whence
               commeth
               that
               
                 Generation
                 ,
              
               and
               
                 Organization
                 :
              
               And
               therefore
               ,
               
                 Vivification
              
               is
               alwayes
               done
               in
               a
               Matter
               Tenacious
               ,
               and
               Clammie
               :
               And
               againe
               ,
               Yeelding
               and
               Soft
               ;
               That
               there
               may
               bee
               both
               a
               
                 Detention
              
               of
               the
               
                 Spirit
                 ;
              
               And
               also
               a
               gentle
               
                 Cession
              
               of
               the
               
                 Parts
                 ,
              
               according
               as
               the
               
                 Spirit
              
               formes
               them
               .
               And
               this
               is
               seene
               in
               the
               Matter
               ,
               as
               well
               of
               all
               
                 Vegetables
                 ,
              
               as
               of
               
               
                 Living
                 Creatures
                 ;
              
               whether
               they
               be
               engendred
               of
               
                 Putrefaction
                 ,
              
               or
               of
               
                 Sperme
                 :
              
               For
               in
               all
               these
               Things
               ,
               there
               is
               manifestly
               seene
               a
               Matter
               ,
               hard
               to
               breake
               thorow
               ,
               easie
               to
               yeeld
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             Canon
             .
             IV.
             
          
           
             IN
             
               all
            
             Living
             Creatures
             ,
             
               there
               are
               two
               Kindes
               of
            
             Spirits
             ;
             Livelesse
             Spirits
             ,
             
               such
               as
               are
               in
            
             Bodies
             Inanimate
             ;
             
               And
               a
            
             Vitall
             Spirit
             
               superadded
               .
            
          
           
             
               The
               Explication
               .
            
             
               IT
               was
               said
               before
               ;
               That
               to
               procure
               long
               Life
               ,
               the
               Body
               of
               Man
               must
               be
               considered
               ;
               First
               ,
               as
               
                 Inanimate
                 ,
              
               and
               not
               
                 Repaired
              
               by
               
                 Nourishment
                 :
              
               Secondly
               ,
               as
               
                 Animate
                 ,
              
               and
               
                 Repaired
              
               
               by
               
                 Nourishment
                 :
              
               For
               the
               Former
               Consideration
               ,
               gives
               Lawes
               touching
               
                 Consumption
                 ;
              
               The
               latter
               ,
               touching
               
                 Reparation
                 .
              
               Therefore
               we
               must
               know
               ;
               That
               there
               are
               in
               Humane
               Flesh
               ,
               Bones
               ,
               Membranes
               ,
               Organs
               ;
               Finally
               ,
               in
               all
               the
               parts
               ,
               such
               
                 Spirits
              
               diffused
               in
               the
               substance
               of
               them
               ,
               while
               they
               are
               alive
               ;
               As
               there
               are
               in
               the
               same
               Things
               ;
               (
               Flesh
               ,
               Bones
               ,
               Membranes
               ,
               and
               the
               Rest
               ;
               )
               Separated
               ,
               and
               Dead
               ;
               Such
               as
               also
               remaine
               in
               a
               
                 Carkase
                 :
              
               But
               the
               
                 Vitall
                 Spirit
                 ,
              
               although
               it
               tuleth
               them
               ,
               and
               hath
               some
               Consent
               with
               them
               ,
               yet
               it
               is
               farre
               differing
               from
               them
               ;
               Being
               integrall
               ,
               and
               subsisting
               by
               it selfe
               .
               Now
               there
               are
               two
               especiall
               Differences
               ,
               betwixt
               the
               
                 Livelesse
                 Spirits
                 ,
              
               and
               the
               
               
                 Vitall
                 Spirits
                 :
              
               The
               one
               ,
               that
               the
               
                 Livelesse
                 Spirits
                 ,
              
               are
               not
               
                 continued
              
               to
               
                 Themselves
                 ;
              
               But
               are
               ,
               as
               it
               were
               ,
               cut
               off
               ;
               And
               encompassed
               with
               a
               Grosse
               Body
               ,
               which
               intercepts
               them
               ;
               As
               
                 Aire
              
               is
               mixt
               in
               
                 Snow
                 ,
              
               or
               
                 Froth
                 :
              
               But
               the
               
                 Vitall
                 Spirit
              
               is
               all
               
                 continued
              
               to
               it selfe
               ,
               by
               certaine
               
                 Conduit
                 Pipes
                 ,
              
               through
               which
               it
               passeth
               ,
               and
               is
               not
               totally
               intercepted
               .
               And
               this
               
                 Spirit
              
               is
               twofold
               also
               ;
               The
               one
               
                 Branched
              
               onely
               ,
               passing
               through
               small
               
                 Pipes
                 ,
              
               and
               ,
               as
               it
               were
               ,
               
                 Strings
                 :
              
               The
               other
               hath
               a
               
                 Cell
              
               also
               ;
               So
               as
               it
               is
               not
               onely
               continued
               to
               it selfe
               ,
               but
               also
               Congregared
               in
               an
               Hollow
               Space
               ,
               in
               reasonable
               good
               Quantity
               ,
               according
               to
               the
               Analogie
               of
               the
               Body
               ;
               And
               in
               that
               
                 Cell
              
               is
               the
               Fountaine
               of
               the
               Rivulers
               ,
               
               which
               branch
               from
               thence
               .
               That
               
                 Cell
              
               is
               ,
               chiefly
               ,
               in
               the
               
                 Ventricles
              
               of
               the
               
                 Braine
                 ;
              
               Which
               ,
               in
               the
               Ignobler
               sort
               of
               Creatures
               ,
               are
               but
               Narrow
               ;
               Insomuch
               ,
               that
               the
               
                 Spirits
              
               in
               them
               ,
               seeme
               scattered
               over
               their
               whole
               Body
               ,
               rather
               than
               
                 Celled
                 :
              
               As
               may
               be
               seene
               in
               
                 Serpents
                 ,
                 Eels
                 ,
              
               and
               
                 Flies
                 ;
              
               whereof
               ,
               every
               of
               their
               parts
               move
               long
               after
               they
               are
               cut
               asunder
               .
               
                 Birds
              
               also
               leape
               a
               good
               while
               after
               their
               Heads
               are
               pulled
               off
               ;
               Because
               they
               have
               little
               Heads
               ,
               and
               little
               
                 Cels
                 :
              
               But
               the
               Nobler
               sort
               of
               Creatures
               ,
               have
               those
               
                 Ventricles
              
               larger
               :
               And
               
                 Man
              
               the
               largest
               of
               all
               .
               The
               other
               Difference
               betwixt
               the
               
                 Spirits
                 ,
              
               is
               ;
               That
               the
               
                 Vitall
                 Spirit
                 ,
              
               hath
               a
               Kinde
               of
               
                 Enkindling
                 ;
              
               And
               is
               like
               a
               
                 Winde
              
               or
               
                 Breath
                 ,
              
               compouuded
               
               of
               
                 Flame
              
               and
               
                 Aire
                 ,
              
               As
               the
               Juyces
               of
               
                 Living
                 Creatures
                 ,
              
               have
               both
               
                 Oyle
              
               and
               
                 Water
                 .
              
               And
               this
               
                 Enkindling
              
               ministreth
               peculiar
               Motions
               and
               Faculties
               :
               For
               the
               Smoke
               ,
               which
               is
               inflammable
               ,
               even
               before
               the
               
                 Flame
              
               conceived
               ,
               is
               Hot
               ,
               Thin
               ,
               and
               Moveable
               ;
               And
               yet
               it
               is
               quite
               another
               Thing
               ,
               after
               it
               is
               become
               
                 Flame
                 :
              
               But
               the
               
                 Enkindling
              
               of
               the
               
                 Vitall
                 Spirits
                 ,
              
               is
               ,
               by
               many
               Degrees
               ,
               gentler
               than
               the
               softest
               
                 Flame
                 ;
              
               As
               of
               
                 Spirit
              
               of
               
                 Wine
                 ,
              
               or
               otherwise
               :
               And
               besides
               ,
               it
               is
               in
               great
               part
               mixed
               with
               an
               
                 Aeriall
              
               Substance
               ;
               That
               it
               should
               be
               a
               
                 Mystery
              
               or
               
                 Miracle
                 ,
              
               both
               of
               a
               
                 Flammcous
                 ,
              
               and
               
                 Aereous
              
               Nature
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             Canon
             V.
             
          
           
             THe
             
               Naturall
               Actions
               ,
            
             are
             proper
             to
             the
             Severall
             
               Parts
               ;
            
             But
             it
             is
             the
             
               Vitall
               Spirit
               ,
            
             that
             excites
             ,
             and
             sharpens
             them
             .
          
           
             
               The
               Explication
               .
            
             
               THe
               
                 Actions
                 ,
              
               or
               
                 Functions
                 ,
              
               which
               are
               in
               the
               severall
               
                 Members
                 ,
              
               follow
               the
               Nature
               of
               the
               
                 Members
              
               Themselves
               ,
               (
               
                 Attraction
                 ,
                 Retention
                 ,
                 Disgestion
                 ,
                 Assimilation
                 ,
                 Separation
                 ,
                 Excretion
                 ,
                 Perspiration
                 .
              
               Even
               
                 Sense
              
               it selfe
               ;
               )
               According
               to
               the
               Proprietie
               of
               the
               severall
               
                 Organs
                 ;
              
               (
               The
               
                 Stomach
                 ,
                 Liver
                 ,
                 Heart
                 ,
                 Spleene
                 ,
                 Gall
                 ,
                 Braine
                 ,
                 Eye
                 ,
                 Eare
                 ,
              
               and
               the
               rest
               .
               )
               Yet
               none
               of
               these
               
                 Actions
              
               would
               
               ever
               have
               beene
               actuated
               ,
               but
               by
               the
               
                 Vigour
                 ,
              
               and
               
                 Presence
                 ,
              
               
                 ofthe
                 
                   of
                   the
                
              
               
                 Vitall
                 Spirit
                 ,
              
               and
               
                 〈◊〉
              
               thereof
               :
               As
               one
               
                 Iron
              
               would
               not
               have
               drawne
               another
               
                 Iron
                 ,
              
               unlesse
               it
               had
               beene
               excited
               by
               the
               
                 Load-stone
                 ;
              
               Nor
               an
               
                 Egge
              
               would
               ever
               have
               brought
               forth
               a
               
                 Bird
                 ;
              
               unlesse
               the
               Substance
               of
               the
               
                 Hen
              
               had
               beene
               actuated
               by
               the
               Treading
               of
               the
               
                 Cock.
                 
              
            
          
        
         
           
             Canon
             VI.
             
          
           
             THe
             
               Livelesse
               Spirits
            
             are
             next
             Consubstantiall
             to
             
               Aire
               ;
            
             The
             
               Vitall
               Spirits
               ,
            
             approach
             more
             to
             the
             Subsiance
             of
             
               Flame
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               The
               Explication
               .
            
             
               THe
               Explication
               of
               the
               precedent
               Fourth
               
                 Canon
                 ,
              
               is
               also
               a
               Declaration
               of
               this
               present
               
                 Canon
                 :
              
               But
               yet
               further
               ,
               from
               hence
               it
               is
               ;
               That
               all
               
                 Fat
                 ,
              
               and
               
                 Oyly
              
               Things
               ,
               continue
               long
               in
               their
               Being
               ;
               For
               neither
               doth
               the
               
                 〈◊〉
              
               much
               pluck
               them
               ;
               Neither
               doe
               they
               much
               desire
               to
               〈◊〉
               Themselves
               with
               
                 Aire
                 .
              
               As
               for
               that
               Conceit
               ,
               it
               is
               altogether
               vaine
               ;
               That
               
                 Flame
              
               should
               bee
               
                 Aire
                 set
                 on
                 Fire
                 .
              
               Seeing
               
                 Flame
                 ,
              
               and
               
                 Aire
                 ,
              
               are
               no
               lesse
               
                 Heterogeneall
                 ,
              
               than
               
                 〈◊〉
              
               and
               
                 Water
                 .
              
               But
               whereas
               ,
               it
               is
               said
               ,
               in
               the
               
                 Canon
                 ,
              
               That
               the
               
                 Vitall
                 Spirits
                 ,
              
               approach
               more
               to
               the
               Substance
               of
               
                 Flame
                 ,
              
               It
               must
               bee
               understood
               ,
               that
               
               they
               doe
               this
               more
               ,
               than
               the
               
                 Livelesse
                 Spirits
                 ;
              
               Not
               that
               they
               are
               more
               
                 Flamy
                 ,
              
               than
               
                 Airy
                 .
              
            
          
        
         
           
             Canon
             VII
             .
          
           
             THe
             
               Spirit
            
             hath
             two
             
               Defires
               :
            
             One
             ,
             of
             
               Multiplying
            
             it selfe
             ;
             The
             other
             ,
             of
             
               Flying
               forth
               ,
            
             and
             Congregating
             it selfe
             with
             the
             
               Connaturals
               .
            
          
           
             
               The
               Explication
               .
            
             
               THe
               
                 Canon
              
               is
               understood
               of
               the
               
                 Livelesse
                 Spirits
                 :
              
               For
               as
               for
               the
               
                 second
                 Desire
                 ,
              
               the
               
                 Vitall
                 Spirit
                 ,
              
               doth
               most
               of
               all
               abhorre
               ,
               Flying
               forth
               of
               the
               Body
               ;
               For
               it
               findes
               no
               
                 Connaturals
                 ,
              
               here
               below
               ,
               to
               joyne
               withall
               .
               Perhaps
               ,
               it
               may
               sometimes
               flye
               to
               the
               outward
               
               Parts
               of
               the
               Body
               ,
               to
               meet
               that
               which
               it
               loveth
               ;
               But
               the
               Flying
               forth
               ,
               as
               I
               said
               ,
               it
               abhorreth
               .
               But
               in
               the
               
                 Livelesse
                 Spirits
                 ,
              
               each
               of
               these
               two
               
                 Desires
              
               holdeth
               .
               For
               to
               the
               I
               ormer
               this
               belongeth
               ;
               
                 Every
                 Spirit
                 ,
                 seated
                 amongst
                 the
                 Grosser
                 Parts
                 ,
                 dwelleth
                 unhappily
                 ;
              
               And
               therefore
               ,
               when
               it
               findes
               not
               a
               
                 Like
              
               unto
               it selfe
               ,
               it
               doth
               so
               much
               the
               more
               labour
               ,
               to
               create
               ,
               and
               make
               a
               
                 Like
                 :
              
               As
               being
               in
               agreat
               Solitude
               ;
               And
               endevours
               earnestly
               ;
               To
               Multiply
               it selfe
               ;
               And
               to
               prey
               upon
               the
               
                 Volatile
              
               of
               the
               
                 Grosser
                 Parts
                 ;
              
               That
               it
               may
               be
               increased
               in
               
                 Quantitie
                 .
              
               As
               for
               the
               
                 Second
                 〈◊〉
              
               of
               Flying
               forth
               ,
               And
               Betaking
               it selfe
               to
               the
               
                 Aire
                 ;
              
               It
               is
               certain
               ,
               that
               all
               Light
               Things
               ,
               (
               which
               are
               ever
               Moveable
               ,
               )
               
               doe
               willingly
               goe
               unto
               their
               Likes
               ,
               neare
               unto
               them
               :
               As
               a
               
                 Drop
              
               of
               water
               is
               carried
               to
               a
               
                 Drop
                 ;
                 Flame
              
               to
               
                 Flame
                 :
              
               But
               much
               more
               is
               this
               done
               ,
               in
               the
               Flying
               forth
               of
               
                 Spirit
                 ,
              
               into
               the
               
                 Aire
              
               Ambient
               ;
               Because
               ,
               it
               is
               not
               carried
               to
               a
               Particle
               ,
               like
               unto
               it selfe
               ,
               but
               also
               as
               unto
               the
               
                 Globe
                 ,
              
               of
               the
               
                 Connaturals
                 .
              
               Meane
               while
               ,
               this
               is
               to
               be
               noted
               ;
               That
               the
               
                 Going
                 forth
                 ,
              
               and
               
                 Flight
                 ,
              
               of
               the
               
                 Spirit
              
               into
               
                 Aire
                 ,
              
               is
               a
               redoubled
               Action
               ;
               Partly
               ,
               out
               of
               the
               
                 Appetite
              
               of
               the
               
                 Spirit
                 ;
              
               Partly
               ,
               out
               of
               the
               
                 Appetite
              
               of
               the
               
                 Aire
                 :
              
               For
               the
               
                 Common
                 Aire
              
               is
               a
               Needy
               Thing
               ;
               And
               receiveth
               all
               Things
               greedily
               ;
               As
               
                 Spirits
                 ,
                 Odours
                 ,
                 Beams
                 ,
                 Sounds
                 ,
              
               and
               the
               like
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             Canon
             VIII
             .
          
           
             
               Spirit
               Detained
               ,
            
             if
             it
             have
             no
             possibilitie
             of
             begetting
             new
             
               Spirit
               ,
               intenerateth
            
             the
             Grosser
             Parts
             .
          
           
             
               The
               Explication
               .
            
             
               
                 GEneration
              
               of
               
                 new
                 Spirit
                 ,
              
               is
               not
               accomplished
               ,
               but
               upon
               those
               Things
               ,
               which
               are
               ,
               in
               some
               Degree
               ,
               neare
               to
               
                 Spirit
                 :
              
               Such
               as
               are
               
                 Humide
                 Bodies
                 .
              
               And
               therefore
               if
               the
               Grosser
               parts
               ,
               (
               amongst
               which
               the
               
                 Spirit
              
               converseth
               ,
               )
               be
               in
               a
               remote
               Degree
               ,
               although
               the
               
                 Spirit
              
               cannot
               convert
               them
               ,
               yet
               ,
               (
               as
               much
               as
               it
               can
               ,
               )
               it
               weakeneth
               ,
               and
               softeneth
               ,
               and
               subdueth
               them
               ;
               That
               seeing
               it
               cannot
               increase
               in
               
               
                 Quantitie
                 ,
              
               yet
               it
               will
               dwell
               more
               at
               large
               ,
               and
               live
               amongst
               good
               Neighbours
               ,
               and
               Friends
               .
               Now
               this
               
                 Aphorisme
              
               is
               most
               usefull
               to
               our
               End
               ;
               Because
               ,
               it
               tendeth
               to
               the
               
                 Inteneration
              
               of
               the
               
                 Obstinate
                 Parts
                 ,
              
               by
               the
               
                 Detention
              
               of
               the
               
                 Spirit
                 .
              
            
          
        
         
           
             Canon
             IX
             .
          
           
             
               THe
            
             Inteneration
             ,
             
               of
               the
            
             Harder
             Parts
             ,
             
               commeth
               to
               good
               effect
               ,
               when
               the
            
             Spirit
             
               neither
            
             Flyeth
             forth
             ,
             
               nor
            
             begetteth
             new
             Spirit
             .
          
           
             
               The
               Explication
               .
            
             
               THis
               
                 Canon
                 ,
              
               solveth
               the
               Knot
               ,
               and
               Difficultie
               ,
               in
               the
               
                 Operation
              
               of
               
                 Intenerating
                 ,
              
               by
               the
               
                 Detention
              
               of
               the
               
                 Spirit
                 .
              
               
               For
               if
               the
               
                 Spirit
                 ,
              
               not
               flying
               forth
               ,
               wasteth
               all
               within
               ,
               there
               is
               Nothing
               gotten
               ,
               to
               the
               
                 Inteneration
              
               of
               the
               Parts
               ,
               in
               their
               Subsistence
               ;
               But
               rather
               they
               are
               dissolved
               ,
               and
               Corrupted
               .
               Therefore
               together
               with
               the
               
                 Detention
                 ,
              
               the
               
                 Spirits
              
               ought
               to
               bee
               cooled
               ,
               and
               restrained
               ,
               that
               they
               may
               not
               be
               too
               Active
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             Canon
             X.
             
          
           
             THe
             
               Heat
            
             of
             the
             
               Spirit
               ,
            
             to
             keepe
             the
             Body
             ,
             Fresh
             ,
             and
             Green
             ,
             ought
             to
             be
             
               Robust
               ,
            
             〈◊〉
             
               Eager
               .
            
          
           
             
               The
               Explication
               .
            
             
               ALso
               this
               
                 Canon
              
               pertaineth
               ,
               to
               the
               solving
               of
               the
               knot
               〈◊〉
               ;
               But
               it
               is
               
               of
               a
               much
               larger
               Extent
               .
               For
               it
               fetteth
               downe
               ,
               of
               what
               
                 Temporament
                 ,
              
               the
               
                 Heat
              
               in
               the
               Body
               ,
               ought
               to
               be
               ,
               for
               the
               〈◊〉
               of
               Long
               Life
               :
               Now
               this
               is
               usefull
               ,
               whether
               the
               
                 Spirits
              
               bee
               〈◊〉
               ,
               or
               whether
               they
               be
               not
               .
               For
               howsoever
               ,
               the
               
                 Heat
              
               of
               the
               
                 Spirits
              
               must
               bee
               such
               ,
               as
               it
               may
               rather
               turne
               it selfe
               ,
               upon
               the
               Hard
               Parts
               ,
               than
               waste
               the
               Soft
               ;
               For
               the
               one
               Desiccateth
               ,
               the
               other
               Intenerateth
               .
               Besides
               ,
               the
               same
               Thing
               is
               available
               ,
               to
               the
               well
               perfecting
               of
               
                 Assimilation
                 ;
              
               For
               such
               an
               Heat
               ,
               doth
               excellently
               excite
               the
               
                 Facultie
              
               of
               
                 〈◊〉
                 ;
              
               And
               withall
               ,
               doth
               excellently
               prepare
               the
               Matter
               ,
               to
               be
               
                 Assimilated
                 .
              
               Now
               the
               Properties
               of
               this
               kinde
               of
               
                 Heat
                 ,
              
               ought
               to
               be
               these
               .
               First
               ,
               that
               it
               bee
               
               
                 Slow
                 ,
              
               and
               
                 heat
              
               not
               
                 Suddenly
                 :
              
               Secondly
               ,
               that
               it
               be
               not
               very
               
                 Intense
                 ,
              
               but
               
                 Moderate
                 :
              
               Thirdly
               ,
               that
               it
               be
               
                 Equall
                 ;
              
               Not
               
                 Incomposed
                 ;
              
               Namely
               ,
               Intending
               ,
               and
               Remitting
               it selfe
               :
               Fourthly
               ,
               that
               if
               this
               Heat
               ,
               meet
               any
               Thing
               to
               resist
               it
               ,
               it
               bee
               not
               easily
               
                 suffocated
                 ,
              
               or
               
                 languish
                 .
              
               This
               
                 Operation
              
               is
               exceeding
               subtile
               ,
               but
               seeing
               it
               is
               one
               ,
               of
               the
               most
               usefull
               ,
               it
               is
               not
               to
               be
               deserted
               .
               Now
               ,
               in
               those
               
                 Remedies
                 ,
              
               (
               which
               we
               propounded
               ,
               to
               invest
               the
               
                 Spirits
                 ,
              
               with
               a
               
                 Robust
                 Heat
                 ;
              
               Or
               ,
               that
               which
               we
               call
               ,
               
                 Operative
                 ,
              
               not
               
                 Predatory
                 ;
              
               )
               wee
               have
               ,
               in
               some
               sort
               ,
               satisfied
               this
               Matter
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             Canon
             XI
             .
          
           
             THe
             
               Condensing
               ,
            
             of
             the
             
               Spirits
               ,
            
             in
             their
             
               Substance
               ,
            
             is
             available
             to
             long
             Life
             .
          
           
             
               The
               Explication
               .
            
             
               THis
               
                 Canon
              
               is
               subordinate
               to
               the
               next
               precedent
               :
               For
               the
               
                 Spirit
                 Condensed
                 ,
              
               receiveth
               all
               those
               foure
               properties
               of
               
                 Heat
                 ,
              
               whereof
               wee
               spake
               :
               But
               the
               wayes
               of
               
                 Condensing
              
               them
               ,
               are
               set
               downe
               ,
               in
               the
               first
               ,
               of
               the
               Ten
               
                 Operations
                 .
              
            
          
        
         
           
             Canon
             XII
             .
          
           
             THe
             
               Spirit
               ,
            
             in
             great
             
               Quantity
            
             hasteneth
             more
             to
             Flying
             forth
             ,
             and
             preyeth
             
             upon
             the
             Body
             more
             ,
             than
             it
             
               small
               Quantitie
               .
            
          
           
             
               The
               Explication
               .
            
             
               THis
               
                 Canon
              
               is
               cleare
               ,
               of
               it selfe
               ,
               Seeing
               meer
               
                 Quantitie
                 ,
              
               doth
               regularly
               increase
               
                 Vertue
                 .
              
               And
               it
               is
               to
               be
               seene
               in
               
                 Flames
                 ;
              
               That
               the
               bigger
               they
               are
               ,
               the
               stronger
               they
               breake
               forth
               ,
               and
               the
               more
               speedily
               they
               consume
               .
               And
               therefore
               ,
               over
               great
               
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
              
               or
               
                 Exuberance
              
               of
               the
               
                 Spirits
                 ,
              
               is
               altogether
               Hurtfull
               to
               Long
               Life
               :
               Neither
               need
               one
               wish
               a
               greater
               
                 store
              
               of
               
                 Spirits
                 ,
              
               than
               what
               is
               sufficient
               ,
               for
               the
               Function
               of
               Life
               ,
               and
               the
               Office
               of
               a
               good
               Reparation
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             Canon
             XIII
             .
          
           
             THe
             
               Spirit
               equally
            
             dispersed
             ,
             maketh
             lesse
             Haste
             to
             flye
             forth
             ,
             and
             preyeth
             lesse
             upon
             the
             Body
             ,
             than
             
               unequally
            
             placed
             .
          
           
             
               The
               Explication
               .
            
             
               NOt
               onely
               
                 Abundance
              
               of
               
                 Spirits
                 ,
              
               in
               respect
               of
               the
               whole
               ,
               is
               hurtfull
               to
               the
               Duration
               of
               Things
               ;
               But
               also
               the
               same
               
                 Abundance
                 ,
                 unevenly
                 placed
                 ,
              
               is
               ,
               in
               like
               manner
               ,
               hurtfull
               :
               And
               therefore
               ,
               the
               more
               the
               
                 Spirit
              
               is
               shred
               ,
               and
               inserted
               by
               small
               portions
               ,
               the
               lesse
               it
               preyeth
               :
               For
               Dissolution
               ever
               beginneth
               at
               that
               part
               ,
               where
               the
               
                 Spirit
              
               is
               looser
               .
               And
               therefore
               ,
               both
               
                 Exercise
                 ,
              
               
               and
               
                 Frications
                 ,
              
               conduce
               much
               to
               Long
               Life
               ;
               For
               Agitation
               ,
               doth
               fineliest
               diffuse
               ,
               and
               commix
               Things
               by
               small
               Portions
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             Canon
             XIIII
             .
          
           
             THe
             
               Inordinate
               ,
            
             and
             
               Subsultorie
               ,
               Motion
            
             of
             the
             
               Spirits
               ,
            
             doth
             more
             hasten
             to
             Going
             forth
             ,
             and
             doth
             prey
             upon
             the
             Body
             more
             ,
             than
             the
             
               Constant
               ,
            
             and
             
               Equall
               .
            
          
           
             
               The
               Explication
               .
            
             
               IN
               
                 Inanimates
              
               this
               
                 Canon
              
               holds
               for
               certaine
               ;
               For
               
                 Inequality
              
               is
               the
               Mother
               of
               
                 Dissolution
                 ;
              
               But
               in
               
                 Animates
                 ,
              
               (
               Because
               ,
               not
               only
               the
               Consumption
               is
               considered
               ,
               but
               the
               Reparation
               ;
               And
               Reparation
               
               proceedeth
               by
               the
               Appetites
               of
               Things
               ;
               And
               Appetite
               is
               sharpened
               by
               varietie
               ;
               )
               It
               holdeth
               not
               rigorously
               ;
               But
               it
               is
               so
               farre
               forth
               to
               be
               received
               ;
               That
               this
               Varietie
               ,
               bee
               rather
               an
               Alternation
               ,
               or
               Enterchange
               ,
               than
               a
               Confusion
               ;
               And
               ,
               as
               it
               were
               ,
               Constant
               in
               Inconstancie
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             Canon
             XV.
             
          
           
             THe
             
               Spirit
               ,
            
             in
             a
             
               Body
               ,
            
             of
             a
             
               Solide
               Composure
               ,
            
             is
             detained
             ,
             though
             〈◊〉
             .
          
           
             
               The
               Explication
               .
            
             
               ALl
               Things
               doe
               abhorre
               a
               
                 Solution
              
               of
               
                 their
                 Continuitie
                 ,
              
               But
               yet
               in
               proportion
               ,
               to
               their
               
                 Density
                 ,
              
               or
               
                 Rarity
                 :
              
               
               For
               the
               more
               
                 Rare
              
               the
               
                 Bodies
              
               be
               ,
               the
               more
               doe
               they
               suffer
               Themselves
               ,
               to
               be
               thrust
               into
               small
               ,
               and
               narrow
               Passages
               ;
               For
               
                 Water
              
               will
               goe
               into
               a
               passage
               ,
               which
               
                 Dust
              
               will
               not
               goe
               into
               ;
               And
               
                 Aire
                 ,
              
               which
               
                 Water
              
               will
               not
               goe
               into
               ;
               Nay
               
                 Flame
                 ,
              
               and
               
                 Spirit
                 ,
              
               which
               
                 Aire
              
               will
               not
               goe
               into
               .
               Notwithstanding
               ,
               of
               this
               Thing
               ,
               there
               are
               some
               Bounds
               :
               For
               the
               
                 Spirit
              
               is
               not
               so
               much
               transported
               ,
               with
               the
               Desire
               of
               Going
               forth
               ,
               that
               it
               will
               suffer
               it selfe
               to
               be
               too
               much
               discontinued
               ;
               Or
               be
               driven
               into
               over-strait
               pores
               and
               passages
               :
               And
               therefore
               if
               the
               
                 Spirit
              
               bee
               encompassed
               with
               an
               Hard
               Body
               ;
               Or
               else
               with
               an
               
                 Vnctuous
                 ,
              
               and
               
                 Tenacious
                 ,
              
               (
               which
               is
               not
               easily
               divided
               ;
               )
               it
               is
               plainly
               Bound
               ,
               and
               ,
               as
               I
               may
               say
               ,
               imprisoned
               ;
               
               And
               layeth
               downe
               the
               Appetite
               of
               Going
               out
               :
               Wherefore
               wee
               see
               ,
               that
               
                 Metals
                 ,
              
               and
               
                 Stones
                 ,
              
               require
               a
               long
               Time
               ,
               for
               their
               
                 Spirit
              
               to
               goe
               forth
               ;
               Unlesse
               either
               the
               
                 Spirit
              
               bee
               excited
               by
               the
               Fire
               ;
               Or
               the
               Grosser
               Parts
               bee
               dissevered
               with
               Corroding
               ,
               and
               Strong
               waters
               .
               The
               like
               Reason
               is
               there
               ,
               of
               
                 Tenacious
                 Bodies
                 ;
              
               Such
               as
               are
               
                 Gums
                 ;
              
               Save
               only
               that
               they
               are
               melted
               by
               a
               more
               gentle
               Hear
               .
               And
               therefore
               ,
               the
               
                 〈◊〉
              
               of
               the
               Body
               
                 hard
                 ,
              
               a
               
                 Close
              
               and
               
                 Compact
                 skin
                 ,
              
               and
               the
               like
               ;
               (
               which
               are
               procured
               ,
               by
               the
               
                 Drynesse
              
               of
               the
               
                 Aliment
                 ,
              
               and
               by
               
                 Exercise
                 ,
              
               and
               by
               the
               
                 Coldnesse
              
               of
               the
               
                 Aire
                 ;
              
               )
               Are
               good
               for
               long
               Life
               ;
               Because
               they
               detaine
               the
               
                 Spirit
              
               in
               close
               Prison
               ,
               that
               it
               goeth
               not
               forth
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             Canon
             XVI
             .
          
           
             
               IN
               Oyly
               ,
            
             and
             
               Fat
               ,
            
             Things
             ,
             the
             
               Spirit
            
             is
             detained
             willingly
             ,
             though
             they
             be
             not
             
               Tenacious
               .
            
          
           
             
               The
               Explication
               .
            
             
               THe
               
                 Spirit
                 ,
              
               if
               it
               be
               not
               irritated
               ,
               by
               the
               
                 Antipathy
                 ,
              
               of
               the
               Body
               enclosing
               it
               ;
               Nor
               fed
               by
               the
               over-much
               
                 Likenesse
              
               of
               that
               Body
               ;
               Nor
               sollicited
               ,
               or
               invited
               ,
               by
               the
               
                 Externall
                 Body
                 ;
              
               It
               makes
               no
               great
               stir
               ,
               to
               get
               out
               :
               All
               which
               are
               wanting
               to
               
                 Oyly
                 Bodies
                 :
              
               For
               they
               are
               neither
               so
               pressing
               upon
               the
               
                 Spirits
                 ,
              
               as
               
                 Hard
                 Bodies
                 ;
              
               Nor
               so
               
                 Neare
              
               as
               
                 Watry
                 Bodies
                 ;
              
               Neither
               have
               they
               any
               good
               
                 Agreement
              
               with
               the
               
                 Aire
                 Ambient
                 .
              
            
          
        
         
           
           
             Canon
             XVII
             .
          
           
             THe
             
               Speedy
               flying
            
             forth
             of
             the
             
               Watry
               Humour
               ,
            
             conserves
             the
             Oyly
             ,
             the
             longer
             in
             his
             Being
             .
          
           
             
               The
               Explication
               .
            
             
               WE
               said
               before
               ,
               that
               the
               
                 Watry
                 Humours
                 ,
              
               as
               being
               Consubstantiall
               to
               the
               
                 Aire
                 ,
              
               flye
               forth
               soonest
               ;
               The
               
                 Oyly
                 ,
              
               later
               ,
               as
               having
               small
               Agreement
               ,
               with
               the
               
                 Aire
                 :
              
               Now
               whereas
               these
               two
               
                 Humours
              
               are
               in
               most
               Bodies
               ,
               it
               comes
               to
               passe
               ,
               that
               the
               
                 watry
                 ,
              
               doth
               ,
               in
               a
               sort
               ,
               betray
               the
               
                 Oyly
                 ;
              
               For
               that
               Issuing
               forth
               insensibly
               ,
               carrieth
               this
               together
               with
               it
               .
               Therefore
               ,
               there
               is
               Nothing
               ,
               that
               more
               furthereth
               
               the
               Conservation
               of
               Bodies
               ,
               than
               a
               
                 gentle
                 Drying
              
               of
               them
               ;
               which
               causeth
               the
               
                 Watry
                 Humour
              
               to
               expire
               ,
               and
               inviteth
               not
               the
               
                 Oyly
                 ;
              
               For
               then
               the
               
                 Oyly
              
               enjoyeth
               the
               proper
               Nature
               .
               And
               this
               tendeth
               not
               only
               to
               the
               Inhibiting
               of
               
                 Putrefaction
                 ,
              
               (
               Though
               that
               also
               followeth
               ,
               )
               but
               to
               the
               Conservation
               of
               
                 Greennesse
                 .
              
               Hence
               it
               is
               ,
               that
               
                 Gentle
                 Frications
                 ,
              
               and
               
                 Moderate
                 Exercises
                 ,
              
               causing
               rather
               
                 Perspiration
                 ,
              
               than
               
                 Sweating
                 ,
              
               conduce
               much
               to
               long
               Life
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             Canon
             XVIII
             .
          
           
             
               AIre
               excluded
               ,
            
             conftrreth
             to
             long
             Life
             ,
             if
             〈◊〉
             
               Inconveniences
            
             be
             avoyded
             .
          
           
             
             
               The
               Explication
               .
            
             
               WEe
               said
               a
               little
               before
               ;
               That
               the
               
                 Flying
                 forth
              
               of
               the
               
                 Spirit
                 ,
              
               is
               a
               Redoubled
               Action
               ;
               From
               the
               
                 Appetite
                 ,
              
               of
               the
               
                 Spirit
                 ,
              
               and
               of
               the
               
                 Aire
                 :
              
               And
               therefore
               ,
               if
               either
               of
               these
               bee
               taken
               out
               of
               the
               way
               ,
               there
               is
               not
               a
               little
               galned
               .
               Notwithstanding
               ,
               divers
               
                 Inconveniences
              
               follow
               hereupon
               ;
               Which
               ,
               how
               they
               may
               bee
               prevented
               ,
               wee
               have
               shewed
               ,
               in
               the
               second
               ,
               of
               our
               ten
               
                 Operations
                 .
              
            
          
        
         
           
             Canon
             XIX
             .
          
           
             YOuthfull
             Spirits
             
               iuserted
               into
               an
            
             Old
             Body
             ,
             might
             soone
             〈◊〉
             
               Natures
               Course
            
             back
             againe
             .
          
           
             
             
               The
               Explication
               .
            
             
               THe
               
                 Nature
              
               of
               the
               
                 Spirits
                 ,
              
               is
               as
               the
               uppermost
               
                 wheele
                 ,
              
               which
               turneth
               about
               the
               other
               
                 wheeles
                 ,
              
               in
               the
               Body
               of
               Man.
               And
               therefore
               ,
               in
               the
               
                 Intention
              
               of
               Long
               Life
               ,
               that
               ought
               to
               be
               first
               placed
               .
               Hereunto
               may
               bee
               added
               ;
               That
               there
               is
               an
               Easier
               ,
               and
               more
               Expedite
               way
               ,
               to
               alter
               the
               
                 Spirits
                 ,
              
               than
               to
               other
               
                 Operations
                 .
              
               For
               the
               
                 Operation
              
               upon
               the
               
                 Spirits
                 ,
              
               is
               twofold
               ;
               The
               one
               ,
               by
               
                 Aliments
                 ,
              
               which
               is
               Slow
               ,
               and
               ,
               as
               it
               were
               ,
               about
               ;
               The
               other
               ,
               (
               and
               that
               Twofold
               ,
               )
               which
               is
               sudden
               ,
               and
               goeth
               directly
               to
               the
               
                 Spirits
                 ;
              
               Namely
               ,
               by
               
                 Vapours
                 ,
              
               or
               by
               the
               
                 Affections
                 .
              
            
          
        
         
           
           
             Canon
             XX.
             
          
           
             
               JUyces
            
             of
             the
             
               Body
               ,
               Hard
               ,
            
             and
             
               Roscide
               ,
            
             are
             good
             for
             long
             Life
             .
          
           
             
               The
               Explication
               .
            
             
               THe
               Reason
               is
               plaine
               ;
               Seeing
               wee
               shewed
               before
               ;
               That
               
                 Hard
              
               Things
               ,
               and
               
                 Oyly
              
               or
               
                 Roscide
                 ,
              
               are
               hardly
               dissipated
               .
               Notwithstanding
               ,
               there
               is
               this
               Difference
               ,
               (
               As
               wee
               also
               noted
               in
               the
               Tenth
               
                 Operation
                 ,
              
               )
               That
               
                 Iuyce
              
               somewhat
               
                 Hard
              
               is
               indeed
               lesse
               
                 Dissipable
                 ,
              
               but
               then
               it
               is
               withall
               lesse
               
                 Reparable
                 .
              
               Therefore
               a
               
                 Convenience
              
               is
               interlaced
               with
               an
               
                 Inconvenience
                 ;
              
               And
               for
               this
               Cause
               ,
               no
               wonderfull
               Matter
               will
               be
               atchieved
               by
               
               this
               .
               But
               
                 Roscide
                 Iuyce
                 ,
              
               will
               admit
               both
               
                 Operations
                 .
              
               Therefore
               this
               would
               be
               principally
               〈◊〉
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             Canon
             XXI
             .
          
           
             
               WHatsoever
               is
               of
            
             Thin
             Parts
             ,
             
               to
            
             penetrate
             ;
             
               And
               yet
               hath
               no
            
             Acrimonie
             ,
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             ;
             
               Begetteth
            
             Roscide
             Juyces
             .
          
           
             
               The
               Explication
               .
            
             
               THis
               
                 〈◊〉
              
               is
               more
               Hard
               to
               
                 Practise
                 ,
              
               than
               to
               
                 understand
                 .
              
               For
               it
               is
               〈◊〉
               ;
               Whatsoever
               
                 〈◊〉
              
               well
               ,
               but
               yet
               with
               a
               sting
               ,
               or
               
                 〈◊〉
                 ;
              
               (
               As
               doe
               all
               
                 Sharp
                 ,
              
               and
               
                 Soure
                 ,
              
               Things
               ,
               )
               It
               leaveth
               behinde
               〈◊〉
               wheresoever
               it
               goeth
               ,
               some
               Mark
               ,
               or
               Print
               ,
               of
               
                 Drynesse
                 ,
              
               
               〈◊〉
               
                 Cleaving
                 ;
              
               So
               that
               it
               
                 〈◊〉
              
               the
               
                 Iuyces
                 ,
              
               and
               
                 〈◊〉
              
               the
               
                 parts
                 .
              
               Contrarily
               ,
               whatsoever
               Things
               
                 penetrate
              
               through
               their
               
                 Thinnesse
              
               meerly
               ,
               as
               it
               were
               by
               stealth
               ,
               and
               by
               way
               of
               Insinuation
               ,
               without
               violence
               ;
               They
               
                 bedew
                 ,
              
               and
               
                 water
                 ,
              
               in
               their
               passage
               :
               Of
               which
               sort
               ,
               wee
               have
               recounted
               many
               ,
               in
               the
               fourth
               ,
               and
               seventh
               
                 Operations
                 .
              
            
          
        
         
           
             Canon
             XXII
             .
          
           
             ASsimilation
             
               〈◊〉
               best
               〈◊〉
               when
               all
            
             Locall
             Motion
             ,
             
               is
               suspended
               .
            
          
           
             
               The
               Explication
               .
            
             
               THis
               
                 Canon
                 ,
              
               we
               have
               sufficiently
               explained
               in
               our
               Discourse
               ,
               〈◊〉
               the
               〈◊〉
               
                 〈◊〉
              
            
          
        
         
           
           
             Canon
             XXIII
             .
          
           
             ALIMENTATION
             from
             without
             ,
             
               at
               least
               some
               other
               way
               than
               by
               the
            
             Stomach
             ,
             
               is
               most
               profitable
               for
               long
               Life
               ,
               if
               it
               can
               be
               done
               .
            
          
           
             
               The
               Explication
               .
            
             
               WE
               see
               ,
               that
               all
               Things
               ,
               which
               are
               done
               by
               
                 Nutrition
                 ,
              
               aske
               a
               long
               time
               ;
               But
               those
               ,
               which
               are
               done
               by
               
                 Embracing
              
               of
               the
               
                 like
                 ,
              
               (
               As
               it
               is
               in
               
                 Infusions
                 ,
              
               )
               require
               no
               long
               time
               .
               And
               therefore
               ,
               
                 Alimentation
                 from
                 without
                 ,
              
               would
               be
               of
               principall
               use
               ;
               And
               so
               much
               the
               more
               ,
               because
               the
               
                 〈◊〉
              
               of
               
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
              
               decay
               in
               old
               Age
               ;
               So
               that
               ,
               if
               there
               could
               be
               some
               ;
               Auxiliary
               
                 Natritions
                 ;
              
               
               By
               
                 Bathings
                 ,
                 Vnctions
                 ,
              
               or
               else
               by
               
                 Clysters
                 ;
              
               These
               Things
               ,
               in
               Conjunction
               ,
               might
               doe
               much
               ,
               which
               Single
               ,
               are
               lesse
               Available
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             Canon
             XXIIII
             .
          
           
             WHere
             the
             
               Concoction
            
             is
             weake
             ,
             to
             
               thrust
            
             forth
             the
             
               Aliment
               ;
            
             There
             the
             
               outward
               Parts
            
             should
             be
             strengthened
             ,
             to
             
               call
            
             forth
             the
             
               Aliment
               .
            
          
           
             
               The
               Explication
               .
            
             
               THat
               which
               is
               propounded
               in
               this
               
                 Canon
                 ,
              
               is
               not
               the
               same
               Thing
               with
               the
               former
               ;
               For
               it
               is
               one
               Thing
               ,
               for
               the
               
                 Outward
                 Aliment
                 ,
              
               to
               bee
               
                 attracted
                 inward
                 ;
              
               Another
               for
               the
               
                 Inward
                 Aliment
                 ,
              
               to
               bee
               
                 attracted
              
               
               
                 Outward
                 :
              
               yet
               herein
               they
               concur
               ,
               that
               they
               both
               help
               the
               weaknesse
               of
               the
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               though
               by
               divers
               wayes
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             Canon
             XXV
             .
          
           
             ALL
             sudden
             
               Renovation
            
             of
             the
             Body
             ,
             is
             wrought
             ;
             Either
             by
             the
             
               Spirits
               ;
            
             Or
             by
             
               Malacissations
               .
            
          
           
             
               The
               Explication
               .
            
             
               THere
               are
               two
               Things
               ,
               in
               the
               Body
               ;
               
                 Spirits
                 ,
              
               and
               
                 Parts
                 ;
              
               To
               both
               these
               ,
               the
               way
               by
               Nutrition
               ,
               is
               long
               ,
               and
               about
               ;
               But
               it
               is
               a
               short
               way
               ,
               to
               the
               
                 Spirits
                 ,
              
               by
               
                 Vapours
                 ,
              
               and
               by
               the
               
                 Affections
                 ;
              
               And
               to
               the
               
                 Parts
                 ,
              
               by
               
                 Malacissations
                 :
              
               But
               this
               is
               dillgently
               to
               be
               noted
               ;
               
               That
               by
               no
               meanes
               ,
               wee
               〈◊〉
               
                 Alimentation
                 from
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
              
               with
               
                 Malacissation
                 :
              
               For
               the
               Intention
               of
               
                 Malacissation
                 ,
              
               is
               not
               to
               nourish
               the
               Parts
               ;
               But
               onely
               to
               make
               them
               more
               fit
               to
               bee
               nourished
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             Canon
             XXVI
             .
          
           
             MAlacissation
             
               is
               wrought
               ,
               by
            
             Consubstantials
             ;
             
               By
            
             Imprinters
             ;
             3
             
               And
               by
            
             Closers
             up
             .
          
           
             
               The
               Explication
               .
            
             
               THe
               Reason
               is
               manifest
               ;
               For
               that
               
                 Consubstantials
              
               doe
               properly
               supple
               the
               Body
               ;
               
                 〈◊〉
              
               doe
               carry
               in
               ;
               
                 Closers
                 up
              
               doe
               retaine
               ,
               and
               bridle
               the
               
                 Perspiration
                 ,
              
               which
               
               is
               a
               Motion
               opposite
               to
               
                 Malacissation
                 .
              
               And
               therefore
               ,
               (
               as
               we
               described
               in
               the
               Ninth
               
                 Operation
                 ,
                 )
                 Malacissation
              
               cannot
               well
               be
               done
               at
               once
               ;
               But
               in
               a
               Course
               or
               Order
               .
               First
               ,
               by
               
                 Excluding
              
               the
               
                 Liquour
                 ,
              
               by
               
                 Thickners
                 ;
              
               For
               an
               Outward
               ,
               and
               grosse
               Infusion
               ,
               doth
               not
               well
               compact
               the
               Body
               ;
               That
               which
               entreth
               ,
               must
               be
               Subtile
               ,
               and
               a
               Kinde
               of
               Vapour
               .
               Secondly
               ,
               by
               
                 Intenerating
                 ,
              
               by
               the
               
                 Consent
              
               of
               
                 Cousubstantials
                 :
              
               For
               Bodies
               ,
               upon
               the
               touch
               of
               those
               Things
               ,
               which
               have
               good
               agreement
               with
               them
               ,
               open
               themselves
               ,
               and
               relax
               their
               Pores
               .
               Thirdly
               ,
               
                 Imprinters
              
               are
               
                 Convoyes
                 ,
              
               and
               insi
               nuate
               into
               the
               Parts
               ,
               the
               
                 Consubstantials
                 ;
              
               And
               the
               Mixture
               of
               Gentle
               
                 Astringents
                 ,
              
               doth
               somewhat
               restraine
               the
               
                 Perspiration
                 .
              
               
               But
               then
               ,
               in
               the
               〈◊〉
               place
               ,
               followes
               that
               〈◊〉
               
                 Astriction
                 ,
              
               and
               
                 Closure
              
               up
               of
               the
               Body
               ,
               by
               
                 〈◊〉
                 ;
              
               And
               then
               afterward
               ,
               by
               
                 〈◊〉
                 ;
              
               Untill
               the
               
                 Supple
              
               be
               〈◊〉
               into
               
                 Solide
                 ;
              
               As
               wee
               said
               in
               the
               proper
               place
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             Canon
             XXVII
             .
          
           
             FRequent
             
               Renovation
            
             of
             the
             
               Parts
               Reparable
               ,
            
             watereth
             and
             reneweth
             the
             lesse
             
               Reparable
            
             also
             .
          
           
             
               The
               Explication
               .
            
             
               WE
               said
               in
               the
               
                 Preface
              
               to
               this
               
                 History
                 ;
              
               That
               the
               
                 Way
              
               of
               
                 Death
                 ,
              
               was
               this
               ;
               That
               the
               
                 Parts
                 Reparable
                 ,
              
               died
               in
               the
               Fellowship
               of
               the
               
                 Parts
                 lesse
                 Reparable
                 ;
              
               So
               that
               in
               the
               
               
                 Reparation
              
               of
               these
               same
               
                 lesse
                 Reparable
                 Parts
                 ,
              
               all
               our
               Forces
               would
               bee
               employed
               .
               And
               therefore
               ,
               being
               admonished
               by
               
                 Aristotles
              
               Observation
               ,
               touching
               
                 Plants
                 ;
              
               Namely
               ;
               
                 That
                 the
                 putting
                 forth
                 of
                 new
                 Shoots
                 and
                 Branches
                 ,
                 refresheth
                 the
                 Body
                 of
                 the
                 Tree
                 ,
                 in
                 the
                 Passage
                 ;
              
               Wee
               conceive
               ,
               the
               like
               Reason
               might
               be
               ;
               If
               the
               
                 Flesh
              
               and
               
                 bloud
                 ,
              
               in
               the
               
                 Body
              
               of
               
                 Man
                 ,
              
               were
               often
               renewed
               ;
               That
               thereby
               ,
               the
               
                 Bones
              
               themselves
               ,
               and
               
                 Membranes
                 ,
              
               and
               other
               
                 Parts
                 ,
              
               which
               in
               their
               owne
               Nature
               ,
               are
               
                 Lesse
                 Reparable
                 ;
              
               Partly
               by
               the
               cheerefull
               
                 Passage
              
               of
               the
               
                 Iuyees
                 ;
              
               Partly
               by
               that
               new
               
                 Clouthing
              
               of
               the
               young
               
                 Flesh
              
               and
               
                 Bloud
                 ;
              
               Might
               be
               
                 Watred
              
               and
               
                 Renewed
                 .
              
            
          
        
         
           
           
             Canon
             XXVIII
             .
          
           
             
               REfrigeration
               ,
            
             or
             
               Cooling
            
             of
             the
             
               Body
               ,
            
             which
             passeth
             some
             other
             wayes
             ,
             then
             by
             the
             
               Stomach
               ,
            
             is
             usefull
             for
             Long
             Life
             .
          
           
             
               The
               Explication
               .
            
             
               THe
               Reason
               is
               at
               hand
               ;
               For
               seeing
               a
               
                 Refrigeration
                 ,
              
               not
               Temperate
               ,
               but
               Powerfull
               ,
               (
               especially
               of
               the
               
                 Bloud
                 ,
              
               )
               is
               above
               all
               Things
               ,
               necessary
               to
               long
               Life
               ;
               This
               can
               ,
               by
               no
               means
               ,
               be
               effected
               from
               within
               ,
               as
               much
               as
               is
               requisite
               ,
               without
               the
               Destruction
               of
               the
               
                 Stomach
              
               and
               
                 Bowels
                 .
              
            
          
        
         
           
           
             Canon
             XXIX
             .
          
           
             THat
             
               Intermixing
               ,
            
             or
             
               Entangling
               ;
            
             That
             as
             well
             
               Consumption
               ,
            
             as
             
               Reparation
               ,
            
             are
             the
             workes
             of
             Heat
             ,
             is
             the
             greatest
             Obstacle
             to
             long
             Life
             .
          
           
             
               The
               Explication
               .
            
             
               ALmost
               all
               great
               workes
               are
               destroyed
               ,
               by
               the
               Natures
               of
               
                 Things
                 ,
                 Intermixed
                 ;
              
               when
               as
               that
               ,
               which
               helpeth
               in
               one
               respect
               ,
               hurteth
               in
               another
               :
               Therefore
               Men
               must
               proceed
               herein
               ,
               by
               a
               sound
               Judgement
               ,
               and
               a
               discreet
               Practice
               :
               For
               our
               Part
               ,
               wee
               have
               done
               so
               ,
               as
               farre
               as
               the
               matter
               will
               beare
               ,
               and
               our
               Memory
               serveth
               us
               ;
               By
               Separating
               ,
               
                 Benigne
                 Heats
                 ,
              
               from
               
               
                 Hurtfull
                 ;
              
               And
               the
               
                 Remedies
                 ,
              
               which
               tend
               to
               both
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             Canon
             XXX
             .
          
           
             CUring
             of
             Diseases
             
               is
               effected
               by
            
             Temporary
             Medicines
             ;
             
               But
            
             Lengthening
             
               of
            
             Life
             
               requireth
            
             Observation
             
               of
            
             Diets
             .
          
           
             
               The
               Explication
               .
            
             
               THose
               things
               ,
               which
               come
               by
               Accident
               ,
               as
               soone
               as
               the
               Causes
               are
               removed
               ,
               cease
               againe
               ;
               But
               the
               Continued
               Course
               of
               Nature
               ,
               like
               a
               Running
               River
               ,
               requires
               a
               continuall
               Rowing
               ,
               and
               Sayling
               against
               the
               Streame
               .
               Therefore
               ,
               we
               must
               worke
               regularly
               ,
               by
               
                 Diets
                 .
              
               Now
               
                 Diets
              
               are
               of
               two
               Kindes
               ;
               
                 Set
                 Diets
                 ,
              
               which
               
               are
               to
               be
               observed
               at
               certaine
               times
               ;
               And
               
                 Familiar
                 Diet
                 ,
              
               which
               is
               to
               be
               admitted
               into
               our
               Daily
               Repast
               :
               But
               the
               
                 Set
                 Diets
              
               are
               the
               more
               potent
               :
               That
               is
               ;
               A
               
                 Course
              
               of
               
                 Medicines
                 ,
              
               for
               a
               time
               :
               For
               those
               Things
               ,
               which
               are
               of
               so
               great
               Vertue
               ,
               that
               they
               are
               able
               to
               turne
               Nature
               backe
               againe
               ;
               Are
               ,
               for
               the
               most
               part
               ,
               more
               strong
               ,
               and
               more
               speedily
               Altering
               ,
               than
               those
               ,
               which
               may
               ,
               without
               danger
               ,
               be
               received
               into
               a
               Continual
               use
               .
               Now
               in
               the
               
                 Remedies
                 ,
              
               set
               downe
               in
               our
               
                 Intentions
                 ;
              
               You
               shall
               find
               only
               three
               
                 Set
                 Diets
                 :
              
               The
               
                 Opiate
                 Diet
                 ;
              
               The
               
                 Diet
                 Malacissant
                 ,
              
               or
               
                 Suppling
                 ;
              
               And
               the
               
                 Diet
                 Emaciant
                 ,
              
               and
               
                 Renewing
                 .
              
               But
               amongst
               those
               ,
               which
               wee
               
                 Prescribed
              
               for
               
                 Familiar
                 Diet
                 ,
              
               and
               to
               be
               used
               daily
               ,
               the
               most
               efficacious
               
               are
               these
               that
               follow
               :
               Which
               also
               come
               not
               farre
               Short
               of
               the
               Vertue
               of
               
                 Set
                 Diets
                 .
                 Nitre
                 ,
              
               and
               the
               
                 Subordinates
              
               to
               
                 Nitre
                 ;
              
               The
               
                 Regiment
              
               of
               the
               
                 Affections
                 ,
              
               and
               
                 Course
              
               of
               our
               
                 Life
                 ;
                 〈◊〉
              
               which
               passe
               not
               by
               the
               
                 Stomach
                 ;
                 Drinkes
                 Roscidating
                 ,
              
               or
               
                 Eng
                 ndring
                 Oyly
                 Iuyces
                 ;
                 Besprinkling
              
               of
               the
               
                 Bloud
              
               with
               some
               
                 Firmer
                 Matter
                 ,
                 as
                 Pearles
                 ;
              
               certaine
               
                 Woods
                 ;
                 Competent
                 Vnctions
                 ,
              
               to
               keepe
               out
               the
               
                 Aire
                 ,
              
               and
               to
               keepe
               in
               the
               
                 Spirit
                 ;
                 Heaters
                 from
                 without
                 ,
              
               during
               the
               
                 Assimilation
              
               after
               Sleepe
               ;
               
                 Avoiding
              
               of
               
                 Those
                 Things
                 ,
              
               which
               
                 Enflame
                 the
                 Spirit
                 ,
              
               and
               put
               it
               into
               an
               
                 Eager
                 Heat
                 ,
              
               as
               
                 Wine
                 ,
              
               and
               
                 Spices
                 :
              
               Lastly
               ,
               a
               
                 Moderate
              
               and
               
                 Seasonable
                 use
              
               of
               those
               Things
               ,
               which
               endue
               the
               
                 Spirits
              
               with
               a
               
                 Robust
                 Heat
                 ;
              
               As
               
               Saffron
               ,
               Cresses
               ,
               Garlick
               ,
               Elecampane
               ,
               
                 and
              
               Compound
               Opiates
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             Canon
             XXXI
             .
          
           
             THe
             
               Living
               Spirit
            
             is
             instantly
             extinguished
             ,
             if
             it
             be
             deprived
             either
             of
             
               Motion
               ;
            
             or
             of
             
               Refrigeration
               ;
            
             Or
             of
             
               Aliment
               .
            
          
           
             
               The
               Explication
               .
            
             
               NAmely
               ,
               these
               are
               those
               three
               ,
               which
               before
               we
               called
               the
               
                 Porches
              
               of
               
                 Death
                 ;
              
               And
               they
               are
               the
               Proper
               and
               Immediate
               Passiōs
               of
               the
               
                 Spirit
                 .
              
               For
               all
               the
               
                 Organs
              
               of
               the
               principall
               parts
               ,
               serve
               hereunto
               ;
               That
               these
               three
               
                 Offices
              
               be
               performed
               ;
               and
               againe
               ,
               all
               destruction
               of
               the
               
                 Organs
                 ,
              
               
               which
               is
               Deadly
               ,
               brings
               the
               Matter
               to
               this
               point
               ,
               that
               one
               or
               more
               of
               these
               three
               faile
               .
               Therefore
               ,
               all
               other
               Things
               are
               the
               divers
               
                 Wayes
              
               to
               
                 Death
                 ,
              
               but
               they
               end
               in
               these
               three
               .
               Now
               the
               
                 Whole
                 Fabricke
              
               of
               the
               
                 Parts
                 ,
              
               is
               the
               
                 Organ
              
               of
               the
               
                 Spirit
                 ;
              
               As
               the
               
                 Spirit
              
               is
               the
               
                 〈◊〉
              
               of
               the
               
                 Reasonable
                 Soule
                 ;
              
               which
               is
               
                 Incorporeous
              
               and
               
                 Divine
                 .
              
            
          
        
         
           
             Canon
             XXXII
             .
          
           
             FLame
             
               is
               a
            
             Momentany
             Substance
             ;
             Aire
             
               a
            
             Fixed
             ;
             
               The
            
             Living
             Spirit
             ,
             
               in
               Creatures
               ,
               is
               of
               a
            
             Middle
             Nature
             .
          
           
             
             
               The
               Explication
               .
            
             
               THis
               Matter
               stands
               in
               need
               both
               of
               an
               higher
               Indagation
               ,
               and
               of
               a
               longer
               Explication
               ,
               than
               is
               pertinent
               to
               the
               present
               
                 Inquisition
                 .
              
               Meane
               while
               ,
               we
               must
               know
               this
               ;
               That
               
                 Flame
              
               is
               almost
               every
               Moment
               generated
               and
               extinguished
               ;
               so
               that
               it
               is
               continued
               onely
               by
               succession
               :
               〈◊〉
               
                 Aire
              
               is
               a
               
                 Fixed
                 Body
                 ,
              
               and
               is
               not
               Dissolved
               ;
               For
               though
               
                 Aire
              
               begets
               new
               
                 Aire
                 ,
              
               out
               of
               watry
               Moisture
               ,
               yet
               notwithstanding
               the
               old
               
                 Aire
              
               still
               remaines
               ;
               whence
               commeth
               that
               Super-Oneration
               of
               the
               
                 Aire
                 ,
              
               where
               of
               we
               have
               spoken
               ,
               in
               the
               Title
               ,
               
                 De
                 Vent
                 is
                 :
              
               But
               
                 Spirit
              
               is
               participant
               of
               both
               Natures
               ;
               both
               of
               
                 Flame
              
               
               and
               
                 Aire
                 ;
              
               Even
               as
               the
               Nourishments
               thereof
               are
               ;
               Aswell
               
                 Oyle
                 ,
              
               which
               is
               Homogeneous
               to
               
                 Flame
                 ;
              
               As
               
                 Water
                 ,
              
               which
               is
               Homogeneous
               to
               
                 Aire
                 :
              
               For
               the
               
                 Spirit
              
               is
               not
               〈◊〉
               ,
               either
               of
               
                 Oyly
              
               alone
               ,
               or
               of
               
                 Watry
              
               alone
               ,
               but
               of
               both
               together
               ;
               And
               though
               
                 Aire
              
               doth
               not
               agree
               well
               with
               
                 Flame
                 ,
              
               nor
               
                 Oyle
              
               with
               
                 Water
                 ;
              
               yet
               in
               a
               
                 mixt
                 Body
              
               they
               agree
               well
               enough
               .
               Also
               ,
               the
               
                 Spirit
              
               hath
               from
               the
               
                 Aire
                 ,
              
               his
               Easie
               and
               Delicate
               Impressions
               ,
               and
               yeeldings
               ;
               And
               from
               the
               
                 Flame
                 ,
              
               his
               Noble
               and
               Potent
               Motions
               and
               Activities
               .
               In
               like
               manner
               ,
               the
               
                 Duration
              
               of
               
                 Spirit
                 ,
              
               is
               a
               
                 Mixed
                 Thing
                 ;
              
               Being
               neither
               so
               
                 Momentany
                 ,
              
               as
               that
               of
               
                 Flame
                 ;
              
               Nor
               so
               
                 Fixed
                 ,
              
               as
               that
               of
               
                 Aire
                 .
              
               And
               so
               much
               the
               rather
               
               it
               followeth
               not
               the
               Condition
               of
               
                 Flame
                 ;
              
               For
               that
               
                 Flame
              
               it selfe
               is
               extinguished
               by
               Accident
               ;
               Namely
               ,
               by
               Contraries
               ,
               and
               Enemies
               environing
               it
               ;
               But
               
                 Spirit
              
               is
               not
               subject
               to
               the
               like
               Conditions
               and
               Necessities
               .
               Now
               the
               
                 Spirit
              
               is
               repaired
               ,
               from
               the
               Lively
               and
               Floride
               Bloud
               of
               the
               small
               
                 Arteries
                 ,
              
               which
               are
               inserted
               into
               the
               
                 Braine
                 ;
              
               But
               this
               
                 Reparation
              
               is
               done
               by
               a
               peculiar
               Manner
               ,
               of
               which
               we
               speake
               not
               now
               .
            
             
               FINIS
               .
            
          
        
      
    
     
       
         Notes, typically marginal, from the original text
         
           Notes for div A01454-e3470
           
             To
             the
             I
             Artic.
             
          
        
         
           Notes for div A01454-e5830
           
             To
             the
             2
             Artic.
             
          
        
         
           Notes for div A01454-e10390
           
             To
             the
             1.
             
             Article
             .
          
        
         
           Notes for div A01454-e13720
           
             To
             the
             4.
             
             Artile
             .
          
        
         
           Notes for div A01454-e14490
           
             To
             the
             5
             ,
             6
             ,
             7
             ,
             8
             ,
             9
             ,
             and
             11.
             
             Article
             .
          
        
         
           Notes for div A01454-e20790
           
             To
             the
             10.
             
             Article
             .
          
           
             To
             the
             12
             ,
             13
             ,
             and
             14.
             
             Artic.
             
          
        
         
           Notes for div A01454-e44020
           
             To
             the
             15.
             
             Article
             .
          
        
         
           Notes for div A01454-e48070
           
             To
             the
             16.
             
             Article
             .